HomeMy WebLinkAboutReport (2) 1
I
I
WaImart (
i Neighborhood Market
I
UNISPEC II — SPECIAL PROJECT
i
I
RECEIVED
FEB 3 2020
CITY OF TIGARD
BUILDING DIVISION
OFFIC6E 5:7104 (714, 0061„2_
i
I
i
LK Architecture,Inc.
David L. Hoffman,FAIA
345 Riverview, Suite 200
Wichita, KS 67203
' UniSpec 11—Special Project 072619
PROJECT MANUAL
WALMART SPECIAL PROJECT
Tigard,OR
Store Number: 5935-216
Project Number: 19472
01/28/2020
1 For
1 WAL-MART STORES,INC.
STORE PLANNING
Sam Walton Development Complex
2001 S.E. 10th Street
Bentonville, Arkansas 72716-0550
I
r
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
' DOCUMENT 00007- SEALS PAGE
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
' Architect of Record
David L.Hoffman,FAIA
345 Riverview, Suite 200
Wichita, KS 67203
1
otED AR
&AVI
[`L.
d> WICHITA,KANSAS (at,
t 4OFO0
-4-aa
Architect ecord Date.
1
1
1
' 00007-I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
t
SEALS PAGE(Continued)
1
1 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD
Electrical Engineer of Record
1 Courtney O.Wassom,P.E.
345 Riverview, Suite 200
Wichita, KS 67203
1
1
1
1 �oNEp PRORFs
cuZ �,‘GI NFF sioL
¢ 94475PE 1
OREGON 4-
'Ilk 30 O
� Y° ��'
1 fr(aikAA4....." 01/28/20
Electrical En eer of Record Date
1
1
1
1
1 00007-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
SEALS PAGE(Continued)
' MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD
Mechanical Engineer of Record
' Steve Berry,P.E.
345 Riverview, Suite 200
Wichita, KS 67203
���E� PR 0A-4,0+
� lNEF9 /cia �
90594PE r
�OREGON�• E10k4)
re'
vr7
Aka( 040: 01/28/20
' Mechanical Engineer o 'ecord Date
t
' 00007-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
SEALS PAGE (Continued)
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD
' Carrie J.Johnson,PE
Wallace Engineering Structural Consultants, Inc.
123 North Martin Luther King Jr. Boulevard
Tulsa,OK 74103
,coo, PROr s,s
� 4GINE45 2
81333PE ��
OREGONo�
�9 13, 20 O�
99�F J. JONA
XPIRES: 6/ /21
1'22-)20
ctural E i Record Date
' 00007-3
#5935 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
1
SEALS PAGE(Continued)
I
FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER OF RECORD
I Fire Protection Engineer of Record
Scott C.Webb
110 W 7th St, Suite 600 �� � PRO,&
Tulsa, OK 74119 4,7�e1GiN �ciO
`' 685PPr
' OREGON
ten* 9 ocb
&3 O 20
' 7660- L•Zo
' Fire Protection Engineer of Record Date
I REFRIGERATION ENGINEER OF RECORD
Refrigeration Engineer of Record
Scott C. Webb re
4 ® PliOP ,
110 W 7th St, Suite 600
Tulsa, �'
I Tulsa, OK 74119 85PE t-
I OREGON
c,119 Aga
G• 30•7„ _
I ///(1/L 1•18-Zo
tRefrigeration Engineer of Record Date
I
I
1 00007-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
1 UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
ISECTION 00010-TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
I00001 Project Title Page
00007 Seals Page
00010 Table of Contents
IBIDDING REQUIREMENTS
Bidding Requirements(including Invitation to Bids,Instructions to Bidders,and Bid Forms)may be obtained
Ithrough the on-line Wal-Mart Bidding System and are not included in the Project Manual.
CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
IContracting Requirements(including Construction Contract Between Wal-Mart and Contractor, Bond,and
Certificate Forms) are issued by the Owner(Wal-Mart)under separate cover and are not included in the Project
Manual.
IDIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01100 Summary
01131 Alterations Project Procedures
I 01230 Alternates
01255 Request For Information
01310 Construction Management and Coordination
I
01312 01320 Progress Meetings
Construction Progress Documentation
01330 Submittal Procedures
I 01351 Regulatory Compliance
01452 Contractor's Quality Control
01454 Architect-Engineer Quality Assurance
01457 Testing and inspection by Owner
01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls
I 01550 Tension Pole Dust Barrier Systems
01600 Product Requirements
I 01700 Execution Requirements
01731 Cutting and Patching
01740 Cleaning
01770 Contract Closeout
IDIVISION 2-SITE CONSTRUCTION
02023 Selective Site Demolition
I 02765 Pavement Markings
02787 Seal Coat
02890 Traffic Signs and Signals
I
DIVISION 2.1 -CIVIL SITE CONSTRUCTION (By Civil Engineer of Record)
I00010-1
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
The Sections within this Division and other Divisions listed within the Sitework Specifications Table of Contents
page are the responsibility of the Civil Engineer. The Engineering Consultant,the seal and license number of the
Professional Engineer registered in the State where the project is located,are also shown on the Sitework
Specifications Table of Contents page.
DIVISION 3-CONCRETE I
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 4-MASONRY
04910 Masonry Restoration and Repair
DIVISION 5-METALS
05090 Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors
05500 Metal Fabrications
DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 Rough Carpentry
DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 8-DOORS AND WINDOWS
08710 Door Hardware
08800 Glazing
DIVISION 9-FINISHES
09900 Paints and Coatings
DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 11-EQUIPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 12-FURNISHINGS
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 13.1 -FIRE PROTECTION(By Fire Protection Engineer of Record)
The Sections within this Division are the responsibility of the Fire Protection Engineer. The Engineering
Consultant,the seal and license number of the Professional Engineer registered in the State where the project is
located,are also shown on the Seals Page.
NOT APPLICABLE '
DIVISION 14-CONVEYING SYSTEMS
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL(By M.E.P. Engineer of Record)
00010-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
The Sections within this Division are the responsibility of the Mechanical Engineer. The Engineering Consultant,
the seal and license number of the Professional Engineer registered in the State where the project is located, are also
shown on the Seals Page.
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL(By M.E.P. Engineer of Record)
The Sections within this Division are the responsibility of the Electrical Engineer. The Engineering Consultant,the
seal and license number of the Professional Engineer registered in the State where the project is located,are also
shown on the Seals Page.
16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
I 16100 16121 Wiring Methods
Manufactured Wiring Systems
16500 Lighting
16700 Communications
OWNER FURNISHED REFERENCES
Appendix A Products and Work by Owner or Separate Contractor
Appendix B. Testing,Inspection,and Observation by Owner
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
00010-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01100-SUMMARY
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Definitions.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Work by Walmart or Separate Contractors.
4. Contractor use of site and premises.
5. Coordination with occupants.
6. Partial occupancy.
1.2 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS
A. Applicability: The publications listed in the REFERENCES paragraph of an individual section shall apply only to
the extent referenced within the text of that section.Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent re-
quirements,applicable construction industry standards form a part of these specification and have the same force
and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents.Publications are referenced within the text
by the basic designation only.
B. Publication Dates: Standards and publications referenced in the Specifications shall mean the latest edition as of
the date of commencement of the Work as stated in Paragraph 3.1.4 of the Construction Contract between
Walmart and Contractor unless otherwise specifically dated.
C. Copies of Standards: Owner or the Architect will not provide copies of references cited within the specifications.
Copies may be obtained directly from publication source.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Furnish: Purchase and deliver to project site,ready for installation.
B. Install: Unpack,assemble,set in final position,fasten in place,make final connections,clean,adjust, and leave
ready for use.
C. Provide: Furnish and install.
D. Receive: Accepting a delivery. (Entity responsible for accepting a delivery.)
E. Final Connections: Complete plumbing,mechanical,and electrical connections as required and recommended by
manufacturer for optimum operation of equipment.
` 1.4 WORK BY WALMART OR SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
A. Walmart has its own forces who will perform certain Work on the project, items noted'NIC'(Not In Contract)
which will commence as indicated on the Construction Schedule.
B. Walmart may award separate contracts for work at the Site,which will be executed concurrent with work of this
Contract. Consult and cooperate with Separate Contractors to the full extent provided for in the Construction
Contract between Walmart and Contractor.Work by separate contractors is specified in Appendix A.
C. During setup of equipment by the Owner or separate contractors,make crane service available to hoist equipment
directly from trucks to final position. Coordinate schedule with the Walmart Construction Manager.
01100-1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
1
1.5 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Limit use of site to allow for:
1. Walmart occupancy.
2. Work by separate contractors and by Walmart.
3. Use of site and premises by the public.
B. Confine operations at site to areas permitted by Law,Ordinances,Permits and to Limits of Contract as shown on
Contract Documents. Verify with Walmart Construction Manager acceptable locations where operations may
occur so as not to disturb Owner operations or customer traffic.
C. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment.
D. Do not load structure with weight that will endanger structure. DO NOT STORE ROOFING MATERIALS ON
THE EXISTING ROOF.
E. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of all products stored on premises whether purchased by
Contractor or Owner. Move stored products,which interfere with operations of Owner or customer traffic.
F. Carefully coordinate sequence of construction activity and operations with Walmart Construction Manager. I
G. Maintain the following conditions at all times during the construction period until possession by Walmart.
1. Maintain building weathertight and secure.
2. Maintain building security and fire alarm systems in operation. (In the event both systems should fail,the
Fire Alarm System shall have priority over the Security System.)
a. Contract with local alarm company to maintain service, and repair existing systems as required due
to work relating to this Contract.
b. Alarm Company:
1) Visit site and be familiar with existing conditions.
2) Respond to service calls within 24 hours.
c. Provide on-site guard services in the event the existing system is disabled for 8 hours or more.
d. Coordinate security alarm with Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls.
e. Contact Walmart Alarm Central Control at (479) 273-4600 for additional information and
coordination relating to work associated with existing alarm systems.
3. Maintain access and egress from the building.
1.6 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS I
A. Owner will occupy premises during entire period of construction for the conduct of Owner's normal,daily
operations. Cooperate with Walmart Construction Manager in construction operations to minimize delays,
inconvenience,or conflict to Owner's daily business operations and customer traffic. The Contractor shall obtain
permission from the Owner for interruptions of utility services to the building. Accidental interruptions shall be
restored immediately.
1. Any Contractor work operations that may disrupt or interfere with Wal-Mart or building operation or
function shall be reviewed and approved by Walmart Construction Manager.
2. Submit written request for approval to Walmart Construction Manager 14 calendar days in advance of date
Contractor work operations are required to begin. I
1.7 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY
A. Walmart will occupy any completed or partially completed portions of the Work. 1
B. Cooperate with Walmart to minimize conflict,and schedule the Work to facilitate Walmart operations.
C. Prior to Walmart occupancy in areas of new work,the following provisions shall be in place:
1. Illuminated exit signs are operational.
2. Exit doors,including required panic hardware, are operational.
01100-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
3. Lighted, enclosed walkways and other temporary safety measures are in place if required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
4. Fire sprinkler system is operational.
5. Doors required for Walmart security purposes are operational.
D. After Walmart occupancy:
1. Keep exit routes and exit doors free from obstructions.
2. Maintain exit signs and fire sprinkler system in operational condition.
3. Provide security for Walmart products,equipment,and operations.
4. Do not permit smoking in the building.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
i
1
I
I
i
i
1
1
t
01100-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01131 -ALTERATIONS PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Summary: The procedures and administrative requirements of this Section apply to all of the following Sections
of the Specification,which are involved in alterations to the existing building.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01351 -Regulatory Compliance.
111 B. Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls
C. Section 01731 -Cutting and Patching
D. Section 02023 -Selective Site Demolition
E. Section 02251 -Shoring
1.3 SCHEDULING,ACCESS AND SECURITY
A. Work Sequence:
1. The existing premises will be occupied during the construction process. Coordinate sequence of work with
Wal-Mart Construction Manager and Store Manager on site in order that Wal-Mart's operations may
continue.
2. The Wal-Mart Construction Manager will require a job start meeting prior to any Work activity.
3. The Construction Schedule is limited to a time frame established by Wal-Mart. Contact Wal-Mart
Construction Manager immediately if,at any time,construction schedule is not being met or if delays are
foreseen.
4. The Contractor shall develop a schedule of Work,which will be reviewed and approved by the Wal-Mart
Construction Manager,describing the starting and completion dates of the different phases of this Project.
Wal-Mart reserves the right to revise this schedule to best meet the needs for the Store's operations.
Revisions to the Construction Schedule shall be made by the Contractor at no additional cost to Wal-Mart.
As the construction progresses,the Contractor shall give an update of the construction schedule to the Store
Manager and Wal-Mart Construction Manager on a weekly basis.
B. Security is specified in Section 01500.
C. Maintenance of Access and Operations:
1. During period of construction,Wal-Mart will continue to perform normal activities in existing building.
Maintain proper and safe Customer and Associates access to operational areas at all times.
2. Schedule demolition and remodeling operations with Wal-Mart Construction Manager and/or Store
Manager in such a manner as to allow Wal-Mart operations to continue with approved interruptions.
3. During period of construction,do not obstruct in any manner existing exitways unless additional exitways
are provided. Prior to removal of existing exitways(stairs,corridors,doors)as part of new Work,provide
and maintain new exitways so as to maintain same number of exitways. Maintain existing fire doors in an
operable condition. Obtain approval from Authorities Having Jurisdiction(AHJ)for all temporary
modifications to the existing system.
D. Maintenance of Existing Services
1. Maintain environmental control in existing building,especially temperature,humidity and dust control.
2. Provide temporary power,services and connections as required to maintain existing mechanical and
electrical services in building.
01131-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
3. Notify Wal-Mart Store Manager and Construction Manager a minimum of three(3)days prior to each
required interruption of mechanical or electrical services in building. Such interruptions shall be only at
such times and for lengths of time as approved by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager and/or Store
Manager. In no event shall interruption occur without prior approval of the Wal-Mart Construction
Manager and/or Store Manager.
E. Building Access/Construction Personnel Control.
1. Access to construction areas within building shall be as directed by Wal-Mart Construction Manager.
2. Restrict construction traffic to areas specifically designated by Wal-Mart Construction Manager.
3. Refer to Section 01351 for Contractor Badge System and access control requirements.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Not Used I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
01131-2
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
' UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01230-ALTERNATES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Alternate submission requirements of work included in Alternates.
B. Related Sections:
1. Construction Contract Between Wal-Mart and Contractor: Acceptance of Alternates in award of a
Contract.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated and defined on the Bid Form for certain work that may be
added to or deducted from the base bid amount if Wal-Mart decides to accept a corresponding change either in the
amount of construction to be completed or in the products,materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods
described in the Contract Documents.
1. Alternates will be a part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement.
2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate
alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.
1.3 PROCEDURES
A. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract,notify each party involved, in writing,of the status of
each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a
complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates.
B. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
1.4 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option. Accepted alter-
nates will be identified in the Construction Contract between Wal-Mart and Contractor.
1.5 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK INCLUDED IN ALTERNATES.
A. Schedule of Alternates,when applicable,and descriptions thereof are shown on the Bid Form.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
I
01230-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01255-REQUEST FOR INFORMATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Requests for Information(RFI)procedures.
1.2 DEFINITION
A. Requests for Information: A formal online process used during the construction phase to facilitate communication
between the Contractor, the Wal-Mart Construction Manager, and the Professional of Record with regard to
requests for additional information and clarification of the intent of the Contract Documents (Drawings and
Specifications).
B. Professional of Record: The Architect of Record(AOR)or the Civil Engineering Consultant(CEC).
C. Architect of Record(AOR): The prime consultant in charge of overall design and coordination of the project. The
AOR will be the administrator for all construction RFIs classified as"BLDG".
D. Civil Engineering Consultant (CEC): The Registered Engineer in responsible charge of the civil design for the
project. The CEC will be the administrator for sitework RFIs classified as"SITE".
1.3 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION SUBMITTAL
A. Submit requests for information for conditions requiring clarification of the Contract Documents on Wal-Mart
Construction RFI website as designated by Wal-Mart. (www.bldgportal.com,enter username and password, select
Construction RFI). Professional of Record will not respond to requests for information unless this format is
utilized and all appropriate information is provided. Faxed or e-mailed RFIs will not be reviewed.
B. Do not use Request for Information process during bidding phase. For questions during bidding phase, refer to
Invitation to Bid issued by Wal-Mart Contract Administrator.
C. Submit in accordance with procedure as follows: (See Process Flow Chart at the end of this Section)
1. Subcontractors, manufacturers, and suppliers shall submit request for additional information and
clarification to Contractor.
2. Contractor shall contact Wal-Mart Construction Manager with requests for additional information or
clarification. Wal-Mart Construction Manager will not accept requests for information or clarification
submitted directly from subcontractors,manufacturers,or suppliers.
3. Wal-Mart Construction Manager will provide response to Contractor or will direct Contractor to submit a
formal Request for Information.
a. Submit a formal RFI only if authorized by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Submittal to
Construction RFI website signifies authorization has been given.
b. Generate Requests for Information by one source per project.
c. Submit one request for information per website entry.
4. Professional of Record will review formal requests from Contractor and provide response within 2 working
I 5. days.
Professional of Record's response shall not be considered as a Change Order or Change Directive, nor does
it authorize changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
D. Scheduling,Costing,and Owner Provided Equipment Coordination: Direct to the Owner's Construction Manager.
1.4 PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FOLLOW PROCEDURE
01255-1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
1
A. A $250 administrative cost will be assessed to the Contractor for each Request for Information submitted which
does not follow the procedure specified above.
1.5 REIMBURSEMENT FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING FEES
A. The Contractor shall be charged administrative costs and professional fees incurred by Wal-Mart for additional
Architectural and Engineering services associated with the correction of completed Work which is not in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Refer to Paragraph 8.7 of the Construction Contract between Wal-Mart
and Contractor for provisions relating to correction of Work.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
Not Used. I
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
01255-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION
I PROCESS FLOW CHART
WAL-MART
I STORES, SUPERCENTER, SAM'S CLUB,
NEIGHBORHOOD MARKET
I Subcontractor,manufactur-
er,supplier,or other party
submits request for infor-
mation to Contractor
I
iii Contractor contacts �Wal-Mart Construction
Wal-Mart Construction Wal-Mart Construction Manager authorizes Con-
Manager provides response Manager(CM)with re- tractor to submit formal
to Contractor quest for information. CM Request for Information to
I will provide response or Wal-Mart Construction
�i�thnrize Formal RFI AFT website
I
Contractor submits Re-
quest for Information to
I Professional of Record on
Wal-Mart
I
Professional of Record
notifies appropriate con-
I sultant for response on
Construction RFI Website)
Consultant answers RFI on
Construction RFI Website
I
IContractor issues response Professional of Record
to subcontractor,manufac- issues response to Contrac-
I turer,supplier,or other PAY• tor on Construction RFT
Website
I
I
I
I01255-3
I45935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
HVAC/REFRIGERATION/EMS
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION
PROCESS FLOW CHART
WAL-MART ,
STORES. SUPERCENTER. SAM'S CLUB.
Subcontractor,manufacturer,
supplier,or other party sub-
mits request for information
to Contractor J
/ \ /
Wal-Mart Mechanical Ser-
/Contractor contacts ` (Wal-Mart Mechanical
vices Construction Manag- Wal-Mart Mechanical Ser- Services Construction
er provides response to vices Construction Manager Manager authorizes Con-
Contractor V (MSCM)with request for tractor to submit formal
.1
information. MSCM will Request for Information to
provide response or author- Wal-Mart Construction
ize Formal RFI. -I `RFI website /
J
Contractor submits Re-
quest for Information to
Professional of Record on
Wal-Mart
,-L._
Professional of Record ,
notifies appropriate con-
sultant for response on
Construction RFI Website
1
Consultant answers RFI on
Construction RFI WebsiteI
J
Contractor issues response Professional of Record ,
to subcontractor,manufac- issues response to Contrac-
turer,supplier,or other tor on Construction RFI
Party. Website
I
1
01255-4 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 ,
I
IUniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01310-CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
' A. Section Includes:
1. Project Management and Coordination:
a. Definitions
I b. Construction Manager
c. Project Coordination
I B. Related Requirements:
1. Construction Contract between Walmart and Contractor: Owner's Construction Manager's rights and scope
of authority.
I1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Separate Contractor: A contractor(subcontractor,specialty contractor or vendor)hired separately by Walmart and
Ioutside of General Contractor's Construction Contract.
I B. Walmart Construction Manager: The Walmart(Owner's) representative in all matters relating to the Work of the
Project. The person responsible for all approvals with the General Contractor. This person also coordinates with
the Separate Contractors and the Walmart Store Planning Field Project Manager.
I
I
C. Walmart Store Planning Field Project Manager: Walmart-designated personnel who represents Walmart during
the Store Remodel. This person coordinates receipt of Walmart-furnished items, coordinates moves of set up
team,and assists in prioritizing work of Walmart forces at the site.
1.3 WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
A. Walmart will assign this project to a Walmart Construction Manager.
1 B. Cooperate with the Walmart Construction Manager in all matters relating to the Work on this project.
C. During construction,coordinate use of site and facilities through the Walmart Construction Manager.
ID. Comply with Walmart Construction Manager's procedures for project communications, reports and records, and
coordination with drawings,and comply with recommendations and resolution of ambiguities and conflicts.
iE. Comply with instructions of the Walmart Construction Manager for use of temporary utilities and construction
facilities.
I F. Coordinate use of site during Walmart fixture setup work under instructions of the Walmart Construction
Manager.
I1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
A. The General Contractor shall provide necessary forces and subcontractors to complete the Work of the Project as
described in the Contract Document(Drawings, Specifications,Addenda,and other modifications to the Contract).
I He is responsible for the supervision,quality control and costs for his employees and subcontractors.
01310-1
' #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
1
B. The General Contractor and Separate Contractors will provide a Construction Schedule to the Walmart
Construction Manager for review and approval. The Contractors shall immediately contact the Walmart
Construction Manager if the Work does not progress as scheduled. It is imperative that the Contractors keep close
communication with the Walmart Construction Manager regarding the progress of the Project.
C. At the commencement of construction, the Walmart Construction Manager, Walmart Store Manager, General
111
Contractor, Separate Contractors and the Store Planning Field Project Manager will review the Construction
Schedule. The Construction Schedule is set up on a weekly basis and must be followed unless deviations are I
authorized by the Walmart Construction Manager. (Refer to Section 01500 for posting of schedule.)
D. The General Contractor and Separate Contractors shall communicate at all times with the Store Manager, other
Subcontractors and the Store Planning Field Project Manager to facilitate the construction and ensure it is
completed within the approved time schedule.
E. Upon completion of a portion of the Work (Item, Trade, etc.), that portion of the Work must be 100% complete
prior to proceeding to the next phase or portion of Work. I
F. The General Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of the Remodel work of all Separate Contractors
with the Walmart Construction Manager and the Walmart Store Manager. ,
G. The Construction Manager will determine what work shall be done during normal operating hours (store hours)
and during"closing"hours. '
H. The General Contractor will coordinate with the Store Planning Field Project Manager the delivery of Walmart-
furnished items.
I. The General Contractor shall also be responsible for coordinating the location of storage trailers/containers for III
Contractor-supplied materials and equipment. (Refer to Section 01500). The General Contractor shall be
responsible for permits required for temporary storage facilities(trailers/containers).
J. Walmart will not be responsible for the loss of any tools or equipment. Walmart will also not be responsible for
the cost of any rental tools. This is each Contractor's responsibility and should be included in his price proposal.
K. Contractors shall not open any type of charge account within the Store and store markdowns will not be allowed. ,
All items purchased in the Store shall be paid for at the time of purchase. Contractors should not receive any
discounts for any items purchased within the Store. The use of Walmart's name will not be allowed on any I
accounts.
L. Contractors shall comply with Walmart policy regarding gratuities. No Contractor may receive any gratuities
from any company providing services or materials for any Walmart Projects. Contractors are not entitled to
receive any employee benefits from Walmart.
M. The General Contractor shall be responsible for timely removal of the construction trailer as directed by the
Walmart Construction Manager.
N. Walmart may provide Store Associates as required to assist the General Contractor and Separate Contractors in the
remodeling. The Walmart Store Planning Field Project Manager will determine the number of Store Associates
that will be provided on a job basis. Walmart Store Associates shall not be allowed to operate power equipment,
be used as carpenters,or perform work from scaffolds,ladders or hoists.
O. The General Contractor and Separate Contractors are responsible for obtaining a final inspection from the
appropriate Building Official or Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). If a Certificate of Occupancy is required,
obtain it from the proper authorities. A copy of all final inspection documentation or Certificates of Occupancy
shall be included in the final Closeout Documents(Maintenance Book/Closeout Book). 1
01310-2 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 ,
I
1.5 RESPONSIBILITIES OF WALMART
I
A. The Walmart Store Planning Field Project Manager shall be responsible for the following construction
coordination items:
I 1. Supervision and coordination of Store Associates assisting with construction.
2. Unloading of fixture trucks and the organization of the off site warehouse.
3. Transportation of certain Walmart-provided materials required for construction from the warehouse to the
Store.I
4. Supervise the movement of Store merchandise and fixtures as required for the painting, flooring, ceiling,
carpentry and Walmart Separate Contractors.
I1.6 PROJECT COORDINATION
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Sections of specifications to ensure efficient and
orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements,with provisions for accommodating items
Iinstalled at a later date and under separate contracts.
B. Obtain necessary drawings, manufacturer's product data, and other necessary data to provide a complete and
I proper installation.
1. Check field dimensions prior to installing equipment and furnishings. Verify necessary clearances and
means of access from equipment storage to fmal position.
I2. Make shop drawings and manufacturer's rough-in requirements available to trades involved.
C. Verify that utility requirements of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of
various specification Sections for installation and final connection of equipment.
I1. Verify that mechanical,plumbing, and electrical rough-ins have been properly located.
D. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical Work which are indicated
I diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits as closely as practicable.
Make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other
installations, for maintenance,and for repairs.
I E. In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts,and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets
with finish elements.
I F. Coordinate completion and clean up of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion and
for portions of Work designated for Owners partial occupancy after possession.
G. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in
Iaccordance with Contract Documents,to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
INot Used.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Not Used.
IEND OF SECTION
I
I
01310-3
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
i
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01312-PROGRESS MEETINGS
1 PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. A pre-construction meeting will be held at the project site prior to beginning work at a time designated by the
Owner.
B. The Wal-Mart Construction Manager, Contractor's Project Manager, Contractor's Superintendent, and major
subcontractors shall be present.
I C. The following shall serve as a minimum agenda:
1. Construction schedule.
2. Critical work sequencing.
3. Designation of responsible personnel.
' 4. Processing of field decisions and changes to the Work.
5. Walk-through inspection and field detciininatiion of scope of work and verification of Construction Docu-
ments.
1.2 PROGRESS MEETINGS
' A. Scheduled progress meetings at the job site are required.
B. The Wal-Mart Construction Manager, Contractor's Superintendent and major subcontractors(as appropriate to the
agenda)shall be present.
C. The purpose of these progress meetings is to review the schedule of the Project for the next 2 weeks. The
following shall serve as a minimum agenda:
1. Field observations,problems and conflicts.
2. Problems that may impede construction schedule.
3. Review of delivery schedules.
4. Coordination of schedules of different trades and delivery of Owner-furnished products and materials. Co-
ordination with Wal-Mart separate contractors and their scope of work.
5. Walk-through inspection and determination of additional scope of work and repairs to the Project.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3-EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
I
i
01312-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01320-CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Progress Schedules and Reports
B. Related Requirements:
1. Construction Contract Between Walmart and Contractor. Requirements for construction schedules and re-
ports.Ref Articles 1.1.15 and 3.8.
1.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Using the Milestone Completion Dates identified in Exhibit 1.1.16 of the Construction Contract; the Contractor
shall develop the detailed CPM Construction Schedule with activity time duration in calendar days further describ-
ing his method for performing the Work. The Contractor shall review the Contractor's schedule with the Owner's
Construction Manager within 3 weeks from award of Contract, or at the Pre-Construction Meeting, whichever is
first. Failure of the Contractor to have a construction schedule approved by the Owner's Construction Manager
will be considered cause to withhold progress payments.
1. The Milestone Completion Dates identified in Exhibit 1.1.16 of the Construction Contract shall not be
construed as an indication by the Owner as to means, methods, or techniques of construction to be
employed by the Contractor.
2. Critical path activities shall be indicated on the Contractor's detailed construction schedule.
1.3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS CHART
A. Progress of the Project will be monitored using charts produced from the CPM Schedule. Requirements herein
provide for planning and execution of the Work and are to assist the Wal-Mart Construction Manager in evaluating
progress of the Work economically and chronologically.
B. The Contractor shall be familiar, in detail,with the Milestone Completion Dates identified in Exhibit 1.1.16 of the
Construction Contract. By submitting his bid, the Contractor acknowledges that the Construction milestones are
feasible,reasonable,and are a workable schedule for the Work.
C. Delivery conditions and lead times for Wal-Mart Furnished Items are specified in the Delivery Schedules in Sec-
tion 01600. Coordinate delivery of these items with progress of the Work.
D. Prior to construction,the Contractor may request reasonable changes to the Construction Progress Schedule Chart,
provided delivery dates specified in Section 01600 and the contract completion date are not changed. The Wal-
Mart Construction Manager will review requested changes. Upon approval by Wal-Mart,Progress Schedule Chart
shall become the "Approved Construction Progress Chart" by which the Contractor shall plan, organize, direct,
coordinate,and execute the Work,and the basis of evaluating progress of the Work.
E. If, in the opinion of the Wal-Mart Construction Manager,any of the dates specified in Section 01600 are not com-
pleted by the Contractor on or before the stated time period and after 48 hours written notice to the Contractor,
LWal-Mart may proceed to carry out the work in accordance with Article 2.4 of the Construction Contract.
F. The Contractor shall perform work directed by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager to meet the Wal-Mart contract
completion date and shall maintain the original management and supervision team to continue their office and job
site duties on a full-time basis through final completion and/or any other time the Contractor has any work being
performed on the project regardless of the date or condition of project completion.
1.4 SCHEDULE UPDATES
01320-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
A. The Contractor shall provide to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager regular updated reports on the Construction
Schedule as determined by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. The Contractor shall maintain a current weekly
updated detailed construction schedule in the site construction field office.
1. Construction Schedule Updating: Progress information to be included in schedule updates includes actual
start and finish dates,percentage complete, remaining duration or projected finish dates for all activities in
progress during reporting period. Schedule updates may also include approved added activity descriptions.
1.5 RECOVERY PLAN
A. Should the updated approved Construction Schedule show the Contractor to be behind schedule, the Contractor 1 III
shall immediately devise a plan for recovery of lost time within one week and submit it to the Wal-Mart Construc-
tion Manager for approval. Once approved by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager,the Contractor shall immedi-
ately put the recovery plan into action.
B. During the period covered by the recovery plan,the Contractor's progress will continue to be monitored against the
Approved Construction Progress Chart. If the Contractor does not recover from delay as detailed in the recovery
plan,Wal-Mart may exercise the option to carry out the work as specified above.
C. The Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses related to recovery from the Contractor's delays, including costs,
expenses,and lost sales incurred by Wal-Mart.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Not Used. 1
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Not Used. 1
END OF SECTION
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
i
01320-2 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
tSECTION 01330-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Submittal procedures prior to and during construction.
B. Related Sections:
' 1.2. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Requirements for product selection and product options.
Section 01770-Contract Closeout: Closeout submittals.
1.2 PROCESS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Contractor Responsibilities:
1. Submit required submittals to Architect unless otherwise specified.
2. Submit required submittals in hard copy or electronically by email.Electronic documents shall be in PDF
format. Hard copy documents submitted to the Contractor by suppliers and subcontractors shall be scanned
by the Contractor to PDF prior to electronic submittal.
3. Comply with submittal requirements defined within individual Sections. Submittals procedures described
I 4. herein shall apply unless otherwise stated in individual Sections.
Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
5. Identify Project,Contractor,subcontractor or supplier,pertinent Drawing sheet and detail numbers,and
Specification Section number,as applicable.
6. Assemble, coordinate,and review submittals of subcontractors,suppliers,and manufacturers.
7. Review submittal for verification of products required,field dimensions,adjacent construction,and
coordination of information.
' 8. Apply Contractor's Submittal Review stamp,signed or initialed and dated,certifying compliance with
Contract Documents.
9. Identify email transmittal of submittals in the subject line as follows:
a. Walmart Store #, City, State, Project type RM, OGP, etc.), submittal name (e.g. concrete mix de-
sign,sieve analysis,etc.,including Section number).
10. Forward executed copy of Submittal Review Form to supplier within 5 days after receipt of submittal with
copies to Architect and Wal-Mart's Construction Manager.
1 11. Schedule submittals to expedite the Work. Coordinate submission of related items into single submittal,
unless otherwise specified.
12. Submit submittals items required within an individual Specification Section into a single submittal.
13. Identify variations from Contract Documents and limitations of product and system which may be
detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.
14. Provide space on submittal for Contractor,Architect, and Architect's Consultant review stamps.
15. Allow 10 working days for review.
16. Revise and resubmit submittals when required. Identify changes made since previous submittal.
17. Notify Vendor or Subcontractor of approval by Authority Having Jurisdiction of Deferred Submittal
package.
' 18. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties and to Record Documents file. Instruct
parties to promptly report inability to comply with provisions.
B. Supplier Responsibilities-Wal-Mart(Owner)Furnished Products:
1. Subcontractors,vendors,and suppliers(including suppliers of Wal-Mart(Owner)furnished products)shall
forward copies of submittals to the Contractor.
2. Prepare submittals in accordance with requirements in individual Specification Sections and Contractor
I 3. responsibilities specified herein.
Where required,ensure all products have Miami-Dade County Product Control Notice of Acceptance or
Florida(FBC)Product Control Number to meet design pressure and missile impact resistance requirements
of the Florida Building Code currently adopted by the Jurisdiction in which the project is located. Ensure
i01330-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
product approval numbers are current and valid,and related construction assemblies and hardware are
approved by Authority Having Jurisdiction.
C. Architect Responsibilities: Review submittals and take appropriate action as follows. 1
1. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Architect will mark submittals to indicate appropriate action.
2. Return Architect reviewed Submittals to Contractor by email or mail carrier service providing delivery
tracking.
3. Submittals for Information: Architect will not return submittals sent for information only.
4. Forward submittals to proper sub-consultant for review as necessary.
D. Unrequested Submittals: Submittals transmitted to Architect or Architect's Consultants that are not indicated or
requested will not be reviewed. Architect will dispose of unrequested submittal items.
1.3 TRANSMITTAL 1
A. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Submit to Architect.
1. Transmit submittals to be reviewed by Architect to:
Architect of Record
Add address information
2. Transmit submittals to be reviewed by Structural Engineer of Record to:
Structural Consultant
Add address information
3. Transmit 3 copies of fire protection submittals to the Wal-Mart Fire Protection Consultant listed below
within 21 days of prime contract award. Send one copy of the submittal transmittal to the Architect listed
above.
Fire Protection Engineer of Record
Add address information
4. Transmit sitework submittals directly to Civil Engineer of Record.
B. In addition to recipients stated above, transmit submittals to those parties as may be required in the individual
specification section. i
1.4 DEFERRED SUBMITTALS
A. Definition: Deferred Submittal are submittals required by the AHJ for code compliance but which, rather than
being submitted at the time of permit application,have been allowed by the AHJ to be deferred until after Contract
award to enable the successful Contractor, Subcontractor,or Supplier to submit the applicable submittals.
B. Submit the deferred submittals to the extent indicated on the Deferred Submittal Table located on the Drawing
Cover Sheet.
C. Prepare submittals in accordance with requirements stated in the applicable individual Specifications Sections and
the applicable requirements herein
1. Storage Rack System(Wal-Mart Vendor): Storage Rack System is not specified in an individual section.
Requirements are as follows:
a. Coordinate with Wal-Mart Store Planning through the Wal-Mart Construction Manager to obtain
copy of approved submittal package.
b. Shop Drawings:
1) Floor plan showing locations and types of rack systems.
2) Details of each type of rack construction showing configuration,dimensions and materials.
3) Details of rack connection to building floor or structure.
4) Seismic bracing and connections(where required).
c. Calculations: Structural calculations for rack connections to building floor or structure and seismic
provisions.
D. Process:
1. Immediately after award of the Contract,the Contractor shall contact the AHJ to coordinate and determine
the AHJ requirements for deferred submittals. Information obtained shall include such requirements as
01330-2 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR Oli28/20
1 number of copies;extent of detail of information to be submitted;review,if required,by Professional of
Record(Architect or Engineer);and other necessary process and procedural requirements.
1 2. The Contractor,or other entity,responsible for the submittal shall submit,track,and report submittal status
to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager through final approval and issue of permit.
3. Communicate with vendors,suppliers, and Subcontractors the AHJ requirements for deferred submittals.
Receive,review,and stamp submittals in accordance with submittal requirements herein.
I 4. Transmit deferred submittals directly to AHJ unless otherwise requested by AHJ to obtain prior review and
approval by Professional of Record.
5. Upon approval by AHJ, obtain permits and pay permit fees and other fees required by the AHJ.
I 6. Attach approved deferred submittals to the approved"Permit Set" documents at the project site.
7. Do not install deferred submittals until corresponding submittal documents have been approved by the
AHJ.
' 1.5 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Submit Drawings with graphic information at accurate scale. Show dimensions and note which dimensions
are based on field measurement. Identify materials and products in Work shown. Indicate compliance with
specified standards and special coordination requirements. Do not use reproductions of Contract Drawings
as Shop Drawings.
I 2. Include on each Shop Drawing the drawing title,number,original issue date,and revision numbers and
dates,in addition to other required identifying information.
3. Identify details by reference to sheet,detail, schedule,or room names shown on the Contract Drawings.
I 4. Identify numerical values in English units.
5. Size: Not less than 8-1/2 by 11 inches nor more than 30 by 42 inches.
a. For Shop Drawings submitted on sheets larger than 8-1/2 x 11 inches, submit reproducible
transparency and blueline or blackline reproduction.
I b. For Shop Drawings submitted on sheets 8-1/2 x 11 inches, conform to requirements for Product
Data and submit as a bound volume for submittal required.
6. Number of Copies Required: Submit one reproducible transparency and one blueline or blackline
I reproduction. Submit additional copies to AHJ for approval if required. Comply with requirements of AHJ
with regard to signing and sealing of submittals by Registered Professional licensed in the State in which
project is located.
a. One copy will be returned to the Contractor.
I b. Bar Joists and Joist Girders, and Steel Roof Deck: Owner's Supplier will submit Shop Drawings
and bills of materials directly to Structural Engineer of Record via email.
I B. Product Data
1. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams:
a. Clearly mark to identify pertinent products.
b. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
I c. Show dimensions and clearances required.
d. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
e. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information not applicable to this work.
I f Supplement standard drawings and diagrams to provide complete information applicable to this
work.
2. Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options,and other data. Supplement Product Data
with material prepared for the Work to satisfy submittal requirements for which Product Data does not
1 3. exist. Note that the material is developed specifically for this Contract.
Submit Product Data for each Section in one complete submittal. Include table of contents listing page and
catalog item numbers for Product Data.
I 4. Indicate,by prominent contrasting color notation on each product being submitted,the Specifications
Section and paragraph numbers to which it pertains.
5. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products,some of which are not required,
mark copies to indicate information applicable to Work and clearly cross out other information not
I applicable to Work. Include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations or instructions.
b. Compliance with referenced standards.
1 c. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
01330-3
Itt5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
d. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
e. Notation of coordination requirements.
6. Product Data For Information: Written information not requiring action by Wal-Mart Construction
Manager or Architect;for verification of compliance with requirement. Submittal not complying with
requirements will be rejected.
7. Number of Copies Required: Four.
C. Engineering Calculations
1. Submit calculations signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State where
project is located.Comply with requirements of Authority Having Jurisdiction with regard to signing and
sealing of submittals.
D. Certifications
1. Certify manufacturer or installer's qualifications,compliance with tests or specified criteria,or other factors
as required in individual Specification Sections.
2. Submit supporting reference data,affidavits,and certifications as required.
E. Miami-Dade County Product Control Notice of Acceptance (NOA) or Florida (FBC) Product Control Number:
Products identified in the individual specifications shall meet design requirements of the 2007 Florida Building
Code. Submit NOA or FBC Control Number and other supporting evidence showing product and components
supplied are the products meeting the Florida Building Code. '
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
I
1
1
i
I
01330-4 ,
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01351 —REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for compliance with regulatory require-
ments including Storm Water,Hazardous and Universal Waste, Safety,and Worker Verification laws.
B. Compliance provisions are contained in the Supplement which is a part of,and included at the end of,this
Section.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Construction Contract Between Walmart and Contractor: The attached Supplement paragraph num-
bering is associated with corresponding provisions of the Construction Contract and the associated
Exhibit 3.6 therewith.
2. Provisions included in the Supplement hereto are similar in content to those of the Exhibit 3.6 of the
Contract and may repeat,duplicate,supplement,expand,or clarify the text of the Exhibit.
3. Pursuant to Clause 1.2.4, in case of conflicting provisions, the Exhibit 3.6 of the Contract shall
prevail over these specifications.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
Not Used
' PART 3 -EXECUTION
' Not Used
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
01351-1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
SUPPLEMENT to SECTION 01351
COMPLIANCE SPECIFICATION
3.6.1 PART 1 —COMPLIANCE GENERALLY. Section includes administrative and procedural require-
ments for compliance including Stormwater, Hazardous and Universal Waste, Safety, and Worker
Verification.
3.6.1.1 DEFINITIONS
3.6.1.1.1 Compliance Requirements. Compliance with all laws, including Safety Laws, Environmental Laws,
Stormwater Laws and Worker Verification Laws as well as requirements found within the Contract Doc-
uments,
the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications,that pertain to Safety Compliance, Environ-
mental Compliance,Stormwater Compliance and Worker Verification Compliance.
3.6.1.1.2 Compliance Laws. All Compliance related laws, regulations and requirements to include Safety Laws,
Environmental Laws, Stormwater Laws and Worker Verification Laws.
(a) Safety Laws. All applicable Federal, state and local laws,ordinances,rules,regulations and lawful or-
ders relating to the safety or health of persons or property including without limitation,compliance with '
local safety laws,local fire and life safety code, building codes,safety or environmental laws governing
exposure to toxic or hazardous substances,transportation safety laws concerning the safety of shipments
arising out of the course of work, the latest OSHA safety standards (Occupational Safety and Health
Act of 1970,20 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq. and rules and regulations promulgated there-under), and all
state approved and local safety and health statutes,rules and regulations.
(b) Environmental Laws. All laws, statutes, regulations and judicial interpretations thereof of the United
States,of any state in which the Project Site is located,and of any other government or quasi-government
authority having jurisdiction,that relate to the prevention,abatement and elimination of pollution and/or
protection of the environment, including but not limited to the federal Comprehensive Environmental
Response,Compensation and Liability Act of 1980("CERCLA"),42 U.S.C.§9601 et seq.,the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 ("RCRA"), 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq., the Clean Water Act
("CWA"), 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq., the Clean Air Act ("CAA"), 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq., the Safe
Drinking Water Act ("SDWA"), 42 U.S.C. § 300f et seq., the Endangered Species Act ("ESA"), 16
U.S.C. § 1531 et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act("TSCA"), 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., and the
Emergency Planning&Community Right to Know Act("EPCRA")together with any state statutes or
local ordinances or other requirements serving any similar or related purposes. This includes,but is not
be limited to,all laws,regulations,permits or other requirements relating to Stormwater,wetlands pro-
tection and asbestos abatement or notification,and hazardous materials/hazardous waste management.
1) Solid Waste Laws. All Federal state,or local statutory environmental requirements for diver-
sion of construction and demolition waste from landfills as applicable.
(c) Stormwater Laws. All Environmental Laws,and other laws,regulations,permits or other requirements
relating to Stormwater. This includes the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System("NPDES"
or"Stormwater Permit")Federal Stormwater general permit system or analogous state Stormwater gen-
eral permit system required under Stormwater Laws for discharges associated with construction activi-
ties
on Project Sites greater than an acre in size.
(d) Worker Verification Laws. All Federal, state, and local laws, statutes,rules, codes,ordinances, orders
and regulations governing the employment of its workers,including,without limitation,the Immigration
Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended, the Immigration and Nationality Act, as amended, and
the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996,as amended,and any succes-
sor statutes,laws,rules and regulations thereto.
3.6.1.1.3 Contract Documents. The Contract between Contractor and Walmart, as Owner, all at-
tached exhibits including the Compliance Exhibit, together with these and other corre-
sponding or referenced Specifications.
3.6.1.1.4 Walmart Associates. Employees of Walmart,its subsidiaries,or affiliates,including Sam's Clubs.
3.6.1.1.5 Contractors and Workers.
01351-2 ,
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
' (b) Contractor and Subcontractor. All references to Contractor and Subcontractor shall have the same mean-
ing as those terms are defined in the Contract between Contractor and Walmart,which are adopted and
' incorporated into the Compliance Exhibit and/or these Specifications;the term Subcontractor shall apply
to subcontractors of any tier and for any duration.
1) Contractor Workers. Workers of any tier and for any duration of Work on the Project,who are
employees of the Contractor.
2) Subcontractor Workers. Workers of any tier and for any duration of Work on the Project,who
are employees of a Subcontractor.
3) Workers. Includes all Contractor Workers and Subcontractor Workers of any tier and perform-
ing work for any duration.
(c) Walmart Contractors. Contractors performing work under separate contracts directly with Walmart.
This includes any subcontractors hired by Walmart Contractors.
1) Walmart Contractor Workers. Individuals of any tier and for any duration of Work on the
Project who are employees of Walmart Contractors,including third party temporary workers.
3.6.1.1.6 Hazardous Materials.Those materials,substances,wastes,pollutants or contaminants which are hazard-
ous,toxic or radioactive and shall include but not be limited to those substances defined as"hazardous
substances", "hazardous materials","hazardous wastes",or other similar designations in the CERCLA,
RCRA,Hazardous Materials Transportation Act,49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.,and any other Federal,
state or local governmental statutes, laws, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and precautions, or by
common law decision.
3.6.1.1.7 Hazardous Waste. As defined by U.S.Environmental Protection Agency(EPA)in 40 CFR 261.3, and
as defined by specific state and local jurisdictions. Materials shall be considered hazardous wastes as
appropriate according to applicable regulations regardless of whether the material was supplied by
' Walmart.
3.6.1.1.8 Universal Waste: As defined by the U.S.EPA in 40 CFR 273 and as defined by specific state and local
jurisdictions.
' 3.6.1.1.9 Administrative Violation: Violations of any Compliance Laws,Compliance Requirements or the Con-
tract Documents. Such violations may be included in Inspection Reports,Notices of Violation,citations,
Stop Work Orders, Requests for Production, Warning Orders, Administrative Orders, letters or other
written or oral communication. It shall not be necessary for the operation of this paragraph that such
violation determinations be reviewed by any court or administrative tribunal.
3.6.1.1.10 Superintendent. Individual(s)designated by the principal of the Contractor meeting the requirements set
forth in Sec. 3.6.1.5.2 of the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications.
3.6.1.1.11 Competent Person.
(a) Competent Person—General. One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the
surroundings, or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees and
who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them
(b) Qualified Person Electrical.—Must meet both NFPA 70 E and OSHA Definition.
' 1) Qualified Person(electrical)OSHA Definition. One who has received training in and has demon-
strated skills and knowledge in the construction and operation of electric equipment and installations
and the hazards involved.
2) Qualified Person(electrical)NFPA 70E. Refer to the most current version of NFPA 70E.
3.6.1.1.12 Compliance Oversight Manager(COM).The COM is a designated individual with construction-related
and Compliance experience,meets the requirements set forth below in Sec. 3.6.1.5.4 of the Compliance
Exhibit and these Specifications,and who is not serving as the Superintendent on a Project Site.
3.6.1.1.13 Stormwater Compliance Certificate.Evidence of completion of Walmart provided Stormwater training,
or alternate training accepted by Walmart Stormwater Compliance Team.
3.6.1.1.14 Compliance Plan. Comprehensive plan,which includes,without limitation,Contractor's processes and
procedures through which Contractor will ensure said compliance and conformance with Compliance
Requirements.
01351-3
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
(a) Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP). A document or series of documents defining practices
and procedures designed to eliminate or minimize the discharge of soils,debris and other pollutants in
runoff exiting the project.
(b) Safety Plan. A description of Contractor program designed to ensure Compliance with Safety Laws and
safety related Compliance Requirements
(c) Hazardous Waste Management Plan. The Hazardous Waste management plan identifying regulatory
requirements for the generation,management,storage,and disposal of hazardous waste.
3.6.1.1.15 Compliance Incident. Any matter or issue occurring on or in connection with the Project or Project Site
which falls into the following categories:
(a) Environmental Incident. Any release of a Hazardous Material or Waste that equals or exceeds five(5)
gallons or that equals or exceeds its federal or state reportable quantity.
(b) Worker Verification Incident. Any Administrative Violation or Regulatory Contact by the Department
of Homeland Security("DHS")or any other governmental agency or authority related to immigration or
worker verification issues of Contractor,its agents,employees, and Subcontractors.
(c) Safety Incident. Death or serious injuries requiring either emergency medical attention or when an in-
jured
worker is admitted into a hospital or medical care facility for observation or treatment. Also in-
cluded is the occurrence of any situation in which there is imminent danger to an individual present on
or in connection with the Project,and/or any significant property damage.
(d) Regulatory Contact. All contacts regarding the Project Site construction operations by any type of reg-
ulatory authority, excluding routine building inspections (such as routine building inspectors and Fire
Marshalls),unless a compliance exception is identified,including without limitation, NOVs(Notice of
Violation), Warnings, Inspection Reports,Notices of Non-compliance, or other similar regulatory cor-
respondences,Audits,Investigations or Raids.
(e) Sediment Release.Any discharge of soil materials outside the limits of disturbance for the project,such
as sediment laden runoff,track out, or other discharges, excluding intentional transport of soil off site
by,and inside,equipment or truck.
3.6.1.1.16 Worker Verification Auditor("WV Auditor"). An independent third party immigration attorney or con-
sultant,
selected by Contractor from Walmart's"Preferred Worker Verification Auditor List"to conduct
the audits required pursuant to the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications.
3.6.1.1.17 Worker Verification Certification Forms (WV Forms). Forms certifying compliance or audit results
pursuant to the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications.
3.6.1.1.18 Qualified Verifier. Any employee or third party individual/entity responsible for reviewing Verification
Documents for Contractor and who meets the requirements set forth in the Compliance Exhibit and these
Specifications.
3.6.1.1.19 Verification Documents. Form I-9 and Supporting Documents.
(a) Form 1-9. Original or legible copy of Form 1-9 Employment Eligibility Form.
(b) Supporting Documents. Original or legible copy of documents provided by Workers to their employers i
as proof of identity and eligibility for completion of the Form 1-9.
3.6.1.1.20 Facilities Occupied by Walmart. Generally means a facility in which Walmart Associates are performing
work and could potentially be exposed to the hazards involved with construction. This would include
Store Planning Associates during Early Fixture Set and normal operations during Expansion or Remodel
activities. Oversight visits by CMs, store planning or other Walmart Associates with proper PPE and
escort is not included.
3.6.1.1.21 Construction Waste. Building and site improvement solid waste materials resulting from construction,
remodeling,renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes shipping and packaging and
discarded temporary construction materials.
3.6.1.1.22 Non-Hazardous Landfill. A landfill that accepts non-hazardous resources such as household, commer-
cial, and industrial waste, resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations,
has a solid waste facilities permit from the State Waste Management Regulatory Board, and is in full
compliance with Federal, State and local Environmental Regulatory Agencies.
01351-4 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
3.6.1.1.23 Demolition Waste. Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective de-
motion operations.
3.6.1.1.24 Disposal. Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale,recycling,reuse,
or deposit in landfill acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
3.6.1.1.25 Recycle. Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for
' reuse.
3.6.1.1.26 C&D Recycling Center. A facility that receives only construction and demolition material that has been
separated for reuse prior to receipt.
3.6.1.1.27 Inert Disposal Facility or Inert Waste Landfill. A disposal facility that accepts only inert waste such as
soil and rock, fully cured asphalt paving, uncontaminated concrete (including fiberglass or steel rein-
forcing rods embedded in the concrete),brick,glass,and ceramics,for land disposal.
' 3.6.1.1.28 Mixed Debris. Comingled recyclable and non-recyclable construction and demolition materials.
3.6.1.1.29 Mixed Debris Recycling Facility. A processing facility that accepts loads of comingled construction and
demolition debris for the purpose of recovering re-usable and recyclable materials and disposing the
non-recyclable residual materials.
3.6.1.1.30 Recycling. The process of sorting, cleansing, treating, and reconstituting materials for the purpose of
using the altered form in the manufacture of a new product. Recycling does not include burning,incin-
erating,or thermally destroying solid waste.
3.6.1.1.31 Re-Use. The use, in the same or similar form as it was produced, of a material which might otherwise
be discarded.
' 3.6.1.1.32 Solid Waste. Putrescible and nonputrescible solid, semisolid, and liquid wastes, including garbage,
trash, refuse, paper, rubbish, ashes, industrial wastes, demolition and construction wastes, abandoned
vehicles and parts thereof,discarded home and industrial appliances, dewatered,treated,or chemically
' fixed sewage sludge which is not hazardous waste, manure, vegetable or animal solid and semisolid
wastes,and other discarded solid and semisolid wastes. "Solid waste"does not include hazardous waste,
radioactive waste,or medical waste as defined or regulated by State law.
3.6.1.1.33 Source-Separated. Materials,including comingled recyclables,that have been separated or kept separate
from the solid waste stream at the point of generation,for the purpose of additional sorting or processing
of those materials for reuse or recycling in order to return them to the economic mainstream in the form
' of raw materials for new,reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary
to be used in marketplace.
3.6.1.1.34 Waste Hauler. A company that possesses a valid permit from the local waste management authority to
collect and transport solid wastes from individuals or businesses for the purpose of recycling or disposal.
3.6.1.1.35 Construction Waste Management Plan(CWMP). The Construction Waste Management Plan is devel-
oped from the Construction Waste Management Estimation Form and identifies the construction waste
' diversion expectations including diversion percentages and tons of the targeted materials and the loca-
tions for the legal reuse,recycling,or disposal.
3.6.1.1.36 C&D Training Manual. A site specific training manual that explains the processes and procedures for
' handling the C&D Waste and Recycle needs. Contents include but are not limited to the following:
Materials to be recycled,re-used,or salvaged;Plan and procedure for recycling of lunch and break-time
refuse;and Facilities to be utilized for the purpose specified herein.
3.6.1.2 WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. See Compliance Exhibit 3.6.1.2.
3.6.1.3 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. See Compliance Exhibit 3.6.1.3.
3.6.1.4 LICENSES,PERMITS AND CERTIFICATIONS("PERMITS")
3.6.1.4.1 Applications for licenses, permits, approvals and certificates. Unless otherwise clearly and expressly
' provided in the Contract Documents,Contractor shall diligently obtain,maintain,comply with,and pay
for (solely to the extent Contractor may so obtain), and shall be responsible for the completion and
01351-5
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
submittal of all necessary applications relating to: all required licenses, permits, approvals and certifi-
cates,impact documents and temporary easements(hereafter"Permits")relating to,necessitated by and
necessary or appropriate for:
(a) The Work or the product of said Work,the performance and completion of the Work,the overall devel-
opment of the Project and all other activities and obligations under the Contract Documents (whether
performed by Contractor or by any Subcontractor);and
(b) The proper operation or use by Walmart after the completion of the Work, including all machinery,
equipment and fixtures to be installed by Contractor or any Subcontractor in connection with the perfor-
mance of the Work, in each case with said submittals to, and obtaining from, the proper authorities
responsible for issuing said Permits for the Project,including without limitation the building permit and
all other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and
completion of the Work.
3.6.1.4.2 Coordination. Contractor shall coordinate with Walmart and any applicable Contractor with respect to
obtaining all such Permits.
3.6.1.4.3 Fees. See Compliance Exhibit 3.6.1.4.3.
3.6.1.4.4 Delays. In the event that any delay is incurred in obtaining any Permit Contractor shall immediately
notify Walmart,in writing,of the reason(s)for said delay.
3.6.1.4.5 Designation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, Contractor shall have the right to
designate other persons or entities to obtain any Permit, provided, however,that any such designation
shall not relieve Contractor of any liability as a result of any failure to obtain any such Permit.
3.6.1.4.6 Permit Availability. Contractor shall ensure that the applicable Permits are readily available at the Site,
or at a location properly designated pursuant to the applicable Permit or Compliance Requirements,for
review as appropriate.
3.6.1.4.7 General Contractor Permit, Registration, Notification (GCPRN) Report. Contractor receives the
GCPRN report in the bid documents prior to submission of the bid. The report identifies those permits,
registrations,notifications,inspections and/or installer certifications(PRNs)to meet environmental reg-
ulatory requirements. The list of PRNs is not intended to be comprehensive,but identifies those PRNs
that were identified during the design review process.
(a) Contractor shall ensure the PRNs are either forwarded to the Construction Testing Lab(CTL) Project
Manager for upload(if projects that include a CTL)or shall upload PRNs directly to the Walmart Work-
space.
(b) The GC may obtain additional PRNs not identified within the GCPRN. Contractor is also required to
provide a copy of any obtained PRNs to the CTL Project Manager or upload into the Walmart Work-
space.
3.6.1.5 RESPONSIBLE PEOPLE AND GENERAL DUTIES
3.6.1.5.1 General: Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order on the Project Site.
3.6.1.5.2 Project Superintendents Requirements. The Contractor shall designate the required number of Project
Superintendents as identified in the Contract. Proposed Project Superintendents shall:
(a) Hold a valid Walmart Stormwater Certificate;
(b) Have a level of knowledge and understanding of Compliance Laws,requirements and procedures;
(c) Successfully complete any Federal, State or local training program mandated by the applicable permit
or Compliance Laws;
(d) Be responsible for overseeing activities and work at the Site;
(e) Possess the skills to adequately identify and implement Compliance Requirements, including sediment
and erosion control practices;and
(f) Have authority to direct Subcontractors,Walmart Contractors and Workers to undertake actions to com-
ply with the Permits and Compliance Requirements.
3.6.1.5.3. Project Superintendents Responsibilities. No Work shall be performed under this Contract unless at
least one Superintendent is present on the Site. The Superintendent shall be responsible for all Com-
pliance related inspections,reporting,meetings,and training.
01351-6 ,
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20 1
(a) Stormwater: If an NPDES Stormwater Permit is required for the Project,the Superintendent shall provide
oversight and management of the implementation,and maintenance of the SWPPP.
' (b) Safety: Superintendent shall be responsible for maintaining general safety,the Safety Program,and pro-
tection against accidents, exposure to toxic or hazardous substances generated out of the course of the
Work,and property damage.
' 3.6.1.5.4 Compliance Oversight Manager(COM)Requirements. The proposed COM shall:
(a) Hold a valid Walmart Stormwater Compliance Certificate;
(b) Have a level of knowledge and understanding of Compliance Laws, including Stormwater Laws, re-
quirements and procedures.
(c) Successfully complete any Federal, State or local training program mandated by the applicable permit
or Compliance Laws;
' (d) Be able to adequately identify and implement Compliance Requirements including storm water sediment
and erosion control practices;
(e) Have the authority and ability to effectively instruct Subcontractors,Walmart Contractors,and Workers
in the implementation of such practices;and
(f) Have the authority to stop work on the Site, and direct the Superintendent and other Subcontractors,
Walmart Contractors and Workers in the execution of Compliance Requirements, including the ability
to remove Workers for failure to comply;.
3.6.1.5.5 Compliance Oversight Manager(COM)Responsibilities. The COM is the individual on the Project Site
with overall responsibility for Compliance. This includes oversight,auditing,training and documenta-
1 tion responsibilities. Responsibilities of the COM include ensuring all "Compliance" training, plans,
processes and procedures required in the Contract, its Exhibits, this Compliance Exhibit and all refer-
enced Specifications and/or Forms, or project construction documents, are accomplished and main-
tained.
3.6.1.5.6 Competent or Qualified Person. Contractor shall ensure that Competent or Qualified persons,whichever
is applicable, are available per the requirements of Safety Laws for all job descriptions requiring such.
' For each construction discipline where OSHA or NFPA 70E requires a Competent or Qualified Person,
the Contractor shall evaluate candidates for competency and select a candidate that meets those require-
ments.
' (a) The Competent / Qualified Person Designation Form (Attached as "Safety Forms") shall be used to
maintain an up to date and current log of Competent and Qualified Person(s) which includes selected
individual's name as well as the discipline he/she serves as the Competent or Qualified person for.
(b) Each selection of a Competent or Qualified Person must be communicated to all Workers on site during
a safety meeting.
(c) Qualified Person—Electrical requires: Meets standards as defined by OSHA and the latest version of
NFPA 70E;has a valid professional license as may be required;is working under a valid business license
as may be required.
3.6.1.5.7 Qualified Verifier. Contractor shall ensure a Qualified Verifier reviews Verification Documents on be-
half of the Contractor,and shall execute the appropriate WV Forms required in Sec. 3.6.5 of'the Com-
pliance Exhibit and these Specifications.
Contractor shall ensure that a Qualified Verifier reviews Verification Documents on behalf of the Sub-
contractor(s),as evidenced by each Subcontractor's execution of the appropriate WV Forms required in
' the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications.
(a) Qualified Employee Verifier. Employee of Contractor or Subcontractor who is trained, experienced,
and possesses the requisite skill and knowledge to conduct a reasonable compliance review of the Veri-
fication Documents.
(b) Qualified Third Party Verifier. Any person who is trained,experienced,and possesses the requisite skill
and knowledge to conduct a reasonable compliance review of the Verification Documents. May include,
without limitation,an immigration compliance attorney or law firm,a human resources compliance firm,
or a similar professional services firm engaged in providing administrative or consulting services related
to immigration compliance. Walmart reserves the discretion and right at all times,notwithstanding any
prior ratification,to disapprove of the selected Qualified Verifier.
01351-7
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
3.6.1.5.8 Walmart Contractors. Walmart Contractors shall be responsible for relating problems and anticipated
issues which may impede the progress of the Work and shall cooperate with Contractor. Walmart Con-
tractors performing Work shall abide by the compliance policies of Contractor and shall not interfere
with Contractor's ability to meet Compliance Requirements.
(a) Contractor,as the"Controlling Contractor,"has the authority to remove or refuse access to any Walmart
Contractors failing to comply with Compliance Requirements.
3.6.1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION/MEETINGS
3.6.1.6.1 Preconstruction Meeting ("Precon Meeting"). Prior to initiation of ground-disturbing activities, Con-
tractor/Superintendent
shall conduct and document a Precon Meeting at the Site to discuss Compliance
issues including topics identified in the Specifications. The Precon Meeting requires,but is not limited
to:
(a) Notice. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice of such Precon Meetings to Walmart and all appro-
priate governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Site/Work,and offer them the opportunity to
attend. Contractor shall document such invitation(s).
(b) Safety. Superintendents shall ensure that all Safety Law required programs and documentation are avail-
able, discussed and documented as part of the Precon Meeting. This includes, but is not limited to,
sharing Safety Plan requirements and Lockout/Tagout programs and procedures.
1) The Lock Out/Tag Out portion of the Precon Meeting shall be documented on the Form to be
provided by Walmart.
2) Walmart provided Lock Out/Tag Out requirements shall be communicated to Workers.
(c) Waste Management: Contractor shall discuss the general,Hazardous, Universal, and recyclable waste
management requirements for the Project as described in the Hazardous Waste Management Plan. Con-
tractor shall explain the site specific requirements and responsibilities.
(d) Stormwater: If a NPDES permit is required for this Project,Precon Meeting requirements under Speci-
fications Sec. 02370 must be complied with to discuss the permit, the SWPP and Stormwater related
concerns for the Project. Initial earth-disturbing Subcontractors must attend this meeting.
(e) Worker Verification: Superintendent shall ensure that information and training regarding access controls
and WV Forms,is described and made available.
3.6.1.6.2 Orientation Meetings. The Contractor shall conduct an Orientation meeting for all Workers prior to
initiation of their activities at the Project Site if they were unable to attend the Precon Meeting. Content '
should align with Precon Meeting requirements.
3.6.1.6.3 Weekly Meetings. The Contractor shall hold weekly meetings with all Subcontractors working on the
Project Site and any persons involved in construction activities. The weekly meetings shall address ,
Compliance issues as identified in the Specifications.
(a) Safety. Have at least one safety meeting per week which addresses safety information pertinent to cur-
rent or future work. Every Worker shall attend the meetings and document attendance with a sign-in
sheet retained as part of the Safety Plan.
3.6.1.7 COMPLIANCE INCIDENT OR AGENCY SITE VISIT REPORTING AND PROCEDURES
3.6.1.7.1 Immediate Notice. Actual notice (voice communication, not email or voicemail)to Walmart shall be
made within one(1)hour to the appropriate Construction Manager when any of the following occurs:
(a) Spills of Chemical or Petroleum Products(or other potentially hazardous materials or waste)that equal
or exceed the reportable quantity;
(b) Safety Incidents;
(c) Discovery of Unforeseen Conditions that pose risk requiring a Stop Work in the area conditions exist;
and
(d) Worker Verification.
3.6.1.7.2 Electronic Notice. Notice to Walmart shall be made by completing an Incident Report via the electronic
reporting system provided by Walmart on the same date as the incident occurred. Electronic Notice
must be provided for:
(a) All items above requiring immediate notice; ,
01351-8
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
(b) Regulatory Contacts/visits;
(c) Spills of any Hazardous Material or Waste greater than 5 gallons that do not otherwise meet reportable
quantity thresholds;and
(d) Release or discharge of sediment outside of the Project's limits of disturbance,excluding the intentional,
secure transport of soil inside equipment,or truck,to an off-site,permitted facility.
3.6.1.7.3 Additional Procedures for Regulatory Visits. In the event of a Regulatory Contact involving a visit to
the Project Site,the Contractor shall,and shall ensure and cause its Subcontractors and Workers:
(a) Comply,with requirements set forth in this Compliance Exhibit and the Specifications;
(b) Respond to and fully cooperate in all respects with the regulatory agent or any audit,inquiry,inspection
or investigation that may be conducted by any governmental Agency or authority related to Compliance;
and
' (c) Accompany the Agency representative during the Site visit,and note all areas of concern or instances of
non-compliance noted by the inspector,and if possible,photograph or video-tape these areas.
3.6.1.8 DOCUMENT/PERMIT AVAILABILITY AND RETENTION
3.6.1.8.1 Documents. Contractor shall properly maintain at all times during the term of this Contract all records
to include,without limitation:
' (a) Permitting documentation. Sec. 3.6.1.4.4 of the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications;
(b) Compliance Plans with all required updates,must be available in the job trailer;
1) SWPP Plans on NPDES Permitted Project Sites(Sec. 3.6.1.1.14(a)of the Compliance Exhibit
and these Specifications);
2) Hazardous Waste Management Plan (Sec. 3.6.1.1.14(c) of the Compliance Exhibit and these
Specifications);and
3) Safety Plan(Sec.3.6.1.1.14(b)of the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications).
(c) All documentation received as part of Regulatory Contacts;
(d) Documents required by any governmental agency or Compliance Laws;and
' (e) All documentation required by and relating to Worker Verification Laws and Contractor's Worker Ver-
ification Program.
3.6.1.8.2 Document Retention. The Contractor agrees that it will retain required documentation and make readily
accessible all records required by the applicable Permits,or Compliance Requirements applicable to the
Project.
(a) Documents will be retained and available for a minimum of five(5)years after date of contract comple-
tion or termination of the Stormwater NPDES permit,whichever is later,or for such longer time as may
be required by said Permit or applicable requirement.
3.6.1.8.3 Manifest Retention. Contractor shall retain all documentation relating to the generation,transportation,
and disposal of Hazardous Waste,to include Hazardous Waste or Universal Waste manifests for a period
of not less than 3 years from the date the waste is offered for transport.
3.6.1.8.4 Document Production. The Contractor shall,upon written request of Walmart,provide copies of any or
all such records at Contractor's sole expense within seven (7) days. For documents required by and
relating to Worker Verification Laws and Contractor's Worker Verification program,or where time may
be of the essence,documents shall be produced immediately upon request.
3.6.1.9 TRAINING
3.6.1.9.1 Reserved.
3.6.1.9.2 Contractor Training. Contractor has a duty to ensure Workers are properly trained in the execution of
this Contract in all job specific Compliance Requirements. Such training must include,but not be limited
to:
(a) The use of chemicals, supplies and equipment applicable to the Work;
(b) The Hazardous Waste Management Plan and the appropriate handling of Hazardous Materials and
Wastes.
(c) All appropriate safety and storm water related training as required by job type;
' (d) Stormwater Compliance Certification;
01351-9
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
3.6.1.9.3 Retention of Training Documents. Contractor shall document and retain records of training provided to
Workers and Subcontractors,including the name,date,and subject of each training session.
3.6.1.10 SITE INSPECTION/AUDIT
3.6.1.10.1 Contractor Site Inspection/Audit. Contractor shall accomplish all required self-audits within the time
allotted. Specifically,these include those inspections/audits referenced in the Specifications, as well as
all safety related inspections and audits as required under Safety Laws.
3.6.1.10.2 Walmart Site Inspection/Compliance Audit. Walmart may in its sole discretion, retain an independent
consultant(the "Audit Consultant") or utilize Walmart Associates to conduct inspections/audits of the
Site or of Contractor required documentation or conduct surveys or interviews to determine Contractor
compliance with Compliance Requirements. Laws(the"Compliance Audit").
3.6.1.10.3 Contractor Cooperation. Contractor shall fully cooperate and shall require Subcontractors and Workers
to fully cooperate,with Walmart or any 3`d party auditors during such inspections and audits.
3.6.1.10.4 Worker Verification. There are unique audit requirements for Worker Verification compliance. See
Sec. 3.6.5 of the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications.
3.6.1.11 MODIFICATION. See Section 3.6.1.11 of the Compliance Exhibit.
3.6.1.12 OWNER REMEDIES AND DAMAGES. See Section 3.6.1.12 of the Compliance Exhibit. '
3.6.2 PART 2-ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. Contractor is responsible for compliance with all
Environmental Laws, including compliance with all regulations regarding use, generation, storage,
handling,discharge,disposal and transport of Universal,Solid and Hazardous Waste.
3.6.2.1 COMPLIANCE WITH DOT LAWS AND REQUIREMENTS. Compliance with Federal, state, and local
transportation Safety Laws governing the safety of any shipments, including both Hazardous Material and
Hazardous Waste arising out of the course of the Work. This includes but is not limited to classification,
proper shipping name,packaging,marking and labeling,documentation including shipping papers and man-
ifests,placarding and any other special consideration required.
3.6.2.2 LICENSES, PERMITS, AND CERTIFICATIONS. See Sec. 3.6.1.4 of the Compliance Exhibit and these
Specifications.
3.6.2.2.1 Hazardous Waste Generator Permit. Contractor,as generator of Hazardous Waste,must obtain an EPA
and/or state RCRA identification numbers, if the identification number is required in accordance with
state or Federal regulations. Contractor shall not indicate Walmart as the generator of waste or utilize a
Walmart EPA or state RCRA identification number.
(a) Where projects occur in buildings occupied by Walmart, in the event the state or Federal jurisdiction
does not allow Contractor to obtain an independent RCRA identification number contact the Construc-
tion
Manager.
(b) In the event Contractor is required by state or Federal regulations to obtain an EPA and/or state RCRA
identification number for a specific site,the number shall be deactivated upon completion of the project.
3.6.2.2.2 Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest. Contractor shall be the generator of waste listed on the Uniform
Hazardous Waste Manifest when disposing of Hazardous Waste or Universal Waste. Contractor shall
not indicate Walmart as the generator of waste on the manifest.
3.6.2.2.3 Solid Waste Management. Finns and facilities used for recycling, reuse and disposal of C&D Waste
shall be appropriately permitted for the intended use to the extent required by Federal, state and local
environmental Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Contractor shall negotiate and sign agreements for re-
quired services in compliance with state and local environmental regulations and specified requirements
3.6.2.3 SITE INSPECTION/AUDITS. See Sec. 3.6.1.10 of the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications.
3.6.2.3.1 Weekly Hazardous Waste Inspection.In addition to any periodic inspections the Contractor may conduct '
within its Hazardous Waste Program, the Contractor must perform an initial Hazardous Waste Setup
Checklist within the Evoco fuze system to ensure Contractor has met certain minimum requirements in
01351-10 ,
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
setting up its hazardous waste management program. In addition,a Weekly Hazardous Waste Inspection
is required to be completed within the Evoco fuze system to ensure minimum requirements are being
met within the Contractor's hazardous waste management program.
(a) Contractor is required to perform a Weekly Hazardous Waste Inspection for each week project is in an
active status. Active status is defined as the first day open tops arrive on site. Inactive status is reached
' when the last open top is removed from the site and all Hazardous Waste is appropriately removed from
the site.
(b) The individual responsible for submission of the Weekly Hazardous Waste Inspection must be Storm-
' water Compliance Certified.
3.6.2.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT. Contractor shall have primary responsibility as the generator of all Universal,
' C&D,and Hazardous Waste at the Site,including identification and management,regardless of who supplied
the materials. Contractor must utilize the Waste Management, Inc. Lamptracker Program to dispose of all
Universal Waste generated on the Project Site and must utilize Waste Management, Inc. for Hazardous
' Waste disposal and hauling. Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with disposal of hazardous or
universal waste.
3.6.2.4.1 Universal Waste. Contractor shall,upon notification of successful bid award, contact Waste Manage-
' ment National Services, Inc. (www.wmlamptracker.com/walmartconstruction) to set up a Lamptracker
account and register the specific Project Site to manage and recycle/dispose of all Universal and e-scrap
(electronic equipment)waste generated on the Site.
' 3.6.2.4.2 Onsite Storage of Waste.
(a) Contractor shall establish an enclosed and fenced storage area on-site for General Waste as specified
in Specification 01500. Neither Hazardous Waste nor Universal Waste is required to be maintained
in the enclosed,fenced area.
(b) Fencing is not required for General Waste if all open tops are equipped with lids capable of locking
to prevent items from being deposited in the open tops. Lids shall be locked and remain locked
when not adding or removing waste.
(c) The Hazardous Waste storage area shall be at least 50 feet from the property line.
(d) Hazardous Waste shall have appropriate signage as required by RCRA,including but not limited to
the following:
1)"No Smoking"signs where Hazardous Waste is stored;and
2)"Hazardous Waste"(and"Hazardous Materials", as appropriate)where Hazardous Waste
(and Hazardous Materials)are stored;and
3)Each specific container of Hazardous Waste shall be marked with the words "Hazardous
Waste"and the accumulation start date(the date the Hazardous Waste was first placed in
the container). Contractor shall utilize the Hazardous Waste labels provided by Waste
' Management,Inc.
(e) Each type of Hazardous Waste shall be placed in a separate container with a watertight,closeable
lid.
1)Hazardous Waste is classified as: Toxic, Reactive, Ignitable and Corrosive. A separation
system that keeps these types of Hazardous Waste apart is required.
2)Universal and e-scrap wastes include: Lamps, batteries, mercury devices (thermostats,
' switches,thermometers, etc.) and non-PCB containing ballasts, capacitors and electronic
equipment.
i. Ballasts containing PCBs will be accepted by Waste Management, Inc. as fully
regulated Hazardous Waste provided they are segregated from non-PCB ballasts
and properly disclosed when requesting a pickup.
3.6.2.4.3 Contractor shall insure protocols are in place to prevent unauthorized disposal of Hazardous Waste in
open tops. Prevention measures may include but are not limited to: open tops set back from the fencing
or lids on the open tops.
01351-11
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
3.6.2.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND HAZARDOUS WASTE. This paragraph replaces former specifics-
tions section 01743. Contractor shall properly manage all Hazardous Materials and Wastes present on the
Site, regardless of who supplied the materials or generated the waste, and comply with all applicable Com-
pliance Requirements.
3.6.2.5.1 Material Selection and Use. All chemicals and other products utilized in the performance of the Work
must be approved for the intended use by the Federal,state and local requirements,and be fully compli-
ant with all Environmental Laws and Safety Laws. Contractor herby covenants and agrees that the ap-
plication of all chemicals and other products utilized in the performance of the Work must be performed
by a licensed applicator if so required under any Compliance Laws.
3.6.2.5.2 Walmart Prohibition.Walmart,in its sole discretion,may prohibit certain chemicals or substances from
being utilized on Site that would otherwise be approved by Federal, state or local laws and regulation.
Such determination will be provided in writing to Contractor.
3.6.2.5.3 Use and Storage of Hazardous Materials. Contractor shall properly safeguard and store any Hazardous
Materials present on Site so as to protect against the possibility of fire, spill, injury, fumes or other
damage. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all damage, cost or expense caused by the use or
storage of Hazardous Materials at the Project site.
3.6.2.5.4 Hazardous Waste Management. Contractor shall have primary responsibility as the generator of all
Hazardous Waste at the Site and shall manage all Hazardous Waste generated on the Site. Contractor
shall identify all Hazardous Wastes produced and properly handle and dispose of said Hazardous Waste
in accordance with all applicable Compliance Laws.
3.6.2.5.5 Hazardous Waste Vendor. Waste Management National Services,Inc.has been designated as the man-
datory vendor for the management and disposal of Hazardous Waste on all of Walmart's Sites. 1
3.6.2.5.6 Removal of ALL Materials and Wastes. No construction chemicals, Hazardous Materials or Univer-
sal/Hazardous Waste shall remain at the Site upon project completion including those generated or uti-
lized by Subcontractors or supplied by Walmart, but shall be removed, or appropriately and lawfully
reused, recycled, or disposed of. Contractor will be required to remove any such items if discovered
after Project completion at Contractor's sole expense.
3.6.2.5.7 Stop Work. If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death
to persons resulting from a Hazardous Material or Hazardous Waste encountered on the Site by Con-
tractor, Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately Stop Work in the affected area
and report the condition per the requirements in Sec. 3.6.1.7 of the Compliance Exhibit and these Spec-
ifications.
3.6.2.6 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN. Walmart has contracted with Waste Management,Inc.
to provide a site-specific Hazardous Waste Management Plan("HWMP"). Contractor is required to purchase
the plan from Waste Management,Inc.and shall manage the implementation of the HWMP and ensure com-
pliance with all applicable Compliance Laws relating to the handling and disposal of Hazardous Materials
and Wastes.
3.6.2.6.1 Contractor may amend the provided HWMP as appropriate for the Site conditions or to align the HWMP
with existing Contractor procedures for management of Hazardous Materials and Wastes.
3.6.2.6.2 Contractor shall fill in the blanks on page 1 of the HWMP with the applicable personnel assigned to each
position, as well as the applicable telephone numbers for emergency purposes. Contractor shall have
this completed when work begins on the project. I
3.6.2.7 USED TANK REMOVAL
3.6.2.7.1 Contractor is responsible for removal of any above ground tank(used cooking oil,TLE motor oil)during
the construction project and is responsible to ensure proper disposal of the tanks.
3.6.2.7.2 Tanks must be empty before removed from the store/club. Contractors must coordinate with vendor to
have the used cooking oil or TLE motor oil pumped.
Quest Recycling
1-877-321-1811
01351-12 '
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
3.6.2.7.3 Once tank is empty it must be removed from the store/club immediately to prevent refill of the tank by
store/club personnel. The tank must be stored and covered with waterproof tarps to prevent water from
entering the tank or washing any residue into the environment.
3.6.2.7.4 All tanks removed during the project may be accumulated and picked up at one time to prevent multiple
pick-up charges. Once all tank removal projects are complete,contact vendor to remove and dispose of
' tanks.
EP&S OF VERMONT
Phone#: 1-800-577-4557
Email: epsvtucoprogram@epsofvermont.com
3.6.2.8 CONDITIONS OF SITE
3.6.2.8.1 Stop Work. In the event Contractor encounters Unforeseen Hazardous(or potentially hazardous)Con-
ditions, Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to Owner
and Architect per the requirements for notice in Sec 3.6.1.7 of the Compliance Exhibit and these Speci-
fications. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed,except by written agreement of
Owner and Contractor,until any Hazardous Material or Hazardous Waste in fact present in the affected
area has been disposed of, removed, abated or rendered harmless. Contractor shall be responsible for
any and all Hazardous Materials brought to the site by Contractor or subcontractors.
3.6.2.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REMEDIATION ON PROJECT SITE. All Hazardous Waste generated as a result of
Project Site remediation must be handled and disposed of in compliance with the Remediation plan and all
applicable Compliance Laws.
3.6.2.10 NONHAZARDOUS DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL.
This paragraph replaces former specifications section 01742.
3.6.2.10.1 Performance Goal. The waste management objective is to recycle, reuse, or salvage non-hazardous
waste generated by the work and to eliminate or minimize the amount of waste going to landfills. The
Construction Waste Management Plan (CWMP) does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for ade-
quate and continuing control of pollutants and other environmental protection measures, including,but
not limited to the erosion and sedimentation control provisions specified in this Compliance Specifica-
tion.
' 3.6.2.10.2 Owner Pre-Designated Vendor. GC shall subcontract the services of the Owner pre-designated Con-
struction and Demolition Waste Management Vendor(Vendor)for the collection and disposal of desig-
nated construction and demolition waste. The pre-designated vendor shall be as follows: Waste Man-
' agement National Accounts, Windsor, CT. Waste Management LLC (866) 338-2342,
oakleafcdteam@wm.com. Coordinate with Vendor for Contractor prepared pre-determination of waste
and associated Vendor costs prior to bidding and reference the Construction Waste Management Esti-
mation Form and Guidelines thereto at the end of this Section
3.6.2.10.3 Coordination.
(a) Vendor Responsibility.
' 1)Communicate to the job site contact what service and recycling is arranged.
2)Provide handling,containers,storage, signage,transportation,and other items as required to
implement waste management for the duration of the Contract.
' 3)Identify what container is for which recyclable or for trash.
4)Provide the waste containers to be used by the Contractor and coordinate the placement of
the waste containers with the Contractor. Waste containers will be classified and segregated
to accept materials sorted with respect to type of waste or type of material.
5)Provide e-business web portal with unique User-ID for Contractor to login and schedule
waste and recycling services. The e-business portal will submit requests made by Contractor
in real-time to subcontracted waste and recycling hauler(s)providing service at Project site.
6)Provide toll-free phone number and e-mail address for Contractor to report any issues result-
ing from missed services or to clarify needs at Project site.
(b) Contractor Responsibility:
01351-13
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1)Upon commencement of construction, contact the Vendor for collection and disposal ar-
rangements.
2)Supply name and contact information to Vendor for a designated Contractor contact person
on the job site.
3)Perform waste separation for recyclables and dispose in the proper container as agreed to
between Vendor and Contractor.
4)Train workers,subcontractors,and suppliers on waste management plan and procedures.
5)Provide and designate and label specific areas on site for waste containers and for separat-
ing waste materials. Perform segregation of waste materials into the various classification
and segregated materials as established and agreed to between Vendor and Contractor. De-
posit wasted materials into the containers.
6)Allow use of waste containers by Owner throughout construction period for Owner's on-
site generated waste.
7)Notify Vendor when containers are ready for pickup and disposal by logging into Vendor's
e-business web portal and requesting services needed. Submit request for service prior to
10 AM local time one day in advance of requested service. Pickup for service requests
received after 10 AM local time will be performed the second business day after request.
Pre-order services may be made up to seven days in advance for multiple containers.
8)Contractor shall not directly contact locally subcontracted hauler. All communication shall
be made through Vendor's e-business web portal,toll-free phone,or e-mail.
3.6.2.10.4 General Requirements
(a) Take a pro-active leadership role in the management of construction and demolition waste recycle
efforts and require subcontractors,vendors,and suppliers to participate.
(b) Develop site specific procedures to incorporate and carry out the estimated waste and the Diversion
Goals as shown on the CWMP.
(c) Practice efficient waste management when sizing,cutting,and installing products and other materi-
als. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills.
(d) Exercise diligence in the planning and execution of CWMP.
(e) Post in the Contractor's field office,the including a site map showing container locations,concrete
washout,and lunch and break areas.
(f) Provide workers and subcontractors with a copy of CWMP and the C&D Training Manual.
3.6.2.10.5 Materials to be Recycled.
(a) Recycling may consist,but not necessarily include nor be limited to,non-hazardous demolition and
construction waste and debris to be disposed of and not to be reused or considered of value to the
Contractor and retained in the Contractor's possession.
(b) Maximize recycling and reuse of materials. Sale or donation of waste suitable for reuse shall be
acceptable. Salvaged materials, other than those specified in other Sections to be salvaged and re-
used,shall not be used in this Project.
(c) Revenues: Savings or revenues obtained from recycled,re-used,or salvaged materials shall accrue
to Contractor unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. ,
(d) Revenues: Savings or revenues obtained from recycled,re-used,or salvaged materials shall accrue
to Owner.
3.6.2.10.6 Onsite Sorting and Storage of Waste.
(a) Sort and store waste generated by the Contractor and Owner.
(b) Provide temporary fencing for storing unsorted waste and securing waste and recycling containers
as specified in Section 01500. Establish storage area at least 50 feet from the project property line
or as allowed by Owner Construction Manager. Coordinate location of storage area with Construc-
tion Manager prior to installing fencing.
(c) Enclose non-hazardous waste and recycling containers within temporary fencing. Keep storage area
locked. Provide controlled access to container storage area for disposal.
01351-14 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 i
(d) Designate a fenced sorting area separate from and immediately adjacent to the waste container stor-
age area with sufficient space to sort waste for storage and disposal.
(e) Prevent runoff from waste storage and sorting areas. Inspect areas used for storing materials for
evidence of,or the potential for,pollutants entering the storm drainage system or discharging from
the site.
(f) Sort waste into storage containers and clear the waste sorting area at least twice every 12 hours.
(g) Prevent unauthorized disposal of wastes generated off-site.
(h) Set open top containers back at least 4 feet from fencing.
3.6.2.10.7 Containers.
(a) Classify containers by markings or signage to accept materials sorted with respect to type of waste
or type of material.
(b) Clearly identify containers to receive recyclable materials.
3.6.2.10.8 Separation and Recycling.
(a) Unless otherwise specified,separate hazardous waste,non-hazardous waste, and recyclables.
1 (b) Source separated materials may include,but are not limited to,the following:
1)Acoustical Ceiling Tiles(ACT).
2)Asphalt and concrete.
3)Brick,masonry,tiles and rocks.
4)Building materials(doors,windows,fixtures,etc.)
5)Cardboard and packaging materials.
' 6)Carpet,carpet padding and foam.
7)Concrete slurry.
8)Construction and demolition debris.
9)Film plastic and Styrofoam.
10) Gypsum wallboard.
11) Metal(ferrous and non-ferrous).
12) Mixed construction and demolition waste and miscellaneous construction debris.
13) Plant and tree trimmings(land clearing debris).
14) PVC Plank Flooring.
15) Trash and garbage.
16) Vinyl Composition tile(VCT).
17) Wire and cable.
' 18) Wood.
19) Porcelain.
20) Reuse or Salvage Materials.
21) Soils.
22) Other(describe in the Plan).
(c) Comingled Materials: Where acceptable to recycling facility,place waste products and recyclable
materials into a single container and transport to recycling facility.
(d) Clean all materials that are contaminated prior to placing in source separated containers.
(e) Deliver materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances
deleterious to recycling process.
(f) Arrange for collection by or delivery to the appropriate recycling or reuse facility through Vendor's
website.
3.6.2.10.9 Non-Recyclable Material Disposal and Waste Hauling.
(a) Except for items or materials to be recycled as specified above,remove waste materials from site
and legally dispose of it in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
(b) Except as otherwise specified,do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of to accumulate
on site.
(c) Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
(d) Do not bum waste materials on or off Site.
01351-15
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
3.6.3 PART 3—STORMWATER. See Specification Section 02370
3.6.4 PART 4-SAFETY COMPLIANCE. Contractor will comply with all applicable Safety Laws. Con-
tractor shall be responsible for the safety of all persons on the Site including,without limitation,Workers,
Walmart Contractors,Walmart Associates,customers,vendors,suppliers,and any other third person who
might be present on the Site. Contractor shall supervise all Work by any party to confirm compliance with
Safety Laws the applicable Safety Plan.
(a) Controlling Contractor. Between the established and agreed upon construction start and possession date,
Contractor is the "Controlling Contractor" per 29 CFR 1926. Walmart shall ensure Walmart Associates,
Walmart Contractors, vendors, and suppliers comply with the Contractor Safety Plan, including Personal
Protective Equipment, to the extent the Contractor controls access to the Site, communicates the require-
ments,and enforces the Safety Plan.
(b) Walmart Safety Compliance Requirements. Walmart may go above and beyond Safety Laws in the associ- I
ated Compliance Specification. Contractor shall comply with these measures.
(c) Construction General Industry Standards. When Work is taking place in a Facility Occupied by Walmart,
additional OSHA Safety Laws applicable to General Industry as opposed to Construction may apply to Work
in order to protect Walmart Associates and customers, suppliers, and vendors from construction hazards.
Additional obligations are set forth in these Specifications to address these risks.
3.6.4.1 INCIDENT OR SITE VISIT REPORTING AND PROCEDURES See Sec. 3.6.1.7 of the Compliance Ex-
hibit and these Specifications.
3.6.4.1.1 Emergencies. In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,Contractor shall take such actions
as necessary to prevent or minimize threatened damage,injury or loss.
3.6.4.2 SAFETY COMPLIANCE. Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising a
safety program as set forth in a Site specific Safety Plan necessary to comply with Safety Laws and Compli-
ance Requirements.
3.6.4.2.1 Safety Plan Requirements. The Safety Plan must:
(a) Be in writing and on the Site;
(b) Include all necessary documentation,including but not limited to policies and procedures,training,commu-
nication,and inspections;
(c) Require frequent and regular documented inspections by Contractor designated Competent Person of the
Project Site,materials and equipment;
(d) Document weekly safety meetings as required under Sec. 3.6.1.6.3(a)of the Compliance Exhibit and these
Specifications;and
(e) Include all the elements of a Safety Plan required by Federal,state and local OSHA or other applicable Safety
Laws. Applicable OSHA regulations found in 29 CFR 1926 highlight other required standards and elements
of a Safety Plan. If work on the Site includes a discipline or element for which OSHA or other Safety Laws
have issued a governing law or standard,the Contractor should ensure that necessary Site policies/procedures,
training,communication,and inspections are accomplished and implemented to ensure compliance.
3.6.4.2.2 Safety Compliance includes,but is not limited to:
(a) Hazard Communication.
1) Contractor. Contractor shall ensure all required MSDS documents are available on the Site. MSDS
should be made available at the contractor's office. Electronic MSDS systems are acceptable as long
as they are compliant and readily accessible in the job trailer.
2) Walmart. Hazardous Material found in"Facilities Occupied by Walmart"-Walmart/Sam's Hazard-
ous Material and Safety Data Sheets
i. Operating Walmart and Sam's Clubs contain hazardous chemicals. Some are products for sale
and some are products used in normal operation of Store's/Clubs.
ii. Safety Data Sheets for all products can be found on Walmart.com by searching for MSDS in the
search engine and then clicking on the Material Safety Data Sheet Search Engine.
iii. If you have any questions regarding chemicals you encounter and safe work practices for those
chemicals,contact Store/Club Management directly and review the Safety Data Sheet.
01351-16
17'5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 '
(b) Toxic and Hazardous Substances. Any work activity that occurs in a building occupied by Walmart,where
the Contractor could introduce into the environment a toxic or hazardous substance,must be compliant with
29 CFR 1910.1200 or one of OSHA's specific Toxic Substance laws,whichever is applicable,without con-
sideration of protection factors associated with personal protective equipment. Walmart will not require
workers or customers to wear personal protective equipment for protection against toxic or hazardous sub-
stances. Exposure must be kept below any limits that require PPE.
(c) Signs, Signals,and Barricades. In addition to compliance with Safety Laws,Contractor must be compliant
with all architectural specifications regarding signs,signals,or barricades.
(d) Crane Operation. In Facilities Occupied by Walmart, Crane lifts must not take place over Walmart Associ-
ates,Customers,Vendors,Suppliers,Walmart Contractors,or any other third person. Where crane operations
over said individuals may be necessary each lift must be coordinated with Store Management,Store Planning,
and the Construction Manager so that all persons can be removed and the Contractor can barricade the af-
fected area off before the lift begins.
(e) Helicopters. Use of Helicopters is not allowed in the Store/Club program. Helicopter use is allowed in the
Distribution Center Program. If helicopters are used in the Distribution Center Program, it is the General
Contractors responsibility to ensure helicopter use is compliant with safety law,including but not limited to
any permits that may be required, certifications required for workers involved and inspections for the heli-
copter and any other equipment related to the lift.
(f) Welding, Cutting, Brazing, Soldering, and other Hot Work. In projects that take place in stores and clubs
occupied by Walmart,Contractor must obtain from Store/Club Management a valid Hot Work Permit before
beginning any Hot Work.
(g) Lockout/Tagout(LO/TO)in Facilities Occupied by Walmart:
1) LO/TO Communication. Contractor must provide a copy of the Lockout/Tagout Program that it will use
and enforce on the Site for attendees of the Pre-construction Meeting. Contractor must review Walmart's
Lockout/Tagout policy/program and communicate to all Contractor and Subcontractor Workers. Store
Manager or CM can provide a current copy of the LO/TO policy. All meetings with Contractor's workers
must be documented,as required by OSHA,using the Lockout/Tagout Pre-Construction Meeting Form
provided—(Attached as"Safety Forms").
2) Repair of LO/TO covered equipment. When outside personnel,such as contractors,are involved in repair
or maintenance of our Lockout/Tagout covered equipment, follow these steps:
i. Walmart management and the contractor must inform each other of their respective Lockout/Ta-
gout procedures. Contractor must be aware of the following:
a) Walmart store associates do not meet the qualifications of authorized personnel;
b) The contractor must utilize their own Lockout/Tagout equipment;
c) The contractor must effectively and timely communicate with store management regarding
the status of services provided,including,but limited to:
d) De-energizing and re-energizing of equipment
e) Prior notification about Lockout/Tagout of additional equipment as a result of the original
scope of work
f) Completion of work
g) Any failure by store associates to comply with the contractor's Lockout/Tagout program
ii. Walmart is not responsible for the contractor's work procedures.
3) Spare Breakers. GC must have all spare breakers removed by an electrician during the first week the
contractor is on site. Appropriate blanks should be placed in the panels so that all holes are covered as
required by law. GC must keep spare breakers to be installed,as required,at the end of the project.
4) Lockout/Tagout Log. Lockout Tagout activity in each panel must be tracked using the Lockout/Tagout
Log provided—(Attached as"Safety Forms"). During the first week the contractor is on sight,a copy of
this form should be placed on each panel door. The GC must set the expectation that each of its employees
and subcontractors utilize this log to document all lockout/tagout activity in each panel.
5) Superintendent Inspection. In addition to any inspections performed by competent persons,each day any
electrical work is performed,a Superintendent must inspect the electrical work,review this log daily,and
01351-17
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
initial each new line to verify the lockout tagout process is being executed and is compliant with safety
law.
(h) Electrical Worker Qualifications. For the purposes of the following requirements, electrical workers are
defined as those Workers who perform work on or are exposed to electrical conductors or electrical equip-
ment of 50 volts or greater.
1) Electrician(s)must be"Qualified"as defined by OSHA and the latest version of NFPA 70E.
2) Licensed Electrician(s). Where required, electrical contractors must possess the required professional
and/or business license. Where required,each individual electrician must also possess a valid professional
license.
3) Electrical Worker Apprentices. Apprentices must be working under an approved governmental or trade
111
organization apprenticeship program whose work is being directly overseen by a Qualified Electrician
who possesses required licenses.
4) If Contractor or Subcontractor fails to meet the above qualifications on the Project, then Owner may,
without limitation,at Owner's sole discretion:
i. Prevent Contractor from participating on bids with regard to additional Owner projects for a min-
imum of ninety(90)days for Contractor's first violation of the above-stated requirement;and
ii. Permanently suspend Contractor from bidding on all future Owner projects for Contractor's vio-
lation of this paragraph two or more times.
5) Exposed Live Electrical components in Facilities Occupied by Walmart. During those times when live
electrical components are exposed, the General Contractor must provide a Qualified Person to monitor
the exposed components to protect against electrical hazards and provide for the safety of all Workers,
customers,vendors, and Walmart Associates. If the work area is to be left unattended, all live exposed
electrical components shall be properly concealed and made safe before the work area is vacated by the
electrical contractor. Only in exceptional circumstances,will locking a room be permitted if a Qualified
Person is not available to monitor live exposed electrical components. In such cases,the Store Manager
and Construction Manager shall be notified and must approve before the room is locked. In such circum-
stances,the electrical contractor shall provide the store manager with an emergency contact in the event
that an emergency arises and immediate access to the room is required. This requirement includes elec-
trical distribution centers.
(i) Equipment,Tools and Machinery.
1) Owner Equipment. Contractor shall not use any Owner Equipment in any way or for any purpose unless
use of such equipment is specifically included in the contract.
2) Prohibition on Gasoline or Diesel powered equipment inside buildings occupied by Walmart. Only elec-
tric equipment and equipment powered by propane or compressed air shall be operated inside the building.
i. Gasoline or diesel powered compressors for air powered tools shall be operated outside the build-
ing and away from air intakes.
ii. Propane powered equipment shall have catalytic converters on mufflers and shall be maintained
and operated to ensure compliance with local,state,and federal indoor air quality regulations.
iii. Provide storage and handling of propane fuel in compliance with local, state, and federal regu-
lations.
iv. No propane shall remain inside building except during operation of propane equipment.
v. Propane powered equipment shall be re-fueled outside the building.
3) Electrical Cords. Cords for electric equipment shall be sized adequately for voltage, current load, and
length,whether to generator or existing power supply(reference Specification Section 01700).
4) Routing. Route equipment cords and hoses in compliance with applicable OSHA requirements and in
open stores not to become a hazard for associates,customers, suppliers or vendors.
(j) Operating Store or Club. When construction work is taking place in an operating store or club, additional
safety requirements may be necessary to protect Walmart Associates and Customers from construction haz-
ards.The following additional items are required: 1
1) Effectiveness of Dust Walls. Where the work occurs in areas that are completely segregated by use of
barricades such as dust walls,Contractor is responsible to ensure that dust walls are sufficiently sealed to
01351-18 1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
prevent odors,particulates, dust, fumes, exhaust gases or any other by-product of construction from en-
tering areas occupied by Walmart or its customers,associates,vendors,suppliers,or owners tenants.
2) Effectiveness of Barricades. Contractor is responsible for traffic control,segregation of all construction
work from the retail environment, and necessary barricades that would facilitate customer traffic and
ensure Customer,Associate,and Vendor safety.
3) Where there are door(s)or passageway(s)between a building that Walmart occupies containing merchan-
dise and an active construction area, if contractors move through the door(s)or passageway(s),the Con-
tractor is to provide a Bonded Unarmed Security Guard(s)to maintain security between operational and
construction areas of a store or Club anytime the door is unlocked.
(k) Obstructions. Contractor shall keep the Project Site clear of unnecessary obstructions so as to avoid danger
to all persons on the Project Site.
(1) Confined Spaces. If you plan to enter a confined space,if you create a confined space,or if you discover
unknown hazards in a confined space you must:
1) Inform and Coordinate with Store Management and your Walmart Construction Manager.
' 2) Comply with applicable compliance requirements for confined space entry including safe entry and
emergency rescue/response requirements.
3) For Coordination purposes: Walmart/Sam's Club Associates are not allowed to enter confined spaces.
4) Understand: Walmart/Sam's club Associates are not trained to perform any function associated with
confined space entry and must not be asked to do so.
5) Confined Space Definition: Confined Space per OSHA 1926.21 (b)(6)(ii)—any space having a limited
means of egress,which is subject to the accumulation of toxic or flammable contaminants or has an ox-
i ygen deficient atmosphere.
6) See GC Handbook for more information on Confined Space locations.
3.6.4.3 WORK SEGREGATION,SITE SECURITY AND SITE PROTECTION
3.6.4.3.1 Mixture of Work Environments. When activities classified as General Industry (as defined by OSHA
Section. 1910), and Construction (as defined by OSHA Section. 1926), occur at a single location and
both safety standards could be in effect, the Contractor must completely and effectively segregate the
Construction Work from General Industry environment(retail environment)to the extent that any expo-
sures created by the Work does not create a hazardous or non-compliant situation/environment for
Walmart or Walmart Associates,vendors,suppliers,and customers. This applies to any and all hazard-
ous conditions generated by the Work. Additional obligations may be contained elsewhere in these
Specifications.
3.6.4.3.2 Site Security and Protection. Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Project Site, includ-
ing the security of all tools,materials,equipment and completed Work on the Site. Contractor shall take
reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury
or loss to:
(a) Walmart Associates on the Site and all other persons who may be affected by the Project;
(b) Work,materials, and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site,under
care,custody or control of Contractor or Subcontractors;and
(c) Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,roadways,
structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construc-
tion.
3.6.4.3.3 Access Control—Badge Requirement. Contractor shall create, implement and enforce throughout the
term of this Contract access control procedures for the Project site,which shall include the use of a Badge
system. This Badge system and protocol:
(a) Shall include,without limitation,procedures to restrict, monitor,track and report ingress and egress to
the Project,
(b) Shall comply with all requirements, including without limitation, content and issuance, as set forth in
this Compliance Exhibit and its corresponding and referenced Specifications,and
(c) No individual shall be admitted to the Project without fulfilling the requirements for their Badge cate-
gory,with the exception of certain individuals for which the Badge is not required,as follows:
1)Delivery Personnel;and
01351-19
i #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
2)Tenant Contractor Workers;and
3)Such other personnel and individuals that Walmart may approve.
3.6.4.3.4 Perimeter Controls and Safeguards. Contractors,without any increase in the Contract Sum, shall take
such actions as may be necessary to maintain security on the Site, including, but not limited to, the
control of the Site perimeter through erection of temporary security fencing or other barriers around the
Project Site. In the event that perimeter control methods are used,Contractor shall monitor such controls
to ensure the integrity of such controls is maintained at all times.
3.6.4.3.5 Hazard Safeguards. Contractor shall provide reasonable safeguards for safety and protection of persons,
including,without limitation:
(a) Posting warning/danger signs and other warning signs on or around the Project Site or specific hazards,
such as an excavation;
(b) Providing proper and sufficient barricades;
(c) Providing proper and sufficient lighting;
(d) Providing proper and sufficient guarding;and
(e) Notifying users of the conditions of the Project site as well as adjacent sites and utilities.
3.6.4.3.6 Non-Compliant Equipment or Material. Contractor shall keep the Project Site clear of any machinery,
tool,material,or equipment which is not in compliance with any applicable Safety Law or other Com-
pliance Requirement.
3.6.4.3.7 Spotters-When there is risk of harm due to Construction Work in an area where there is an expectation
that customers,vendors or associates are or could become present,the Contractor is to provide spotter(s)
(or signal persons), in addition to equipment operators, whose sole responsibility shall be to provide
verbal notice to customers and associates regarding the construction risk and assist with ensuring the
work is properly segregated from the retail environment. Spotters are not required where there is no
expectation that customers,vendors or Walmart Associates will be present.
3.6.4.4 TRAINING See Sec. 3.6.1.9 of the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications. Contractor must ensure
workers are trained as required by Safety Laws. Training documentation must be kept on site. Specific areas
where training are required include but are not limited to:
(a) Personal Protective Equipment. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart E
(b) Electrical. As required by 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K and NFPA 70E
(c) Scaffolds. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart L
(d) Fall Protection. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M
(e) Excavations. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P
(f) Crane Operation. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC
(g) Steel Erection. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart R
(h) Toxic and Hazardous Substances. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart Z. In addition, 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z when
Walmart occupies the building where the work will occur and where Walmart associates/customers will be
exposed to air contaminants generated by the work.
3.6.4.5 SITE INSPECTION/AUDIT See Sec. 3.6.1.10 of the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications. Con-
tractor must ensure Competent/Qualified persons inspect the job site as required by Safety Law. Inspections,
including deficiencies found and corrective measures taken,must be kept on site. Specific areas where in-
spections are required include but are not limited to:
(a) Scaffolds. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart L
(b) Fall Protection. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M
(c) Excavations. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P
(d) Crane Operation. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC
(e) Toxic and Hazardous Substances. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart Z.
1)Toxic and Hazardous Substances in a Facility Occupied by Walmart. In addition,29 CFR 1910 Subpart
Z when Walmart occupies the building where the work will occur and where Walmart Associates/cus-
tomers will be exposed to air contaminants generated by the work.
01351-20 I
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
3.6.5 PART 5 - WORKER VERIFICATION COMPLIANCE. Contractor shall implement a verification
program through which Contractor shall ensure that all Workers on the Project Site are employed in
compliance with the Worker Verification Laws. As part of this program,Contractor shall communi-
cate,require and ensure compliance by each and every Subcontractor with all requirements under the
Contract Documents,the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications.
3.6.5.1 VERIFICATION PROCEDURES
3.6.5.1.1 The eligibility of each Worker on the Project shall be verified by their employer's Qualified Verifier
who will review that Worker's Verification Documents to ensure that the Form I-9 is completed in ac-
cordance with all relevant Worker Verification Laws.
(a) Contractor's Qualified Verifier shall verify the eligibility of its Contractor Workers;
(b) Each Subcontractor's Qualified Verifier shall verify the eligibility of its Subcontractor Workers.
3.6.5.1.2 All Verification Documents are required to be maintained and to be produced by the Worker's employer
' for review by the WV Auditor as set forth in the Compliance Exhibit and these Specifications.
(a) Forms I-9 are required to be maintained and to be produced by the employer of all verified Workers.
(b) Supporting Documents are required to be maintained and to be produced by the employer of those veri-
fied Workers who were hired after the Contractor's Project award date. Contractor shall be responsible
for communicating that date to all Subcontractors.
3.6.5.2 WV FORMS
3.6.5.2.1 Worker Verification Forms("WV Forms"). Verification of eligibility will be documented by execution
of the appropriate WV Form confirming eligibility of Workers in compliance with all applicable Worker
Verification Laws and Compliance Requirements. WV Forms shall be in the exact form as attached to
these Specifications.
3.6.5.2.2 WV Forms—Use,Retention and Production. Fully executed WV Forms shall be collected by Contractor
for all Subcontractor Workers, maintained by Contractor throughout the life of the Contract, and shall
be produced to Walmart and/or WV Auditor immediately upon Walmart's request.
(a) Worker Verification Certification-Contractor.Contractor's Qualified Employee Verifier shall complete
and Contractor shall sign the Worker Verification Certification-Contractor.
(b) Worker Verification Certification - Subcontractor. Subcontractor's Qualified Employee Verifier shall
complete and Subcontractor shall sign the Worker Verification Certification—Subcontractor.
(c) Worker Verification Certification—3`4 Party Verifier. Contractor's or Subcontractor's Qualified Third-
Party Verifier shall complete and Contractor or Subcontractor(whichever applies)shall sign the Worker
Verification Certification—3`d Party Verifier.
L 3.6.5.2.3 Worker Verification Auditor Certification. At the close of the Worker Verification Audit as described
in the WV Exhibit and these Specifications, the WV Auditor shall complete the Worker Verification
Auditor Certification,containing an overview of total audit results.
1 3.6.5.3 ACCESS CONTROL: Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Project site,including:
3.6.5.3.1 Badge Requirement. Contractor shall create,implement and enforce throughout the term of this Contract
access control procedures for the Project site which meets the requirements of the Compliance Exhibit
and these Specifications,and which shall include the use of a Badge system.
3.6.5.3.2 Badge Visibility. Badges must be worn at all times an individual is present on the Project Site, and in a
manner which is unobtrusive and clearly visible so that the Contractor's Superintendent may easily iden-
tify whether an individual is approved to work on the Project Site.
3.6.5.3.3 Badge Retrieval. Upon completion of an individual's work or approved visit to the Project,Contractor
shall retrieve any badge issued to such individual.
3.6.5.3.4 Non-Discrimination. All individuals must be subject to the same criteria with respect to the issuance or
denial of a Badge(i.e.,all work eligible individuals will receive a Badge,and Badges will not be awarded
or denied based on any prohibited basis).
3.6.5.3.5 Badge Types. The following Badges must be included within the Access Control Badge System:
(a) Contractor Badge.
01351-21
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1) Content. The Contractor Badge must not bear the brand identification of Walmart or be issued
to an individual in any other category. The badge shall include:
i. A photograph of the Worker;
ii. The Worker's full name;
iii. The location identity(City,State,Facility#)of this Project;and
iv. The name of the Contractor/Subcontractor that employs that Worker.
2) Issuance. The Contractor Badge shall be issued by Contractor to:
i. Any Worker whose eligibility is first listed on a fully executed WV Form in the pos-
session of Contractor and who has provided valid proof of identity to Contractor.
a) Exception. A Contractor may issue a Contractor Badge to a Worker whose em-
ployment eligibility has not been certified on a properly executed WV Form only
under the following circumstances:
1)Exceptional Circumstances exist that prevent Contractor or Subcontractor
from complying with the WV Form requirements with respect to said indi-
vidual, such that Contractor would endure unusual and unreasonable delay,
expense or spoilage should WV Form be required of said individual prior
to obtaining access and performing work;and
2)Contractor reasonably believes that said individual is lawfully eligible to
work in the United States, and has no knowledge (constructive or actual)
that said individual is an unlawful worker;and
3)At any given time,no more than five percent(5%) of all valid Badges on a
Project-wide basis shall have been issued under this Exceptional Circum-
stances provision;and
4)Contractor shall certify or ensure certification of the individual's lawful em-
ployment eligibility by completing or obtaining a fully executed WV Form
with respect to said individual no later than 72 hours from the time of issu-
ance of the Badge to the individual,or the Badge herein expires and will not
be renewed or reissued.
(b) Walmart Contractor Badge.
1) Content. The Walmart Contractor Badge must:
i. Be in the format provided by Owner as"Walmart.Contractor Badge Template."
ii.Not contain a photograph of the Walmart Contractor Worker,bear the brand identifi-
cation of Walmart or be issued to an individual in any other category.
2) Issuance. The Walmart Contractor Badge shall be issued by Contractor to any Walmart Con-
tractor Worker who meets the access control and check-in procedures.
(a) Walmart Associate Badge. Walmart controls the form and issuance of the Walmart Associate Badge.
(b) Visitor Badge.
1) Content. The Visitor Badge must not contain a photograph of the Visitor,bear the brand iden-
tification of Walmart or be issued to an individual in any other category.
2) Issuance. The Visitor Badge shall be issued by Contractor to any non-working visitor to the
Project.
3.6.5.3.6 Check-In Procedures. The Access Control procedures implemented by Contractor must include but is
not limited to the following:
(a) Workers. The Contractor Badge must be presented to Contractor by each individual Worker pursuant
to its access control procedures before admittance to the Project.
(b) Walmart Contractors.
1) Direct Check-In. Walmart Contractors of all trades not specifically excluded in the Indirect
Check-In procedures below,whether part of the Project or doing separate work, shall present
themselves to Contractor directly or through their supervisor pursuant to Contractor's access
control procedures before gaining access to the Project Site. A supervisor checking in a group
of Walmart Contractors shall be responsible to:
01351-22
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
i. Supply Contractor with a list or roster on their company's letterhead or email containing
the names of their Walmart Contractor Workers and update that list immediately with any
changes that occur;
ii. Ensure Walmart Contractor Badges are obtained from Contractor, distributed to each
Walmart Contractor Worker and worn as required;and
iii. Retrieve the Walmart Contractor Badges upon completion of the work,returning same to
Contractor at such time.
2) Indirect Check-In. Walmart Contractor Workers checking in under this procedure shall log in
L at the appropriate entrance and obtain a badge from the quantity provided by Contractor. Third
party temporary workers may already have this template badge pre-printed for use.
i. Contractor shall place and maintain a sufficient quantity of Walmart Contractor Badges at
each Indirect Check-In location;
ii.Walmart Contractor Workers shall log out upon finishing their work, and return their
badges to the place they obtained them.
iii. The trades eligible for indirect check-in and their appropriate check-in locations are as
follows:
a) For Open Stores/Clubs, at all times. DSD Vendors,3rd Party Truck Drivers and Sup-
pliers(including Vending Suppliers)delivering product will check in at the:
1) DSD entrance at rear of building;
b) After the start of the possession phase. Operations Equipment Suppliers(e.g. scales,
I sensors, registers, etc.), Vending Suppliers, Tenant/Lease Businesses, Direct Mer-
chandise Suppliers will check in at the:
1) Walmart location: front entrance desk of building;
2) Sam's Club location: Front entrance desk of building or receiving office via the
trucker door.
(c) Walmart Associates. All Associates must wear their Associate Badge and present themselves for check-
in directly or by a group supervisor pursuant to Contractor's access control procedures before gaining
access to a Construction Project Site. A supervisor checking in a group of Associates will be responsible
to ensure:
1. Associate Badges are present;
2. Contractor receives a list/roster with the names of their Associates;and
3. List/rosters is updated daily with the Contractor.
(d) Visitors. Non-working visitors to the Project shall not be admitted to the Project Site without a Visitor
Badge issued by Contractor pursuant to its access control procedures.
3.6.5.4 WORKER VERIFICATION AUDITS. The Project Site may be randomly selected or selected for cause,in
Walmart's sole discretion,to be audited for purposes of Worker Verification Compliance.
3.6.5.4.1 Cooperation. Contractor shall,and shall cause its Subcontractors to,cooperate with the WV Auditor and
provide the WV Auditor with access to such documentation and personnel as may be necessary to com-
plete any certification,review or audit,including but not limited to WV Forms and Verification Docu-
ments. Cooperation shall include::
(a) Contractor shall immediately notify any and all Subcontractors of the audit,
(b) Contractor and Subcontractors shall provide any and all requested information and documentation,and
(c) The WV Auditor shall review copies of the Verification Documents and other documents as they are
delivered to the extent required pursuant to the Worker Verification Laws and the Worker Verification
Program for each Worker on the Project.
(d) Contractor shall,and shall cause its Subcontractors to,immediately resolve any issues,problems or other
circumstances of non-compliance revealed in any such review or audit
1 3.6.5.4.2 Timing. All audits in this Section shall be completed and reported within ten(10)business days from
the date of Walmart's request.
01351-23
/45935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
3.6.5.4.3 Auditing for Cause. Walmart shall commence a Worker Verification Audit for Cause If Walmart be-
comes aware of evidence,which in Walmart's sole discretion appears to be reasonably credible, that a
Worker's eligibility is not properly documented and/or verified.
3.6.5.4.4 Audit Results. At the conclusion of the audit,the WV Auditor will submit the results of the audit to
Walmart and Contractor in the form of the"Worker Verification Auditor Certification,"attached hereto
and incorporated herein by such reference.
3.6.5.5 EXPENSES. After the conclusion of the audit,the WV Auditor will submit the audit invoice to Contractor
with a copy of such invoice submitted to the Walmart Realty Employment Compliance team at
RealtyCompliance.Audit@wal-mart.com.
3.6.5.5.1 Reasonable Expenses Reimbursed. Reasonable expenses incurred by Contractor in connection with ran-
dom audits conducted pursuant to,and which meet the requirements under the Compliance Exhibit and
these Specifications,will be reimbursed by Walmart. Contractor's human resources or office expenses
utilized in any auditing shall not be considered reasonable expenses and shall not be reimbursed.
(a) Reasonable Expenses. Reasonable expenses for audits which will be reimbursable consist of a flat fee
plus a per worker fee as follows:
1)Flat Fee of:
1.$1000 for Projects with Workers numbering 200 or less;or
2.$2000 for Projects with Workers numbering 201 or more,and
2)Fee of$20 per Worker reviewed
(b) Submittal by Contractor. Contractor shall submit a request for reimbursement for such reasonable ex-
penses to the Walmart Contract Management team through its reimbursable expenses protocol.
3.6.5.5.2 Expenses Not Reimbursed. Any expenses incurred by Contractor in connection with Auditing for Cause,
or which exceed the reasonable expenses allowed by Walmart shall be borne by the Contractor and shall
not be reimbursed by Walmart.
3.6.5.6 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING. Superintendent shall ensure that all Worker Verification Laws required
programs and documentation are available,discussed and documented as part of the preconstruction meeting. J
This includes but is not limited to access control and WV Forms.
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
01351-24 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
w
r NM MIN 111111 INN NO O Ili r Ma
WV FORM I
WORKER VERIFICATION CERTIFICATION- CONTRACTOR I
Facility Number:
Facility Location:
The undersigned, ("Contractor"), certifies,pursuant to that certain Construc-
111
tion Agreement dated , 20 ("Contract") between Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
("Owner") and Contractor, the following:
1. Contractor has fully complied with all Worker Verification Laws, as defined in the Con-
tract, its Compliance Exhibit and corresponding or referenced Specifications ("Contract
Documents") with regard to each of Contractor's employees who shall perform work on
the Project pursuant to the Contract("Contractor Workers").
2. As to each Contractor Worker described above, Contractor has on file a Form 1-9 that is
free of substantive or uncorrected technical deficiencies (other than timeliness deficien- I
cies) and that reflects that the Contractor Worker is lawfully eligible to work on the Pro-
ject.
3. Contractor will document those specific Contractor Workers in a list exactly in the format
below, which shall be affixed to this WV Form, supplemented as necessary, maintained
and produced according to the requirements of the Contract Documents prior to the presen-
tation of such Contractor Workers for admission to the Project site.
Full Le2a1 Name of Individual Name of Employer
111
4. Legible photocopies of the employment eligibility and identity documentation for Con-
tractor Workers (who were hired after the award of the Contract project have been and
will continue to be maintained by Contractor for the period required by the Contract Doc-
urnents.
5. Contractor has reported or will report any and all Worker Verification Incidents (as de-
fined in the Contract) to Owner within one (1) hour of such Worker Verification Incident. I
6. Contractor has not, and its Subcontractors have not been the subject of enforcement or
other action by ICE within the two (2) year period prior to the date of this certification.
7. Contractor intends, and has procedures in place, to ensure that it and all of its Subcon-
tractors are in compliance with the Worker Verification Laws and that all Workers on
the Project are authorized to work in the United States.
8. None of the Workers is known to Contractor to be employed without lawful authoriza-
tion.
9. Contractor shall, and shall cause its Subcontractors to, cooperate with the WV Auditor
and provide the WV Auditor with access to such documentation and personnel as may
be necessary to complete any certification, review or audit.
This Certification may be delivered to and relied upon by Owner. Certified by the undersigned as
true, correct and complete this day of , 20
I
I
QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE VERIFIER
By:
Name:
Title:
ADDITIONAL CERTIFIER(if necessary)
I
I By:
I Name:
Title:
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
1
WV FORM
WORKER VERIFICATION CERTIFICATION—SUBCONTRACTOR r
The term "Subcontractor"applies to any Subcontractor of the General Contractor("Contractor")
AND any Subcontractor of any tier or jor any duration thereunder performing work on this Project.
This does not include Walmart Contractors.
Facility Number:
Facility Location:
The undersigned, ("Subcontractor"), through its Qualified Employee Veri-
fier, certifies,pursuant to that certain Subcontractor Agreement dated , 20 or
other Agreement, Scope of Work, or Work Order (collectively referred to as "Subcontract") be-
tween ("Contractor/Subcontractor") and Subcontractor pertaining to the Pro-
ject identified above, the following is true and correct:
1. Subcontractor has fully complied with all Worker Verification Laws, as defined in the
Contract between Contractor and Walmart ("Contract"), with regard to each of Subcon-
tractor's �.
employees who shall perform work on the Project pursuant to the Subcontract
("Subcontractor Workers").
2. As to each Subcontractor Worker described above, Subcontractor has on file a Form 1-9
that is free of substantive or uncorrected technical deficiencies (other than timeliness de-
ficiencies) and that reflects that the Subcontractor Worker is lawfully eligible to work for
Subcontractor.
3. Subcontractor will document those specific Subcontractor Workers in a list exactly in the
format below, which shall be affixed to this WV Form and provided to Contractor, supple-
mented as necessary to Contractor,maintained and produced according to the requirements
of the Subcontract prior to the presentation of such Subcontractor Workers to Contractor
for admission to the Project site.
Full Legal Name of Individual Name of Employer
I
4. Legible photocopies of the employment eligibility and identity documentation for Sub-
contractor Workers who were hired after the award of the Project to the Contractor have
been and will continue to be maintained by Subcontractor for the period required by the
Contract. I
5. Subcontractor has reported or will report any and all Worker Verification Incidents (as
defined in the Subcontract)to Contractor within one (1) hour of such Worker Verification
Incident. 111
6. Subcontractor has not, and its Subcontractors have not been the subject of enforcement
or other action by ICE within the two (2)year period prior to the date of this certification.
7. Subcontractor intends, and has procedures in place, to ensure that it and all of its Sub-
contractors are in compliance with the Worker Verification Laws and that all Subcon-
tractor Workers of any tier on the Project are authorized to work in the United States.
8. None of the Subcontractor Workers is known to Subcontractor to be employed without
lawful authorization.
9. Subcontractor shall, and shall cause its Subcontractors to, cooperate with the WV Audi- 1
for and provide the WV Auditor with access to such documentation and personnel as
may be necessary to complete any certification, review or audit.
I
This Certification may be delivered to and relied upon by Contractor and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
Certified by the undersigned as true, correct and complete this day of
20
QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE VERIFIER
I
i By:
Name:
Title:
ADDITIONAL CERTIFIER(if necessary)
i
By:
1
Name:
I
Title:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WV FORM I
WORKER VERIFICATION CERTIFICATION—3'd PARTY VERIFIER
WV Auditor Name:
WV Auditor principal place of business:
Business Name: I
Title:
Street Address:
City, State, Zip: 1
Telephone:
E-mail:
Website (if any): I
I, the undersigned, do hereby attest and affirm that:
1. I have reviewed the Form(s) 1-9 executed in connection with the individual(s) listed be-
low and their employment with (Employer).
2. As to each individual listed below, Employer has on file a Form I-9 that is free of sub- I
stantive or uncorrected technical deficiencies (other than timeliness deficiencies) and that
reflects that the individual is lawfully eligible to work for Employer.
3. I possess the requisite skill and knowledge to conduct an effective and meaningful com-
pliance review of Forms 1-9 and related documents.
Full Legal Name of Individual Name of Employer
1
This Certification may be delivered to and relied upon by Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
Certified by the undersigned as true, correct and complete this day of
20 .
Signed: — 1
Name: I
I
Contractor (/Subcontractor(circle one) further certifies the following_
1. As to each individual listed above, Contractor/Subcontractor has on file a Form 1-9 that is
free of substantive or uncorrected technical deficiencies (other than timeliness deficien-
cies) and that reflects that the individual is lawfully eligible to work for Contractor /Sub-
contractor.
2. Copies of the employment eligibility and identity documentation for individuals who were
hired after the award of the Project to Contractor have been and will continue to be main-
tained by Contractor/Subcontractor for the life of the Contract/Subcontract.
3. Contractor/Subcontractor has reported or will report any and all Worker Verification Inci-
dents (as defined in the Contract)to Owner/Contractor(respectively) within one (1) hour
of such Worker Verification Incident.
I
4. Contractor/Subcontractor has not, and its Subcontractors have not been the subject of en-
forcement or other action by ICE within the two year period prior to the date of this cer-
tification.
5. Contractor/Subcontractor intends to and has procedures in place to ensure that it, as
well as any and all of its Subcontractors are in compliance with the Worker Verification
Laws and that all Workers on the Project are authorized to work in the United States.
6. None of the Contractor/Subcontractor Workers is known to Contractor/Subcontractor to
be employed without lawful authorization.
7. Contractor/Subcontractor shall, and shall cause its Subcontractors to, cooperate with the
WV Auditor and provide the WV Auditor with access to such documentation and per-
ilsonnet as may be necessary to complete any certification, review or audit.
This Certification may be delivered to and relied upon by Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
Certified by the undersigned as true, correct and complete this day of
20
QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE VERIFIER
I By:
Name:
Title:
ADDITIONAL CERTIFIER (if necessary)
I
1 By:
Name:
Title:
I
r
r
1
WV FORM I
WORKER VERIFICATION AUDITOR CERTIFICATION
Facility Number: I
Facility Location:
General Contractor Subject to Audit("Contractor"):
Subcontractors Subject to Audit("Subcontractors"):
(List) I
The undersigned, , has been engaged as a Worker Verification Auditor to:
1. Review the Forms I-9 and copies of employment eligibility and identity documentation required to I
be maintained for Worker Verification Compliance pursuant to the Contract between
("Contractor") and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. ("Owner"), for each Worker (as
defined in that Contract) of any tier and duration, on the above referenced Project, and
2. Certify whether the documentation supplied and reviewed confirm that the Contractor and Subcon-
tractor have verified the eligibility of such Workers and are in compliance with Form I-9 requirements
and all applicable immigration laws, statutes, rules, codes, orders and regulations, including,without
limitation, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended, the Immigration and Na-
tionality Act, as amended, and the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of
1996, as amended, and any successor statutes, laws, rules and regulations thereto (collectively, the 111
"Worker Verification Laws") as well as the Contract, and
3. Certify whether any errors or items of concern exist in the documentation reviewed which could call
into question the eligibility of a Worker.
I hereby certify the following:
1. I reviewed the Forms I-9 for the individuals listed in the Worker Verification Audit Summary Sheet
(which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as "WV Form Audit Summary").
2. Regarding the review of Forms I-9 (and employment eligibility and identity documents where appli-
cable) in this audit:
a. The total number of I-9 Forms reviewed in conjunction with this audit is
b. The total number of individuals whose employment eligibility and identity were verified
through the review of their I-9 is
c. The total number of Forms 1-9 which contained errors or items of concern which could call
into question the eligibility of the Worker(s) is
d. The total number of Worker(s) for whom employment eligibility and identity documentation
which appear to be tampered with or fraudulent on their face is
3. A list of the Worker(s)referred to in paragraph 2.c. and 2.d. hereinabove has been provided to Owner
and to Contractor,
a. Who has confirmed the removal of such Worker(s) from the Project, and
b. The total number of such Worker(s)who have provided additional proof of eligibility which I
have reviewed and whose eligibility I have confirmed through that review is
4. Contractor has provided documentation evidencing payment by Contractor to all Subcontractors as of I
the date of this audit.
5. Contractor has provided proof of solvency for any and all bond companies for the Project.
Certified by the undersigned as true, correct and complete this day of , 20
I
Auditor:
By:
Name:
Title:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
NIB N 1111111 I MI I Me IS 11011 IMP IIIM 1111.1 r ill IS
C/D
0
E-'
1
1 Lockout - Tagout Activity Log
t Warning — READ BELOW BEFORE OPENING PANEL!
This is a multi-employer worksite undergoing construction. Oversight of this panel has been delegated to the General
IContractor in charge of the project and as indicated below. If you need to access this panel for any reason please coordi-
nate with the Superintendent and Electrical Contractor. This includes all Maintenance Contractors.
General Contractor:
1 Superintendent Name: Phone Number:
Electrician Name: Phone Number:
iFacility Number: Store Manager:
Spare Breaker Validation by GC: Before Con- Superintendent Signature and Date:
struction begins all spare breakers must be re-
Imoved and all empty breaker slots must be
plugged with the proper blanks.
1 All Lockout / Tagout activity in this panel must be documented on the form below.
To protect the safety of each worker, Do Not remove a lock unless it is your own.
ILocked Out Lock Removed Circuit Electrician's Name Electrician's Checked by Su-
Panel Phone# perintendent
I (Initials)
Date Time Date Time
I — --
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
Safety I
Lockout Tagout Pre-Construction Meeting Form
Jobsite City&State: 1
Store/Club#:
Construction Start Date: I
The following is applicable when project work occurs in facilities occupied by Walmart.
Walmart Store Management and the General Contractor shall inform each other of the applicable lockout/tagout procedures that will be utilized during the project.
Walmart Store Management must provide the General Contractor with a copy of the Store Lockout/Tagout procedures used at the store and available on the WIRE.
The General Contractor Superintendent must provide Store Management with copy(s)of the Lockout/Tagout procedure(s)that will be utilized on the project. Discus-
sion/explanation of the procedures must take place during the pre-construction meeting. Visual demonstration of the devices that will be used for control of energy
(locks and tags)should also occur.
It is the responsibility for the General Contractor Superintendents and Store Management to ensure their respective Workers or Associates comply with the restrictions 1
and prohibitions of the various energy control programs. It is most important that construction workers and Walmart Associates recognize the locks and tags used,or
any other method used to control other forms of energy,and understand they may not alter remove or in any way try to energize a circuit that has been locked or
tagged by another employers associates/workers.
Note to Construction Manager and Store Management: Walmart Lockout Tagout Procedures are located on the WIRE at the following location: I
WIRE>Knowledge Center>Safety>OSHA Programs/Lockout/Tagout.
Store Management Signature Date
General Contractor Superintendent Signature Date
General Contractor must have Field Leadership(foreman)for each trade/subcontractor sign below verifying they understand the Lockout Tagout in
processes applicable to the job site before they begin any work on the site.
Company Name and Trade Signature of Field Leadership Date
(Foreman) I 1
Example: XYZ Electrical/Electricians Art Flash 4/25/2013
I
I
I
Note:This Form is required by Contract Exhibit Section XXX and Compliance Spec Section XXX. Once the document is signed by both Store Management and the Super-
intendent a copy should be given to Store Management for their records. The Superintendent should keep the original for documenting the training given to workers
and trade foremen. The final copy should be kept as part of the contract documents and must be made available to OSHA or Walmart upon request.
I
1
I
I
Safety
I Competent or Qualified Person Designation Form
I Jobsite City&State:
Store/Club#:
Construction Start Date:
IExpected Construction Complete Date:
The person(s) below have been designated by the General Contractor as a "Competent Person" per OSHA guidelines and are now dele-
Igated the responsibility and authority for coordinating activities and operations covered by the designation(s)for which they have
been deemed competent.
I *A Competent Person must be listed IF the discipline or work activity occurs on the jobsite.
I Work Activity/ Discipline
1. The list of work activities that require a Competent Signature of Competent or Qualified
or Qualified person includes but is not limited to: Person (whichever is required) Company Name
IIIElectrical
Fall Protection
Scaffolds / Ladders
Cranes
ITrenching / Excavation
Concrete & Masonry
IWelding & Cutting
Steel Erection
Toxic & Hazardous Substances
111 Demolition
• Health & Environmental Controls
I PPE & Life Saving Equipment
Blasting & Explosives
IUnderground Construction
I
Note:This Form is required by Contract Compliance Spec Section 3.6.1.5 and must be posted on the Wall of Information in the General
1 Contractors jobsite office.
I
I
I
SELECTED POLICY EXCERPTS I�
1
1
I
1
i
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
Hot Works Procedures
Overview
Hot Works is any activity capable of producing flames or sparks.Examples include,but are not limited to,cutting,welding,grinding,brazing,
soldering(to include copper plumbing),thawing pipes and torch applied roofing.
This procedure provides the necessary guidelines to safely perform welding,cutting and any other hot works in order to maintain safe work-
ing conditions and protect the health of our associates and customers.With this in mind,all operations will implement and monitor the fol-
lowing Welding/Hot Works Procedures specified by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.252 and NFPA regulations.
Facility Management Responsibilities
It is the responsibility of facility management to perform the following:
• Notify contractors performing"Hot Work"of their responsibilities and provide them with a copy of this policy including the permit.
• Identify all potential hazards(flammable materials,wall material, roof materials,chemicals,packaging,material storage,etc.)with
the contractor before work begins.
• Do not allow the contractor to turn off automatic sprinklers without notifying Alarm Central at 479-273-4600.
• Verify that the contractor understands the Hot Works program before completing the necessary portions of the Hot Work Permit
and signing the Contractors Letter of Commitment.
• Visually inspect the area at random times while work is being conducted and after the work is completed to verify procedures are
being following and no hazards are present.
' • Make a final inspection of the area,complete the permit and have the Safety Team Leader keep the closed permit in their Safety
binder.Refer to Appendix I for the Hot Works Permit.
In the event of a fire,refer to the Code Red tab in the Emergency Procedures Flipchart.
Contractor Responsibilities
Contractor must notify a salaried member of management of their intent to perform hot work and to request a Hot Work Permit.They must
follow the procedures outlined in this program:
• The contractor(i.e.,welder)and the fire watch,someone that is assigned the duty to monitor the work area for smoke,fire or haz-
ards,must check the area for flammable conditions.All flammables,including power equipment,should be moved 50 feet from the
hot work site. If merchandise cannot be moved,then a certified non-combustible or flame retardant cover must be used to protect
the items.Non-combustible or flame retardant covers should be used where necessary to cover equipment,and to cover openings
in the walls and floors.
• The contractor will provide a fully charged,10Ib.type ABC fire extinguisher.The extinguisher shall be at hand and available for the
fire watch at all times.
• A fire watch,in addition to the person doing hot work will be present at all times.If needed,provide the fire watch a facility's two-
way radio to communicate with management.
• If work is interrupted because of breaks,lunches,meetings,etc.,the contractor is to contact a member of management who will
inspect the area prior to the person doing hot work or fire watch leaving.The fire watch or a member of management must stay
and monitor the area for 30 minutes.
• If the permit expires before the work is completed a new Hot Work Permit must be issued before work can continue.Expiration
times should be calculated as realistically as possible to the actual completion time of the work.
• When the work is completed,the person doing hot work will enter the time of completion on the Hot Work Permit and will return it
to facility management.The contractor is responsible to ensure all electrical connections and cables on their equipment are in good
condition.
Fire Watch Responsibilities
All qualified fire watches must receive training on the proper use of a fire extinguisher and the fire watch guidelines listed in this section.A
fire watch is provided by the contractor.
• Before any hot work begins,the fire watch must ensure a valid hot work permit has been issued.
c Refer to the first bullet under the Facility Management Responsibilities section of this document.
• A Fire Watch is not to have other duties.
• All flammable materials must be moved from the area where the hot work will occur.
• Certified non-combustible or fire retardant covers must be used to shield flammable materials on each side of the area to be
welded.Flammable material that cannot be moved must also be covered.The covers should also be used to cover equipment and
to cover openings in the walls and floors.
• If welding/other hot work is to be done on a metal wall,partition,ceiling or roof precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition of
combustibles on the other side,due to conduction or radiation of heat.
• The Fire Watch must keep a constant watch on the surrounding area as well as the area where the hot work is being performed.
• Fire Watches must keep a fire extinguisher at hand anytime hot work is being performed.
• Fire Watches must shut down any hot work whenever anything out of the ordinary occurs(e.g.,severe weather announcement,fire
alarm,chemical spills,etc.).
• If a fire does occur,the main responsibility of the Fire Watch is to warn and protect the person(s)performing the hot work,other
people in the area and themselves from the fire.The Fire Watch may attempt to extinguish the fire.
• Any time a Fire Watch must leave the area,the work must be halted until the Fire Watch returns.The person doing hot work will
monitor the area until the Fire Watch returns.
• The Fire Watch must be familiar with shutting down welding machines or oxygen-acetylene cutting equipment.
• The Fire Watch and the person doing the hot work will conduct a thorough inspection of the surrounding area after the hot work is
complete to verify nothing is burning or presenting a hazard.
• The Fire Watch must not lose visual contact with the hot work area until after a sufficient cool down period has expired(30 minutes
minimum).This includes stopping work for breaks,lunches,general meetings,etc.The Fire Watch must visually inspect the welding
area for 30 minutes after the work has been completed.
Fire Watch Requirements - International Fire Code 901.7 Systems out
of service
Where a required fire protection system is out of service,the fire department and the fire code official shall be notified immediately and,
where required by the fire code official,the building shall either be evacuated or an approved fire watch shall be provided for all occupants
left unprotected by the shut down until the fire protection system has been returned to service.
Where utilized,fire watches shall be provided with at least one approved means for notification of the fire department and their only duty
shall be to perform constant patrols of the protected premises and keep watch for fires.
I
I
I
1
L
Hot Works Procedures(Appendix I Walmart Stares Hot Work Permit Hot Permits will not be issued if sprinkler system is out of service
[Permit Issues To(Contract or person doing hot work): Date: Time Issued:
Location of Work: I
Description of Work:
Time Work Started:
Time Permit Expires:
The Contractor and the Fire Watch have taken the following precau-
tions to performing Hot Work:
Verified the sprinkler protection is in service
1 1" Flammable and combustible materials removed SOft(15m)from
area
r Floor and wall openings within 50ft(lSm)covered
I.- 10 lb.type ABC fire extinguisher located within reach of the Fire
Watch
Ir Cutting and welding equipment in good condition
Trained Fire Watch present
Fire Watch Verification:
Fire Watch:"I have read and understand my responsibilities"
Print Name: Fire Watch Signature: Date:
Closing the Permit:
Time work completed: •
Contractor's Signature:
Member of Facility Mgmt inspecting the site: Date: !Time:
Have the Safety Team Leader keep the closed permit in their Safety binder.Retain the document(s)as outlined in the Retention of Rec-
ords Policy(PR-03).
Walmart Stores Contractors Letter of Commitment
Hot Work Information and Responsibilities
• It is imperative that persons conducting Contract Welding/Hot Works follow all procedures.The contractor shall understand that
failure to follow procedure or produce required documents can or will terminate their contract.
• Our company strongly believes that fires caused by hot work have a significant adverse effect on our ability to do business. Be-
cause of this,we have established procedures and trained our associates to help minimize this hazard.
' • As a contractor at this facility,you are a partner in our continued success in preventing losses.We encourage your suggestions on
how hot work can be avoided by using alternative methods. If hot works cannot be avoided,you are expected to strictly follow our
policy and procedures during all work conducted at this location.
• Facility Management at this location will assist you in following our procedures for hot work.If appropriate,management will in-
troduce you to other workers in the area to discuss unique conditions that you should be aware of before your work begins.
• Verify that you have read and understand our company's Hot Works policy/procedures by signing in the location provided below.
I Thank you for helping us improve our property and protect against potential losses.
Print Name:
jSign Name:
I
I
Lockout/Tagout Procedures
Removing Equipment from Use
Procedures for Identifying Equipment Needing Servicing and/or Maintenance and Information on Lock- I
out/TagoutProcedures
From time to time,you may encounter equipment that is broken or not working correctly.This procedure describes the steps
that you should take to protect yourself and other associates from broken or malfunctioning items or equipment. In most cases,
Walmart utilizes outside contractors to perform service and maintenance on equipment and most store/club associate job re-
sponsibilities do not include maintenance or servicing work. Consequently,you should not attempt to fix equipment yourself
and, instead should warn other associates about malfunctioning or broken equipment by placing a Do Not Operate tag on it and
notifying a salaried member of management,who will contact qualified and authorized personnel or service companies to fix
the equipment.
Procedures for affixing a Do Not Operate tag are described below in section A. In addition, information intended to help you
understand safety procedures that may be implemented by third party contractors engaged to service or maintain equipment,
known as"Lock Out/Tag Out", is described in section B. If necessary,you may be provided with more specific information in
connection with the maintenance or servicing of equipment with which you work.
A. Procedures for Identifying Equipment in Need of Repair or Servicing
Whenever an authorized outside contractor needs to perform service or maintenance on equipment,an associate should place a "Do Not
Operate"tag on the equipment to notify others that the equipment should not be operated or used until the equipment has been serviced by
an authorized outside contractor:
• If the machine or equipment is operating,shut it down using the normal stopping procedures by depressing a button or toggle
switch. Only attempt this if it will not put individuals in danger of being injured.
• Put your name and date on a"Do Not Operate"tag
• Attach the tag to the equipment using a tie wire or zip tie.
• Inform individuals who use the affected equipment and who work in the area that the equipment is in need of maintenance and/or
service and should not be used.
• Immediately notify a salaried member of management that the equipment is in need of maintenance and/or service and complete
the front portion of the Do Not Operate tag and place it on the equipment
• A member of management will turn off the disconnect switch(if any)and complete the back portion of the already in place"Do Not
Operate"tag with name and date and place it on the disconnect switch. Examples of equipment with disconnect switches include
the baler and compactor.
• The authorized service provider will follow their lockout/tagout procedures,as appropriate.
• Do not remove a contractor's lockout device AND use the machine only after the service is complete and all Do Not Operate tags
have been removed.
B. Overview of Lock Out/Tag Out I
Lock Out/Tag Out is a process that is intended to prevent accidents and injuries caused by the accidental release of hazardous energy of pow-
ered equipment or from unexpected equipment startup when performing maintenance or service..Only qualified and authorized personnel
or service companies should provide service or maintenance on equipment.As noted,in most cases,Walmart utilizes outside contractors to
perform service and maintenance on equipment and most store/club associate job responsibilities do not include maintenance or servicing
work. In order to assure that you have a good understanding of such policies,this procedure is intended to ensure that you understand such
procedures,which will assist in providing a safe workplace and complying with OSHA requirements as contained in 29 C.F.R.1910.147.
LO/TO applies to servicing and/or maintenance work which takes place during normal operations on equipment which could injure workers
due to the release of stored hazardous energy or from unexpected equipment startup.Such work is covered by this process if:
I
• Personnel are required to remove or bypass a guard or other safety device.
• Personnel are required to place any part of their body into an area where work is actually performed by a machine or equipment or
where an associated danger zone exists.
o NOTE:The LO/TO process does not apply to work on cord and plug connected electric equipment,when the equipment
is unplugged from the energy source and the person performing the work has complete control of the plug.
LO/TO requires specific procedures and training for employees who perform such work("Authorized"personnel)and also requires that work-
ers in the area where such work is occurring("Affected"personnel)be informed of the existence of the safeguards in order to protect the
Authorized workers.Most store/club associate job responsibilities do not include maintenance or servicing work.Consequently,most associ-
ates are not Authorized personnel,as defined in OSHA's Standard on LO/TO.
Although most associates are not subject to the requirements pertaining to Authorized Personnel,Wal-Mart/Sam's Club wants to ensure that
all associates,whether or not they work in an area where equipment that is subject to LO/TO procedures,understand the purpose and use of
LO/TO procedures,including the requirement that no attempts should be made to start or use machines or equipment that are locked or
tagged out of service.
Definitions applicable to LO/TO
Affected Personnel-Personnel who are required to use machines or equipment on which service and/or maintenance is performed under a
lockout/tagout process or who perform other job responsibilities in an area where service or maintenance is performed.
Authorized Personnel-Personnel who lock or tag out machines or equipment in order to perform service or maintenance.It is anticipated
that in most cases such personnel will be outside contractors.
Capable of Being Locked Out-An energy-isolating device is considered capable of being locked out if it:
• Is designed with a hasp or other means of attachment to which a lock can be affixed.
• Has a locking mechanism built into it.
• Can be locked without dismantling,rebuilding,or replacing the energy-isolating device or permanently altering its energy control
capability.
Energized-Machines and equipment are energized when they are connected to an energy source or they contain residual or stored energy.
For example,a machine that is plugged in to an outlet is considered energized even if the machine is turned off.
Energy-Isolating Device-A mechanical device that physically prevents the transmission or release of energy, including,but not limited to,the
following:
• Manually operated electrical circuit breaker.
• Disconnect switch.
• Manually operated switch by which the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from all ungrounded supply conductors and,in
addition,no pole can be operated independently.
• Line valve.
• Block.
• Any similar device used to block or isolate energy.
• Note:Push buttons,selector switches,and other control circuit type devices are not energy isolating devices.
Energy Source-Any source of electrical,mechanical,hydraulic, pneumatic,chemical,thermal,or other energy.
Lockout-The placement of a lockout device on an energy-isolating device,in accordance with an established procedure,ensuring that the
energy-isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the lockout device is removed.
Lockout Device-Any device that uses positive means such as a lock,blank flanges,and bolted slip blinds to hold an energy-isolating device in
a safe position to prevent the start-up of machinery or equipment.
I
Normal Production Operations-Use of a machine or equipment to perform its intended production function.
Servicing and/or Maintenance-Workplace activities such as constructing,installing,setting up,adjusting,inspecting,modifying,maintaining, 1
and/or servicing machines or equipment,including lubricating,cleaning,or un-jamming of machines or equipment,and making adjustments
or tool changes,in situations in which personnel could be exposed to the unexpected energization or startup of the equipment or release of
hazardous energy.
Tagout-The placement of a tagout device on an energy-isolating device,in accordance with the established procedure,to indicate that the
energy-isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed.
Tagout Device-Any prominent warning device,such as a tag and a means of attachment that can be securely fastened to an energy-isolating
device to indicate that the machine or equipment to which it is attached may not be operated until the tagout device is removed.Tags do not
provide the same degree of protection as locks and to be effective, must never be bypassed,ignored,or otherwise defeated.
Affected Personnel (Store/Club Associates) ,
Affected Personnel should understand this policy and its purpose,and should follow these guidelines:
• Never attempt to start a machine or piece of equipment that is locked out or tagged out of service.
• Never attempt to remove or alter a lock or tag that has been placed on a machine that is being serviced.
• Report to a salaried member of management if a tag is damaged,unclear,or illegible.
• Ask a salaried member of management if you have any questions about this process.
Outside Contractors
When outside contractors are involved in service and/or maintenance of our lockout/tagout covered equipment,follow these steps:
• Walmart management must obtain from the contractor its lockout/tagout procedures.
• Facility management must inform the contractor of the following:
o Walmart store/club associates do not meet the qualifications of Authorized Personnel(except those authorized to service
the Auto Care Center/TBC air compressors)
o The contractor must utilize their own lockout/tagout equipment
o The contractor must effectively and timely communicate with store management regarding the status of services pro-
vided,including,but limited to:
De-energizing and re-energizing of equipment
Prior notification about lockout/tagout of additional equipment as a result of the original scope of work
Completion of work
Any failure by store/club associates to comply with the contractor's lockout/tagout program
• Management should ensure that any affected associates are informed of and comply with the restrictions and controls of the con-
tractor's lockout/tagout program.
• Walmart is not responsible for the contractor's work procedures.
Auto Care Center/TBC
Authorized Personnel must use the lockout/tagout process whenever service,maintenance,and/or repairs are performed on a machine and
111
injury could occur as a result of unexpected startup of or release of energy from the machine. In most cases,associates will place an Do Not
Operate tag on equipment until repairs can be made and an outside contractor will repair the equipment,including,when needed,the use of
LO/TO procedures while performing service and/or maintenance.. In a few instances associates may act as Authorized Personnel.This section
describes the situations and procedures to be used in such instances.
I
I
I
When to Use Lockout/Tagout (Authorized Personnel Only)
• Auto Care Center/TBC Air Compressor Periodic Oil Change Maintenance: Auto Care Center/TBC Associates should follow the lock-
out/tagout procedures in the Auto Care Center/TBC Air Compressor LOTO SOP. (insert link on the Wire)
Lockout/Tagout Procedures (Authorized Personnel Only)
Authorized Personnel who are going to perform service and/or maintenance on equipment should follow these steps to lockout or tagout
equipment(Note:the specific procedures(SOPs)for the machine or equipment should be consulted):
• If the machine or equipment is operating,shut it down using the normal stopping procedures by depressing a button or toggle
switch.Only attempt this if it will not put individuals in danger of being injured.
• Shut off the main electrical breaker switch,valve,or other energy isolating devices.Verify that facility management has been in-
formed of the lockout/tagout procedure specific to the machine.
• Place a lock or other energy isolation device on the electrical box or valve with a printed name and dated"Do Not Operate"tag.This
prevents accidental startup.
• "Bleed down",reposition,or block the energy when preparing to lockout equipment or machinery that may have stored energy
such as vehicle lifts, hydraulic systems,and air,gas,steam,or water pressure.
• Conduct a lockout assurance test.Ensure there is no one near the equipment;attempt to start the equipment to ensure it is not
operational. Remember to turn the switch or button to the"off"position after the test and before performing service or mainte-
nance.
Lockout/Tagout Device Removal (Authorized Personnel Only)
To re-energize equipment after service and/or maintenance is completed,do the following:
• Before the lockout device is removed,make sure the work area is clear of tools and other items used during the repair and that all
equipment components are operationally intact.
• Make sure individuals maintain a safe distance from equipment that is to be re-energized.
• The lockout/tagout device shall be removed by the individual who applied it.
• Notify affected individuals that the lockout device has been removed.
Group Lockout/Tagout Procedures (Authorized Personnel Only)
When service and/or maintenance are performed by several individuals or other groups,proper lockout procedures must be coordinated to
maintain continuity of the lockout procedure.
• Each individual working on the equipment needs to have his/her own lock.
• Use a hasp if the energy isolation device cannot handle multiple locks.
• The primary responsibility is assigned to an authorized individual who maintains control of the lockout process,so their lock is the
last to be removed.This individual must be aware of the work activities and exposure of each group member.
When there is a change in work shifts,do the following:
• Incoming individuals must place a lockout device on the equipment.
111 • Incoming individuals receive a status report on the repair or maintenance progress of the equipment prior to the removal of the
outgoing individual's lockout device.
• Utilize the hasp for multiple locks in the event several individuals are working on the same equipment.
111
I
Group Lockout/Tagout Removal (Authorized Personnel Only)
There may be occasions when the individual who applied a lockout or tagout device is not present to remove it.If this occurs, have a salaried
member of management follow this procedure:
• Verify that the individual who applied the lock(s)is not in the facility. 1
• Verify that no work is being performed on the equipment and that removal is safe before removing the lock or tag.
• Contact the individual whose lock(s)/tag(s)was removed before he/she returns to work to ensure the individual is aware that the
lock/tag was removed before the individual starts his/her shift.
Lockout/Tagout Kit
The following items are located in the lockout/tagout kit:
• Do Not Operate tags and cable ties ,
• Circuit Breaker Lockout device(For Auto Care Center/TBC only E-fixtures order number 100552727)
Periodic Inspections ,
• On an annual basis a salaried member of management who is also an authorized associate will observe each authorized associate
perform the lockout/tagout procedures for the Auto Care Center/TBC Air Compressor at their facility.
• These inspections are performed to ensure that authorized associates are performing the lockout/tagout procedures properly.
The salaried member of management shall certify that the annual periodic inspections have been performed.The certification shall identify
the machine or equipment on which the energy control procedure was utilized,the date of the inspection,the employees included in the
inspection,and the name of the member of management that completed the inspection.
Only properly trained and authorized associates may perform lockout/tagout.
Last Modified:January 13,2014
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
i
I
ATTACHMENT 1
IREMOVAL AND RECLAMATION OF VINYL COMPOSITION TILE(VCT)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1 1.1 SUMMARY
A. Attachment Includes:
III 1. Except as otherwise specified herein,procedures for removal of existing vinyl composition tile(VCT)and prep-
aration for shipment to reclamation firm by Owner's Preferred Flooring Contractor are included as information
only to General Contractor,unless General Contractor is performing the flooring installation. Work includes the
I following:
a. Selective removal of existing VCT which is determined acceptable for reclamation.
b. Containerizing of acceptable VCT for transport to reclamation firm.
c. Loading of acceptable VCT for transport to reclamation firm shall be by Wal-Mart Store Planning Field
IProject Manager.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
iA. Reclamation Firm: The entity performing VCT recycling under separate contract with Walmart.
1. Linron Company,Houston,TX(713)802-9137.
IB. Tile Reclamation Bag: Vinyl bag supplied by Reclamation Firm for containing removed tile.
C. Preferred Flooring Contractor: Owner's preselected contractor responsible for removal of existing resilient flooring.
I1.3 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate removal work with General Contractor,Store Manager,Walmart Construction Manager and Wal-Mart Store
IPlanning Field Project Manager.
1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
! A. Only full truckloads of VCT shall be loaded and shipped.Quantities considered to be less than full truckloads shall not
be reclaimed with respect to this program but shall be disposed of by the General Contractor in accordance with the
Compliance Specifications.
I
B. Full truckload is defined by the reclamation firm for number of VCT containers. Coordinate with the Wal-Mart Store
Planning Field Project Manager.
1.5 NON-COMPLIANCE
I A. Contaminating containers with foreign materials or unacceptable VCT may subject the Contractor to reimbursement of
landfill costs or labor costs for resorting.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
1 2.1 ACCEPTABLE VCT MATERIALS
I A. Unless otherwise modified by the reclamation program guidelines, products acceptable for reclamation include all
brands of vinyl composition materials. Material being reclaimed shall be dry and free from debris. Store off of grade,
protected from weather. Wet material will not be accepted by Reclamation Firm.
1. VCT(field tile).
I 2. Non-Skid VCT.
a. Non-Skid tile must be in separate reclamation bag.
3. Tan or Dark colored tile.
I 4. a. Tan or Dark colored tile must be in separate reclamation bag.
Lined adhesive buckets
a. Adhesive buckets cannot contain any residual adhesive. Buckets must be stacked on pallets and shipped
with the last VCT recycle load. 1
2.2 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS:
A. Unless otherwise modified by the reclamation program guidelines,products not acceptable for reclamation include:
1. Tile or adhesive containing asbestos.
2. Red colored tile.
3. PVC plank(wood look)tile.
4. Bulk removed tile containing foreign material or debris will not be acceptable.
B. General Contractor shall dispose of unacceptable VCT in accordance with the waste disposal requirements hereinbefore.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL 1
A. Recycling is mandatory for VCT which is acceptable under the terms of Reclamation Firm.
3.2 EXAMINATION ,
A. Survey and assess the quantity of acceptable VCT to be removed.
3.3 COORDINATION AND APPROVAL '
A. Coordinate the precise details and execution of the reclamation program with the Wal-Mart Construction Manager.
B. Verify that the old VCT tiles can be recycled.
3.4 VCT REMOVAL
A. Sweep all debris from VCT surfaces. Remove excessive buildup of wax and other debris.
B. Remove VCT to be reclaimed.Tile may be removed using normal removal methods.Tile may not be removed prior to
receipt and preparation of reclamation bags for pickup by Reclamation Firm.
3.5 LOADING AND SHIPPING I
A. Wal-Mart's reclamation firm will provide tile reclamation bags suitable for placement on pallets. Contact Reclamation
Firm for provision of bags.
B. Prepare VCT for shipment in accordance with the reclamation program guidelines and instructions.Preparation shall be
in strict accordance with the guidelines provided and shall take precedence over any conflicting provisions stated herein.
Contact Wal-Mart Store Planning Field Project Manager for coordination of preparation and to obtain specific loading
and shipping instruction prior to removal of VCT.
C. Fill tile reclamation bags with VCT that is acceptable for reclamation to the maximum fill line indicated. '
D. Place properly prepared tile reclamation bags on pallets and store in a dry location as directed by General Contractor.
E. Contact Wal-Mart Store Planning Field Project Manager for arrangement of carrier for shipping. Prepare a packing list
printed and affixed to each container. Each carrier shall carry a Bill of Lading with each shipment.
F. The Walmart Store Planning Field Project Manager shall Load and secure pallets onto trailers to prevent shifting in
transit.
END OF ATTACHMENT 1
I
t
ATTACHMENT 2
REMOVAL AND RECYCLING OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE(ACT)
PART I- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
111 A. Attachment Includes: Procedures for removal and recycling of existing acoustical ceiling tile(ACT) including the
following:
1. Submission of application for recycling of ACT to Recycling Firm for project registration, approval and
' 2. acceptance of removed ACT.
Selective removal of existing acoustical ceiling tile(ACT) which is determined acceptable for reclamation.
3. Palletizing,labeling,and loading ACT for transport to Recycling Firm.
4. Shipment of ACT at Recycling Firm expense.
B. Related Specifications Requirements:
Section 01100-Summary: Restrictions for Work within and adjacent to existing building areas.
2. Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary protection and barriers.
3. Section 01731-Cutting and Patching: Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching Work.
6. Section 02023 -Selective Site Demolition.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Recycling Firm: Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Armstrong Recycling Center, (877) 276-7876,
kdniullen(a)arnistrong.com.
1.3 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate removal work with work of Specification Section 02023.
1.4 ACCEPTABLE ACT MATERIALS
1 A. Unless otherwise modified by Recycling Firm Guidelines,products acceptable for recycling include:
1. All brands of dry,pulpable mineral fiber ceiling panels or tiles.
2. All brands of dry fiberglass panels. Facing must be easily removable.
3. Vinyl or scrim-faced mineral fiber panels.
4. See Recycling Firm Guidelines for list of unacceptable materials and materials acceptable for recycling on
a case-by-case basis.
B. Condition of Acceptable Materials:
1. Remove metal splines from tiles.
2. Store recyclable materials off of grade and protected from weather.
3. Ceiling material being recycled shall be dry and free of debris.
4. Package recyclable materials in accordance with the requirements of Recycling Firm.
5. Ceiling material being recycled may not come into contact with asbestos containing material,hazardous
waste materials or special waste. If the area where ceilings are being removed is or has gone through
abatement procedures,verification that ceilings did not come in contact with asbestos containing material is
required.
C. Dispose of unacceptable ACT in accordance with the waste removal requirements hereinbefore.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
1
1
A. Recycling of ACT is provided under the Recycling Firm Guidelines
(httni/www.armstrong.com/commceilingsnalarticle4569l.html) and includes the acceptance, including shipment,
of removed ACT at no cost to Contractor as long as Recycling Firm requirements are met.
B. Materials proposed for recycling are subject to on-site inspection by Recycling Firm.
111
C. Recycling by Contractor i s mandatory for ACT which is approved and accepted under the terms of Recycling
Firm.
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Survey and assess the quantity of acceptable ACT to be removed.
3.3 COORDINATION AND APPROVAL I
A. Register Project with Recycling Firm by calling (877)276-7876,option I then 8. Coordinate the precise details
and execution of recycling program with Recycling Firm.
B. Verify that ACT to be removed is acceptable to Recycling Firm.
C. Submit Asbestos Survey provided by Owner,year of building construction and details of any prior or current asbestos
abatement to Recycling Firm via email address above. Submit one additional copy each to Wal-Mart Construction
Manager and Architect in accordance with the requirements of Specification Section 01330.
D. Upon approval you will receive a US Recycling Agreement which is to be tilled out and returned. '
E. Receive return authorization and return labels from Recycling Firm. '
F. Schedule material pickup by submitting a Recycling Logistics Form to Recycling Firm via email address above at
least five days prior to desired pickup date. Submit one additional copy each to Wal-Mart Construction Manager
and Architect in accordance with the requirements of Section 01330 and upload to Wal-Mart's designated web
1111
based reporting system.
G. If materials are not accepted by Recycling Firm, submit statement indicating reason for non-acceptance to Walmart
via Walmart's designated web-based reporting system.
3.4 ACT REMOVAL
A. Remove acoustical ceiling tiles to be recycled from grid. I
B. Where removal terminates at a "surface" or construction"to remain,' completely remove all traces of material se
lectively removed. Provide smooth, even substrate transition as specified in Specification Section 01731.
3.5 LOADING AND SHIPPING
A. Prepare recyclable materials for shipment in accordance with Recycling Firm Guidelines and instructions. Preparation
shall be in accordance with Guidelines provided and shall take precedence over any conflicting provisions stated
herein.Contact Recycling Firm for coordination of preparation and to obtain specific loading and shipping instruction prior
to removal of ACT.
I
I
B. Load and ship full truckloads of recyclable materials whenever possible. A full truckload is defined as not less
than 30,000 sq. ft.
C. Full truckloads of material will be picked up at Site. If there is less than a full truckload, contact Recycling Firm
for instructions.
D. Include only material generated from the Site of this Project in shipment of ACT materials.
E. Palletize acoustical ceiling tile that is acceptable for recycling. Provide palletizing materials and supplies including
pallets,metal bands,and stretch wrap.
' F. Stack ceiling panels on 4 by 4 wooden pallets and secure with metal bands or stretch wrap. Any variation from
pallet size shall be approved by Recycling Firm. Palletize in one or combination of the following methods:
1. Palletize on 4 ft by 4 ft pallets stacked with ceiling materials to 4 feet tall each pallet.
2. Palletize on 4 ft by 4 ft pallets stacked with ceiling materials to 6 feet tall each pallet.
G. Load and secure pallets onto trailers to prevent shifting in transit. Carriers will provide load stabilizers.
H. Load pallets as follows:
1. Forty-four 4 x 4 pallets stacked with ceiling material to 4 feet tall each and stacked on top of each other in
' trailer.
2. Twenty-four 4 by 4 pallets with ceiling material stacked to 6 tall each pallet.
3. A combination of 4 ft tall and 6ft.tall stacked pallets to achieve equivalent quantity of above loading.
3.6 NONCOMPLIANCE
A. Costs for transportation and disposal of non-compliant materials shipped by the Contractor to Recycling Firm may be
deducted from payments due Contractor.
END OF ATTACHMENT 2
I
I
i
t
r
I
1
I
i
Armstrong Ceiling Recycling Agreement (USA)
page 1 of 3
Between Armstrong World Industries,Inc.,a Pennsylvania Corporation,with an address of 2500 Columbia Avenue,
Lancaster,PA 17603 (hereinafter referred to as"Armstrong") and Building Owner or General Contractor or Demolition
Contractor,-- -- — a Corporation with an address of
(hereinafter referred to as"Recycler").
WHEREAS, Armstrong operates a recycling program whereby building owners,distributors and contractors supply old '
ceiling material to Armstrong for recycling subject to certain conditions; 1WHEREAS,Armstrong wishes to allow Recyclerto collect ceiling materials approved by Armstrong and as specified
below for shipment to Armstrong's plant or an Armstrong Consolidator for recycling;
WHEREAS. Armstrong and Recycler desire to enter into this Agreement for recycling in accordance with the terms and
conditions set forth below.
NOW THEREFORE,for good and valuable consideration,the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, '
and intending to be legally bound hereby,the parties agree as follows:
I
1. Recycling Terms.All ceilng material Recycler submits to Armstrong must meet the criteria as outlined in Armstrong's
Ceiling Recycling Requirements(hereinafter referred to as"Requirements") attached hereto as Exhibit A as well as
the conditions set forth in this Agreement.Recycler also shall submit to the Armstrong Recycling Center an asbestos
survey(as required by law)from the jobsite where the old ceiling tile is to be removed.Armstrong shall review the
asbestos survey and have the sole discretion of whether to approve the material. Once the jobsite and material have ,
been approved by Armstrong.Armstrong will accept the ceiling tile for recycling ("Approved Ceiling Material"),and
issue Return Authorization labels to Recycler.Recycler must affix a Return Authorzation label on each pallet Recycler
sends to Armstrong. Armstrong may.at any time.revoke its approval of the material if additional information is learned
that would disqualify the material.
2. Warranty and Indemnity. Recycler warrants that all material sent to Armstrong is Approved Ceiling Material that shall be
dry and free of other debris or contaminants.Recycler warrants Approved Ceiling Material does not contain nor has
been contaminated with or exposed to any material constituting hazardous material or special waste,including asbestos,
regardless of the amount of contamination.Recycler represents and warrants that the asbestos survey provided to
Armstrong is for the jobsite from where the ceiling tile Recycler wishes to recycle has been removed.Recycler further
warrants that each pallet that it sends to Armstrong will be properly labeled with a Return Authorization label and that I
each pallet is the material and from the jobsite that matches the Return Authorization label. Recycler warrants that it
shall not apply a Return Authorization label to any material that has not been approved by Armstrong. Recycler agrees
to indemnfy and hold harmless Armstrong for all costs,damages and/or expense incurred by Armstrong as a result of
any breach of this warranty.Any breach of this warranty shall be considered a Nonconformance.
Confidential Armstrong Ceiling Recycling Program @Tristrongs I
rmstrong Ceiling Recycling Agreement (USA)
3. Packing and Shipping.Approved Ceiling Materials must be packaged in accordance with the Requirements allowing
both secure shipment by trailer and safe inspection and unloading by Armstrong employees.Armstrong will pay for
the shipping costs of full trailer loads of Approved Ceiling Materials that are packaged and loaded per Armstrong's
Requirements.It is Recycler's responsibility to ensure that only full trailer loads of Approved Ceiling Materials are
shipped unless otherwise agreed upon by Armstrong.Where the amount of Approved Ceiling Materials from a site
are insufficient for a full trailer load, Recycler may elect to consolidate with a localArmstrong Network Distributor
or Consolidator until a full trailer load is ready for shipment. If local consolidation is not an option for less than full
truckload quantities, Recycler stl all contact Armstrong for the Less Than Full Truckload Procedure.To intiate transport
of the Approved Ceiling Material to Armstrong,Recycler shall provide to Armstrong a Recycling Logistics Form as
attached hereto as Exhibit B before transportation is arranged.
' 4. Acceptance, Nonconformance and Reimbursement.Armstrong may refuse to accept nonconformhg shipments of Ap-
proved Ceiling Materials if any shipment is.upon arrival at an Armstrong plant,either not bearing Return Authorization
labels on each pallet;not packaged according to Armstrong specifications;any ceiling material that does not meet the
attached Requirements;or are otherwise reasonably unacceptable to Armstrong ("Nonconformances").In the event of
any Nonconformances,Armstrong will immediately notify Recycler.In event Armstrong refuses a shipment..Armstrong,
at its discretion,will have the option to either dispose of the materials or ship those materials back to Recycler without
having accepted them.The Recycler shall promptly reimburse Armstrong for all costs,expenses or damages in connec-
tion with such disposal,Nonconformance or return shipment.
5. Title to Goods.Armstrong shall not take title to the Approved Ceilng Materials until they are received and accepted
at Armstrong's Plant(destination),despite Armstrong's payment of the freight costs for full traibr loads.The common
carrier that Armstrong has selected for transport is responsible for the transport of the Approved Ceiling Materials from
the pick up location to Armstrong's plant.This carrier is an independent contractor utilized by Armstrong and required
to demonstrate general liability insurance coverage which meets or exceeds industry standards.
6. Entire Agreement.The terms and conditions of this agreement together with the attached exhibits represent the
entire agreement between Recycler and Armstrong with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all prior
written and oral agreements and can be modified only in writing signed by both parties.
7. Governing Laws. This agreement will be interpreted under the laws of the Commonweath of Pennsylvania.The terms
of this Agreement will be binding upon the Recycler and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and the assgns of
the Recycler and Armstrong.
8. Assignment. Recycler may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement without the prior written consent of
Armstrong,which consent shall be solely within the discretion of Armstrong.Armstrong may assign any or all of
its rights and obligations hereunder without the prior approval of Recycler.This Agreement shall be binding on
successors and valid assigns.
r
i ( rr1S1rcr'1g
Confidential Armstrong Ceiling Recycling Program @ig
St
Armstrong Ceiling Recycling Agreement (USA)
page 3 of 3
9. Waiver and Severability. No waiver by either party of any breach of a term contained in this Agreement shall be
deemed to be a continuing waiver or a waiver of a breach of any other term of this Agreement.If any provision of
this Agreement should be held invalid or unenforceabb,under any applicable laws or regulations;all of the other
provisions of this Agreement shall remain valid and enforceable.
10. Comply with Laws.Recycler shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations and shall be responsible for
obtaining all appropriate governmental permits,licenses and approvals.
1 I. Independent Contractor.Recycler shall perform its obligations under this Agreement as an independent contracttor
and nothing contained in the Agreement shall constitute Armstrong and Recycler as partners,joint venturers,employee
and employer or principal and agent.Neither party has the right or the authority to create any obigations on behalf of I
the other.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the last date written below. ,
Recycler(Builring Owner,General Contractor or Demolition Contractor):
By: _ r
(signature)
Name
Title:
Company: ,
Address:
Phone No.:
Date:
Armstrong World Industries Inc.—Armstrong Building Products:
By,
(Armstrong) 1
Title: I ',
Date:---------——
I
mst 6 i
Confidential Armstrong Ceiling Recycling Program l/� I�\I�i��
1
RECYCLING LOGISTICS FORM
THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE PROVIDED ON ALL JOBS. THIS FORM, A PROPERLY
SIGNED RECYCLING AGREEMENT AND A NEGATIVE ASBESTOS SURVEY REPORT
FOR EACH JOBSITE MUST BE PROVIDED AND APPROVED BY ARMSTRONG BEFORE
ARMSTRONG ARRANGES A PICK UP. RETURN REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO
ARMSTRONG RECYCLING CENTER AT FAX #800-572-8324 OR 888-396-0877 IN THE
CUSTOMER FOCUS CENTER.
CONTACT OUR RECYCLING CENTER DIRECTLY AT 1-877-276-7876, PRESS OPTIONS
1 & 8.
JOB NAME/RA#
QUANTITY OF MATERIAL TO RECYCLE;
SF OF MATERIAL TO RECYCLE:
OR#OF PALLETS:
MATERIAL TYPE:MINERAL FIBER FIBERGLASS CAST:
ADDRESS FOR PICKUP:
BUILDING NAME:
' STREET: CITY
STATE ZIP
JOBSITE CONTACT/NAME:
JOBSITE CONTACT PHONE NUMBER
JOBSITE CONTACT FAX NUMBER
PICK UP DATE: ESTIMATED DATE NEEDED FOR PICKUP(LIST ALL DATES IF MORE THAN ONE
TRAILER LOOAD)
PLEASE ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE(5)DAYS FOR A SHIPMANT TO BE SCHEDULED:
LOAD#1
LOAD#2
SPECIAL LOADING REQUIREMENTS? LOADING DOCK HEIGHT OR SIZE,PARKING,CITY/STATE
REQUIREMENTS,OTHER TRADE TRAFFICE THAT NEEDS TO BE FACTORED INTO THIS PICKUP?
I
JOB DETAILS:LIST EACH PROJECT/OWNER FOR EACH JOB THAT IS PART OF THIS SHIPMENT. IF
MATERIAL FROM SEVERAL JOBSITES IS CONSOLIDATED IN ONE TRUCKLOAD,AN ARMSTRONG-
APPROVED ASBESTOS SURVEY MUST BE ON FILE WITH ARMSTRONG FOR EACH JOBSITE.
LIST EACH SITE SEPARATELY:
#1-BUIILDING OWNER OR TENANT I
GENERAL CONTRACTOR: ,
DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR: I
I
PROJECT LOCATION(ADDRESS);
IS THIS A LEED PROJECT? YES NO
IS A RECYCLING CERTIFICATE REQUESTED? YES NO I
NOTE:FOR ADDITIONAL PROJECTS ON A SINGLE TRUCKLOAD LIST JOB INFORMATION ON
SECOND SHEET.
t
1
I
1
I
I
I
' ATTACHMENT 3
IREMOVAL AND RECYCLING OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)PLANK FLOORING
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Attachment Includes:
I 1. Except as otherwise specified,procedures for removal and recycling of existing polyvinyl chloride
(PVC)plank flooring and preparation for shipment to recycling firm by Owner's Preferred Flooring
Contractor are included as information only to General Contractor. Work includes the following:
I a. Selective removal of existing polyvinyl chloride(PVC)plank flooring and determination of
acceptance for recycling.
b. Containerizing of acceptable PVC plank flooring for transport to Recycling Firm.
1) Loading of PVC plank flooring for transport to reclamation firm shall be by Wal-
I Mart Store Planning Field Project Manager.
c. Shipment of PVC at Recycling Firm expense.
I B. Related Specification Requirements:
1. Section 01100- Summary: Restrictions for Work within and adjacent to existing building areas.
2. Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary protection and barriers.
3. Section 01731 -Cutting and Patching: Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching Work.
I4. Section 02023 -Selective Site Demolition.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
' A. Recycling Firm: The Matworks Company,LLC,Beltsville,MD,(301)837-1202.
B. Preferred Flooring Contractor: Owner's preselected contractor responsible for removal of existing resilient
Iflooring.
1.3 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate removal work with General Contractor, Store Manager, Walmart Construction Manager, and
Walmart Store Planning Field Project Manager..
I1.4 ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise modified by Recycling Firm Guidelines, products acceptable for recycling include all
Ibrands of PVC plank flooring.
B. Condition of Acceptable Materials:
1. Store recyclable materials off of grade and protected from weather.
2. Material being recycled shall be dry and free of debris. Wet material will not be accepted by Recy-
cling Firm.
3. Package recyclable materials in accordance with the requirements of Recycling Firm.
I 4. Material being recycled may not come into contact with asbestos containing material, hazardous
waste materials or special waste.
C. Unless otherwise modified by Recycling Firm Guidelines,products not acceptable for recycling include:
1. Flooring or adhesive containing asbestos.
2. Vinyl Composition Tile(VCT).
3. Solid Vinyl Plank(SVP)flooring.
I
4.5. PVC(Tac-Fast)with cloth backing.
Slip resistant tile.
6. Tan colored tile.
7. Red colored tile.'
8. Bulk removed flooring containing foreign material or debris.
I
D. General Contractor shall dispose of unacceptable materials in accordance with the waste disposal require-
ments hereinbefore.
PART 2-PRODUCTS 1
Not used. '
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Recycling is mandatory for PVC plank flooring which is acceptable under the terms of Recycling Firm.
B. Include only material generated from the Site of this Project in shipment of PVC plank flooring materials. I
C. PVC plank flooring not recycled under program shall be disposed of by General Contractor in accordance
with the waste disposal requirements hereinbefore.
II
D. Use only containers(Gaylord boxes)furnished with shipment of new PVC plank flooring for containment
of removed PVC plank flooring. ,
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that PVC plank flooring to be removed complies with the requirements specified herein and is ac-
ceptable for recycling.
B. Survey and assess the quantity of acceptable PVC plank flooring to be removed. '
3.3 PREPARATION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING PVC PLANK FLOORING
A. Coordinate precise details and execution of recycling program with Recycling Firm. I
B. Coordinate removal of PVC plank flooring with relocation of existing merchandise fixtures by Wal-Mart.
C. Place Gaylord on pallet. I
1. Plastic pallets and blue CHEP pallets are not allowed.
D. After relocation of existing merchandise fixtures by Wal-Mart, sweep all debris from PVC plank flooring
surfaces. Remove excessive buildup of wax and other debris.
E. Remove PVC plank flooring to be recycled. Flooring may be removed using normal removal methods.
Flooring may not be removed prior to receipt and preparation of Gaylord boxes for pickup by Reclamation
Firm.
3.4 LOADING AND SHIPPING I
A. Contact Recycling Firm for provision of additional Gaylord boxes,if required.
B. Prepare PVC plank flooring for shipment in accordance with Recycling Firm guidelines and instructions. '
Preparation shall be in strict accordance with the guidelines provided and shall take precedence over any
conflicting provisions stated herein.Contact Wal-Mart Store Planning Field Project Manager for coordina- I
tion of preparation and to obtain specific loading instruction prior to removal of PVC plank flooring.
C. Containerize PVC plank flooring that is acceptable for recycling. Gaylord must be filled to top.
D. Shrink wrap filled Gaylord. Prior to shrink wrapping, obtain approval of Walmart Construction Manager t
or Wal-Mart Field Project Manager to ensure material for recycling contains no trash,foreign debris, dis-
allowed materials or other contaminants.
E. Store prepared Gaylords in dry location as directed by General Contractor.
1. Do not store outdoors.
2. Do not store inside Wal-Mart building.
F. Contact Wal-Mart Store Planning Field Project Manager for arrangement of carrier for shipping. Prepare
a packing list printed and affixed to each container. Each carrier shall carry a Bill of Lading with each
Ishipment.
G. Notify Wal-Mart Store Planning Field Project Manager when ready for shipping.
1 3.5 NON-COMPLIANCE
A. Failure to comply with Recycling Firm Guidelines or the requirements specified herein may result in addi-
1 tional costs to Contractor without increase in Contract time.
B. Costs for transportation and disposal of non-compliant materials shipped to the Recycling Firm may be
deducted from payments due Contractor.
IEND OF ATTACHMENT 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
Complete the information on this form for construction and demolition(C&D)materials that will be reused,recy-
cled,or disposed from the project in accordance with the Compliance Specification section 3.6.2.10.2.(Type into
form—do not hand write)
Project Name: Location: '
Type of Project: ❑New Construction ❑Relocation ❑ Site Clearing Only
❑On Site Relocation El Expansion ❑Other
❑Remodel ❑ Demolition Only
Was there difficulty fmding Salvage or Re-Use vendors? ❑ Yes❑No If yes,explain manner of difficulty:
If the estimated amount of reused or recycled materials is less than 50%of total estimated amount of material dis-
posed,explain why:
C&D ESTIMATED WASTE GENERATED(TONS)
Complete and submit no later than 24 hours after Bid Tim.
Estimated Estimated Tons Vendor or Facility Used(Destination)
Material Type Tons of Re- of Disposed/ (Bus name,city,state,contact name,phone no.)
used/Recy- Landfdled
cled
Acoustical Ceiling Tiles
Asphalt&Concrete
Bricks/Masonry/Tiles
Building Materials(doors,windows,
fixtures,etc.)
Cardboard
Carpet/Carpet Padding/Foam
Concrete Slurry
Construction/Demolition
Film Plastic&Styrofoam Blocks
Gypsum Wallboard
Metal
Mixed C&D Waste&Misc Const
Debris
Plant&Tree Trimmings
PVC Plank Flooring
Trash/Garbage
VCT Floor Tile
Wire and Cable
Wood
Other(Describe)
Other(Describe)
TOTAL
Estimated percent of waste diverted
from landfill
END OF FORM
i
I
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
I
SECTION 01452-CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
IPART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1 A. Section Includes:
1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Contractor quality assurance and quality control.
I B. Related Requirements:
1. Construction Contract between Wal-Mart and Contractor: Inspections, testing, and approvals required by
public authorities.
I
2. Section 01455 -Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing: Contractor procurement of test and balance for heating,
ventilating,and air conditioning systems.
3. Section 01770-Contract Closeout:Project Record Documents.
4. Appendix B-Testing, Inspection,and Observation by Owner.
I a. Quality Requirements of Owner's Construction Testing laboratory (CTL) and services. (Formerly
included in Section 01458.)
b. Architect-Engineer Site Observation: Site observation by Owner's Architect and Engineer
I Consultants.
c. Civil Engineering Consultant Site Observation: Site observation by Owner's Civil Engineering
Consultant.
I C. Contractor testing and inspection are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated.
These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document
requirements.
I 1. Contractor testing and inspection includes testing or inspection to be performed by and under the
responsibility of the General Contractor as well as that required by the manufacturer, manufacturer's
representative,product supplier, or other party under the responsibility of the Contractor.
2. Requirements in this section are independent of testing and inspection specified for the Owner's
I Construction Testing Laboratory (CTL) specified in Appendix B. Testing and inspection by the CTL will
be paid for by the Owner at no cost to the Contractor.
3. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in
I the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of
standard products.
4. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect,
Owner's CTL, Wal-Mart Construction Manager, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by
1 provisions of this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1 A. Testing: Evaluation of systems,primarily requiring physical manipulation and analysis of materials, in accordance
with approved standards.
IB. Inspection:Evaluation of systems primarily requiring observation and engineering judgement.
C. Quality Assurance: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to
I
guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will substantially comply with
construction documents.
D. Quality Control: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to
I evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction substantially comply with
construction documents.
E. Quality assurance and quality control may be performed by either the Contractor or the Construction Testing
I
01452-1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
Laboratory employed by the Owner.
F. Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to verify or demonstrate
aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction,
coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by which the
Work will be judged.
G. Architect of Record(AOR):The prime consultant in charge of overall design and coordination of the building.
H. Engineer of Record(EOR): The Registered Engineer in responsible charge of engineering design for the project.
I. Structural Engineer of Record (SER): The Registered Engineer in responsible charge of the structural design for
the project.
J. Civil Engineering Consultant (CEC): The Registered Engineer in responsible charge of the civil design for the
project.
K. Architect-Engineer(A/E): A collective term to include the AOR,CEC,SER,and the Mechanical,Electrical,and
Fire Protection EOR. '
L. Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL):The independent testing and inspection agency employed by the Owner.
M. Test and Balance Agent(TBA): The HVAC testing and balancing agency employed by the Contractor. I
N. Special Inspector(SI): The Special Inspector under the direct supervision of a registered civil/structural engineer
(unless otherwise specified) regularly engaged in inspection, and experienced with the type of work requiring
related testing and inspection.The categories of special inspector are specified in Appendix B:
O. Building Official: The Officer or his duly authorized representative charged with the administration and
enforcement of the local building code.
P. Deviation: A deviation is any item or component of work that does not substantially conform to the requirements
of the construction documents and which has not been corrected by the end of business on the day it is identified.
1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting '
requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer
uncertainties and requirements that are different,but apparently equal, to Architect/Engineer for a decision before
proceeding. I
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum
provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality
specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. Refer uncertainties to Architect/Engineer for a
decision before proceeding.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Test and Inspection Reports within three working days of T&I occurrence.
B. Submit required reports and other items to the following: 1
1. AOR: (Construction Administration Leader).
a. One copy(Site work T&I).
b. Three copies(Bldg T&I). AOR will transmit one copy of Bldg T&I to SER.
c. Report of non-conforming work.
2. CEC: One copy.(Site work T&I only)
3. Contractor:Three copies.
01452-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
4. Building Official:Quantities as required.
5. Owner.
1.5 REPORTS
IA. Submit reports as required herein and conduct and interpret tests and inspections.
I B. Testing and Inspection Report: Submit test and inspection reports including the following information:
1. Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Store number.
I
4.5. Finn name and address.
Name and signature of tester or inspector.
6. Name and seal of registered engineer in responsible charge(as applicable).
I 7. Date and time of sampling.
8. Date of test or inspection.
9. Identification of product and specification section.
10. Location in project,including elevations,grid location and detail.
' 11. Type of test or inspections.
12. Results of tests or inspections and interpretation of same.
13. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents or deviations therefrom.
IC. Submit a separate final signed report stating whether the work requiring inspection is,to the best of the inspector's
knowledge,in conformance with the approved plans, specifications,and the applicable workmanship provisions of
the building code.
ID. Reports shall be made on 8-1/2 by 11 white paper, suitable for photocopying and binding in booklet form. Sheets
shall have the CTL letterhead(including phone number and address). Larger sheets shall be folded and bound into
Ithe booklet.
E. Tests and inspections reports indicating non-conformance(deviations)to the Contract Documents shall be brought
to the attention of the A/E within 24 hours upon discovery.
F. Contractor shall send an RFI to the A/E on the same day of non-conformance(deviation)notification.
IPART 2 -PRODUCTS
Not Used.
' PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. The Owner will perform testing and inspection (T & I) but only as a means of verification to the Owner of
I Contractor quality control performance. Owner T & I shall not be considered Quality Control or Quality
Assurance as defined herein. Owner T & I and Contractor obligations with respect to Quality Control shall be
pursuant to related provisions of Articles 2.3.3, 2.3.4, 2.4.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.2, and 3.2.2 of the Construction Contract
I between Walmart and Contractor.
1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged
and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.
2. Costs for retesting and re-inspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to
I comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor,and the Contract Sum will be adjusted
by Change Order.
I C. T & I by the Owner will be conducted by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory at no cost to the
01452-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
,
IOW
Contractor in accordance with Appendix B, except that costs for failing tests will be deducted from the sum due to
the Contractor. I
D. Owner T&I results and reports will be available as information to Contractor.
E. Owner's T & I shall not be relied on by the Contractor as an indication of conformance or nonconformance of
work nor shall the Contractor be dependent on the Owner's CTL test results for verification of satisfactory work in
place.
F. Work found by the Owner's CTL to be defective or in non-compliance with Contract Documents shall be
corrected based on the CTL T&I results except when proven otherwise by subsequent CTL or Contractor
conducted tests.
G. In-place work will be subject to testing and inspection by the Owner's CTL at any time during the progress of the
work.
H. Test reports conducted by and at the discretion of the Contractor shall be provided to the Owner upon request
when reason exists to suspect non-compliance or when used for comparison to CTL conducted tests.
I. Any testing agency, if employed by the Contractor for purposes of Contractor Quality Control, shall not be the
same entity engaged by the Owner.
J. Contractor shall pay for:
1. Tests and inspections at the source or prior to incorporation into the Work of materials, products, or
equipment to certify compliance with Contract Documents.
2. Tests, samples, inspection, or engineering services the Contractor determines appropriate for performance
of Work or for Contractor's convenience.
3. Tests and inspections when initial tests or inspections indicate Work does not comply with Contract
Documents.
4. Tests and inspections required or conducted by public authorities as part of permits or inspection fees.
5. Other tests and inspections indicated to be"by Contractor."
K. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the
site or at source of products to be tested,to facilitate tests and inspections,and to provide storage and curing of test
samples. Provide lift equipment as required for inspection personnel of the Owner or the Owners' representatives.
L. Provide 14 days written notice to A/E prior to expected time for operations requiring observation, inspecting, and
testing. If work to be observed is covered prior to notification, uncover work as required.
M. Notify in writing the Wal-Mart Construction Manager three working days prior to expected time for operations
requiring inspecting and testing services.
N. Repair and protect the work regardless of assignment of responsibility for inspection,testing,or similar services.
1. Protect work exposed by or for quality assurance and quality control service activities.
2. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking, and similar services, restore constructed areas to
conform to Contract Documents.
O. Costs, including without limitation additional professional fees and expenses, of any required redesign or re-
engineering required by non-conforming tests and inspections will be deducted from the sum due the Contractor.
P. Provide a Letter of Conformance at the completion of the Project to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager, with
copy to the AOR,stipulating that the Project has been built per the Contract Documents.An example is attached at
the end of this Section.
Q. Maintain a copy of Contract Drawings and Specifications with all Addenda and Change Orders. Use the Contract
Documents supplemented by the approved shop drawings and applicable material and workmanship provisions of
the Code for testing and inspection of the work.
01452-4
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
R. Provide qualified personnel at site to comply with schedule and submit reports for each test and inspection as
Idefined in Part 3 of this Section.
S. Perform specified inspection, sampling,and testing of products in accordance with specified standards.
' T. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.
U. Perform testing and inspection in a timely manner to avoid delay of work.
V. Notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager and CEC or AOR,as applicable of observed non-conformance of Work or
Products. If observed deviations from the Contract Drawings, Specifications, or building code will be probable
I cause of subsequent rejection of work or material,notify the Wal-Mart Construction Manager and, CEC or AOR
sufficiently in advance for determination to continue operations or take corrective measures before continuing.
I W. Deviations from the Contract Documents will be entered into the on-line Wal-Mart Observation Log by other
parties performing Quality Control construction observation. The Contractor shall track deviations, as defined
above, and resolutions and remedial repairs to deviations and subsequent conformance to the Contract Documents
on the Observation Log. (www.bldgportal.com, enter usemame and password, select Observation Log. Follow
instructions on the Observation Log website.)
X. The Wal-Mart Construction Manager in conjunction with the CTL and/or SI will determine when to involve the
IAOR or FOR for remedial action.
Y. If additional A/E site or FPT visits are required beyond those described in Section 01454 as determined by Wal-
Mart to determine correction to non-conforming work,the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner the sum of$4000
I for each additional visit to cover A/E expenses. Additional A/E site observations or FPTs will be performed as
required until all deviations have been corrected by the Contractor and closed by the A/E consultant.
IZ. Cooperate with CTL/SI personnel,and provide access to the Work and to Contractor's facilities.
AA. Submit test and inspection reports to the A/E consultant and other designated persons as specified in individual
sections. Submit test and inspection reports to the Building Official as required.
IBB. Testing and inspection by the Building Official does not preclude the normal field involvement and site
observations by the A/E consultant,nor shall it relieve the Contractor of any responsibility to complete the work in
Iaccordance with the approved drawings and specifications.
CC. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect
field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing
Ias specified in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures."
3.2 PRODUCTION TESTING
IA. General Requirements:
1. Testing shall be conducted as specified in the individual specification sections.
2. If inspection of fabricators work is required,the Owner's representative may require testing and inspection
I
of the work at the plant, before shipment. Owner, Architect, and Structural Engineer of Record (SER)
reserve the right to reject material not complying with the Contract Documents.
3. Testing and inspection shall be performed in accordance with the industry standard used as the reference
I for the specific material or procedure unless other criteria are specified. In the absence of a referenced
standard,tests shall be accomplished in accordance with generally accepted industry standards.
4. Work shall be checked as it progresses,but failure to detect anydefective work or materials shall in no way
�
prevent later rejection if defective work or materials are discovered, nor shall it obligate Owner to accept
Isuch work.
END OF SECTION
' I 01452-5
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
[Example Conformance Letter from Contractor. Text in parentheses are to be edited for each individual project]
[Date]
1
[Mr. Construction Manager]
Wal-Mart Construction
Sam M.Walton Development Complex
2001 S. E. 10th Street
Bentonville,Arkansas 72716
[Re: Supercenter(Store#xxx)—City,State]
[Dear Construction Manager:]
The purpose of this letter is to state to Wal-Mart Stores,Inc.that,to the best of our knowledge,the construction on the above
referenced project has been completed in substantial conformance with the approved Contract Documents.
We performed construction testing,observation,and testing as required by the Contract Document.To our knowledge,no
outstanding items exist except as may be otherwise entered and shown on the Wal-Mart Observation Log.
Sincerely,
[GENERAL CONTRACTOR]
[Include signature and date of signature]
F:
File
[ARCHITECT OF RECORD]
[ENGINEER OF RECORD]
i
1
1
01452-6
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 1
I
I UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01454-ARCHITECT-ENGINEER QUALITY ASSURANCE
' PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
I A. Section Includes:
1. Quality assurance site observation of construction by Architect and Engineers of Record.
I B. Related Requirements:
1. General Conditions:Inspections,testing,and approvals required by public authorities.
2. Section 01452 — Contractor Quality Control: Administrative and procedural requirements for Contractor
I quality assurance and quality control.
3. Appendix B—Testing,Inspection and Observation by Owner
a. Site observation by Architect-Engineer.
b. Civil Engineering Consultant Site Observation: Site observation by Owner's Civil Engineering
I Consultant.
c. Construction Laboratory Testing Services: Testing and Inspection by Owner's Construction Testing
Laboratory(CTL)and services.
1 1.2 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A. Employment and payment for services of Architects and Engineers to perform specified site observation of
Iconstruction will be by Owner.
1.3 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
IA. The Contractor shall:
1. Cooperate with A/E personnel and provide access to the Work and to Contractor's facilities.
2. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to facilitate observation and testing.
' Provide lift equipment as required for A/E personnel.
3. Provide A/E 14 day's written notice prior to expected time for activities requiring observation and
FPTservices.
I 4. Maintain a copy of Contract Drawings and Specifications with all Addenda and Change Orders
supplemented by the approved shop drawings and applicable material and workmanship provisions of the
Code for use by the A/E.
IPART 2 -PRODUCTS
Not Used.
' PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 SITE OBSERVATION
IA. Site observation by Owner's Architects and Engineers is specified in Appendix B.
1 END OF SECTION
I
I01454-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
I
SECTION 01457-TESTING AND INSPECTION BY OWNER
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
IA. Section Includes:
1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Owner provided testing and inspection services.
I B. Related Requirements:
1. Construction Contract Between Walmart and Contractor: Inspections, testing, and approvals required by
public authorities. Contractor obligations to perform work in accordance with Contract Documents.
I 2. Section 01452 — Contractor Quality Control: Administrative and procedural requirements for Contractor
quality assurance and quality control.
3. Section 01770-Contract Closeout:Project Record Documents.
4. Appendix B-Testing,Inspection,and Observation by Owner:
I a. Architect-Engineer Site Observation: Site observation by Owner's Architect and Engineer
Consultants.
b. Civil Engineering Consultant Site Observation: Site observation by Owner's Civil Engineering
I Consultant.
c. Owner furnished Construction Laboratory(CTL)tests and inspections.
5. Section 13900—Fire Suppression—Fire Sprinkler Site Observation and Acceptance Test(FPAT)
IC. General requirements for testing and inspection to be performed by the Contractor is specified in Section 01452.
1.2 OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES
' A. Employment and payment for services of an Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL)and/or Special Inspector(SI)
to perform specified testing and inspecting will be by the Owner under separate contract except for specified
testing required to be selected and paid for by the Contractor as may be required by individual specification
Isections.
1.3 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
1 A. Cooperate with CTL/SI personnel,and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities.
B. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the
I site or at source of products to be tested,to facilitate tests and inspections,and to provide storage and curing of test
samples. Provide lift equipment as required for inspection personnel of the Owner or the Owner's representatives.
IC. Provide CTL 24 hour notice prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services.
D. Walmart Provide the CTL/SI with access to the interne for the purpose of logging deviations onto the Walmart
Observation Log on the Walmart Building Portal website.
I
PART PRODUCTS
Not Used.
IPART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
' END OF SECTION
I01457-1
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
ISECTION 01500-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
I A. Section Includes:
1. Temporary Utilities: Electricity, lighting,heat,ventilation,telephone service,water,and sanitary facilities.
2. Temporary Controls: Barriers,enclosures and fencing,signage protection of the Work, and water control.
I 3. Construction Facilities: All-weather access roads, parking, progress cleaning, temporary buildings, and
staging areas.
I B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01351 —Regulatory Compliance:
a. Non-hazardous waste storage fencing.
b. Work practice control methods for airborne respirable dust.
I 2. Section 01550—Tension Pole Dust Barrier Systems: Temporary retractable-pole and sheeting dust barrier
systems for enclosing interior dust-emitting work.
I1.2 REFERENCES
A. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA)
1. OSHA 1926.1153 Respirable Crystalline Silica.
I1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1
IA. Provide protective fencing,and safety signage.
B. Provide enclosures for dust emitting interior work as specified herein and in Section 01550.
1 C. Protect properties and water resources from contaminant damage until construction activities are complete.
D. Do not use methods that would cause flooding,ponding, or other damage to Owner's property or property of oth-
ers.
I
1.4 STORMWATER RUNOFF CONTROL
IA. Control pollutants originating on site from demolition and construction activities.
B. Ensure adequacy of Best Management Practice measures for controlling site pollutant discharge.
IC. Best Management Practices (BMPs): Refer to Appendix A at the end of the section for details of structural con-
trols that may be used as BMP measures for controlling site pollutant discharge related to construction activities
for this project. Site conditions or Contractor practices could make it necessary to install more structural controls
I
than specified. Continually assess the need for additional controls and implement or adjust existing controls until
the construction activities for this project are complete.
1. Review site conditions and identify discharge points and all potential areas of impact.
I 2. Designate area(s) for equipment cleaning, maintenance, and repair. Coordinate location with Walmart
Construction Manager. The Contractor and subcontractors shall utilize such designated areas. Cleaning,
maintenance, and repair areas shall be protected by temporary perimeter berms, shall not occur within 150
t feet of any waterway, water body or wetland, and shall be located as far as practical from storm sewer in-
lets.
3. Chemicals, paints, solvents, fertilizers, and other toxic materials must be stored in waterproof containers.
Except during application, the containers must be kept in trucks or within storage facilities as specified
I01500-1
1 #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
herein. Runoff containing such material must be collected, removed from the site, treated, and disposed of
at an approved solid waste and chemical disposal facility.
4. Use of detergents for exterior washing is prohibited.
5. Use products, site pollutant discharge control devices or materials for BMPs as specified and as applicable
to related construction activities.
D. All BMPs must be installed and functioning, and shall be free of accumulated sediment and debris before con-
struction begins. Maintain in place and functional throughout the duration of construction activities. No measure
shall be implemented which causes flooding or ponding or in any other way causes damage to Owner's property or
property belonging to others.
E. Review the site conditions as needed to identify potential areas of impact and discharge points.
F. Place BMPs as may be dictated by site conditions in order to maintain the intent of the specifications and pertinent
Federal, State and local regulations and permits.
G. Water used for construction which discharges from the site must originate from a public water supply or private
well approved by the State Health Department. Water used for construction that does not originate from an ap-
proved public supply must not discharge from the site without being treated in accordance with applicable local
ground water dewatering permits/regulations.
H. Control substances that have the potential for polluting surface and/or groundwater by whatever means necessary
in order to ensure that they do not discharge from the site.
1. Do not allow the discharge of wash wastewater to flow from cleaning processes to a storm water drain or
catch basin,street,roadway,sidewalk,gutter, landscape area or any type of storm water structure.
2. Do not discharge solid materials,including building materials,from the site with storm water.
a. Collect cementitious material and paint waste from equipment cleaning in aboveground portable
washout containers such as Vinyl-Con by RTC Environmental Products, (530) 589-2007, or equal
as approved by the Walmart Construction Manager and Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
b. Comply with the requirements of Section 01351 for collection and disposal of waste solids.
3. Recover and dispose of wash wastewater offsite at a licensed facility.
1.5 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A. Connect to existing power service. Owner will pay cost of electricity used. Power consumption shall not disrupt
Owner's need for continuous service. Exercise measures to conserve energy.
B. Coordinate location and method of connection to existing electrical service with Walmart Construction Manager.
Do not connect to electrical panels serving rack houses.
C. Provide adequate distribution equipment,wiring, and outlets to provide single-phase branch circuits for power and
lighting. Provide temporary feeders to limit voltage loss to 5% overall from local utility power lines to provide
electric requirements for project during construction.
1.6 TEMPORARY LIGHTING
A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. Provide minimum of 20 footcandles illumination for '
work areas.
B. Permanent building lighting may he utilized during construction.
1.7 TEMPORARY HEAT
A. Provide and pay for heat devices and heat as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.
01500-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
__ II
I
B. Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes,verify that installation is approved for
I operation,equipment is lubricated and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation,maintenance,and regular
replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts.
I C. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress,unless indicat-
ed otherwise in specifications.
1.8 TEMPORARY VENTILATION
II
A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust,
fumes,vapors, or gases.
I1.9 TELEPHONE SERVICE
iA. Provide,maintain and pay for telephone service to field office.1.10 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE
IA. Connect to existing water source. Owner will pay cost of water used. Exercise measures to conserve water.
1.11 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
IA. Provide and maintain required chemical toilet facilities.
B. Locate as directed by Walmart Construction Manager. Maintain facilities clean and serviced as necessary and in
Icompliance with local health code requirements.
C. Existing facilities shall not be used by construction personnel.
' 1.12 TEMPORARY STORAGE CONTAINERS
A. General Requirements:
I 1. If required by Authority Having Jurisdiction, obtain all permits necessary for usage and placement of tem-
porary storage container.
2. Coordinate with Store Manager to locate temporary storage container as approved by Authority Having Ju-
Irisdiction,when applicable.
B. Used Tire Storage:
1. Provide temporary storage container of approximately 1,000 cubic feet.
I 2. Provide temporary storage container for full duration of exterior enclosure scope of work shown on Sheet
AC 1.
3. Coordinate with Store Manager and Construction Manager for temporary storage of batteries. Do not store
Ibatteries in temporary storage container.
C. Flooring Materials: Provide two temporary storage containers for use by Walmart Preferred Flooring Contractor
specified in Section 09650/09680,one container for storage of flooring materials and accessories and one contain-
I er for recycled tile.
1. Coordinate required size of containers with the Walmart Construction Manager.
1.13 BARRIERS AND CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC SAFETY
A. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic,stored materials, site and structures from damage.
I B. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owner's use of site, and to protect
existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations.
I01500-3
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
r
C. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way, to allow for
Owner's use of site,and for public access to existing building.
1. Erect barricades using 1/2" plywood on 2x4 framing. Supports shall be as required to uphold barricade.
Verify requirements with Walmart Construction Manager.
2. Construct 8'-0"high unless otherwise directed by owner.
3. Shopping carts shall not be used as barricades.
D. When operating any motorized construction equipment in areas where customers or Walmart Associates are pre-
sent,provide a spotter(or signal person)whose sole job responsibility shall be to ensure safe operation, including
directing traffic and keeping area of traffic clear of people.
1.14 TEMPORARY FENCING FOR CONSTRUCTION/DEMOLITION WASTE CONTAINERS
A. General:
1. Provide commercial grade temporary chain link fencing around general non-hazardous waste storage and
sorting areas as specified in Section 01351 Supplement Par. 3.6.2-ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.
2. Fencing shall be 8 feet high.
3. Provide linear feet of temporary fencing total,including fencing and gates.
4. Maintain access to fire hydrants and hose connections, emergency vehicles, and other site specific condi-
tions as required by Authority Having Jurisdiction.
5. Obtain permits required by AHJ for usage and placement of temporary chain link fencing.
B. Materials:
1. Posts: Galvanized steel pipe. Posts shall be suitable for setting in concrete footings or driving into ground
as required by local conditions.
2. Fabric: Commercial-grade 2"-mesh chain-link fencing with full fence screening. Screening must be wo-
ven plastic cloth or plastic screening slats. No substitutions are allowed for fencing or screening material. 111
3. Gates: Provide personnel and vehicle gates of the quantity and size required for functional access to waste
container storage area.
a. Fabricate gates and screening of same material as used for fencing.
b. Equip with locks.
C. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations.
1. Post and Fabric: Set posts in concrete footings, drive posts in ground, or set in holes and backfill to ac-
commodate local conditions. Stretch fabric taut and attach to posts.
2. Gates: Install gates with required hardware.
D. Removal: After use of fenced areas and waste/recycling containers by Walmart as specified in Section 01351,re-
move fencing and patch paving. Refer to Section 01731 for general patching requirements.
1.15 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCING
A. Provide fence around construction area and staging area. Maintain and relocate during the sequencing of the
Work. Coordinate installation and any relocation of fencing with all trades, Walmart Construction Manager and
Store Manager. Comply with all regulations of Authorities Having Jurisdiction and OSHA requirements.
B. Temporary construction fencing shall be 6'-0"high commercial-grade chain-link fencing with full fence screening.
Screening must be woven plastic cloth or plastic screening slats. No substitutions are allowed for temporary con-
struction fencing or screening material.
C. Coordinate installation of temporary fencing with any and all existing underground utilities. '
D. Core drill paving as required and set line posts and end posts in sand. Gate posts may be set in concrete. Alternate
methods of post installation are not allowed. Maintain posts plumb to within 1-inch in 6 feet at all times.
E. Equip vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks.
01500-4 t
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
r F. Remove fencing at completion of construction or phase and repair paving to match existing.
1.16 WATER CONTROL
A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide,operate,and maintain pumping equipment.
B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion.
C. The Contractor shall at all times protect all activities of his construction, excavations, fill areas, embankments,
trenches structures or building from damage from rainwater, spring water, ground water, backing up of drains,
sewers and all other water encountered during his operations. He shall provide all pumps, equipment and enclo-
sures necessary to provide adequate protection.
D. Verify discharges from dewatering activities are allowed non-storm water discharges under applicable Federal,
State and local regulations. Obtain a dewatering permit according to state and local regulations if discharges from
dewatering activities are not allowed. Discharges from dewatering operations must be directed through an appro-
priate pollution prevention/treatment measure prior to being discharged from the site. Under no circumstances
will discharges from dewatering operations be discharged directly into streams,rivers, lakes or other areas beyond
the project limits.
1.17 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary weather-tight closure of exterior openings to provide acceptable working conditions and protec-
tion for Products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in
r individual specification Sections,and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons.
B. Provide access doors with locks.
1.18 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES
A. As shown on Drawings, provide sealed temporary partitions as specified herein and in Section 01550 to separate
construction work areas from Owner occupied areas,to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occu-
rpied areas,and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment.
B. Temporary Stud Framed Barrier/ Dust Partitions: Installation and removal of temporary dust partitions shall be
scheduled with a minimum of 3 days prior notification to Walmart Construction Manager and/or Store Manager.
Maintain temporary dust partitions to seal openings to Walmart-occupied areas with closed joints and sealed edg-
es at intersections with existing surfaces. These shall be scheduled, installed, and removed as required and di-
rected by Walmart Construction Manager and may not be indicated on the Drawings. Install partitions prior to
' demolition of existing walls and maintain in dust tight condition until the completion of the new construction. It is
the Contractor's responsibility to prohibit dust and debris from entering the Sales area or any Walmart-occupied
areas and to obtain approval from AHJ for materials/construction configuration and phasing of temporary enclo-
sures.
1. Dust Wall Partitions:
a. Framing: (same as Type A below).
b. Covering: 6 mil. clear poly sheeting (if allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction); otherwise
r use Griffolyn type 55 ASFR, anti-static, fire retardant sheeting. Overlap sheeting at joints a
minimum 2'-0" and continuously tape joints. Attach sheeting from ceiling to finish floor for
dustproof condition. If attachment to ceiling is impossible, light framing shall be installed with
r c. sheeting attached all around to prohibit dust penetration.
Plywood(where required): Install 1/2" C-D plywood over 6 mil poly. Install 4'x8' sheets horizon-
tally from finish floor to bottom of roof deck. Insure that blocking is provided behind each joint.
Provide sealant at bottom of plywood at finish floor and continuous sealant against plate on other
r side.
2. Type A Partition/Dust Drape(no ceiling present):
r01500-5
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
a. Framing: Light gauge metal framing (refer Section 05400) or framing material approved by
Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Provide continuous 2x4 top and bottom plates and
continuous bridging and bracing. Continue top plate to bottom side of roof deck.
1) Walls up to 14'-0"may use 3-5/8"-22 gauge metal studs at 24"o.c.or 2x4's at 16"o.c.
2) Walls higher than 14'-0"may use 6"-20 gauge metal studs at 24"o.c.or 2x6's at 16"o.c.
b. Covering: Install continuous 6 mil clear poly sheets (if allowed by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction);otherwise use Griffolyn type 55 ASFR,anti-static,fire retardant sheeting. Install from
fmish floor to roof deck. Tape all joints. Install 1/2" C-D plywood over 6 mil poly. Install 4'x8'
sheets horizontally from fmish floor to bottom of roof deck. Insure that blocking is provided behind
each joint. Provide sealant at bottom of plywood at finish floor and continuous sealant against plate
on other side.
3. Type B Partition/Dust Drape(ceiling grid to remain in place):
a. Framing: (same as Type A above).
b. Covering: Install continuous 6 mil clear poly sheets (if allowed by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction);otherwise use Griffolyn type 55 ASFR,anti-static, fire retardant sheeting. Install from
fmish floor to roof deck. Tape all joints. Install 1/2" C-D plywood over 6 mil poly. Install 4'x8'
sheets horizontally to bottom of finish ceiling. Extend 6 mil poly to bottom of roof deck. Insure that
blocking is provided behind each joint. Provide sealant at bottom of plywood at finish floor and
continuous sealant against plate on other side.
4. Type D Security Partitions(exterior):
a. Framing: (same as Type A above).
b. Covering: At interior face of partition, install continuous 6 mil clear poly sheets(if allowed by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction); otherwise use Griffolyn type 55 ASFR, anti-static, fire retardant
sheeting. Install from finish floor to roof deck. Tape all joints. Install 1/2"C-D plywood over 6 mil
poly. Install 4'x8' sheets horizontally to bottom of roof deck. Insure that blocking is provided
behind each joint. At exterior face of partition, install 30 gauge, 24"wide corrugated metal panels
as shown on the Drawings. Fill wall cavities with R-13 batt insulation. Provide sealant at bottom of
plywood at finish floor and continuous sealant against plate on other side.
5. Doors:
a. Single acting doors, opening out, with sturdy closer, closing against gasketed stops on frame to
reduce passage of dust.
6. Sealing:
a. Seal perimeter of partitions and doors to prevent passage of dust. At Type A and B partitions,tape
fastener depressions, joints between panels and joints between panels and floors, ceiling and
columns with 2 in.wide pressure sensitive tape.
7. Mats:
a. Provide mats at doors to reduce tracking of dust.Replace or clean daily. I
C. Contractor's Option: Tension Pole Dust Barrier System: Temporary retractable-pole and polyethylene sheeting
dust barrier system as specified in Section 01550.
1. General use: In lieu of Stud framed Dust Wall Partitions that are not adjacent to Food Areas,where a barri-
er to security or safety is not required.
2. Emergency use (48 hours or less): Continuously attended construction area, where approved by Walmart
Construction Manager.
3. Access doors,walk-off mats,and system accessories as specified in Section 01550.
1.19 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
A. Contractor's Office: (Not required for projects with a duration of less than 4 weeks, or as stated otherwise in Bid
documents.)
1. Size as required for Contractor's use and to provide space for project meetings.
2. Adequate electrical power,lighting,heating,and cooling to maintain human comfort.
3. Office space with desk and chair, layout table, plan rack, and facilities for storage of Project Record
Documents.
4. Furnishings in meeting area:
a. Conference table and chairs for at least eight persons.
b. Racks and files for Project Record Documents in,or adjacent to,the meeting area.
01500-6
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
c. Other furnishings:Contractor's option.
5. Contractor's office and sheds not to be used as living accommodations.
B. Storage Sheds: Structurally sound,weathertight, on proper foundations,with floors raised above ground.
C. Locate office and sheds minimum 30 feet from structures.
1.20 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Provide construction aids required to facilitate execution of Work, including stairs, ladders, ramps, staging, plat-
forms,railings,cranes, scaffolds,hoists, chutes,runways,and other required facilities and equipment.
B. Such apparatus, equipment and construction shall meet requirements of applicable OSHA(Federal), State and Lo-
cal Safety and Labor Laws.
C. Store employees shall not be allowed access to scaffolds, ladders,and hoists.
D. Coordinate crane service required for erection of structural steel, installation of HVAC Rooftop Units, and other
' crane services as required to accommodate Walmart's needs.
1.21 PROTECTION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building shall be protected from moisture, dust and debris. Install dust partitions or drapes as shown
or as required to keep dust and moisture from the building premises.
B. Provide suitable temporary watertight coverings over openings as required to protect interior work from inclement
weather and related/adjacent construction areas.
' C. Maintain benchmarks,monuments and other reference point. If disturbed or destroyed,replace as directed.
D. Protect existing adjacent streets,sidewalks,curbs,buildings and property,including trees,lawns and plants.
1.22 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A. Protect installed Work;provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections.
B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to
minimize damage.
C. Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs,sills,and soffits of openings.
D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects,
by protecting with durable sheet materials.
E. Minimize traffic and storage on roofed surfaces. If traffic or storage is necessary, obtain recommendations for
' protection from roofing material manufacturer.
F. Do not operate cranes or other heavy equipment on concrete floor slabs if damage could result from such opera-
tions.
G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.
1.23 SECURITY
A. Maintain the integrity of the existing building security and security systems at all times.Provide security and facil-
ities to protect Work and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry,vandalism,and theft.
01500-7
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
B. Obtain permission and coordinate with Owner's security program through Walmart Construction Manager at least
12 hours prior to the modification of any existing security system.
C. Building Security: Certified and bonded uniformed guard service licensed in the State in which project is located
to provide security guard(s) for security and facilities to protect Walmart Store facilities from unauthorized entry,
vandalism and theft during performance of all work operations during Walmart Store non-operational hours.
D. Provide continuous security at openings cut into existing exterior walls and roofs. i",
1.24 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING
A. Construct and maintain temporary all weather roads accessing public thoroughfares to serve building pad and con-
struction staging area.
B. Extend and relocate as Work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow.
C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants,free of obstructions.
D. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel.
E. When site space is not adequate,provide additional off-site parking.
F. Provide 100'x 100'all weather material staging area exclusive of building pad. I
1.25 NOISE CONTROL
A. Demolition and other Work that disturbs surrounding Walmart Store areas shall only be allowed in the following 1
categories and time restrictions:
1. Low Level Noise: Assembling trades such as electricians, ceiling installers,painters,tapers,etc. Excludes
all hammering and impact drilling. Low-level noise operations are allowed during Walmart Store
operational hours.
2. Moderate Level Noise: Trades include gypsum board installers,stud partition installers,duct installers,etc.
Includes occasional and intermittent hammering, screw drilling, etc. Excludes impact drilling and concrete
sawing. Moderate level noise operations may be allowed during Walmart Store operational hours upon
approval of Walmart Construction Manager or Store Manager.
3. High Level Noise: Constant loud and high pitched noise produced by impact drilling,concrete saw cutting,
hammering of ductwork, and all demolition work. High-level noise operations shall be restricted to
Walmart Store non-operational hours.
1.26 PROGRESS CLEANING I
A. Refer to requirements specified in Section 01740.
1.27 SIGNAGE
A. Temporary Construction Signage: Provide temporary signage for identification as required due to obscurity
caused by construction. Provide signage for traffic control and safety information. Provide temporary pavement
striping for traffic control and pedestrian safety. Provide temporary handicap parking spaces if existing spaces are
at a non-accessible location to the building entrance.
1.28 INFORMATION/SAFETY BOARD
A. Provide 4'x8'x3/4" C/D exterior glue plywood to be attached on the existing exterior wall at a location designated
by the Walmart Construction Manager. I
B. Information/Safety Board shall be used to communicate safety, state & federal, hiring, OSHA and EPA require-
ments,bulletins and other information required for the construction of this Project.
01500-8
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
C. The board shall contain but not be limited to the following:
1. OSHA Safety Requirements
2. Federal and State Hiring Regulations
3. Pertinent State,Local,and Federal Employment Regulations
I 4. Building Permits
5. Emergency telephone numbers
6. Job Site Safety Meeting notifications
7. EPA Permits or Notification regarding Asbestos or other Toxic or Hazardous Materials
8. Other information required to comply with applicable OSHA,EPA and Federal safety laws
D. Protect posted information with either plastic sleeves stapled to the board or 6 mil clear plastic sheathing over m-
iltire board providing access for posting of additional information.
1.29 POSTED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
I A. Post construction schedule and Phasing Plans(Floor Tile,Paint)in back office area for clear viewing by all trades
and workmen. Provide names/telephone numbers of Walmart Construction Manager, General Contractor Project
Manager,Superintendent and Phase I Supervisor. Maintain most recent and updated version of schedule.
I1.30 STORAGE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
I A. Locate storage areas to minimize exposure to weather. The Contractor shall inspect areas used for storing materi-
als for evidence of,or the potential for,pollutants entering the storm drainage system or discharging from the site.
If necessary,the materials must be covered, or original covers must be repaired or supplemented. Construct pro-
tective berms, if needed, in order to contain runoff from material storage areas. Comply with all state and local
Iregulations pertaining to material storage areas.
B. The Work area may be used to store materials and equipment as approved by the Walmart Construction Manager.
I Provide storage trailers as required for storage of other materials. The Contractor shall not use Wahnart trailers or
storage warehouses for materials/equipment storage.
1. Storage of chemicals, paints, solvents, fertilizers, and other toxic materials within building is prohibited.
Remove such materials daily from store.
I 2. Locate storage trailers containing chemicals, paints, solvents, fertilizers, and other toxic materials a mini-
mum of 30 feet from existing structures and adjacent property lines. Coordinate with Walmart Construc-
tion Manager if site constraints will not allow placing storage trailers at specified distance.
I 3. Construction equipment and vehicles shall be maintained to insure equipment and vehicles are without
fluid leaks. Remove construction equipment and vehicles with fluid leaks from store site.
4. Temporary on-site fuel tanks for construction equipment shall meet all State and Federal regulations.
Tanks shall have approved spill containment with the capacity required by NFPA 30 and all other applica-
II ble regulations. Generate a Spill Prevention,Control and Countermeasure(SPCC)Plan if above ground oil
storage capacity at the construction site exceeds 1,320 gallons or as specified by the State in accordance
with Oil Pollution Prevention regulation 40 CFR 112.
I C. Hazardous Material Management and Spill Reporting Plan:
1. Properly handle any hazardous or potentially hazardous material brought onto construction site to reduce
potential for stormwater pollution.
2. Store and handle flammable and combustible liquids in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.152. Use only ap-
proved containers and portable tanks for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids.
3. Maintain on-site all Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDS)for any and all applicable materials.
I 4. Maintain a spill control and containment kit on-site. Contents may typically include:
a. Absorbent material such as kitty litter or sawdust.
b. Acid neutralizing agent.
c. Brooms,dust pans,mops,rags.
I d. Personal Protective Equipment(PPE):gloves,goggles,etc.
e. Plastic and metal trash containers.
5. immediately contain and remove any spilled materials in the manner specified by local, State and Federal
II regulations and by product manufacturer.
01500-9
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
6. Notify Walmart Construction Manager immediately in the event of a spill.
7. Report spills to appropriate agencies in accordance with local or State agency regulations as soon as possi-
ble.
D. The Work area may be used to store materials and equipment as approved by the Walmart Construction Manager.
Provide storage trailers as required for storage of other materials. The Contractor shall not use Walmart trailers or
storage warehouses for materials/equipment storage.
E. Storage of flammable/volatile liquid and paint materials within building is prohibited. Remove flammable materi-
als,volatile liquids and paint daily from store.
F. The Contractor may not store materials on site except for what is in use for the current work.
G. Cover and protect material in transit.
H. Stored materials shall be available for inspection by Owner at all times. I
I. Walmart is NOT responsible for the loss of any construction materials or the Contractors' loss of equipment or
tools. I
1.31 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Contractors and sub-contractors and their agents and employees shall comply with local fire protection codes and
OSHA Regulations.
1. Provide a minimum of one U.L. listed 2A:20BC dry chemical fire extinguisher, or one standard U.L. listed
2-1/2 ga. Water (E-10) and one U.L. listed 10BC carbon dioxide fire extinguisher mounted together, in
each of the following areas:
a. Each 3000 sq.ft.of work area or fraction thereof with minimum of two extinguishers.
2. Contractor's superintendent,or other assistant superintendents,shall be appointed as project fire warden for
entire construction period.
3. Train workmen in proper use of each type fire extinguisher.
4. Post telephone number of fire department, specific information on location of on-site fire fighting
equipment and procedure to be followed in event of fire.
5. Maintain free access at all times to fire extinguisher equipment, street fire hydrants, and outside
connections for standpipe hose systems.
B. Maintain exit facilities and access thereto free of material and other obstructions. If any exits are rendered inoper-
ative during remodeling,provide the same number of temporary exits and maintain a sufficient number of required
exits and exit width as required by the adopted building code and AHJ.
1.32 NON-SMOKING POLICY '
A. Smoking will not be allowed within the building or customer/associate traffic areas at any time.
1.33 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES,FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS
A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Final Walk-Thru in-
spection.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.
C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during
construction to specified condition.
D. At completion of construction, remove fencing, guardrails, barricades, temporary signage and temporary cover-
ings.
01500-10 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
01500-11
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Appendix A—Site BMPs I
I
APRON
I
CONSTRUCTION ,' — — ADHESIVE— — — — . r APRON ON EHS SIDE
AREA * ,: / OF THE DIKE SHALL
BE FOLDED UNDER
20 20" THE DIKE SECTION 20"
1 AND GLUED DOWN
L
A
. B
•
FLOW
r ADHESIVE ,i.. . .
OVERLAP PER
MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS
I
DIKE PLAN VIEW
NOTES:
1. INSTALLED SILT.DIKE.UNIT SHALL
HAVE CONTINUOUS AND FIRM
CONTACT WITH PAVEMENT.
2. ADHESIVES SHALL BE LIQUID NAIL
OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR CONCRETE
PAVEMENT APPLICATIONS AND
EMULSIFIED ASPHALT FOR ASPHALT
APPLICATIONS.
ADHESIVE SHALL BE PLACED WHERE
THE UNITS OVERLAP AND A 20" STRIP
ALONG BOTH EDGES,
EXISTING CONCRETE OR
FLOWASPHALT PAVEMENT1
ADHESIVE SECTION A-A ADHESIVE i
SILT DIKE
(ON EXISTING PAVEMENT) I
N.T.S. D P
DT—SDP 111/01/07 I
01500-12 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 ,
11111 MN MI s INN NMI NE WO 111111 _ INV a 11111 tat MN VIM r■■'
Irt
N
01
Da
FINISH
GRADE SECURE LIFTING LOOPS TO CR
UNDER SURROUNDING SURFACE.
O
INLET GRATE .4.`..',".'....
-
C `�` 2'X2"X3/4'
� RUBBER BLOCK 4
�`_> (TYP)
LOOPS SIZED FOR ``M`1'��'`.....
1 REBAR. LIFT
FILTER BAG FROM \o„. 4��� 1/4'BRIGHTLY �` I
INLET USING REBAR COLORED NYLON ROPE
FOR HANDLES. � EXPANSION RESTRAINT
1. REMOVE TRAPPED SEDIMENT WHEN BRIGHTLY
COLORED EXPANSION RESTRAINT CAN NO LONGER
OVERFLOW HOLES ' O `� BE SEEN.
(OPTIONAL) •
C� ' 2. FABRICTRE SHALL BE A WOVEN POLYPROPYLENE
GEOTEXTLE BAG—__ _ y`' � THAT MEETS OR EXCEEDS
•
e�lIM M11 REQUIREMENTS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS TABLE.
1/4'BRIGHTLY "ki i' 3. PLACE AN OIL ADSORBENT PAD OR PILLOW OVER
COLORED NYLON ROPE r INLET GRATE WHEN OIL SPILLS ARE A CONCERN.
EXPANSION RESTRAINT
1i, O 4. INSPECT PER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.
LOOPS SIZED FOR 1' ��} II 5. THE WIDTH, 'W,OF THE FILTER SACK SHALL
O REBAR.USE REBAR I MATCH THE INSIDE WIDTH OF THE GRATED
." FOR A HANDLE TO ` INLET BOX.
LA EMPTY FILTER SACK4 •i 0_ �� 6. THE DEPTH, 'D',OF THE FILTER SACK SHALL BE
AT A SEDIMENT w BETWEEN 18 INCHES AND 36 INCHES.
09
COLECTON Tim,
7. THE LENGTH.'L".OF THE FILTER SACS SHALL
^'W MATCH THE INSIDE LENGTH OF THE GRATED
INLET Box
SECTION MEW
PROFILE MEW CF
INSTALLED FILTER SACK
LOW TO MODERATE FLOW GEOTEXTLE FABRIC SPECIFICATION TABLE
' '-.1", PROPERTIES TEST METHOD UNITS
a. CRAB TENSILE STENGTH ASTM D-4632 300 LBS
GRAB TENSILE ELONGATION ASTM D-4632 20%
PUNCTURE ASTM D-4833 120 LBS
MULLEN BURST ASTM D-3766 800 PSI
TRAPEZOID TEAR ASTM 0-4533 120 LOS
UV RESISTANCE ASIM D-4355 BO%
APPARENT FLOW
AT OPENING 51ffi ASTM D-4491 40 USGA SEW
RATE ASTM D-4401 40 GAL C-I FT
PERMITTIVITY ASTM D-4491 0.55 SEC-1
MODERATE TO HIGH FLOW 6EOTEXTILE FABRIC SPECIFICATION TABLE
PROPERTIES TEST METHOD UNITS
GRAB TENSILE STRENGTH ASTM D-4632 265 LBS
(GRATED
SACKS GRAB TENSILE ELONGATION ASTM D-4632 20%
PUNCTU�S(]uFTRIC MFW l CRA EI] INLETS) �. TRAPEZOIDE
ASTM D-3786 135 PSI
\\ PULLEN BURST ASTM 0-4823 420 LBS
TRAPEZOID TEAR ASTM D-4533 45 LBS
N.LS. VV RESISTANCE ASIM 0-4355 BO%
APPARENT OPENING SIZE ASTM 0-4751 20 US SIEVE
FLOW RATE AS1M 0-4491 200 GAL/MIN/SO FT
DO NOT USE IN PAVED AREAS WHERE PONDING PERMITTIVITY ASTM D-4491 1.5 SEC-1
MAY CAUSE TRAFFIC HAZARDS.
FILTER SATE I 11/01/0/ I
O
00
00
0
It
LIT
b
La..)
VI
N_
CT
H
w INSTALL EROSION EELS"
154' ANCHOR LOOP
"I (4 PER 10 FT.BAG).— SHEET FLOW PARALLEL TO THE SLOPE SLOPE SLOPE
a, CONTOURS.PLACE 100 R. 4
. OF EROSION FRS"FOR
EAY 0.25 ACRE
TJ, SMALL BAG DRIAINAGE AREA. li.
SLOPE
EEL BUTT JOINT -.LOPE► 41--
4120 P)SIB EEL i ( ER ITN EEL A.
11
..�,ItIi Yf tCl i LS. 41J,1� 1-11 I M I i i 1 01
SELL SIZE RAG — — — BUTT ENDS OF EEL
TOGETHER AND..DIN •
TIGHTLY WITH JUNCTION
+9 5b WRAP(PER DETAIL E1-BI
FOR SMALL 0 EEL THIS SHEET).
DETAIL E1-A:INTERCEPTING SHEET FLOW REFER TO DETAIL E1-B1
PERPE1A JL5E TO FLOW PATH - PUN NEW FOR EEL BUTS JOINT
DETAIL-THIS SHEET.
. REFER TO DETAIL E1-B1
EBUTT JOIN
NOMINAL DIAMETER SEWN SEAM r TIE-STRING DETTAIL-THIS SHEET.
EDGE [ENO OF EEL
L20.0
FOR LARGE 0 EEL I'
'{ I 1 11 11 IT
1i i it i i.1 ( III i f I I 1 DETAIL El-F. PLAN OR- TYPICAL
NOTE: APRANG pEAENT OF E SygpFIXt) PERIMETER f.ONTR(M ALL EROSION EELS.USED
O NOMINAL DIAMETER FOR PERIMETER CONTROL LTD FORM BUTT JOINT.
H-- SHALL USE MIXTURE PRESS TED END OF EEL
LI1 SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 AND 1.2. AGAINST SEWN EDGE OF CONTACT INFORMATION
O ADJAQIIT EEL
O FRIENDLY EFMRONMENT
FETAL F1-A EROSION FFI z' PETAL ET-B1 STREET
1—... SHE PRNCE STREET
A N.T.S. 1-B5 20 ELS
INFOOFRIENDLYEM'IRONMENTUScOM
http://FRIENDLYENVIRCNMENTUS.COM/INOEX.HTML
SPACNG RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE GENERAL NOTES
EROSION EEL"FOR PERIMETER CONTROLS AND 1. EROSION EELS"USED IN PERIMETER CONTROL APPLICATIONS SHALL HAVE A SPECIFICATION MIXTURE 1.1 DR 1.2.
INTERCEPTING SHEET ROW CN SLOPES
MIXT RE SPECFICATON 11_A FILTER MIXTURE COMPRISED OF 50Z SHREDDED RUBBER NO 50%WOOD CMP PARTICLES BY VOLUME. THE
SINGLE EEL SHREDDED RUBBER SHALL BE WASHED AND PROCESSED TO REMOVE MOST,IF NOT ALL, METAL COMPONENTS THE RUBBER SHALL BE DERIVED FROM
SLOPE(%) SPAONG(R) RECYCLED TIRES AND SHALL BE SHREDDED TO PRODUCE A MAXIMUM PARTICLE SIZE OF+/-3/4 INCH. RE W000 CHIPS SHALL BE PRODUCED
FROM HARDWOOD TREES MID SHALL CONFIRM TO AASHM COMPRISED
ATOM SPECIFICATION MP 9-/03.
0.5 3O THE SHREDDED LIBBER SHALL BE WASHED ANDX MIXTURE TX�OV MOST,1/3 T,IF NOT ALL,METAL 3 OOD CHIPS,AND COIMPONENTS 1/3E RUBBER ALL E DERIVED PEERS.
1 200F
2 113D FROM RECYCLED TRES AND SHALL BE SHREDDED TO PRODUCE A MAXIMUM PARTICLE SIZE OF-Al-3 4 INCH. THE WOOD CHIPS SHALL BE
3 80 PRODUCED FROM HARDWOOD TREES AN SHALL CONFIRM TO AASHTO CERTSCATON SFEOSCATON MP9-03. THE SYNTHETIC FIBERS SHALL BE
4 50 PRODUCED FROM RECYCLED.MANUFACTURED MATERIALS,SUCH AS,BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PRE-CONSUMER SCRAP CARPET, TIRE CHORD,AND THE
5 30 FIBER MATERIALS.
B 35
B 30 QN
2, OAON EELS'SHALL BE MANUFACTUREDTH FROM A MOWN GEOTEATLE COVERING W INTERIOR SLIER MATERIALS SUCH AS 100%SHREDDED
10 25 RUBBER(MIXTURE SPECIFICATION I.0,50Z SHREDDED RUBBER/50Z AASHTO-CERTIFIED WOOD CHIPS(MIXTURE SPECIFICATICII 1.1).
15 +17
25 N/A 3. LENGTHS OF EROSION EELS.SHALL BE EITHER A NOMINAL+/-10 FT.OR +/- 4.5 FT. NOMINAL DIAMETER SHALL BE+/-9.5 INCHES
33 N/A 4. EHOSOI EELS"CM BE PLACED AT THE TOP,ON THE FACE,OR AT THE ME OF SLOPES TO INTERCEPT RUNOFF.REDUCE FLOW VELOCITY.
50 N/A RELEASE THE RUNOFF AS SHEET FLOW AND PROVIDE REMOVAL OF SEDIMENT FROM THE RUNOFF.
5. ND TRENCHING IS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF EROSION EELS'
B. EROSION EELS'CAN BE PLACED OVER PAVED SURFACES INCLUDING CONCRETE AND ASPHALT WITH NO SURFACE PREPARATON REQUIRED.
7. IF MORE THAN ONE EROSION EEL"IS PLACED IN A ROW, THE EELS SHALL BE OVERLAPPED A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES TO PREWNT FLOW MID
SEDIMENT FROM PASSING THROUGH THE FIELD JOINT. COMPRESS THE TWO EELS OF THE OVERLAP SGHTLY TOGETHER EITHER BY HAND OR
MANUFACTURER-APPROVED MECHANIZED MOMS.
EROSION EELS I
0
N
CC
N
0
IBM 1111111 MINI Milk 111•11 Mil Nlilt VIII PILO tug MIN Mill OW MIN VIII
t
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01550(11 44 16)—TENSION POLE DUST BARRIER SYSTEMS
1 PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Temporary retractable-pole and sheeting dust barrier systems and related containment accessories for
enclosing interior dust-emitting construction work. Barriers may be relocated and reused as permitted in this
section.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01351 —Regulatory Compliance:
a. Disposal and removal of construction and universal waste.
b. Work practice control methods for airborne suppressing respirable dust.
' 2. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls:Locations for use.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
1 B. ASTM International(ASTM):
1. ASTM D 7948-Test Method for Measurement of Respirable Crystalline Silica in Workplace Air by Infrared
Spectrometry.
1 C. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA):
1. OSHA 29 CFR Standard 1926.1153 - Respirable Crystalline Silica: Table 1 construction control methods
for suppressing airborne respirable dust and permissible exposure limit(PEL).
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use barrier system components and accessories recommended by the manufacturer to maintain dust emissions below
the OSHA permissible level when tested in accordance with ASTM D 7948.
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Remove personal protective equipment,protective outerwear,shoe covers,and respiratory devices used inside dust
containment areas before entering clean rooms.
' B. Wet clean barrier system components and accessories frequently during use and between jobs to avoid dust
transmission.
M C. Dispose of plastic sheeting and other construction waste in accordance with the requirements of Section 01351
Regulatory Compliance Supplement.
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Transport,handle,store,and protect barrier system assembly as specified in Section 01600.
' PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SUPPLIERS
01550-1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
A. Provide products by one of the following or equivalent products subject to the requirements specified herein by
another supplier:
1. Surface Shields,Orland Park,IL,(708)226-9817.Contact Tom Fergus, tfergus(rr),surfaceshields.com.
2. ZipWall,Arlington,MA,(800)718-2255.
3. Fast_Cap,Ferndale,WA,(888)443-3748.
4. ToolLabi,Winchester,OH,(800)424-8251,sales cr,toollab.com
5. Pro Tect Associates, Inc.,Northbrook,IL,(877)991-1352,contact@pro-tect.com.
2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Adjustable Height Poles:Heavy duty spring loaded,adjustable height locking metal poles with locking header parts
and non-slip rubber floor base foot,length as required.
1. Dust Shield Pro Extendable Containment Poles by Surface Shields.
2. Spring-Loaded Poles by ZipWall.
3. 3rd Hand Dust Barrier System by FastCap.
4. Speedy Wall Poles or Curtain-Wall Modular System by ToolLab.
5. EZ Prop Dust Poles by Pro Tect Associates.
B. Polyethylene Sheet Screening Material:Clear or white translucent polyethylene sheeting,tested in accordance with
the requirements of NFPA for flame retardancy, 6 mil thickness. Provide sheet from suppliers specified herein or
equivalent.
1. Contractor's Option: In lieu of polyethylene sheeting,the following reusable fabric panels may be used as
barrier screening material:
a. Zip-Fast Reusable Barrier Panels by ZipWall.
C. Sealing Access Door:Provide one of the following continuous sealing access panel components:
1. Adhesive Zipper Door: Single-use zipper strip of heavy duty polyester or HDPE fabric with pressure-
sensitive adhesive backing for application to polyethylene sheet material, 7 ft long. Provide one of the
following:
a. Zip n Close Zippers by Surface Shields.
b. ZipWall Self-Adhesive Zippers by ZipWall.
c. Zip-Up or Curtain-Door by ToolLab.
d. Pro Tect Zip-Up by Pro Tect.
2. Self-Closing Magnetic Door: Reusable suspended header partition with vertical magnetic strips at access
opening,79 in long.Provide the following:
a. 3rd Hand Magnetic Dust Barrier Door by FastCap.
2.3 DUST CONTAINMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Vent, Duct, and Surface Protection Film: Self-adhering, clean removal polyethylene protective film. Provide the
following or equivalent:
1. Duct Cover Shield by Surface Shields.
2. Vent Mask by Surface Shields.
3. Multi Use Red Surface Protection Film by Pro Tect. '
B. Clean Room Walk-Off Mat:Disposable tacky floor mats for collecting foot traffic debris,roll or premeasured sheets,
with adhesive or non-skid backing.
C. Adhesive Tape:Pressure-sensitive,medium tack,UV resistant,rated for clean release after 14 days.Minimum 5 mil
thickness,2 inch wide.
PART 3 -EXECUTION 1
3.1 PREPARATION I
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to installing barrier system.
01550-2 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
B. Inspect supporting substrates prior to barrier system installation. Do not attach or abut dust barrier components to
mobile or unsecured substrates.
C. Coordinate barrier system installation to ensure that simultaneous work outside dust containment areas will not
disturb or compromise enclosure.
D. Cover and seal vents, ducts,and surfaces inside the containment area.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install dust barrier systems prior demolition, disposal,cutting,patching, or cleaning work as described in Division
' 1 specifications. Install dust barrier systems prior to cutting,patching, sawing, drilling, and coring as described in
Divisions 3,4,and 5 specifications.
B. Provide the number of components and accessories as required to create a continuous seal between the dust
containment area and the clean room.
C. Install dust barrier system components in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. Attach extension
poles from ceiling to finish floor. Where attachment to ceiling is impractical, install light framing with sheeting
secured on top and all sides.Draw plastic sheeting taut without gaping,wrinkling,or puddling at floor.
' D. Do not allow joints in plastic sheeting between poles.
E. Do not reuse plastic sheeting for subsequent work sites.
' F. Use adhesive tape at corners,sheeting joints,and as necessary to reinforce the seal in areas of the enclosure receiving
heavy traffic or tension.Do not use tape as a substitute for extension poles or zipper access doors to seal the barrier
enclosure.
G. Locate walk-off mats at foot traffic transitions between dust containment area and clean rooms.
END OF SECTION
r
I
I
r
I
r
1 01550-3
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
I UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01600-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
tA. Section Includes:
1. Basic Product Requirements.
2. Product Options.
I 3. Product Substitution Requirements.
4. Direct Purchase Products.
5. Product Delivery Requirements.
I 6.7. Product Storage and Handling Requirements.
Contractor's Product Selection Checklist.
B. Related Sections:
I 1. Appendix A-Products and Work by Owner or Separate Contractor.
a. General procedures related to Owner furnished products.
b. Manufacturers, suppliers, vendor contacts and product names and numbers related to Owner fiu-
Inished products.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
I A. Products: Defined as new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work.
Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work.
Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse.
I1.3 BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with require-
ments of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents.
IC. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents.
D. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from Architect before
Iproceeding.
E. The contractual relationship, duties, and responsibilities of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the
IContract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document.
F. Where required, ensure all products have Miami-Dade County Product Control Notice of Acceptance or Florida
(FBC)Product Control Number to meet design pressure and missile impact resistance requirements of the Florida
I
Building Code currently adopted by the Jurisdiction in which the project is located. Ensure product approval
numbers are current and valid, and related construction assemblies and hardware are approved by Authority Hav-
ing Jurisdiction.
I1.4 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Naming a Single Manufacturer and/or Model Number: Provide specified product only un-
Iless otherwise specifically permitted in the specifications.
I01600-1
III #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
B. Products Specified by Naming Two or More Manufacturers: Provide specified products of manufacturers and
models named only, meeting specifications and specified requirements unless otherwise specifically permitted in
the specifications.
C. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Provide any product meeting specified refer-
ence standard or description.
D. Complete Contractor's Product Selection Checklist specified herein and submit to Architect of Record per re-
quirements of Section 01330 no later than 30 days after construction completion date.
1. Submit checklist in PDF format.
1.5 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS I
A. No substitutions permitted. Provide specified products only unless otherwise specified.
1.6 DIRECT PURCHASE PRODUCTS I
A. Direct purchase products shall be purchased directly by the General Contractor from the Manufacturer or the Pre-
Negotiated Supplier as specified in the individual Specifications Sections. Direct purchased products shall not be
purchased by any subcontractor regardless of the discipline or subcontract involved in the installation.
1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Deliver materials and equipment at
such stages of work in order to expedite the Work and minimize storage requirements.
B. Schedule delivery for Owner furnished and installed equipment such that upon delivery of equipment to the site,
sufficient equipment provisions are in place ready for installation and hook-up.
C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct,and products
are undamaged.
D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, and damage.
Do not use damaged materials and equipment.
1.8 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Delivery and Receiving:
1. Unless noted otherwise herein, Owner's supplier will deliver products and equipment to jobsite for Con-
tractor to receive on delivery date established by Contractor.
2. Terms of Contractor's delivery and receiving, as well as significant order lead times required for some
products, are specified in the Delivery Schedules included herein.
3. The Schedules provide summary information only and do not preclude or supersede requirements contained
in the corresponding individual sections or in Appendix A or the Drawings. 111
B. Coordination:
1. ' Contractor shall contact wm-potracksupport@lumatrak.com immediately after Award of Contract to initi-
ate registration in the GC Communicator(GCC)program for Owner supplier scheduling and coordination.
2. Owner's Supplier and Contractor shall establish product delivery and installation dates, quantities of mate-
rials,and a coordination procedure through the GCC program.
3. Exceptions to Contractor scheduling are specified in the Delivery Schedules included herein.
C. Refer to the applicable drawings or Appendix A for specific details regarding Owner furnished products or equip-
ment. I
D. Receive and unload products at the Site unless otherwise specified in the Owner Products Delivery Exceptions
Schedules included herein.
01600-2
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
E. Owner Furnished and Installed Equipment to be received by the Contractor.
I
1. Owner furnished and installed equipment will be received at the site by the Owner except the following,
which shall be received by the Contractor.
a. Overhead rolling closure specified in Appendix A(Section 08332).
lb. Coiling counter shutters specified in Appendix A(Section 08337).
F. Review supplier furnished shop drawings, product data, and samples under provisions of Specifications Section
I 01330. Submit to supplier with notification to Architect, Owner, and Owner's Construction Department of any dis-
crepancies or problems anticipated in the use the products.
1.9 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
! A. Provide safe storage of products.
I B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,with seals and labels intact and legible.
Store sensitive products in weather-tight,climate controlled enclosures.
C. For exterior storage of fabricated products,place on sloped supports,above ground.
ID. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection.
I E. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensa-
tion.
F. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.
IG. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,disfigurement,or damage.
I H. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undam-
aged and are maintained under specified conditions.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
I2.1 MATERIALS
IA. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer,for components being replaced.
B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Con-
tract Documents.
I
PART 3-EXECUTION
I3.1 INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Owner Furnished Equipment Installed by the Contractor. All Owner Furnished equipment shall be installed by the
Contractor unless otherwise noted in the individual sections of the Specifications,on the Drawings,or in Appendix
IA to be installed by the Owner.
B. Provide for installation and hook-up at time of delivery of Owner installed equipment if Owner is to install as
Ispecified in the Products Installed by Owner Schedules included herein.
C. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
iD. Coordinate installation of Owner installed products and equipment.
E. Work in harmony with all subcontractors,suppliers and manufacturers.
1 01600-3
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
t
F. Unpack and set in place,plumb,level,and secure.
G. Connect to mechanical,plumbing,and electrical systems as required.
H. Remove packaging and clean products.
I. Test and adjust as required.
J. Replace items damaged during installation. I
K. Protect installed products from damage by subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION 1
1
I
I
i
I
r
I
t
I
I
I
01600-4 I
#5935-216 Tigard, OR O1/28/20
I
IProduct Selection Checklist- Contractor Provided Items
Place check in box next to each item applicable in project indicating which Manufacturer's product was provided in project.
Submit to Architect of Record as PDF document in accordance with requirements specified in Section 01330.
I
Section -Title Item Manufacturer ✓
I 06065 Plastic Bollard Sleeves Ideal Shield
Plastic Materials Post Guard
Ultratech
06400 High Pressure Laminate(HPL) Formica I
Architectural Woodwork Nevamar
Panolam
Pionite
I Wilsonart
Thermofused Melamine Panel(TFM) Funder America
Panolam
I Roseburg Forest Prod.
Panel Products(MDF and Particleboard) Arauco NA
Georgia Pacific
I Homasote
Roseburg Forest Prod.
Metal Trim Macklanburg-Duncan
I Outwater Plastic Ind.
Stylmark
Adhesives Wilsonart _
ITW Polymers Sealants
I Franklin International
06424 Rigid Sheet Protective Wall Covering(PS-7 Impact Specialties
Protective Surfacing only) Nevamar
I Omnova
Rigid Sheet Protective Wall Covering(other Impact Specialties
Adhesives Spray-Lock _
I Franklin International
In-Pro Corporation
Corner Guards(For use with PS-7 only) American Floor Prod.
Pawling Corporation
06610 FRP Panels Crane Composites
Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Glasteel
Marlite I
FRP Adhesive Franklin International
Marlite
Parkland plastics I
Spray-Lock Premium
06615 NRP Panels Parkland Plastics
Non-Fiberglass Reinforced NRP Adhesive Parkland Plastics
111 Plastic Panels Spray-Lock Premium
08110 Steel Doors,Panels, and Frames Assa Abloy(including Ceco,
Steel Doors and Frames Glazed Light Frames Curries,Pioneer Industries,
I and/or Security Metal Products
(SMP)
I Deansteel
01600-5
I45935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
Door Components Inc(DCI)
Hollow Metal Express(HMX)
Mesker
Metal Products Inc(MPI) ,
Premier
Republic
Steelcraft(Allegion)
08305 Side Folding Grille and Operating Hardware Dynamic Closures I
Side Folding Grille
Overhead Door
Clopay
Cornell Door Solutions
08383 Full-Height Traffic Doors Mueller Door Corp
Traffic Doors Café Style Traffic Doors Senneca(including Chase,
Eliason,and/or RubbAir)
Aleco
Frank
08411 Aluminum Glazed Framing Systems Kawneer
Aluminum Framed Storefront EFCO
Tubelite
Oldcastle Bldg Envelope
08710 Enter selected manufacturer in space provided for each type.
Door Hardware Type:H-Series Hinges H-2
H-7
H-8
H-9 'H-11
H-15
Type: L-Series Locks L-1
L-2
L-3
L-4
L-5
L-6
L-7
L-8
L-9
L-10
L-11
L-12
L-13
L-15
L-16
L-17
L-18
L-20
L-21
L-22
L-23
01600-6 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
i
L-24
L-25
Type:E-Series Exit Devices E-1
E-2
E-4
E-5
E-7
E-8
E-10
E-11
E-14
E-16
I E-18
E-19
E-20
I E-21
E-23
E-24
E-25
Type: P-Series Push and Pulls P-1
I P-2
P-3
P-4
P-5
Type:C-Series Closers C-4
C-5
C6
C-7
C-8
C-9
C-10
C-11
C-12
Type: K-Series K-2
Protection Plates K-3
K-4
K-5
K-6
K-7
Type: S-Series S-1
Stops,Holders,and Bumpers S-2
S-4
I S
S-6
S-7
I S-8
Type: DH-Series Door Holders DH-1
Type: T-Series Thresholds T-1
I T-4
01600-7
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
T-9
T-10
Type:W-Series W-1
Weatherstripping W-3
W-4
W-5
W-6
Type:M-Series Miscellaneous M-1
M-3
M-4
M-5
M-6
M-8
M-9 'M-10
M-11
M-12
M-15
M-16
M-17 I
M-18
M-19
M-20
M-21
M-2 1 a
M-24
M-25
M-26
09310 Ceramic tile not listed herein but specified in Section 09310 has one manufacturer.
Ceramic Tile Provide tile as specified.
CT-48A Crossville
Mara77i
09330 Quarry tile not listed herein but specified in Section 09330 has one manufacturer.
Quarry Tile Provide tile as specified.
QT-1 American Olean
Dal-Tile
Metropolitan Ceramics
QT-3 American Olean
Dal-Tile
Metropolitan Ceramics
QT-3 1 American Olean
Dal-Tile
Summitville Tiles
QT-34 American Olean
Dal-Tile
09655 Products not listed here but specified in section 09655 are by a single manufacturer.
Resilient Base and Accessories Provide products as specified.
Vinyl base Armstrong Flooring
Flexco Corporation
01600-8 1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
Johnsonite
I Roppe Rubber
VPI Corporation
Transition Strips National Guard Products
ICeramic Tool Company
Adhesives Franklin International
Seal Bond
I 09656 Recycled Rubber Flooring ECORE Commercial
Recycled Rubber Regupol America
Commercial Flooring Rubber-Cal
I Adhesive ECORE
Regupol America
BASF Const. Chem.
09680 Carpet Tiles Interface
Carpet Mannington Comm.
Milliken&Co.
Mohawk
I Shaw Floors
Adhesive Mapei
Roberts I
Shaw
Transition Strips National Guard Products
Ceramic Tool Company
I10160 Stainless Steel Toilet Compartments ASI(including Accurate Parti-
Metal Toilet Compartments and Screens tions and Global Partitions)
IMills/Bradley
Columbia
I Flush Metal Partitions
General Partitions
Hadrian
Metpar
I 10165 Plastic Laminate Toilet Compartments ASI(including Accurate Parti-
Plastic Laminate and Screens tions and Global Partitions)
Toilet Compartments Flush Metal Partitions
IGeneral Partitions
Metpar
I
10170 Plastic Toilet Compartments Plastic Toilet Compartments ASI(including Accurate Parti-
tions and Global Partitions)
Mills/Bradley
I Columbia
Flush Metal Partitions
General Partitions
I Hadrian
Metpar
Scranton Products
I 10810 Products not listed here but specified in section 10810 are by a single manufacturer.
Toilet Accessories Provide products as specified.
Where necessary,enter manufacturer of equivalent product from the list of manufac-
turers included in section 10810.
I01600-9
I #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
i
Sanitary Napkin Disposal ASI
Bradley
Bobrick
Paper Towel Dispenser w Waste Receptacle, ASI
Recessed Bradley
Toilet Paper Dispensers ASI
Bradley
Bobrick
Electric Hand Dryers(Public) Xlerator
Equivalent:
Electric Hand Dryers(Non-public or Partial Saniflow
Remodel) Bradley
Equivalent:
Diaper Changing Table Foundations
Koala Care
Equivalent:
Child Safety Seat Foundations
Koala
Equivalent:
Toilet Seat Cover Dispensers ASI
Bradley
Bobrick
Small Framed Mirrors(except Meek.
Mother's Rm) Bradley
Equivalent:
Large Framed Mirrors Meek
BSI
Bradley
Grab Bars ASI
Bradley
Bobrick
Mainline
Stainless Steel Cover Plates Enter Mftr:
1
I
01600-10
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
Store/Supercenter
DELIVERY SCHEDULE
Order Date* Delivery Conditions* Product Description Location Shown or Specified
Contractor to Schedule
All Products Unless Otherwise Various
Noted
Contractor to Schedule with
Additional Coordination
Contractor to coord. Signage(Interior Placard and Exte- Architectural Drawings
w/Sign Dept rior Signs)
Contractor to coord.w/ 11140 and
5 Weeks Equipment Supplier Vehicle Service Equipment Equipment Schedule on Section
Drawings
' Contractor to coord.w/ 11400 and
Equipment Supplier Food Service Equipment Equipment Schedule on Grocery
Drawings
15600 and
Refrigeration including Conden- Grocery Drawings
sers/Evaporators,Refrigerated
Cases,Refrigeration Alarm Sys-
tem.
1
Contractor to coord. w/Own- Self-Contained Refrigerated Cases,
er's Mechanical Services Ice
Dept Flakers,&Produce Misting Sys-
tem(Where
indicated)
Compressor Racks
Grocery Drawings
• R.O. Water Filter Equipment
• Walk-in Freezers and Coolers
Owner to Schedule
' Metal Fabrications
• Interior Galvanized Steel Pipe
Bollards 05500
(Mounted Inside Freezer)•
Interior Stainless Steel Pipe
Bollards
(Floor Mounted)
• Refrigerated Case Floor
Mounted Railing Protection
10260
• Refrigerated Case Corner Pro-
tection
01600-11
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
Delivery At Possession Date
Garden Center Hose Cart Assem-
bly Drawings
(Reel,Hose,&Watering Wand)
Soap Dispensers 10810
Delivery After Possession
Date I
Photo Lab Equipment Architectural Drawings
Delivery Prior to Possession
Date(from shortest to long-
est time out)
At Award of Pro- 1 Week Vision Center Equipment Architectural Drawings
ject
1-4 Weeks Tire Racks and Anchors Architectural Drawings
1-4 Weeks Stock Room Motorized Racks Architectural Drawings
Sales Area Merchandise Fixtures
and Anchor Straps
Gondola Shelving
1-4 Weeks Half Gondola Shelving Architectural Drawings
Heavy Duty Gondola Shelving
End Caps
Bike Racks
1-4 Weeks Storage Racks/ Architectural Drawings
Lockable Storage Rack Systems
3 Weeks Balers/Compactors Architectural Drawings
Pharmacy Water Filtration System Pharmacy Drawings
4-6 Weeks
12" Convex Mirror in Pharmacy Pharmacy Drawings
4 Weeks Cart Corrals 02845
Lighting Fixtures
4 Weeks Min (Except where scheduled to be 16500
furnished by Contractor)
4 Weeks Telephone System 16700
4 Weeks • Fire Alarm System Electrical Drawings
• Burglar Alarm System 1
END OF SCHEDULE
f
1
1
01600-12 1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
I
SAMS Club
IDELIVERY SCHEDULE
Order Date* Delivery Conditions* Product Description Location Shown or Specified
1 Contractor to Schedule
All Products Unless Otherwise
Noted Various
IContractor to Schedule with
Additional Coordination
I Contractor to coord.w/Sign Dept Signage(Interior Placard and Exte-
nor Signs) Architectural Drawings
I Refrigeration including Conden-
Contractor to coord.w/Own- sers/Evaporators,Refrigerated
er's Mechanical Services Cases,Refrigeration Alarm Sys- 15600 and
I
Dept tern. Grocery Drawings
Compressor Racks
1 Walk-in Freezers and Coolers Grocery Drawings
IOwner to Schedule
Metal Fabrications
I • Interior Galvanized Steel Pipe 05500
Bollards
(Floor Mounted)
I • Diamond Plate Guard Rail 05500
Delivery At Possession Date
I2 Weeks 18"x 12" Cart Corral Signs 02845
"Return Flatbeds&Cart Here"
I Soap Dispensers 10810
4-6 Weeks Pharmacy Water Filtration System Pharmacy Drawings
12"Convex Mirror in Pharmacy Pharmacy Drawings
ICheckout Counter Electrical Drawings
Delivery After Possession
I Date
Photo Lab Equipment Architectural Drawings
I Delivery Prior to Possession
Date(from shortest to long-
est time out)
Delivery and Installation Sanitizing Equipment(by Johnson
I Within Diversey)
Architectural Drawings
01600-13
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
1 Week
2 Weeks Vision Center Equip- Architectural Drawings
ment/Casework
2 Weeks Cash Drawer(Pass-thru) Architectural Drawings ,
3 Weeks TV Monitor Bracket Support As- Architectural Drawings
semblies
3 Weeks Balers/Compactors Architectural Drawings I
3 Weeks Central UPS 16265
Lighting Fixtures
4 Weeks Min (Except where scheduled to be 16500
furnished by Contractor)
4 Weeks Telephone System 16700 1
4 Weeks • Fire Alarm System Electrical Drawings
• Burglar Alarm System '
6 Weeks Data System 16700
9 Weeks 2 Weeks Battery Chargers Architectural Drawings I
9 Weeks 3 Weeks Shoppi
ng Cart Corrals and Cart 02845
9 Weeks 5 Weeks Warehouse Racking Architectural Drawings I
END OF SCHEDULE
i
1
I
I
I
I
01600-14 I
01/28/20
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 1
I
I Neighborhood Market
DELIVERY SCHEDULE
IOrder Date* Delivery Conditions* Product Description Location Shown or Specified
Contractor to Schedule
I All Products Unless Otherwise
Noted Various
Contractor to Schedule with
Additional Coordination
Contractor to coord. Si Signs)
(Interior Placard and Exte-
w/Sign Dept Si Signs) Architectural Drawings
nI Contractor to coord.w/ 11400 and
Equipment Supplier Food Service Equipment Equipment Schedule on Grocery
Drawings
IRefrigeration including Conden-
sers/Evaporators,Refrigerated
I Contractor to coord.w/Own- Cases, Refrigeration Alarm Sys- 15600 and
er's Mechanical Services tem.
Dept Grocery Drawings
Compressor Racks
IProduce Misting System
R.O.Water Filter Equipment I Grocery Drawings
• Walk-in Freezers and Coolers
IOwner to Schedule
Metal Fabrications I •
Interior Galvanized Steel Pipe
Bollards
(Mounted Inside Freezer)
I • Interior Stainless Steel Pipe 05500
Bollards
(Floor Mounted)
• Interior Galvanized Steel Pipe
I Bollards
(Floor Mounted)
I • Refrigerated Case Floor
Mounted Railing Protection
10260
' • Refrigerated Case Corner Pro-
tection
Delivery At Possession Date
ISoap Dispensers 10810
Delivery After Possession
I Date
01600-15
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Photo Equipment Architectural Drawings
Delivery Prior to Possession
Date(from shortest to long-
est time out) I
Sales Area Merchandise Fixtures
and Anchor Straps
Gondola Shelving
1-4 Weeks Half Gondola Shelving Architectural Drawings
Heavy Duty Gondola Shelving
End Caps
1-4 Weeks Storage Racks/ Architectural Drawings
Lockable Storage Rack Systems
3 Weeks Balers/Compactors Architectural Drawings
Pharmacy Water Filtration System Pharmacy Drawings I
4-6 Weeks
12"Convex Minor in Pharmacy Pharmacy Drawings
4 Weeks Cart Corrals 02845 1
Lighting Fixtures
4 Weeks Min (Except where scheduled to be 16500
furnished by Contractor) I
4 Weeks Telephone System 16700
4 Weeks • Fire Alarm System Electrical Drawings I
• Burglar Alarm System _
END OF SCHEDULE I
I
I
I
I
I
01600-16
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
IUniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01700-EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
IPART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1 A. Section Includes:
I. General Construction Requirements
2. Verification of Existing Conditions
I3. Work Within and Adjacent to Existing Building Area.
1.2 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
iA. General Requirements
1. All Work shall be done in a safe and workmanlike manner and in strict accordance with the local and/or
State (if applicable) Building Codes, National Electric Code, ADA-ADAAGS and other Adopted
I Accessibility Standards, OSHA, and all applicable codes, regulations, ordinances and Authorities Having
Jurisdiction(AHJ).
2. Provisions regarding the use of gas and diesel equipment within an enclosed building, formerly included in
I this paragraph,are now included in Section 01351 -Regulatory Compliance
3. Provisions regarding cords for electrical equipment and routing of equipment cords and hoses, formerly
included in this paragraph,are now included in Section 01351 -Regulatory Compliance.
4. Each Subcontractor is responsible for having a thorough knowledge of all drawings and specifications in
I their related field. The failure to review these documents does not relieve the Subcontractor of any
responsibility for performing work properly. No additional compensation shall be allowed because of
conditions that occur due to failure to familiarize workers with this knowledge.
I 5. The existing building shall be protected from moisture, dust and debris. Install dust partitions or drapes as
required and/or as directed by Wal-Mart Construction Manager to keep dust and moisture from the
operating areas of the store.
6. Any damage to Wal-Mart's property, which occurs during the process of construction shall be
I
repaired/replaced at no additional cost to Wal-Mart;this includes all merchandise. Contractor shall pay the
cost for all damaged merchandise.
7. The Contractor shall maintain the integrity of the existing building security at all times. This includes
I keeping the building secure from persons, environmental elements or hazards. The Contractor shall be
responsible to maintain the integrity of all existing security systems. The Contractor shall obtain
permission from the Store Manager prior to the modification of any existing security system for the
opening(demolition)of any exterior wall.
I 8. The Contractor shall keep the work area clean and free of debris and remove all trash and debris from the
construction area daily. No flammable materials or liquids may be stored in the existing building or in any
new addition.
I 9. Remove any existing equipment, fixtures, furnishings, accessories, services, finishes or surfaces as
required, shown or not shown, for the installation of new construction. Provide furring for conduits and
piping,shown or not, and finish out furring to match adjacent existing finishes.
10. Repair,re-route,and extend all services,piping,conduit of existing items and equipment as required during
I the construction process to maintain normal store operations and as required for the installation of new
construction. This includes all items shown or not shown on the Drawings. Reset existing equipment,
fixtures,furnishings,accessories,or related items as required for proper operation.
11. When equipment, fixtures, furnishings, accessories, services, finishes or surfaces are temporarily removed
or relocated in order to perform work, the Contractor is responsible for returning them to their original
position, reconnection of services and appropriate means of attachment unless specifically directed to do
otherwise.
I 12. Where existing finishes are to remain,clean,repair,patch and repaint as necessary to blend in with adjacent
work.
5 01700-1
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
13. The Contractor shall be responsible for the timely ordering of materials to prohibit delays of the
construction schedule of this Project. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate delivery of
materials in a timely manner.
14. It is imperative that the roof framing, decking and roofmg system be completed immediately upon the
demolition of the exterior wall to eliminate potential water damage or moisture infiltration. The Contractor
shall keep the building watertight at all times.
15. The General Contractor shall respond to all requirements of the Structural Engineer/Architect for
verifications,responses,and submissions.
B. Site Verification Requirements 111
1. The Architect has made a scope visit with measurements and photographs of existing conditions and the
Drawings indicate existing conditions verified in the field. It, however, remains the responsibility of the
Contractor to verify all existing conditions prior to the submission of a bid and to the commencement of
any Work. No additional compensation will be paid due to the Contractor's failure to verify existing site
conditions which include,but are not limited to,grades,extent of paving,or utilities.
2. Any discrepancy with the existing site conditions and/or the Drawings shall be brought to the attention of
the Architect for clarification and instruction. These Construction Documents have been designed and
drawn assuming existing building conditions match the Original Drawings. The General Contractor,
immediately upon arrival at the site, shall verify all existing structural column dimensions, structural
bearing heights, existing dimensions, top of masonry elevations, roofing conditions (including parapets,
scuppers and roof drains), and joist bearing elevations prior to the fabrication of any structural items. If
discrepancies are found between what is shown on the Drawings and existing field conditions, contact the
Wal-Mart Construction Manager and the Architect immediately to determine what action should be taken
to match existing conditions. The beginning of structural steel fabrication by the General Contractor, steel
fabricator,or joist manufacturer means acceptance of the existing conditions.
3. All utility locations shown are approximate. The Contractor shall field verify the exact location of all
existing utilities (whether shown or not) prior to the submission of a bid or the commencement of
construction. The Contractor shall notify the Wal-Mart Construction Manager of the discovery of existing
utilities not shown or noted on Drawings.
4. The Contractor shall verify and maintain (repair if damaged) existing irrigation systems affected by the
construction of this Project.
5. The Contractor shall field locate and verify all property lines, easements, setbacks and restrictions. A
registered surveyor shall establish all property lines and setbacks prior to the commencement of
construction and clearly flag property lines and setbacks. It remains the responsibility of the General
Contractor to determine exact location of all said boundaries.
6. The Contractor shall verify exact locations and depths of underground utility services prior to any
excavation.
7. The Contractor shall verify all grades and proposed final grades. If ramps, stoops, stairs, sidewalks,
flatwork or paving are installed,verify final grades surrounding the new construction and adjust stair risers,
ramp lengths, limits of paving,etc.,to accommodate the required ramp slope,riser heights or paving areas.
All ramps and stairs shall meet ADA-ADAAGS (or Adopted Handicap Accessibility Requirements). If
there is a conflict in field conditions, notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager and the Architect prior to the
construction or ordering of materials.
8. The Contractor shall verify the existing finish floor elevation at all new openings of the existing building
prior to establishing the fmish floor elevation. To verify floor elevation, the Contractor shall remove a
small portion of the block wall at the proposed opening between the existing store and the addition.
9. The Contractor shall verify existing footing depths and match at new addition to ensure proper block
coursing.Any discrepancy shall be reported to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager prior to construction.
10. The Contractor shall core the roof insulation to determine its thickness after Contract award. It is the
Contractor's responsibility to match existing roof insulation thickness on the addition unless directed
otherwise to install 3-inch insulation in separated and isolated roof conditions. Refer to roofing
111
Specification Section.
11. Report any discrepancies found in the field immediately to Wal-Mart and the Architect prior to making any
structural modifications or ordering of any materials.
C. Demolition Requirements
1. All demolition shall be carried out in a safe manner and in strict accordance with OSHA regulations.
01700-2 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I 2. The Contractor shall field verify the extent of demolition. The Work includes, but is not limited to, the
demolition and removal of walls, doors, fixtures, plumbing, paving, mechanical and electrical items
including conduits and ductwork as shown on Drawing or as required for the installation of the new Work
for a complete job.
3. When utilities are removed, cap and seal a minimum of 8" below finish floor or a minimum of 6" above
finish ceiling.
4. When removing existing structural items, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide adequate shoring,
bracing and support systems to keep the existing structure intact and in a safe condition. Refer to Sections
02023 and 02251.
5. The Contractor may not remove the block wall in a proposed opening prior to the roofing system over the
new addition being made watertight. Coordinate with the Wal-Mart Construction Manager and the Store
I 6. Manager to schedule for demolition for new openings.
The Contractor shall remove any building signage that interferes with the Building Addition. Wal-Mart
will reinstall signage or add new signage at completion of addition.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
01700-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
IUniSpec II-Special Project 072619
SECTION 01731 -CUTTING AND PATCHING
IPART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching Work.
2. Products for patching and extending Work.
I 3. Transitions and adjustments.
4. Repair of damaged surfaces,finishes and cleaning.
I B. Related Requirements:
1. Construction Contract Between Walmart and Contractor(Par 3.12):Additional requirements for cutting
and patching.
2. Section 01351 —Regulatory Compliance:
a. Disposal and removal of hazardous construction and universal waste.
b. Work practice control methods for airborne respirable dust.
3. Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary barriers.
I4. Section 02023 - Selective Site Demolition: Procedures for removing existing materials and equipment.
1.2 REFERENCES
' A. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA):
1. OSHA 01926.1153 Respirable Crystalline Silica
' 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimize dust emissions or provide equipment that suppresses dust.
II1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Cutting and patching shall be performed as required for cutting into existing construction to provide for
I installation or performance of other work and subsequent fitting and patching required for restoration of surfaces
to their original condition.
B. Cut into or partially remove portions of the existing building as required for new construction. Include such work
I as:
1. Cutting,moving or removal of items shown to be cut,moved or removed.
2. Cutting,moving or removal of items not shown to be cut,moved,or removed,but which must be cut,
I moved,or removed to allow for new construction. Work or items which are to remain in the finished work
shall be patched or reinstalled after cutting,moving,or removal,and joints and finishes shall match
adjacent or similar work.
3. Removal of existing surface fmishes as needed to install new work and finishes.
I
4. Removal of abandoned items and removal of items rendered no longer required resulting from alterations
such as abandoned piping and electrical conduits to nearest J-boxes.
5. Repair or removal of dangerous or unsanitary conditions resulting from alterations work.
IC. Structural Work:
1. Do not cut and patch structural work in manner resulting in reduction of load-carrying capacity or load and
deflection ratio.
I
D. Operational Limitations:
1. Do not cut and patch in manner resulting in decreased performance,shortened useful life, or increased
I maintenance.
01731-1
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
E. Quality Limitations: Do not cut and patch work exposed to view(exterior and interior)in manner resulting in
noticeable reduction of aesthetic qualities and similar qualities,as determined by the Walmart Construction
Manager.
F. Limitation on Acceptance: Walmart Construction Manager's acceptance to proceed with cutting and patching
shall not waive right to later require removal or replacement of work found to be cut and patched in unsatisfactory
manner as determined by Walmart Construction Manager.
G. Obtain all required inspections and approvals from authorities having jurisdiction for Temporary Certificate of
Occupancy for Offices and Stockroom at least seven calendar days prior to Walmart scheduled move into new
Office and Stockroom areas.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Use materials for cutting and patching that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not
available or cannot be used,use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible with
regard to visual effect. Use materials for cutting and patching that will result in equal or better performance
characteristics.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which work is to be performed before cutting. Take
corrective action before proceeding with work if unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut to prevent failure.
B. Protection:
1. Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
2. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for that part of project that may be exposed during
cutting and patching operations.
3. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.
4. Take precautions not to cut existing pipe,conduit, or duct serving building but scheduled to be relocated
until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING ,
A. Remove,cut and patch work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide means of restoring products,materi-
als,
and finishes to match original condition.
B. Cutting and removal work shall be performed so as not to cut or remove more than is necessary and that are least
likely to damage work to be retained or adjoining work. I
C. Conduct work in such a manner as to minimize noise and to minimize accumulation and spread of dirt and dust.
D. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding.Avoid hammering and chopping. '
E. Where cutting cured concrete or masonry is required, use saws equipped with integrated water delivery systems '
that continuously feed water to the blade, or a HEPA-rated filter dust collection vacuum system recommended by
the manufacturer to maintain dust emissions below the permissible level.
01731-2 1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
' F. Where core drilling or grinding concrete is required,use power tools equipped with HEPA-rated filter dust collec-
tion vacuum system recommended by the manufacturer to maintain dust emissions below the permissible level.
G. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut and drill from exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
H. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent work. Use HEPA-rated filter
vacuums to clean holes and slots.
I. Dispose of construction waste in accordance with the requirements of Section 01351.
J. Patch with seams that are durable and as invisible as possible.Comply with specified tolerances for work.
K. If the surrounding surface cannot be matched, repaint or recoat the entire surface to nearest corner or transition
Ipoint.
3.4 TRANSITIONS
' A. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing work, provide a smooth and even transition. Patched work shall
match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance.
B. Where finished surfaces are cut in such a way that a smooth transition with new work is not possible,terminate the
existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division.
C. Where two or more spaces are indicated to become one space, reconstruct ceilings to provide horizontal planes
' without breaks,steps or bulkheads.
D. In cases of extreme change of ceiling or floor, obtain instructions from Walmart Construction Manager as to
method of making an acceptable transition.
3.5 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SURFACES
A. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, discolored, or showing imperfections. Repair
substrate prior to patching finish.
B. Restore existing work that is damaged during construction to a condition equal to its condition at the time of the
start of the Work.
C. At locations in existing areas where partitions are removed,patch the floors,walls and ceilings with finish materi-
als to match new finishes.
D. Where plumbing is removed and capped below finish floor, core drill concrete floor as required using proper dust
' control methods as specified herein. Cap a minimum of 8"below floor.Patch hole with new concrete to match ex-
isting floor.
3.6 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING WORK
A. Remove existing items,services,finishes or surfaces as required for installation of new construction.
B. Repair, re-route, and extend services, piping and conduit of existing items and equipment as required during con-
struction operations for installation and operation of new items and equipment. When existing equipment to re-
main is removed or relocated,re-install as required for proper operation.
END OF SECTION
01731-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
I
SECTION 01740-CLEANING
1 PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
' A. Section Includes:
1. Cleaning and maintenance of site premises.
I B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01351 —Regulatory Compliance:
a. Construction demolition waste management and disposal.
1 b. Disposal and removal of hazardous construction and demolition waste.
c. Work practice control methods for airborne respirable dust.
1.2 REFERENCES
IA. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
IB. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA):
1. OSHA 01926.1153 Respirable Crystalline Silica.
1.3 GENERAL
A. Maintain premises free from accumulations of waste,debris and rubbish caused by construction operations.
B. At completion of Work,remove waste materials,rubbish,tools,equipment,machinery and surplus materials;and
clean all sight-exposed surfaces. Leave project clean and ready for occupancy.
' 1.4 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Codes and Standards:
I 1. Comply with applicable Federal, State and Local codes and regulations relative to environmental safety
regulations.
B. Hazards Controls:
I
1. Store volatile waste in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily. Prevent accumulation of
wastes which create hazardous conditions.
IC. Minimize dust emissions or provide equipment that suppresses dust.
D. Pollution Control:
' 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on the project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile fluid wastes (such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner) in storm or sanitary
sewer systems or into streams or waterways.
3. Do not dispose of any toxic chemicals in storm or sanitary sewer systems. Comply with EPA requirements
I 4. regarding disposal.
Dispose of construction and universal waste in accordance with requirements of Section 01351.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
I
2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS
I A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned.
01740-1
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. '
C. Cleaning materials shall be clearly labeled and safely stored when not in use. Maintain control of cleaning
materials while in use. Do not leave unattended. No flammable materials or liquids may be stored in the existing
building or in the new addition. I
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 CLEANING REQUIREMENTS I
A. Oversee cleaning and ensure that building and grounds are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials I
and rubbish.
B. In exterior work,sprinkle dusty debris with fine water mist to control accumulation of dust. Avoid puddling.
C. Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting and continue vacuum cleaning on an '
as-needed basis until building is ready for acceptance or occupancy.
1. Use vacuum with HEPA-rated filter to clean concrete,masonry,gypsum board,stone and tile surfaces.
D. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on '
wet,newly-painted surfaces.
E. Clean exterior premises daily. Do not let debris enter customer areas. I
3.2 TRASH REMOVAL I
A. On a daily basis,clean work areas and access, and dispose of waste materials,rubbish and debris.
B. Perform segregation of waste materials into the various classification and segregated materials. ,
C. Do not allow waste materials,rubbish and debris to accumulate and become an unsightly or hazardous condition.
D. Keep streets and access to site free of rubbish and debris. I
3.3 FINAL CLEANING:
A. Execute final cleaning prior to fmal inspection as follows. I
1. Clean Project site,yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape de-
velopment areas,of rubbish,waste material,litter,and other foreign substances. ,
2. Clean paved areas with HEPA-rated filter vacuum. Do not dry sweep. Remove petrochemical spills, stains,
and other foreign deposits.
3. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth,even-textured surface.
4. Remove tools,construction equipment,machinery,and surplus material from Project site.5. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and
'
similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective
surfaces to their original condition. '
6. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches,
equipment vaults,manholes,attics,and similar spaces.
7. Clean debris from roofs,gutters, downspouts,and drainage systems.
8. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces,removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains '
remain.
9. Clean all interior floor surfaces with HEPA-rated filter vacuum.
10. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing com-
pounds and other noticeable,vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other dam-
aged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass,taking care not to scratch surfaces.
11. Remove labels that are not permanent.
01740-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 '
I
' 12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred,exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and sur-
faces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
13. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication,
paint, and mortar droppings,and other foreign substances.
I 14. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water expo-
sure.
15. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters of equipment operated during construction.
I
Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers,registers,and grills.
16. Clean ducts,blowers,and coils if units were operated without filters during construction.
B. Final Cleaning of Restrooms: Clean restrooms as scheduled on Drawings.
I 1. Immediately prior to possession by Store, thoroughly clean restrooms, including walls, floors, ceilings,
plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, and accessories, as directed herein or in the individual specifications
sections.
2. Cleaning Products: Use solutions and products specifically formulated and recommended for cleaning the
I surfaces involved without damaging surface being cleaned or adjacent surfaces. Products shall be non-toxic
and non-caustic to metal or acoustic surfaces. Products shall be by a manufacturer regularly engaged in the
production of such products and shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
I a. Ceramic floor tile cleaning product shall be furnished by Walmart store for contractor's use as fol-
lows.
1) Pro Strip,by Johnson Diversey.
3. Equipment(furnished by Contractor—use of Walmart-owned equipment is not allowed):
I a. Slow speed(175 RPM)electric buffing machine
b. Medium bristle brush for buffing machine
c. Scrub brush for corners and along walls
d. Mop buckets
e. Clean general purpose cotton mop
f. Heavy duty wet/dry vacuum
I
g. Edging tool or deck brush
h. Floor squeegee
4. Clean existing ceramic floor tile:
a. Coordination and Scheduling: Perform cleaning during periods when store is closed or during low
I traffic periods,typically between 10:00 PM and 6:00 AM.
b. Clean floor with HEPA-rated filter vacuum to remove loose debris.
c. If required by manufacturer, dilute floor tile cleaning product prior to use. Apply to entire floor and
allow to sit on slab 10 minutes to allow product to penetrate grout joints and tile surface soil film.
I Rewet as necessary during dwell time to keep floor wet with cleaner.
d. Scrub with medium bristle brush on slow speed electric buffing machine, making (2) passes mini-
mum in alternating directions to ensure thorough cleaning.Use edging tool or deck brush in corners
I
and around floor-mounted fixtures.
e. Pick up dirty solution with wet/dry vacuum or squeegee to floor drain.
f. Thoroughly rinse floor with clean water.
g. Pick up rinse solution with wet/dry vacuum or squeegee to floor drain.
I 5. h. Perform final cleaning with damp mop and allow floor to air dry prior to re-opening to traffic.
Steam clean all wall surfaces. Wet vacuum residual water and wipe dry to prevent surface film or residue.
a. Painted gypsum board surfaces shall not be steam cleaned but rather shall be cleaned with other ap-
I propriate cleaners.
6. Clean water closets and lavatories with scrubbing cleansers approved by fixture manufacturer to remove
stains and deposits.
7. Clean and polish stainless steel accessories and toilet partitions to a spotless luster using soap, ammonia, or
I mild detergent and water as recommended by the accessory or partition manufacturer. Alternatively,use a
commercial stainless steel cleaner and polish as directed.
8. Clean mirror surfaces using glass cleaner.
C. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning.
' 01740-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
D. Prior to final completion or Owner possession, conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior
surfaces and all work areas with the Walmart Construction Manager to verify that entire Work is clean. '
END OF SECTION
1
1
I
1
1
I
I
t
01740-4 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
I UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 01770-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
IPART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
IA. Section Includes
1. Closeout Procedures
2. Final Closeout Submittals
I
3.4. Closeout Document Submission.
Record Letters of Conformance
5. Letters of Certification
I 6. Project Record Documents
7. Operations and Maintenance Data
8. Warranties and Bonds
I B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01740—Cleaning.Requirements for final cleaning.
I1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Comply with closeout submittal requirements defined within individual Sections. Submittals procedures described
herein shall apply unless otherwise described in individual Sections.
IB. When Contractor considers Work to be Substantially Complete, submit written certification to Walmart's
Construction Manager as follows.
I 1.2. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
Work has been inspected.
3. Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents.
4. Work is ready for inspection.
I1.3 FINAL CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Definition: Closeout submittals are submittals specified in the individual sections as"Closeout" and shall not be
otherwise considered a closeout document regardless of the type of submittal. Submittals not classified as a
closeout submittal shall be considered a regular submittal under the provisions of Section 01330. For example:
Maintenance Data may, or may not, be classified as a closeout unless specifically identified as a closeout in the
Iindividual section Part 1 SUBMITTAL paragraph.
B. Unless otherwise specified in the individual sections,submit closeout submittals to the Owner within 90 days after
ISubstantial Completion of the Work.
C. All closeout documents specified in the individual sections shall be submitted. Specific documents listed below
shall be included separately in an Electronic Closeout Document Submission as specified hereinafter.
ID. Final closeout submittals shall be received and approved by Owner before final application for payment will be
approved.
I1.4 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS FOR OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
A. Closeout documents for Owner furnished equipment as required and specified in Appendix A shall be obtained
I directly from the Owner's vendor, supplier,or manufacturer. When,or if,documents are unavailable directly from
the vendor,Contact Realty Procurement Services for assistance in obtaining the required documents.
I 1.5 ELECTRONIC CLOSEOUT DOCUMENT SUBMISSION
01770-1
' #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
A. Submit closeout documents electronically through Owner's online system. Documents included in Electronic
Closeout Document Submission shall consist only of the items in the following numbered list. Note that all
closeout documents are not necessarily included in the Electronic Closeout Document Submission. If any item is
not applicable, include a"Not Applicable"sheet within the uploaded section of the Electronic Closeout Document
Submission. The Electronic Contract Document Submission shall not be compiled based only on the brief
description of each item in the following list. It is compulsory that the individual sections and references be
examined to comprehend the full description of the specific item to be included. Include the following:
I. Contractor's Statement of Warranty. (Reference Article 3.4 of the Construction Contract)(Reference form
included at end of this section.)
2. Copy of Certificate of Occupancy: Submit as Electronic Closeout Document by uploading an electronic file
of the C of 0 to the WalmartQuickbase Certificate of Occupancy Tracking Application.
3. Subcontractor Assignment: Submit a final list of Subcontractors used (Reference Article 3.5 of the
Construction Contract.).Include the following information for each Subcontractor:
a. Daytime and after-hours telephone numbers.
b. Address.
c. Quarterly expenditure detail.
4. Signed and notarized lien waivers from Contractor and all Subcontractors on the Walmart form(Reference
Article 5.3 and associated Exhibits of the Construction Contract).The waivers shall have no modifications
or changes made thereon. '
5. Copies of Performance and Payment Bond.(Reference Article 7.5 of the Construction Contract)
6. Consent of Surety to Final Payment: From Bonding Company. (Reference Article 5.3 of the Construction
Contract.)
7. Substantial Completion Punchlist: Building, Civil, and HVAC/refrigeration punch lists showing items
completed and approved by Owner.(Reference Article 5.2 of the Construction Contract.)
8. Verification of transmittal to Store Manager of all Project Record Documents specified hereinafter and
Operations and Maintenance Manuals. This shall be in the form of a Letter of Transmittal with a statement '
signed by the Store Manager verifying that the O&M manuals have been placed in the Electrical
Distribution Center(EDC)by the Contractor and the placement witnessed by the Store Manager.
9. Warranties. Include warranties for the following as applicable when the specified Section is included in the
project.
10. Record Letters of Conformance: Include separate letter for each item listed below. 111
a. Contractor Quality Control(Section 01452)
b. Construction Testing Laboratory(Appendix B)
11. Inspection Reports: Include separate report for each required item listed below.
a. Energy Management Systems: (Section 13810)
1) Pre-Checkout Forms.
2) Checkout Forms.
b. Building Services Piping:(Section 15100)
1) Video Inspection Report.
2) Dye Testing Report(If specified).
c. Refrigeration Equipment(Section 15600).
1) Start-up Report.
2) Documents will be distributed by Walmart Mechanical Services.
12. Copy of Notice of Termination of NPDES Construction General Permit with proof of submittal to
appropriate agency. This is only applicable for those permits issued to the General Contractor. (See
Section 02370,if specified).
B. If Contractor fails to provide a fully completed Electronic Closeout Document Submission within 90 days after
Substantial Completion of the Work, then Contractor agrees to pay Owner the sum of $250.00 per day, as
liquidated damages and not as a penalty, until the fully completed Electronic Closeout Document Submission is
received and approved by Owner Contract Administration. ,
1.6 RECORD LETTERS OF CONFORMANCE
A. Submit Record Letters of Conformance as a Closeout Submittal. By submitting Record Letter of Conformance, I
the Contractor declares that the product identified by manufacturer's name and model number is the product
specified and is suitable for the intended use as defined within the Contract Documents and has been provided and
01770-2 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
placed in operational condition in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and the Contract
I
Documents.
1. Submit completed Record Letter of Conformance for each product selected as indicated within each
Section.
I 2. Fill-in required information on form and sign in ink by person authorized to sign on behalf of the
Contractor.
3. No modifications shall be made to the form.
4. Record Letters of Conformance,when required,are located at the end of the respective Section.
I
1.7 LETTERS OF CERTIFICATIONS
I A. Certify manufacturer's or installer's qualifications, conformance with tests or specified criteria, or other factors as
required in individual specification sections.
B. Submit supporting reference data,affidavits,and certifications as required.
I
C. Number of Copies Required: Two.
' 1.8 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents. Record actual revisions to the Work.
1. Contract Drawings. (Building and Civil)
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract.
I5. Reviewed shop drawings,product data,and samples.
B. Maintain Record Documents separate from documents used for construction.
C. As-built Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Record as-builts shall be maintained and submitted for the
primary purpose of recording the locations for concealed interior and exterior underground utilities as specified in
the individual specifications. Legibly record actual measured horizontal and vertical locations of interior and
Iexterior underground utilities and appurtenances,referenced to permanent surface improvements.
D. Record required as-built information concurrent with construction progress. Do not permanently conceal work
I until required information has been recorded.
E. At Project completion, the Contractor shall place the Record Documents (including Building and Civil Record
Drawings, Specifications,Addenda,and Change Orders)enclosed in a plastic pipe tube(fixed cap at one end and a
I threaded-cap on the other end) for storage in the Electrical Room unless otherwise specified to be located in
another location in the individual Sections. Placement shall be in the presence of and witnessed by the Store
Manager.
' 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Operation and Maintenance data shall include a suitably bound set of descriptive literature, maintenance and
I operation data, and parts lists for each item of equipment provided under this Contract that will require
maintenance or special operation procedures, including drawings, instructions, or manuals supplied with
equipment furnished by others and installed under this Contract. Include completed Maintenance Data Sheet (ref
I form at end of this Section). Submittal of O&M data shall be in the form of placement by the Contractor of the
bound set of O&M data in the Electrical Distribution Center (EDC) within the building. Do not include O&M
data in the Closeout Document Book or submit to Walmart Contract Administration. Placement of documents
shall be witnessed by the Store Manager and shall be at least 14 days prior to final inspection.
I1.10 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
I A. Prior to Final Application for Payment,submit required warranties and bonds in Closeout Document Submission.
01770-3
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1. Assemble documents from Subcontractors,suppliers, and manufacturers.
2. For equipment put into use with Owner's acceptance during construction, submit within ten days after first
operation,listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period.
3. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal
within ten days after acceptance,listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period.
END OF SECTION
1
1
i
1
1
01770-4 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
Replaced by Construction Contract Par 5.3.2 and Exhibits WALMART
I
1
I
01770-5
' #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
[CONTRACTOR'S LETTERHEAD]
CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF WARRANTY '
DATE: I
PROJECT:
LOCATION: ,
OWNER: Walmart Stores, Inc.
702 SW 8'h Street
Bentonville,AR 72712
CONTRACT: Construction Agreement Between Walmart and Contractor,dated 20 '
General Contractor hereby: (1)warrants that the Work for Project complies with Article 3.4 of the Construction Contract; (2)
acknowledges that its warranty obligations under such Article 3.4 extends one year beyond the actual date of Substantial
Completion of the Project; and(3) affirms, and acknowledges the enforceability of, all other warranties made by Contractor
in the Contract.
Terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the above referenced Contract.
The undersigned Contractor hereby makes the certifications set forth herein to Walmart as of the day of '
,20 .
Witness:
Contractor:
By:
Print Name: Name: '
Title: I
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
On this the day of ,20
before me, a Notary Public, within and for the State and County aforesaid, personally appeared, to me well know(or proved
to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence), who stated upon oath that (s)he had executed the foregoing instrument for the
consideration set forth therein.
Notary Public
My commission expires:
I
01770-6 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
' UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 02023-SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
1 PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
IA. Section Includes:
1. Procedures for demolition and removal of existing building elements.
2. Protection of existing construction.
I
3.4. Salvaged material and items.
Schedule of building demolition.
5. Disposal of demolished materials(non-hazardous and hazardous).
IB. Related Sections:
1. Section 01100-Summary: Restrictions for Work within and adjacent to existing building areas.
2. Section 01351 -Compliance:
I a. Removal and disposal of resilient flooring and acoustical ceiling tile to be recycled.
b. Removal and disposal of hazardous construction and demolition waste.
c. Removal and disposal of non-hazardous demolition waste and debris and management of salvaged
I items.
d. Work practice control methods for airborne respirable dust.
3. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary protection and barriers. Removal and
disposal of demolished materials.
I 4. Section 01700-Execution Requirements.
5. Section 01731 -Cutting and Patching: Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching Work.
' 1.2 REFERENCES
A. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA):
1. OSHA 01926.1153 Respirable Crystalline Silica.
' 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Selective Demolition Requirements:
1. Perform demolition in construction sequence phases as required by the scope of Work and as agreed upon
with the Wal-Mart Construction Manager.
2. Work necessary and required to facilitate the new construction indicated.
I 3. Demolish so that construction, new and existing, can be performed and completed in accordance with
construction documents.
4. Visit the project site and become familiar with the existing conditions and project requirements.
5. Clarify the scope of the Work under this Section including salvage material. The Owner will be
responsible for removing materials and equipment which the Owner wishes to salvage prior to the
beginning of this Work.
6. Retain existing fire protection sprinkler system in place and active.
I
7.8. Contractor is responsible for damage to existing structure and replacement or repair of damage.
Repair,replace,or rebuild existing construction as required or as directed which has been removed,altered,
or disrupted to allow for new construction. Correct existing construction to match adjacent construction,
Inew or existing as specified in Section 01731.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Conform to applicable code for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, runoff control, and
I disposal.
2. Comply with applicable local and state dust control regulations.
3. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction and submit to Wal-Mart.
I 4. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. Submit
02023-1
' #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
1
Certificates for severance of utility services and submit confirmation documentation of all utility company
contacts to Wal-Mart.
5. Do not close or obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or hydrants without permits from authorities having
jurisdiction and Wal-Mart Construction Manager.
6. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when discovering hazardous, contaminated, and universal
waste materials.
7. Test soils around buried tanks for contamination(where buried tanks occur).
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS I
A. Owner will continuously occupy areas of building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Work
within and adjacent to existing building areas will be restricted to areas and hours specified in Section 01700.
B. Conditions of Structure:
1. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished.
2. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner insofar as
practical.
3. Variations within structure may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of selective
demolition work.
111
C. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition and debris removal in manner to ensure minimum interference with roads,
streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Provide traffic controls as specified in Section
01500.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Engage only personnel who can demonstrate not less that five (5) years successful experience in
Work of similar character.
B. Performance Criteria:
1. Requirements of Structural Work: Do not cut structural work in a manner resulting in a reduction of load-
carrying capacity of load/deflection ratio.
2. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut operational elements and safety-related components in a
manner resulting in a reduction of capacities to perform in a manner intended or resulting in a decreased
operational life, increased maintenance,or decreased safety.
3. Visual Requirements: Do not cut work which is exposed on the exterior or exposed in occupied spaces of
the building in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or resulting in substantial evidence of
the demolition work judged by the Architect to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
4. Loading: Do not superimpose loads at any point upon existing structure beyond design capacity including
loads attributable to materials,construction equipment,demolition operations, and shoring and bracing.
5. Vibration: Do not use means, methods, techniques, or procedures which would induce vibration into any
element of the structure.
6. Fire: Do not use means,methods,techniques,or procedures which would produce any fire hazard.
7. Water: Do not use means, methods, techniques, or procedures which would produce water run-off, and
water pollution. Refer to Section 01500 for related requirements.
8. Air Pollution: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would produce uncontrolled
dust, fumes,or other damaging air pollution.
1.6 UTILITY SERVICES
A. Maintain existing utilities. Keep in service and protect against damage during demolition operations. '
B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities except when authorized in writing by
authorities having jurisdiction and approval by Wal-Mart Construction Manager.
C. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities as acceptable to governing authorities.
02023-2 ,
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
D. Locate,identify,stub off,and disconnect utility services not to remain.
II
E. Provide by-pass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building.
' F. Provide advance notice to Wal-Mart if shut-down of service is necessary during change-over.
1.7 PROJECT SITE
I A. Indicated "Existing Construction"was obtained from existing drawings. Verify existing conditions and notify the
Wal-Mart Construction Manager of discrepancies before proceeding with the Work.
I B. Perform removal, cutting, drilling, etc., of existing work with extreme care, and use small tools in order not to
jeopardize the structural integrity of the building.
IC. Occupancy: Contractor will have limited use of the facility during construction as specified in Section 01700.
D. Condition of Structure: The Owner assumes no responsibility for the actual condition of portions of the structure
to be demolished.
IE. Protection: Ensure that the safe passage of persons around the area of demolition is provided. Conduct operations
to prevent damage to adjacent buildings,structures,and other facilities,and injury to persons.
' 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Comply with Wal-Mart approved schedule for sequence of operations for selective demolition work.
B. Include coordination for shut-off,capping, and continuation of utility services as required,together with details for
dust and noise control.
' C. Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on-site
operations.
' D. Conduct selective demolition work in manner to minimize disruption of Owner's normal operations.
E. Provide Wal-Mart advance notice of demolition activities impacting Wal-Mart's normal operations as specified in
ISection 01700.
1.9 SHORING AND BRACING
I A. Provide temporary shoring,bracing and supports for building structure as required for support of structure during
demolition of existing structural elements and to prevent movement, settlement of existing building and adjacent
buildings and facilities to remain as specified in Section 02251.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
I
A. Designated materials and equipment for re-installation: Carefully remove,store,and protect.
I B. Wal-Mart Salvage: Clean, store, and transfer designated materials and equipment to Owner, and obtain receipt.
Wal-Mart salvage items include but are not limited to: 1
1. Store fixtures.
2. Storage racks.
I 3. Store equipment.
4. Salvage items as indicated on Drawings.
I C. Contractor's Salvage:
02023-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
1. Contractor shall verify with and obtain approval from Wal-Mart Construction Manager for all Contractor
salvage items prior to their removal from site.
2. Transport salvaged items from site as items are removed.
3. Storage or sale of removed items on site not permitted.
D. Replace materials scheduled for reuse which are damaged to the extent that they cannot be reused. Replace with
equal quality material at no additional cost to the Owner as specified in Section 01700.
E. Coordinate with the Owner on disposition of salvage items not scheduled for reuse, demolished materials, and
equipment. Deliver salvaged materials,not reused,as directed,by or to the Owner.
F. Prior to performing any demolition, coordinate with EMS contractor for EMS controls/equipment required to be
reused or salvaged.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas of Work under this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
B. Starting Work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ensure safe passage of persons around area of demolition.
B. Erect temporary covered passageways as specified in Section 01500.
C. Protect existing finish work to remain in place.
D. Protect floors with suitable coverage.
E. Construct temporary insulated solid dustproof partitions where noise or extensive dirt or dust operations are
performed. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks if required as specified in Section 01500.
F. Provide temporary weather protection between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior
surfaces and installation of new construction to ensure no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior
areas of existing building as specified in Section 01500.
G. Cease operations and notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager immediately if safety of structure appears to be
endangered.
H. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations.
I. Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures to remain from soiling or damage when demolition work is
performed in rooms or areas from which such items have not been removed.
3.3 DEMOLITION
A. Demolition work within existing building shall be scheduled with the Wal-Mart Construction Manager for
approved times of day.
1. Submit written request for approval to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager 14 calendar days in advance of
the date Contractor demolition work is required to begin in the existing building.
B. The Owner will remove or, under separate contract, have materials and equipment which the Owner requires
removed, prior to commencement of Work under this Section. Coordinate scheduling of removal of Owner
02023-4
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Imaterials and equipment with Wal-Mart Construction Manager and Store Manager.
C. Demolition:
1. Perform demolition work in systematic manner.
I 2. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections.
3. Perform cutting or existing concrete and masonry construction with saws and core drills using proper dust
control methods as specified herein. Do not use jack-hammers, except as specified herein. Do not use
•
explosives.
I
a. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using masonry saws or hand
tools,and make cuts straight and square with building.
4. Do not use powder-driven impact tools.
I 5. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing
excessive loads on supporting walls,floor, or framing.
6. Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for the
work.
I7. Where selective demolition terminates at a "surface" or construction "to remain," completely remove all
traces of material selectively demolished,including mortar beds. Provide smooth, even substrate transition
as specified in Section 01731.
8. Demolition shall be carried out in a safe manner and in strict accordance with OSHA regulations.
9. The Contractor shall field verify the extent of demolition. The Work includes, but is not limited to, the
I
demolition and removal of walls, doors, fixtures, plumbing, mechanical and electrical items including
conduits and ductwork as shown on Drawing or as required for the installation of the new Work for a
I complete job.
10. When utilities are removed, cap and seal a minimum of 8" below finish floor or a minimum of 6" above
finish ceiling.
11. When removing existing structural items, provide adequate shoring, bracing and support systems to keep
the existing structure intact and in a safe condition.Refer to Section 02251.
D. Demolition of Interior Slabs on Grade:
1. Use removal methods that will not crack,undermine or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions.
2. At interior concrete slabs on grade to receive floor coverings as final fmish,minimum width of trench shall
be as required to allow for compacting machine to properly compact the base. Manual compaction
methods are not acceptable.
3. At interior concrete slabs on grade to receive exposed concrete fmish (sealed or unsealed), demolish
existing interior slab on grade as shown on the Drawings. No trenching shall be allowed in areas to receive
exposed concrete finish.
I 4. Prior to proposed cutting, install 36" wide rosin paper outside of area to be removed in order to reduce
scarring of slab which is to remain.
I E. Environmental Controls:
1. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other proper control methods to maintain airborne dust 1
and dirt below permissible levels.
2. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
I
3. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, or
pollution.
4. For work scheduled in this section including cutting and breaking of masonry, concrete slab below or on
I grade, walls, foundation work, or footings, use tools equipped with integrated water delivery systems that
continuously feed water to the blade or a HEPA-rated filter dust collection vacuum system recommended
by the manufacturer to maintain dust emissions below the permissible level.
I F. Below Grade Demolition:
1. Demolish and remove below grade wood or metal construction.
2. Break up below grade concrete slabs using proper dust control methods as specified herein.
IG. Filling Below-Grade Voids:
1. Fill below grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work.
I 2. Use fill consisting of earth,gravel, or sand, free of trash and debris,stones over 6 inches diameter,roots,or
02023-5
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
other organic matter.
H. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements conflicting with intended function or design are
encountered, submit written report of nature and extent of conflict to Architect and Wal-Mart Construction
Manager. Rearrange demolition schedule to continue job progress without delay. I
3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Dispose of non-hazardous and universal waste demolished materials as specified in Regulatory Compliance I
Section 01351.
B. Deposit waste materials,rubbish,and debris in waste containers.
C. Do not allow waste materials,rubbish,and debris to accumulate and become an unsightly or hazardous condition.
D. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws,
and ordinances concerning removal,handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. Notify
Wal-Mart Construction Manager,in writing,of hazardous materials encountered.
E. Comply with the requirements of Regulatory Compliance Section 01351 (Par 3.6.2 of the Supplement) for
hazardous construction and demolition waste management and disposal.
3.5 POLLUTION CONTROLS I
A. Use temporary enclosures and other proper control methods to maintain airborne dust and dirt below permissible
levels. I
B. Comply with governing authorities pertaining to environmental protection.
C. Clean adjacent portion of the structure and improvement of dust,dirt and debris caused by demolition operations, I
as directed by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager and governing authorities. Return adjacent areas to conditions
existing prior to the start of the work.
D. Burning of trash,debris,or removed materials not permitted on site. 1
3.6 SCHEDULE OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. Remove and dispose of existing building items and adjacent sitework items as required for Work and as indicated
on Drawings.
B. Sitework Adjacent to Building: 11.
1. Fencing,gates and concrete post footings.
2. Asphalt concrete paving.
3. Metal handrails and railings.
C. Interior or Exterior Slab on Grade:
1. Locate portion of existing concrete slab to be removed. Saw cut perimeter or existing slab minimum of 50-
percent of slab thickness to provide a breaking point to remove existing concrete.
2. Wet saw concrete slabs along straight lines to minimum depth of 2-inches where concrete is to be removed.
The method of removal shall maintain the undamaged slab edge within the sawed line. Jack hammers may
be used only "after hours" and with permission from the Owner's Construction Manager. Jack hammers
may not be used at any time to remove/cut concrete from the existing slab, but only to break up concrete
which has already been saw cut from the concrete slab.
a. Jack hammers shall be equipped with field assembled water delivery systems that supply a
continuous stream or spray of water at the point of impact or HEPA-rated filter dust collection
vacuum system recommended by the manufacturer to maintain dust emissions below the
permissible level.
02023-6
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
3. Break concrete slab to be removed into portions easily removed,maximum 30-inch dimension at any side.
4. Remove concrete pieces within area of slab demolition down to the existing subgrade.
D. Exterior Masonry:
1. Locate portion of existing masonry wall to be removed. Units which are removed: "tooth" from existing
construction.
2. Verify that temporary supports,enclosures,and bracing are in place and adequate for intended purpose.
3. Remove only that portion of the exterior wall which is required for the indicated new construction.
E. Below Grade Construction:
1. Remove below grade construction including foundation work, column footings, and abandon mechanical,
plumbing, and electrical work as indicated.
F. Interior Walls and Partitions:
I 1.2. Remove interior walls and partitions as indicated.
Remove all top and bottom framing tracks and overhead braces of partitions being removed.
G. Doors and Frames:
' 1.2. Remove hollow metal doors and frames.
Remove aluminum storefront doors and frames.
3. Remove aluminum automatic doors and frames,unless otherwise noted on Drawings.
H. Interior Finishes:
I. Removal and recycling or reclamation of vinyl composition tile flooring (VCT) acoustical ceiling tile
(ACT) and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) plank flooring is specified in the Attachments to Compliance
' Specification Section 01351.
1. Mechanical System:
' 1. Remove mechanical equipment and related ductwork as indicated.
2. Provide temporary weathertight protection of openings in roof and exterior walls.
3. Remove accessories to the mechanical system including,but not limited to,hanger straps.
J. Plumbing:
1. Remove plumbing fixtures and accessories including exposed supply,waste,and vent piping as indicated.
2. Identify concealed piping within and below slab construction, and cap a minimum of 3 inches below finish
I floor unless otherwise noted.
K. Electrical Service:
1. Remove abandoned electrical fixtures,conduit,boxes,and wiring as indicated.
2. Remove electrical circuits including conduit as indicated.
L. Lighting:
1. Remove existing light fixtures as indicated or as required for new construction.
END OF SECTION
I
I
1 02023-7
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
UniSpec II—Special Project 100919
SECTION 02765 -PAVEMENT MARKINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Re-painting of sidewalk striping as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion(AHJ).
a. If existing sidewalk striping at curb is for fire lane,re-paint associated fire lane striping in drive lane,
if applicable.
2. Pickup Area orange paint for pavement striping and graphics as shown on drawings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01351 —Regulatory Compliance:
' a. Disposal and removal of hazardous construction and demolition waste.
b. Work practice control methods for airborne respirable dust.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation(AASHTO)
1. AASHTO M247-Glass Beads Used in Traffic Paints
2. AASHTO M248-Ready-Mixed White and Yellow Traffic Paints
B. ASTM International(ASTM)
1. ASTM D4259—Standard Practice for Abrading Concrete.
2. ASTM D4414-Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notched Gauges.
C. Federal Specifications(FS)
' 1. FS A-A-2886-Paint,Traffic,Solvent Based
2. FS TT-B-1325 -Beads(Glass Spheres)Retro-Reflective
3. FS TT-P-1952-Paint,Traffic And Airfield Marking,Waterbome
D. Master Painter's Institute(MPI):
1. MPI 32—Traffic Marking Paint,Solvent Based.
2. MPI 97—Traffic Marking Paint,Latex.
E. The Society for Protective Coatings(SSPC):
1. SSPC-SP13—Surface Preparation of Concrete.
1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Minimize dust emissions and provide equipment that suppresses dust.
B. Dispose of construction waste in accordance with the requirements of Section 01351 Regulatory Compliance Sup-
plement.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize Temporary
Controls specified in Section 01500 as required.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
02765-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
U
A. Use experienced personnel trained in applying the products and operating the equipment required for properly per-
formed
work.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS 1
A. Paint shall be waterborne or solvent borne, colors as shown or specified herein. Pavement markings shall comply
with all applicable local ordinances and state laws enacted to ensure compliance with Federal Clean Air Standards.
Paint materials shall conform to the restrictions of the local Air Pollution Control District,if applicable.
B. Waterborne Paint: Paints shall conform to FS TT-P-1952 and have MPI 97 approval.
C. Solvent Borne Paint: Paint shall conform to FS A-A-2886 or AASHTO M248 and have MPI 32 approval. Paint
shall be non-bleeding,quick-drying,and alkyd petroleum-based paint suitable for traffic-bearing surface,and shall
be mixed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions before application for colors white,yellow,blue,and red.
D. Glass Beads:AASHTO M 247,Type 1 or FS TT-B-1325,Type 1,Gradation A.
E. Pickup Area Pavement Marking Paint:Paint shall conform to the requirements specified herein for solvent borne or
waterborne paints. Provide one of the following products:
1. Knockout Orange P126 — "Formula "D" Ennis Flint — Orange." Contact Jennifer Beck, 336-308-3823,
jbeck @ennis ilint.com
2. Traffic Orange(to Match P126)—Sherwin Williams TM 226/227 Set fast Acrylic Waterborne Traffic Mark-
ing Paint, Field mix according to the following mix rate:
Gallon Color
5 Yellow
1 Red
6 Orange I
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION I
A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be applied and verify that surfaces conform to product
manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
B. Beginning of application indicates acceptance of substrate conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. I
B. Prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with paint manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Where existing pavement markings are indicated on Construction Drawings to be removed or would interfere with
adhesion of new paint, sodium bicarbonate(soda)blasting shall be used to remove the markings. Equipment em-
ployed shall not damage existing paving or create surfaces hazardous to vehicle or pedestrian traffic and shall be
equipped with a manufacturer's recommended mist system for dust suppression. Within public rights-of-way, ap-
propriate governing authority shall approve method of marking removal.
D. New pavement surfaces shall be allowed to cure for not less than 30 days before application of marking materials.
3.3 APPLICATION
02765-2 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
' A. Apply two coats of same color of paint as specified below at manufacturer's recommended rate,without addition of
thinner,with maximum of 100 square feet per gallon or as required to provide a minimum wet film thickness of 15
mils and dry film thickness of 7 1/2 mils per coat. Paint shall be applied for a total dry film thickness of 15 mils.
Apply with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Use straightedge to ensure uniform, clean,
' and straight stripe.
B. Install pavement markings according to manufacturer's recommended procedures for the specified material.
C. The following items shall be painted with colors noted below:
1. Exterior Sidewalk Striping: Match existing.
2. Fire Lane Striping: Red or per local code
3. "Pickup"area striping and other areas as shown on site plan and in associated details:
a. Parking Stall Striping and Graphics: Orange,as specified herein.
b. Directional Pavement Markings:As shown.
c. Associate Path and Public Crosswalk:As shown
D. Apply glass beads at pedestrian crosswalk striping and at lane striping and arrows at driveways connecting to public
streets.Broadcast glass beads uniformly into wet markings at a rate of 6 lb/gal.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field quality control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor in accordance with Section 01452. Field quality
control testing and inspection shall be at the discretion of the Contractor as necessary to assure compliance with
Contract requirements.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Waste materials shall be removed at the end of each workday.
B. Upon completion of the work,all containers and debris shall be removed from the site.
C. Paint spots upon adjacent surfaces shall be carefully removed by approved procedures that will not damage the
surfaces.
END OF SECTION
I
111
I
I
I
02765-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 02787(32 1236)-SEAL COAT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Polymer modified asphalt emulsion seal coat site blended with fine aggregate.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
B. ASTM International(ASTM)
1. ASTM C 136—Method of Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate
2. ASTM D 8099—Standard Specification for Asphalt Emulsion Pavement Scaler
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor Qualifications: The seal coat applicator shall have not less than 3 years documented experience in the
application of emulsion seal coats.
1.4 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Apply seal coat only under the following weather conditions:
1 1. The atmospheric temperature is between 50 and 90 F,has been above 32 F for 24 hours, and is expected to
remain above 50 F for 24 hours.
2. Pavement temperature is above 55 F.
3. Surface is dry and no moisture is expected within 24 hours.
4. Weather and wind conditions are such that overspray is preventable and will allow proper curing and opening
to traffic within a reasonable time.
B. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Utilize
temporary striping,flagmen,barricades,warning signs,and warning lights as required.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide seal coat products by one of the following:
1. GemSeal Pavement Products,Charlotte,NC (866)264-8273.
2. SealMaster Pavement Products&Equipment,(800)395-7325.
3. Star Specialty Technology and Research,Columbus, OH(800)759-1912.
2.2 PRODUCTS
A. Water-based,polymer modified asphalt emulsion seal coat formulated for site-mixing with water and aggregate per
ASTM 8099.Provide one of the following:
1. Black Diamond XL,by GemSeal.
2. Polymer Modified Masterseal(PMM),by SealMaster.
3. Micro-Pave Pro-Blend Professional Grade Asphalt Emulsion Pavement Sealer,by Star.
B. Do not use products with pre-blended aggregate.
02787-1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
i
C. Coal Tar: Coal tar emulsion or coal tar/asphalt emulsion shall not be used as a substitute for asphalt emulsion.
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Sand/Aggregate: Sand shall be clean,hard, and irregular silica sand, free of dust,trash, clay, organic materials or
other contaminants.When tested in accordance with ASTM C 136,sand with AFS rating of 50 to 70,with less than
2%retained on 30 mesh, less than 10%retained on 140 mesh, and less than 0.3%retained on 200 mesh screen, is
recommended.
B. Water: Potable and free of harmful soluble salts or reactive chemicals and any other contaminants and within a
temperature range of 50-80 degrees F.
2.4 PREPARATION 1
A. Removal of striping, crack filling,and oil spot treatment are not required prior to application of seal coat.
B. Immediately prior to applying seal coat,prepare and clean area to be seal coated in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
C. Protect existing manholes, inlets, vaults, valve boxes,meter boxes, etc. as necessary to maintain free accessibility
upon completion of seal coat application. Surfaces adjacent to seal coat application areas such as sidewalks,curb
and/or gutter,storefronts,etc.shall be protected by use of felt paper anchored with clean aggregate,or by shielding
components with plywood during application.
D. Coordinate limits of seal coat application operations with Owner's Construction Manager and Store Manager to
avoid interruption to store operations. Protect adjacent areas of the parking lot outside of current seal coat applica-
tion limits to avoid tracking onto adjacent areas. Partition off limits of current seal coat operations until surface is
traffic ready.
E. Coordinate with Store Manager to deactivate lawn sprinkler systems least 48 hours prior to seal coat application and
to remain off for at least 24 hours after seal coat application.
2.5 APPLICATION
A. Add water and sand at manufacturer's recommended rates and mix emulsion in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Apply single coat of product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Allow to dry and cure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to allowing vehicular traffic.
1. Repair applications damaged by insufficient drying or curing time at Contractor's expense.
D. The finished surface shall present a uniform texture with no streaks.
END OF SECTION
I
t
I
02787-2 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
UniSpec II— Special Project 072619
SECTION 02890-TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Traffic control signs.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Standard for Testing Materials(ASTM)
1. ASTM C94-Ready Mix Concrete
B. US Department of Transportation,Federal Highway Administration
1. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD).
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SIGNS: Conform to the following and MUTCD classification is shown in parentheses:
A. "STOP" Signs: 30-inches x 30-inches, Octagon,white legend and border on red background(Rl-1)
B. "YIELD" Signs: 36-inches x 36-inches x 36-inches, Triangle,red legend and border band with white interior(RI-
2)
C. "SPEED LIMIT 15MPH" Signs: 24-inches x 30-inches,black legend and border on white background(R2-1)
D. "NO RIGHT TURN" (or "NO LEFT TURN") Signs: 24-inches x 24-inches, black legend and border, red circle
and bar,and white background(R3-1 and R3-2)
E. "RIGHT TURN ONLY" (or "LEFT TURN ONLY") Signs: 30-inches x 36-inches, black legend and border on
white background(R3-5)
IF. "DO NOT ENTER" Signs: 30-inches x 30-inches,white legend,bar,and background and red circle(R5-1)
G. "NO TRUCKS" Signs: 24-inches x 24-inches,black truck symbol,red circle and bar, on white background(R5-2)
H. "ACCESSIBLE PARKING SYMBOL" Signs: 12-inches x 18-inches, green legend and border, white symbol on
blue box,and white background(R7-8)
I. "PED XING" Signs: 30-inches x 30-inches,black legend and border on yellow background(W 11-2)
J. "NO PARKING-FIRE LANE" Signs: 30-inches x 36-inches,red legend and border on white background.
K. "NO PARKING - LOADING ZONE" Signs: 12-inches x 18-inches, black legend and border on white back-
ground.
L. Miscellaneous Signs: See Construction Drawings
2.2 POSTS
A. "U" channel galvanized steel posts with galvanized sign-mounting hardware for each sign. Posts shall have a
weight of 2-pounds per lineal foot.
02890-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
2.3 CONCRETE
A. Mix concrete and deliver in accordance with ASTM C94.
B. Design mix to produce normal weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, water-reducing admix-
ture,air-entraining admixture,and water to produce following:
1. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on Construction Draw-
ings.
2. Slump Range: 1 to 3-inches at time of placement
3. Air Entrainment: 5 to 8 percent
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Contractor shall field verify underground utilities prior to sign installation. Primary utilities of concern of shallow
depths include,but are not limited to,lawn sprinkler systems,electric,telephone, fiber optic,cable and gas.
B. Cost related to repair of damaged surface and subsurface facilities shall be paid for by the Contractor at no addi-
tional expense to the Owner.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install posts in 6"diameter steel bollards in 18 inch diameter x 24 inch deep concrete foundations. Set posts verti-
cal and plumb with bottom of sign at minimum 7'-0" above finish grade unless otherwise indicated on the Con-
struction Drawings. Mount signs in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. P
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
02890-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 04910-MASONRY RESTORATION AND REPAIR
' PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Repair, patching, and replacement of damaged or defective concrete masonry units, brick, architectural
masonry,and precast sills and caps.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01351 —Regulatory Compliance:
a. Disposal and removal of hazardous construction and universal waste.
b. Work practice control methods for airborne respirable dust.
2. Section 04200-Unit Masonry. Masonry materials and installation.
3. Section 09900-Painting.Existing paint coating removal prior to crack repair and patching.
1.2 REFERENCES
' A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
1 B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA):
1. OSHA 01926.1153 Respirable Crystalline Silica.
1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimize dust emissions and provide equipment that suppresses dust.
' 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Follow cold and hot weather procedures of MSJC.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide unit masonry,mortar,and grout conforming to requirements of Section 04200.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION-GENERAL
' A. Comply with installation requirements of Section 04200 unless otherwise specified herein.
3.2 MASONRY REPAIR
A. Perform repairs in locations and to the extent as shown on the drawing.
B. Perform jobsite sawing, grinding, and drilling with tools equipped with an integrated water delivery system that
' continuously feeds water to the blade or a HEPA-rated filter dust collection vacuum system recommended by the
manufacturer to maintain dust emissions below the permissible level.
C. When removing dust, dirt, and loose or damaged masonry and mortar from cracks or joints before replacing with
04910-1
#5935-216 Tigard.OR 01/28/20
1
new material,use a HEPA-rated filter vacuum.
D. Conduct building repairs prior to cleaning and painting as applicable.
E. Refer to Section 09900 for total coating removal where repair methods specified herein require removal of existing
coatings to bare masonry substrate.
F. Crack Repair-Painted CMU:
1. Confirm that the materials are consistent with the exterior coating system to be used.
2. Cracks less than 1/16":
a. Remove loose or damaged masonry around the crack.
b. Install 112.74 Concrete & Masonry Smooth Elastomeric Patch by Sherwin Williams or
ElastoMastic 352 by Edison Coatings.
3. Cracks less than 1/8":
a. Remove loose or damaged masonry around the crack.
b. Install Elasto-Fill 354 by Edison Coatings.
4. Cracks equal to or greater than 1/8":
a. Route out the crack with a v-notch or grinding wheel equipped with proper dust control systems as
specified herein.
b. Install Dymonic FC by Tremco or other Type P1 or P3 polyurethane sealant as specified in 07900.
Finish sealant to be a minimum of x'/4"D.
G. Crack Repair-Integrally Colored CMU:
1. Prepare a test sample panel for color match in an inconspicuous area before making repairs to verify color
match. Use test site as basis to verify acceptable appearance for the remainder of the project.
2. Stable Cracks less than 1/8":
a. Remove loose or damaged masonry around the crack.
b. Trowel Tamms Cement Wash by Euclid Chemical Company into the cracks in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
c. After the crack is repaired,apply Series 617 Conformal Stain WB by Tnemec to conceal the repair.
3. Dynamic cracks:
a. Route out the joints to a minimum of 1/4 by 1/4 inch to allow for adequate sealant in the joint.
b. Apply Dvmeric 240 FC by Tremco or an equivalent tintable 2-part urethane sealant. Apply without
overlap onto surface of CMU.
c. Custom match sealant color to CMU color.
H. Tuck-Pointing:
1. Remove cracked, loose, or missing mortar until sound mortar is reached. Initial cut shall not exceed 3/4".
Minimum length of repointing shall be 8",or 4"on a vertical architectural masonry joint. Edge of cuts shall
be square for full depth of cut.
2. Apply mortar only to bare concrete or bare mortar.Do not apply mortar to a feathered thickness.
3. If wire reinforcing is exposed in a horizontal masonry joint, grind the exposed wire down until no longer
visible. Remove loose material and dust until sound mortar is reached. Prepare joint as specified above.
4. Apply new mortar into the joint in layers not exceeding 1/4". Verify thumbprint hardness before applying
subsequent layers.
5. Tool joints to match existing when mortar is thumbprint hard. Use tool with large enough radius that joint
is not raked free of mortar.
Patching-Masonry:
1. Remove existing coatings. Apply patching material to bare, sound masonry that does not have scaling or
spalled layers.
2. In the case of iron inclusions, drill the corroded area on the face of the masonry to a maximum depth of
3/4"to remove the underlying iron inclusion.Use proper dust control methods as specified herein.
3. Apply admixture,primer,and patching products as follows:
a. Where application of patching material must be a thickness of between 1/8"and 1-1/2":
1) Admixture: SikaLatex R by Sika Corporation.
2) Primer: Scrub coat of SikaRepair 223 or Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem by Sika.
04910-2 '
#5935-216 Tigard.OR 01/28/20
I
3) Patching material: SikaRepair 223.
b. Where application of patching material must be a thickness of 1/4":
1) Primer: Duralprep AC by Euclid Chemical.
2) Patching material:Verticoat Supreme by Euclid Chemical.
I 3) Cure: High solids,water-based compound.
4. For integrally colored masonry,apply Series 617 Conformal Stain WB by Tnemec after the repair material
has cured.
111 J. Block,Brick,and Block Face Replacement:
1. Replace with units matching adjacent existing units.
2. Chisel or saw out the damaged unit or unit face and surrounding mortar. Remove dust and debris. Use
I proper dust control methods as specified herein.
3. Butter edges of the new unit with mortar to install.
I K. Architectural Masonry(Quick-Brik)Face Replacement:
1. Replace spalled and mismatched units as specified in 04200.
L. Precast Concrete Screen Wall Caps-Re-anchoring and Replacement:
L 1.2. Re-anchor loose caps.
Remove and replace damaged caps with new caps to match existing. Provide (1) #4 x 6-inch steel dowel
each end of cap unit. Anchor dowels in cap and bond beam with epoxy adhesive (2-inch embedment into
I cap).Repair minor cracks in concrete caps and mortar joints as specified herein.
3. If wall caps are to receive new paint,apply a cement-based waterproof coating such as ThoroSeal by BASF
Chemical or equivalent.
I M. Concrete Sill and Concrete Screen Wall Caps-Installation of Soft Joints:
1. If head joints are not separated or cracked, remove head joint at every third joint in preparation for a soft
(control)joint.
2. Remove cracked and separated mortar on the top side and edges of the concrete cap head joints in
II preparation for installation of a soft joint.
3. Remove all loose debris and prime joint in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions.
4. Install a Type P1 or P3 polyurethane sealant as specified in 07900 in the head joint in accordance with
I 5. manufacturer's instructions.
If wall caps are to receive new paint,apply a cement-based waterproof coating such as ThoroSeal by BASF
Chemicals or equivalent.
3.3 MASONRY RESTORATION
A. Architectural Masonry and Integrally Colored Block—Exterior:
I 1. Determine the method of cleaning by testing in an inconspicuous area to determine best suited methods to
minimize the effect of cleaning on color and texture.
2. Protect non-masonry surfaces and other architectural masonry surfaces from contact with cleaning
solutions.
I3. Avoid aggressive cleaning that will remove non through-body surface coloring.
4. Pressure wash surface to remove efflorescence, oil, grease, paint splatter, and surface contamination.
Repair cracks or voids exposed or created during surface preparation as specified herein.
' 5. Remove lime run and calcite stains using one or both of the following methods:
a. Method 1: Apply NMD 80 by EaCo Chem Inc. Contact: Tom Connelly, (800) 313-8505di1uted as
recommended by the manufacturer.
' 1) Agitate cleaner using a rubbing stone. Do not allow the cleaner to dry on the surface.
2) Rinse with water at low pressure.
3) If a single application does not remove stains, apply a second time before proceeding to
Method 2.
I b. Method 2 (Use only if Method 1 is unsuccessful): Apply Calcite Presoak by EaCo Chem according
to manufacturer's instruction.
1) Agitate cleaner using a rubbing stone.Do not allow the cleaner to dry on the surface.
I04910-3
I #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
2) After the presoak has penetrated, scratch the stains to verify that stains are soft enough to be '
scratched through.
3) Apply,agitate,and rinse NMD-80 according to manufacturer's instructions.
6. Remove hardened mortar splatters by hand with scrape hoes or chisels. Clean with Sure Klean Light Duty
Concrete Cleaner (formerly Sure Klean Concrete Brick Cleaner) by Prosoco, Inc. NMD 80 by EaCo
Chem,or equivalent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
7. Allow the surface to dry before applying new coatings. Prior to painting, verify dryness by testing in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the meter and plastic sheet methods as specified in
Part 3 herein.
8. When cleaning process and products are established in the field sample assessment and approved by the
manufacturer,follow the same process for cleaning remaining surfaces of same type.
B. Stone Veneer I
1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and the following cleaning procedure.
2. General Cleaning of Veneer Units:
a. Wash with soft bristle brush and water/granulated detergent solution.
b. Rinse immediately with clean water.
3. Efflorescence Removal:
a. Allow veneer to dry thoroughly.
b. Scrub with soft bristle brush and clean water.
c. Rinse immediately with clean water and allow to dry.
d. If efflorescence is still visible, repeat the above procedure using a solution of 1 part household
vinegar and 5 parts water.
e. Rinse immediately with clean water.
f Repeat as necessary to remove the efflorescence
3.4 CLEANING
A. In-Progress Cleaning: As work progresses, clean unit masonry by dry brushing. Before tooling joints, remove
mortar fms and smears.Use proper dust control methods for dry cleaning and mortar removal. I
B. Remove excess mortar and smears.Replace defective mortar.Match adjacent work.
C. Clean soiled surfaces with a non-acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult '
masonry unit manufacturer for acceptable cleaners.
D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. I
E. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured,clean exposed masonry as follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels.
2. Protect non-masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking
agent,polyethylene film,or waterproof masking tape.
3. Clean non-colored CMU masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's
written instructions. '
4. Clean integral colored CMUarchitectural masonrybrick veneer with a low-acidic proprietary cleaner
containing no muriatic acid such as Enviro Klean, Safety Klean, or Sure Klean Light Duty Concrete
Cleaner by Prosoco, Inc., or NMD 80 by Eco Chem, applied according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
F. Replace defective mortar.Match adjacent work.
G. Dispose of construction waste in accordance with the requirements of Section 01351 Regulatory Compliance II
Supplement.
3.5 PROTECTION I
A. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. ,
04910-4
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 '
I B. Provide protection without damaging completed work.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field quality control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor in accordance with Section 01452. Field quality
control testing and inspection shall be at the discretion of the Contractor as necessary to assure compliance with
Contract requirements.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
04910-5
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
UniSpec H—Special Project 072619
SECTION 05090—POST-INSTALLED CONCRETE AND MASONRY ANCHORS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
' A. Section Includes:
1. Post-installed mechanical and adhesive type anchors for detailed structural connections and exterior
signage.
' 2. Post-installed mechanical type anchors for sales floor merchandise shelving fixtures and storage racks.
3. Post-installed mechanical type anchors for garden center modular rack/fence system.
4. Post-installed general use anchors not included in the above.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01351 —Regulatory Compliance:
a. Disposal and removal of construction and universal waste.
' b. Work practice control methods for airborne respirable dust.
2. Appendix B — Testing, Inspection and Observation by Owner: Procedures for inspection, testing, and
documentation by Owner furnished testing laboratory.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are
referenced within the text by the basic designation only.
B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA):
1. OSHA 01926.1153 Respirable Crystalline Silica.
1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimize dust emissions and provide equipment that suppresses dust.
B. Dispose of construction waste in accordance with the requirements of Section 01351 Regulatory Compliance
fSupplement.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
' A. Code approval reports showing evidence of published performance data for each structural anchor used shall be
available for review by the Structural Engineer of Record (SER) or Architect of Record (AOR) upon request.
Evidence may be in the form of current ICC-ESR report of UES-ER report, as noted below, or a report by an
independent testing laboratory.
B. Reports are not necessary for general use anchors,unless required by AHJ.
1.5 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
B. ASTM International(ASTM):
1. ASTM C 881 -Epoxy-Resin-Based Bonding Systems for Concrete
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
' A. Reports showing evidence of published performance data for each anchor used shall be available for review by the
05090-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Structural Engineer of Record upon request. Evidence may be in the form of current ICC-ER report or a report by
an independent testing laboratory.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS I
A. Provide products from one of the following manufacturers: 1
1. Hilti,Inc.(800)879-8000
2. ITW Red Head(800) 899-7890
3. Simpson Strong Tie Co.Inc.(800)999-5099
4. DeWalt/Powers Fasteners,Inc(800)524-3244 I
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Substitutions: Substitutions of products from manufacturers not listed are not permitted. I
B. Alternate Products: Alternate products from the manufacturers listed may be used upon approval based upon
suitability for the installation involved as determined by the Structural Engineer of Record.
C. Provide proprietary anchor products as specified below unless otherwise shown on the drawings or specified in
other sections. Anchors may be any one of the products listed for the type specified unless otherwise shown or
specified.
D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Provide complete installation instructions with items furnished to the field.
2.3 STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL ANCHORS I
A. Interior Use Anchors:Zinc plated carbon steel anchors.
B. Exterior Use Anchors: Stainless steel with stainless steel nuts and washers of matching alloy group and minimum
proof stress equal to or greater than the specified minimum full-size tensile strength of the externally threaded
fastener. 1
C. Wedge Expansion Anchors: Torque-controlled, with impact section to prevent thread damage complete with
required nuts and washers.Type and size as indicated on Drawings.Provide one of the following:
1. Hilti:
a. Kwik Bolt 3.
1) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 1385)
b. Kwik Bolt TZ.
1) Concrete(ESR 1917)
2) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 3785)
2. ITW Red Head:
a. Trubolt+.
1) Concrete(ESR 2427)
3. DeWalt/Powers:
a. Power-Stud.+SDI
1) Concrete(ESR 2818)
2) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 2966)
4. Simpson:
a. Wedge All.
1) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 1396)
b. Strong-Bolt 2
1) Concrete(ESR 3037) 111
2) Grout Filled CMU(ER 240)
D. Sleeve Anchors: Torque controlled, exhibiting follow-up expansion under load, with provision for rotation
05090-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
' prevention during installation.Provide one of the following:
1. Hilti: HLC Sleeve Anchor.
a. Exterior signage connections only.
' E. Screw Anchors: Single piece anchor installed in a pre-drilled hole using a bit matching manufacuturer tolerances.
Anchors shall have 360-degree contact with the base material and shall not require oversized or undersized holes
for installation.Provide one of the following:
1. Hilti:
a. KH-EZ
1) Concrete(ESR 3027)
2) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 3056)
2. ITW:
a. Tapcon+
1) Concrete(ESR 3699)
b. Large Diameter Tapcon(LDT).
1) Shelving fixture upright connection only.
3. DeWalt/P)owers
a. Screw-Bolt+
1) Concrete(ESR 3889)
b. Tapper+
I) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 3196)
4. Simpson
a. Titen HD
1) Concrete(ESR 2713)
2) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 1056)
2.4 STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE ANCHORS
A. Adhesive Anchor Bolts: Stud-type anchors consisting of threaded steel rod, nut, and washer or deformed
reinforcing bar, and anchor adhesive. Use type and size as indicated on Drawings. Use stainless steel or zinc
coated carbon steel for exterior exposure.
B. Adhesive: Adhesive shall be a cartridge type, two-component, epoxy, acrylic, or hybrid based system dispensed
and mixed through a static mixing nozzle supplied by the manufacturer. Acceptable installation and performance
temperature ranges shall be verified with manufacturer's literature prior to installation. Provide one of the
following:
1. Hilti:
a. HIT-HY 200(A/R)
1) Concrete(ESR 3187)
2) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 3963)
b. HIT-HY 70
1) Hollow and Grout Filled CMU(ESR 2682)
c. HIT-RE 500 V3
1) Concrete(ESR 3814)
2. Simpson:
a. SET-XP
' 1) Concrete(ESR 2508)
2) Grout Filled CMU(ER 265)
b. AT-XP
1) Concrete(ER263)'
2) Grout Filled CMU(ER 281)
3. ITW Red Head:
a. Epcon C6+
I 1) Concrete(ESR 3577)
b. Epcon A7+
1) Concrete(ESR 3908)
' 2) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 3200)
05090-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
4. DeWalt/Powers:
a. AC100+Gold
1) Concrete(ESR 2582)
2) Grout Filled CMU(ESR 3200)
b. AC200+
1) Concrete(ESR 4027)
2.5 GENERAL USE ANCHORS
A. General use anchors shall be adequate for the loads they support. I
B. Testing and inspection are not required for general use anchors. I
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION I
A. Examine conditions and adjacent areas where products and materials will be installed and verify that conditions
conform to product manufacturer's requirements.Verify that structural components are ready to receive Work. Do
not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Post-installed anchors installed for missing or misplaced cast-in-place anchors shall be approved by the Structural
Engineer of Record.
B. Where manufacturer recommends use of special tools for installation of anchors, such tools shall be used, unless
otherwise permitted specifically by the Structural Engineer of Record.
C. Where holes are drilled in concrete or masonry, provide drills equipped with a HEPA-rated filter vacuum dust
collection system recommended by the manufacturer to maintain dust emissions below the permissible level. I
D. Drill holes accurately and squarely and. Clean holes in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
using HEPA-rated filter vacuum.
E. Post-installed Anchor Installation(General):
1. Install post-installed anchors where shown on the drawings.
2. Perform anchor installation in accordance with manufacturer instructions. Install anchors at not less than
the minimum embedment,edge distance,and spacing recommended by the manufacturer.
3. Drill holes with rotary impact hammer drills using carbide-tipped bits. Drill bits shall be of diameters as
specified by the anchor manufacturer. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, all holes shall be drilled
perpendicular to the base material surface.
a. Cored Holes:Where anchors are to be installed in cored holes,use core bits with matched tolerances
as specified by the manufacturer.
b. Embedded Items: Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling
holes for anchors. Avoid damage to existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or
drilling. Avoid damaging electrical and telecommunications conduit and gas lines. Notify the
Engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling.
c. Base Material Strength: Unless otherwise specified, do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until
concrete,mortar,or grout has achieved full design strength.
d. Hollow Substrates: Where anchors are noted to be installed in hollow substrates, holes shall be
drilled using rotation mode only.
4. Use anchors of the same anchor manufacturer for anchors of the same type.
F. Mechanical Anchor Installation: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Sleeve anchors shall he
05090-4
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
installed with sleeve fully engaged in part to be fastened. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque,
using a torque wrench.
G. Adhesive Anchor Installation:
' 1. When the base material temperature drops below 40-degrees F, use only acrylic adhesive. See
manufacturer's instructions for additional minimum temperature requirements. Maintain environmental
conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for
I 2. optimum results. Do not install under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
Hollow Substrates: Anchorage into hollow substrates is not allowed unless specifically indicated on the
contract documents. Where applicable,the adhesive manufacturer's screen tubes shall be used for adhesive
installation into hollow substrate applications.
3. Oversized Holes: Refer to manufacturer's information if drilled hole size is larger than what is
recommended.
4. Core Drilled Holes:Refer to manufacturer's information if holes are drilled with a core-drill bit.
' 5. Clean holes per manufacturer instructions to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of
adhesive. Inject adhesive into holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the
surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. Follow manufacturer
recommendations to ensure proper mixing of adhesive components. Sufficient adhesive shall be injected in
the hole to ensure that the annular gap is filled to the surface. Remove excess adhesive from the surface.
Shim anchors with suitable device to center the anchor in the hole. Do not disturb or load anchors before
manufacturer specified cure time has elapsed.
3.3 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Remove and replace misplaced, defective, or malfunctioning anchors. Anchors that fail a sheer or pullout test, if
directed or installation torque requirements shall be regarded as malfunctioning. Fill empty anchor holes and
patch failed anchor locations with high-strength non-shrink,nonmetallic grout.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field quality control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor in accordance with Section 01452. Except as
specified as mandatory, field quality control testing and inspection shall be at the discretion of the Contractor as
' necessary to assure compliance with Contract requirements. Owner T&I specified in Appendix B shall not
preclude Contractor's responsibility to perform similar routine,necessary, and customary testing and inspection of
the methods and frequency suitable for the type of work involved.
3.5 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I)
A. The Owner will perform testing and inspection as specified in Appendix B(Section 05090).
END OF SECTION
I
I
05090-5
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
I
SECTION 05500-METAL FABRICATIONS
' PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
IA. Section includes:
1. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items,galvanized and prime painted.
2. Wal-Mart furnished fabricated metal items.
I
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 03310-Structural Concrete and Exterior Concrete Slabs:Grout for setting metal fabrications.
I 2. Section 05090 - Post-installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Mechanical and adhesive anchors drilled
into concrete or masonry.
3. Section 05120-Structural Steel: Connection of miscellaneous framing and supports to structural steel.
4. Section 06065-Plastic Materials: Plastic sleeves for steel pipe bollards.
I 5. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Field painted finishes.
6. Appendix A—Products and Work By Owner or Separate Contractor
a. General procedures related to Owner furnished products.
I b. Manufacturers,suppliers,vendor contacts and product names and numbers related to Owner furnished
products.
1.2 REFERENCES
IA. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI):
1. ANSI A 14.3 -Ladders,Fixed,Safety Requirements.
I C. ASTM International(ASTM):
1. ASTM A 36-Carbon Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A 53 -Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless.
I 3. ASTM A 123 -Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
4. ASTM A 153 -Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware.
5. ASTM A 240-Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate,Sheet,and Strip for Pressure Vessels
and for General Applications
I 6. ASTM A 307-Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
7. ASTM A 325-Structural Bolts,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.
8. ASTM A 500-Cold-formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
I 9. ASTM A 591 -Steel Sheet,Electrolytic Zinc-Coated,for Light Coating Mass Applications.
10. ASTM A 653-Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-
Dip Process.
11. ASTM A 666-Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet,Strip,Plate,and Flat Bar.
I 12. ASTM A 1008 - Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength
Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened,Baked Hardenable.
13. ASTM A 1011 -Steel,Sheet and Strip,Hot-Rolled,Carbon,Structural,High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-
IStrength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.
D. American Welding Society(AWS):
1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code.
1 2. AWS D1.3 -Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel.
E. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers(NAAMM):
I 1. Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products.
05500-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
F. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC):
1. SSPC-Paint 20-Zinc-Rich Coating Type I-Inorganic and Type II-Organic.
2. SSPC-Paint 25 -Zinc Oxide,Alkyd,Linseed Oil Primer for Use Over Hand cleaned Steel Type I and Type
II.
3. SSPC-SP3 -Power Tool Cleaning
4. SSPC-PA1 -Shop,Field,and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit directly to Architect for Contractor furnished items only. U
1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments,reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and ac-
cessories.
2. Include erection drawings,elevations,and details where applicable.
3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.
4. Prepare shop drawings under the supervision of a licensed structural Professional Engineer.
B. Submit Shop Drawings within 10 working days of Contract date.
C. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding operators in accordance with Standard Qualification Procedures ,
as required by AWS Dl.l.
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING '
A. Transport,handle,store,and protect products in compliance with the requirements of Section 01600 and manufac-
turer's recommendations.
B. Delivery and Handling of Wal-Mart Furnished,Contractor Installed Items:
1. Product Delivery:Wal-Mart Supplier will deliver products to jobsite. Contact Wal-Mart Supplier to establish
product delivery date.
2. Product Packaging: Products will be packaged in manufacturer's standard packaging on shipping pallets.
Installation Drawings will be included with products.
3. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600.
a. Verify quantity of products furnished with Bill of Material provided with Wal-Mart furnished prod-
ucts.
b. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered,or damage to products delivered to the Wal-Mart
Construction Manager,Wal-Mart Indirect Sourcing at(479) 204-0684(select option 1)or construe-
tion.buvouts@wal-mart.com and Wal-Mart Supplier.
c. Note product quantity discrepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Materials.
d. Upon notification by Contractor, Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS '
A. Wal-Mart's Suppliers will furnish the following fabricated metal items as specified in Appendix A for installation
by Contractor.
1. Jib crane hoist arm and railing assembly.
2. Interior stainless steel bollards-floor mounted/bolted.
3. Interior galvanized steel bollards—mounted inside freezer.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel Plates and Shapes: ASTM A 36.
05500-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
B. Bolts,Nuts,and Washers: ASTM A 325 and ASTM A 307.
I
C. Cold Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008.
ID. Hot Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011.
E. Galvanized Steel Sheets:
1. Structural: ASTM A 653 Structural Quality,G90.
2. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A 591,Class C.
F. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip,and Plate: ASTM A 240 or ASTM A 666,Type 304 or 430 as shown or specified.
G. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500,Grade B.
IH. Steel Piping: ASTM A 53.
I. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3 type required for materials being welded.
I J. Primers:
1. Shop application and field touch-up: SSPC 25.
2. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC 20.
I3. Color: To match primer used on steel roof deck and joists.
K. Concrete Inserts: Cast steel or malleable bolts,washers,and shims;galvanized.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication.
B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
C. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections,for delivery to site.
'
D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
I E. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth,using concealed fasteners where possible. Use
exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate
joints where least conspicuous.
F. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of
same material and finish as metal fabrication,except where specifically noted otherwise.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and
I
Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Shop prime ferrous-metal items not
indicated to be galvanized.
B. Prime Painting:
1. Prime paint in shop as scheduled.
2. Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
3. Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting.
I
4. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required.
5. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat. Touch up with same primer.
I05500-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
C. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153 as ,
applicable. Galvanize to minimum 2.0 ozlsq ft zinc coating,exterior items, and those items indicated on Drawings
and specified herein,to be galvanized.
D. Finish Painting: Finish paint after installation as shown on the drawings or specified herein in accordance with ,
Section 09900.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION 1111
A. Obtain Wal-Mart Construction Manager approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled.
B. Clean and strip site primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is scheduled.
C. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. 1
D. Use grout specified in Section 03310 for setting metal fabrications.
3.2 INSTALLATION 1
A. Install items plumb and level,accurately fitted,free from distortion or defects. '
B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1 or D1.3,as applicable. After installation,grind sight-exposed
field welds smooth,touch-up welds,scratched,or damaged surfaces with primer.
3.3 SCHEDULE I
A. Provide items as scheduled herein and as indicated on Drawings. ,
B. Include related items and systems necessary to complete the Work including anchorages and attachments necessary
for installation
C. Loose Bearing Plates and Lintels: Fabricate to sizes and configuration indicated on Drawings; prime paint fmish '
except for items requiring field welding.
D. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Furnish steel framing and supports not specified under Section 05120. Fab- '
ricate welded construction in as large units as possible. Drill and tap for hardware and other items. Include anchors
required for building into work of other Sections.
1. Interior: Prime paint fmish,gray. '
2. Exterior: Galvanized.
E. Rough Hardware: Custom fabricated bolts,plates, anchors,hanger,dowels,and other miscellaneous steel and iron '
shapes required for framing, supporting, and anchoring other construction. Galvanized unless otherwise indicated
on Drawings.
F. Steel columns not included in Section 05120. ,
1. Interior: Prime paint fmish.
2. Exterior: Galvanized.
G. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Profiles and sizes as indicated on Drawings; continuous welded joints and smooth ex- ,
posed edges. Use concealed field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages; coordinate
assembly and installation into work of other Sections.
1. Interior: Prime paint finish. ,
2. Exterior: Galvanized.
05500-4 ,
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 '
I
I H. Exterior Steel Pipe Bollards(Footing Mounted): ASTM A 53,Type E(electric-resistance welded)or Type S(seam-
less),Grade B,Schedule 40,height.
1. Size:Height and diameter as shown on the drawings.
2. Fill bollard with concrete or provide cap/plug at unfilled bollards as indicated on Drawings.
I 3. Finish:
a. Painted Bollards: Field prime and finish coated in accordance with Section 09900.
b. Plastic Sleeve Covered Bollards: Galvanized.
4. Plastic Sleeves: Install polyethylene thermoplastic pipe sleeves on bollards as specified in Section 06065
I and at locations shown on the drawings.
5. Installation: Install in concrete footing as shown on the drawings.
I I. Interior Steel Pipe Bollards(Core Drilled):ASTM A 53,Type E(electric-resistance welded)or Type S(seamless),
Grade B, Schedule 40.
1. Size: Height and nominal diameter as shown on the drawings.
2. Fill bollard as indicated on Drawings.
3. Finish: Field primed and painted in accordance with Section 09900.
4. Install as shown on the drawings.
I J. Interior Stainless Steel Bollards-Floor Mounted/Bolted(Wal-Mart Furnished,Contractor Installed):
1. Location:Where shown on Drawings
2. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,using manufacturer supplied hardware.
IK. Interior Galvanized Steel Bollards-Mounted Inside Freezer(Wal-Mart Furnished,Contractor Installed):
1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,using manufacturer supplied hardware.
I L. Bollard Base Plate(For Wal-Mart Furnished and Contractor Installed Bollards Inside Freezer): Provide steel bollard
mounting base plate to be cast in concrete floor as shown.Provide base plate by one of the following:
1. PNA Construction Technologies,contact: Marva Wilkerson(800)542-0214.
2. Fabricate base plate assembly as detailed on the drawings.
I3. Install where shown on the drawings.
M. Steel Pipe Railings: ASTM A53,Type E(electric-resistance welded)or Type S(seamless),Grade B, Schedule 40.
I Fabricate to dimensions indicated on Drawings. Cope horizontal railings intersecting vertical members. Provide
radius bends at changes in direction. Finish as follows:
1. Interior: Prime paint fmish.
2. Exterior: Galvanized.
I3. Set-in sleeves and secure railings to other construction,as indicated on Drawings.
4. Handrails and Top Rails: Design point load 200 lbs,downward or horizontal,and uniform load of 50 lb/lin
ft applied simultaneously in both vertical and horizontal directions. Concentrated and uniform loads need
I 5. not be assumed to act concurrently.
Intermediate Rails: Uniform load of 25 lbs/sq ft of gross area of railing system, including open area.
6. Shopping Cart Railings (If Indicated on Drawings): 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inches by 11 gage tube steel. Weld all
connections. No finish required. Coordinate installation with store manager.
I
N. Handrail Brackets: Cast iron with not less than 3 inch projection from wall surface to centerline of handrail. Finish
as indicated below.
I 1. Interior:Prime paint fmish.
2. Exterior: Galvanized.
O. Steel Supports for Overhead Doors, Closures,and Grilles: Channels and tubes as indicated on Drawings for over-
I head coiling doors,rolling closures,and overhead coiling grilles. Coordinate fabrication with respective section of
work.]
I P. Door Jambs: Fabricate metal door jambs, as indicated on Drawings, for use at traffic doors and overhead doors.
Provide mitered and welded corners,ground smooth. Countersink fasteners,minimum six per jamb.
I
05500-5
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
i
Q. Protector Angle: Provide continuous steel angles and fasteners,at locations indicated on Drawings. Fabricate angles
for attachment to slab-on-grade with 1/2 inch,minimum 4 inch long expansion bolts at maximum 36 inch o.c.
R. Smoke Curtain: Provide continuous steel angles as indicated and required for the erection of overhead supported
curtains. Coordinate work with Section 05300. Weld steel angles to roof support. Secure curtain in place with self-
tapping metal screws,plumb and level with adjacent construction.
S. Stainless Steel Column Wraps: 18 Gauge,Grade 304 Stainless Steel sheet with No.3 finish.
1. Install as shown and at locations shown on Drawings.
T. Closure Panel at Refrigerated Cases: Fabricate and install closure panels as shown on Drawings. Fabricate from
stainless steel or galvanized steel sheet as shown. I
END OF SECTION
I
1
1
i
r
I
I
I
I
I
05500-6
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
UniSpec II—Special Project 072619
SECTION 06100-ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Blocking and nailers for roofing system and related metal flashings.
2. Preservative and fire resistive treatment.
' 3. Concealed blocking behind wall mounted items.
4. Structural panel products.
5. Non-structural panel products including the following:
a. Backing for electrical and telephone equipment.
b. Panels concealed within gypsum board and metal stud partitions.
c. Panels used as finish material;walls,ceilings,wainscots,and bases.
6. Panel product and framing for wood and wire mesh doors.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07240/07243 - Exterior Insulation and Finish System: Finish over plywood sheathing at
' exterior signage.
2. Section 07620-Sheet Metal Flashing And Trim
1.2 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
B. American Lumber Standards Committee(ALSC):
1. Softwood Lumber Standards.
C. American Plywood Association(APA):
1. Grades and Standards.
D. ASTM International(ASTM):
1. ASTM A 123/A-Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
2. ASTM A 153 -Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware.
3. ASTM A 307 -Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
4. ASTM A 653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)
by the Hot-Dip Process.
5. ASTM E 84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
' 6. ASTM B 117-Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray(Fog)Apparatus.
7. ASTM E 1333 - Test Method for Determining Formaldehyde Concentrations in Air and Emission Rates
from Wood Products Using a Large Chamber.
' E. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME):
1. ASME B18.6.1 -Wood Screws(Inch Series)
' F. American Wood Protection Association(AWPA):
1. AWPA M4-Care of Preservative Treated Wood Products.
2. AWPA Ul—User Specification for Treated Wood.
' G. Department of Commerce(National Institute of Standards and Technology)-Product Standard(DOC):
1. DOC PS 1 -Construction and Industrial Plywood.
2. DOC PS 2-Performance Standard for Wood Based Structural Use Panels.
3. DOC PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard.
06100-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
H. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau(SPIB):
1. Grading Rules. 1
I. Western Wood Products Association(WWPA):
1. Western Lumber Grading Rules.
J. Underwriters'Laboratories(UL):
1. UL FR-S Classification-Fire Retardant Treated Wood with Flame Spread Ratings of 25 or less in
accordance with ASTM E84.
2. UL 723 -Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lumber Grading Agency: Lumber to be grade stamped by an agency certified by the Board of Review of the
American Lumber Standards Committee(ALSC).
B. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable codes for fire retardant treatment of wood surfaces for
flame/smoke ratings.
D. Composite Wood Products: Hardwood plywood, particleboard, and medium density fiberboard
composite wood products specified herein for exterior or interior applications shall meet the requirements
for formaldehyde as specified by the California Air Resources Board, Air Toxics Control Measure for
Composite Wood as tested in accordance with ASTM E 1333, and Chap 5 of the CALGreen
requirements. '
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Transport,handle,store,and protect products in compliance with the requirements of Section 01600. 1
B. Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage to edges,ends and surfaces.
C. Keep materials dry. Stack materials off ground a minimum of 12 inches or if on concrete slab-on-grade a
minimum of 1-1/2 inches, fully protected from weather. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under
coverings.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20; S4S. Maximum of 19 percent moisture content, surfaced dry, No. 2 any species graded
under WWPA grading rules or No. 3 Grade Southern Pine graded under SPIB grading rules.
B. Plywood Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, Grade C Plugged veneer, fire retardant treated, thickness
indicated but not less than 1/2 inch nominal thickness.
C. Nonstructural Panel: DOC PS 1 or PS 2,fire retardant treated plywood.
1. Type 1 (Interior): Grade C-D Plugged veneer, Exposure I, locations and thickness indicated on the
Drawings.
2. Type 2 (Exterior): Grade B-B veneer, Exterior, locations and thickness as indicated on the
Drawings.
D. Structural Panels: DOC PS 1 or PS 2.
1. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Grade B-B veneer, Exterior for exterior, Exposure 1 for interior, span
rating required to support spacing indicated on Drawings. Thickness: Indicated on Drawings.
06100-2 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
2. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Grade B-B veneer, Exposure 1, Structural I, span rating as required to
I suit support spacing indicated on Drawings. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings.
E. Fire-Rated Structural Panel Products: Provide one of the following non-combustible panels with span rating as
I required to suit support spacing indicated on Drawings. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings.
1. Cement Bonded Particle Board (CBPB): VersaRoc, by U.S. Architectural Products, Lincoln, RI
(800)243-6677.
2. Fire-Rated Wood Panel:Blazeguard,by Barrier Technology,Inc.,Watkins,MN(800)638-4570.
I
F. High Density Wood Fiber Panel Products: Provide one of the following panels with span rating as required to suit
support spacing indicated on drawings. Thickness as indicated on drawings.
I 1. EnergyGuard High Fiberboard,by GAF, (800)766-3411.
2. Huebert Fiberboard Roof Insulation, by Huebert Brothers Products, LLC; Booneville, MO (816)
882-2704.
I G. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS2, Exposure 1, for interior signage backing indicated on drawings. Thickness:
Indicated on drawings.
' 2.2 FASTENERS
A. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high
I relative humidity: Comply with the treated lumber manufacturer's recommendations for fasteners and metal
components in contact with treated lumber.
1. Fasteners:ASTM A 153,class D for hot dip galvanized fasteners or type 304 or type 316 stainless
steel.
I 2. Other components: ASTM A 653, G-185, with minimum of 1.85 ounces of zinc coating per
square foot coverage or type 304 or type 316 stainless steel.
IB. At no time shall any galvanized metal,stainless steel,or other dissimilar metals be in contact with one another.
C. Nails,Brads and Staples:
1. ASTM F 1667 Galvanized for exterior locations and high humidity areas,and for treated wood
I
2.3. ASTM A123 plain finish for other interior locations.
Size and type to suit application,unless otherwise noted.
D. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, and Lag Screws: ASTM A307, Medium carbon steel; size and type to suit application;
galvanized for exterior locations,high humidity areas,and treated wood;plain finish for other interior locations, of
size and type to suit application,unless otherwise noted.
IE. Wood Screws:ASME B18.6.1
F. Toggle Bolt Fasteners: For anchorage of non-structural items to hollow masonry.
G. Expansion Shield Fasteners: For anchorage of non-structural items to solid masonry and concrete.
H. Powder or Pneumatically Actuated Fasteners: For anchorage of non-structural items to steel.
II. Fasteners for Wood and Plywood to Light Gage Metal Framing and Metal Deck (up to 10 gage, 0.1345 inch):
Self-drilling flat head wood-to-metal screws.
I 1. Manufacturers:
a. Hilti,Tulsa,OK(800) 879-6000.
b. ITW Buildex,Itasca,IL(800)323-0720.
2. Wood and Plywood Up to 3/4 Inch Thick:
I
a. Hilti: S-WD 8-18 x 1-15/16 PFH#3 Black Phosphated.
b. ITW: Traxx 10-16#3 point.
c. Pre-drill wood if wood thickness is greater than 1/2 inch or use heavier fastener specified below.
I06100-3
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
3. Wood less than or equal to 1-1/8 inch thickness to 18 Gage (0.0478 inch) and 20 Gage (0.0359
inch)Metal:
a. Hilti: S-WD 10-24 x 1-1/2 PWH#3 wafer head screw.
b. ITW: Traxx 10-16#3 point.
c. Pre-drill wood if wood thickness is greater than 1/2 inch.
4. Wood less than or equal to 1-3/4 inch thickness to 16 Gage(0.598 inch) and Heavier Metal (less
than or equal to 0.232 inches):
a. Hilti: S-WW 12-24 x 2-1/2 PFH#4 Wings.
b. ITW: Traxx 12-24#4 Point with Wings.
5. Wood less than or equal to 2-inch thickness to 16 Gage(0.598 inch) and heavier metal (less than
or equal to 1/4 inch):
a. Hilti: S-WW 1/4-20 x 2-3/4 PFH#4 Wings.
J. For wall and roof sheathing panels, provide screws with organic-polymer or other corrosion-protective coating
having a salt-spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117 with wafer heads or reamer wings I
as specified above,length as shown or as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened.
K. Fasteners for Structural Wood Members to Solid Grouted Masonry: Adhesive anchors, size and length as
indicated on Drawings. ,
1. Anchor adhesive: Cartridge type two-component adhesive for embedding anchors.
a. HIT HY-150 by Hilti Corp.
b. Epcon System,Ceramic 6 by ITW Ramset/Red Head '
c. Epoxy-Tie SET by Simson Strong Tie Co. Inc.,Pleasanton,CA(800)925-5099.
d. Substitutions: Not permitted.
L. Fasteners for Non-Structural Wood Members to Masonry: Masonry screw anchor with Phillips or Torx flat head, '
size and length as shown on the drawings.
1. Hilti: Kwik-Con II fastener.
2. ITW: Tapcon masonry anchor.
M. Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements,fasteners by alternate manufacturers of
equal types to those specified may be provided,except where substitutions are specifically prohibited.
2.3 WOOD TREATMENT I
A. Preservative Pressure Treated Lumber Treatment:
1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide any of the following:
a. Wolman CCA,by Arch Wood Protection, Smyrna,GA,(770)801-6600.
b. CCA Pressure Treatment by Hoover Treated Wood Products Inc.,Thomson,GA,(800).832-9663.
c. SupaTimber,by Viance,Charlotte,NC,(800)421-8661. '
2. Treat lumber in accordance with AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in
contact with the ground; Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with the
ground;and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with the ground. '
3. Preservative Chemicals shall be acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction and contain no
arsenic or chromium where prohibited.
4. Kiln dry lumber after treatment to 15-19 percent moisture content. Do not use warped material or
materials that do not comply with requirements for untreated material. Material to be painted or '
stained shall have knots and pitch streaks sealed as with untreated wood.
5. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board
of Review and acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. ,
B. Field-Applied Lumber Preservative:
1. Provide the following:
a. Inorganic boron. ,
b. Copper napthenate.
C. Fire Retardant Treatment:
06100-4
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 ,
I
1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide any of the following:
I a. Dricon FRT(exterior and interior),by Arch Wood Protection,Smyrna,GA,(770)801-6600.
b. Exterior X(exterior) and Pyro-Guard(interior) by Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc.; Thomson,
GA;(800)-832-9663.
I 2. c. D-Blaze(interior)by Viance,Charlotte,NC;(800)421-8661.
Identify fire retardant treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
I
3. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that
do not bleed through,contain colorants,or otherwise adversely affect finishes.
4. Kiln dry lumber after treatment,to an average moisture content of 19 percent or less.
5. Kiln dry plywood after treatment,to an average moisture content of 15 percent or less.
I 6. Chemicals used to treat material shall be free of halogens, sulfates, ammonium phosphate and
formaldehyde.
7. Treatment material shall provide protection against termites and fungal decay and shall be
registered for use as a wood preservative by the U. S.Environmental Protection Agency.
I
D. Wood Requiring Treatment:
1. Lumber,Preservative Treated:
I a. Nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar items in conjunction with roofing, flashing, and other con-
struction.
b. Sills,blocking,furring,stripping,and similar items in contact with masonry or concrete.
2. Lumber,Fire Retardant Treated:
I
a. Interior partition framing, furring, blocking, nailers, and miscellaneous exposed wood at roofing
system and wood exposed within the roof/ceiling assembly.
3. Interior Plywood,Fire Retardant Treated:
I a. Plywood used as finish material,walls,ceilings,wainscots and bases.
b. Plywood backing for electrical and telephone equipment.
c. Plywood concealed within gypsum board and metal stud partitions.
' d. Non-structural plywood wall sheathing at concealed spaces.
e. Exposed to sight plywood surfaces.
4. Exterior Plywood,Fire Retardant Treated:
a. Plywood used as sheathing,substrate,or parapet cap assembly.
1 E. Wood Requiring Treatment:
1. Lumber,Preservative Treated:
a. Nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar items in conjunction with roofing, flashing, and other
I construction.
b. Sills,blocking,furring, stripping,and similar items in contact with masonry or concrete.
2. Lumber,Fire Retardant Treated:
I a. Wood in concealed spaces.
b. Wood exposed within the roof/ceiling assembly.
3. Interior Plywood,Fire Retardant Treated:
a. Plywood used as finish material,walls,wainscots,and bases in fire-rated corridors.
I b. Plywood backing for electrical and telephone equipment.
4. Plywood Not to be Fire Retardant Treated: Structural plywood performing a structural function,
such as a component of roof,floors or shear walls.
' PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
I
A. Examine areas to receive rough carpentry work and verify following:
1. That installation of building components to receive rough carpentry work is complete.
I
2.3. That surfaces are satisfactory to receive work.
That spacing,direction and details of supports are correct to accommodate installation of blocking,
backing,stripping,furring and nailing strips.
I06100-5
I #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
M.
I
3.2 SITE TREATMENT OF WOOD MATERIALS I
A. Wood Treatment at Site: Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative
treated lumber.
1. Use inorganic boron for items continuously protected from liquid water.
2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough
carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring,nailers, blocking,
grounds,and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. '
1. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths.
2. Do not splice structural members between supports,unless otherwise indicated.
B. Provide blocking and framing indicated and necessary to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and '
trim.
1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing
or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 ,
inches o.c.
C. Secure members in place with specified fastener. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members
where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive fmish materials. Make tight connections between
members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated.
D. Wood Ground, Sleeper, Blocking, and Nailer: Install where indicated and where required for screeding or
attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work.
Coordinate locations with other work involved.
1. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, ,
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Recess heads of fasteners below surface of wood members.
E. Wood Furring: Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for ,
tolerance of fmish work.
F. Install firestopping complying with Section 07840 in concealed spaces with wood blocking, horizontally and I
vertically in accordance with drawings,minimum 2 inches thick where space is not blocked by framing members.
G. Tapered Wood Shim(edge strip)at Parapet Cap:
1. Provide shaped high density wood fiber or wood material as indicated at the optional Parapet ,
Detail.
2. Shape wood material for continuous support of metal coping.
H. Fasteners: Install fasteners with manufacturer's recommended power tool for each type of fastener. '
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect rough carpentry from weather throughout construction period.
111
END OF SECTION ,
I
06100-6
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
UniSpec II-Special Project 072619
SECTION 08710-DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Hardware for doors.
2. Thresholds.
' 3. Weatherstripping,seals and door gaskets.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Contractor's Products Selection checklist.
2. Section 03310-Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete: Non-shrink grout for thresholds.
3. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Blocking for miscellaneous hardware mounting.
4. Section 06400-Architectural Woodwork: Hardware for cabinetry and other finish carpentry.
' 5. Section 08110-Steel Doors and Frames: Hardware coordination.
6. Section 08331 -Coiling Counter Doors: Hardware coordination.
7. Section 08411 -Aluminum Framed Storefronts: Hardware coordination.
' 8. Section 08462-Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors: Hardware coordination.
9. Section 16100-Wiring Methods: Electrified hardware coordination.
10. Appendix A-Products and Work By Owner or Separate Contractor
a. General procedures related to Owner furnished products.
' b. Manufacturers,suppliers,vendor contacts and product names and numbers related to Owner furnished
products.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
B. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA):
1. 28 CFR Part 36-ADA Standards for Accessible Design.
C. American National Standards Institute(ANSI):
1. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically
Handicapped People.
2. ANSI A 156.2-Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches.
3. ANSI A 156.6-Architectural Door Trim.
4. ANSI A 156.13-Mortise Locks and Latches.
' 5. ANSI A 156.15-Release Devices-Closer Holder,Electromagnetic and Electromechanical.
D. National Fire Protection Institute(NFiPA):
1. NFPA 80-Fire Doors and Windows.
' 2. NFPA 101 -Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures.
3. NFPA 252-Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
' E. Underwriters Laboratories(UL):
1. UL l OB-Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
2. UL 305-Panic Hardware.
' 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Product Delivery: Owner's Supplier will deliver Owner furnished products to site to be received by Contractor as
specified in Section 01600.
08710-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
B. Transport,handle,store,and protect products in compliance with the requirements of Section 01600. ,
C. Product Packaging: Hardware will be shipped in manufacturer's standard packaging with identification markings
on each component or package.
D. Receive and accept products and report suspected defects and shipping discrepancies in compliance with the '
requirements of Section 01600.
E. Product Compliance Inspection: Inspect delivered products for compliance with product descriptions in Part 2 '
herein. Report discrepancies to the Architect.
F. Store products in unopened packages in protected dry area to prevent damage from environmental and construction '
operations.
G. Receive Owner furnished products in accordance with the requirements of Section 01600. '
H. Product Delivery: Owner's Supplier will deliver Owner furnished products to site to be received by Contractor.
Contact Owner's Supplier to coordinate product delivery,receipt and installation.
I. Acceptance at Site: Inspect products upon delivery to Site to verify quantity, and report discrepancies in quantity '
delivered or damage.
J. Product Packaging: Products will be delivered in manufacturer's original packaging with identification markings on '
each component or package.
PART 2 PRODUCTS '
2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Owner's Supplier will furnish hardware for the OGP exterior door as specified in Appendix A(Section 08710)for
installation by the Owner's Vendor.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS ,
A. Provide hardware as manufactured by those listed in the Hardware Manufacturer Designation schedule in this Part
2. Provide hardware components as Scheduled in the Hardware Schedule in Part 3 of this Section.
1. Hardware furnished by Owner is specified in Appendix A(08710).
I
B. Provide products by the manufacturers listed herein.No substitutions allowed.
C. Product Designations: Hardware may be any of the products listed within the tables below for each specific type. '
Substitutions will not be permitted.
D. Hardware Manufacturer Designations: '
ID Manufacturer Telephone ID Manufacturer Telephone
Ar Arrow USA Lock and Door (800)839-3157 P Pemko Mfg.Co. (Assa West Coast(800) ,
Hardware(Assa Abloy) Abloy) 283-9988
De Detex Corporation (800)629-2900 East Coast(800)
GJ Glynn-Johnson(Allegion) (877)671-7011 824-3018 ,
H Hager Companies (800)325-9995 Po Positive Lock (800)342-7670
I H.B. Ives (Allegion) (877)671-7011 Re Reese Enterprises,Inc. (800)328-0953
LCN LCN Closers (Allegion) (877)671-7011 Ri Rixson(Assa Abloy) (800)457-5670 '
Mc McKinney (Assa Abloy) (800)346-7707 Ro Rockwood(Assa Abloy) (814)926-2026
Na National Guard Products, (800)647-7874 Sc Schlage(Allegion) (888)805-9837
Inc. Sec Assa Abloy Electronic (800)626-7590
08710-2 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 '
I
IID Manufacturer Telephone ID Manufacturer Telephone
Security Hardware(formerly S Stanley Hardware (855)365-2407
Securitron) T Trimco(Triangle Brass Mfg.) (323)262-4191
' Sel Select Hinges (800)585-1019 VD Von Duprin(Allegion) (877)671-7011
I2.3 SUPPLIERS
A. Provide door hardware from one of the following national or local suppliers.
1. DH Pace,Inc.,Springfield,MO,Mark Lyons,(417)831-5585.
2. Positive Lock(Alarm Exit Device)-Contact:Kimbra White,(800)342-7670.
I2.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform work in accordance with the following standards:
1. ANSIA117.1
I
2. NFPA 101.
3. NFPA 80.
4. NFPA 252.
5. UL 10B.
6. UL 305.
B. Conform to applicable code for requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames.
IC. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and
acceptable to Authority Having Jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
ID. Conform to applicable local,State or Federal disabled access requirements for the installation and operation of door
hardware.
' 2.5 FINISHES
A. Provide finishes as specified in Part 2 of this Section unless otherwise indicated in the Hardware Schedule for the
Ispecific hardware item.
2.6 HINGES
111 A. Material:
1. Mortise Butts:Provide full mortise-type hinges with stainless steel pins, except steel pins with steel hinges;
non-removable pin(NRP)for exterior and public interior exposure,non-rising pin,flat button with matching
I plugs,4-1/2 inches x 4-1/2 inches unless otherwise shown.
2. Ball-bearing Type Hinges: Swaged,inner leaf beveled,square corners.
3. Full-surface Reinforcing Pivot:
' a. For 4-1/2 inch butts with standard 1/4-inch backset.
b. Install per manufacturer's written instructions using attachments furnished with pivot.
4. Continuous Geared Hinge: Full surface type hinge of 6063 T6 Aluminum with thermoplastic polyester
bearings,90 min.fire rated, clear finish. Provide self drilling threaded fasteners for frame and thru bolts for
I door.
B. Hinges by types:
I Type Description Finish MANUFACTURER/MODEL
Stanley Hager McKinney
H-2 Butts: Medium weight door,low frequency,steel 652 F179 1279 T2714
H-4 Butts: Medium weight door, average frequency,steel 652 FBB 179 BB 1279 TB2714
I08710-3
111 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Type Description Finish MANUFACTURER/MODEL '
Stanley Hager McKinney
Select Hinge Hager
H-7 Hinge: Continuous geared hinge CL SL21 SD x Roton 780-210
SDTF x
FDH
Stanley Hager McKinney
H-8 Hinge: Surface mounted 3 x 3 US2H 808BP 1808 705
H-9 Butts:Heavy weight,stainless steel 630 FBB 199 BB1199 T4B3386
H-11 Butts:Medium weight,stainless steel 630 FBB191 BB1191 TB3386
H-15 Pivot:Full-Surface Reinforcing(Helper Hinge) 253 (right or
left handed
as
applicable)
2.7 LOCKS,LATCHES,AND BOLTS '
A. Materials:
1. Cylindrical Locks: ANSI A156.2,Series 4000 Grade 1,equipped with 6-pin tumbler;"keyed alike"to match '
keying system of existing locks to remain if compatible. Provide 2-3/4 inch backset. Provide two keys for
each lock.
2. Mortise Locks: ANSI A156.13,Grade 1,equipped with 6-pin tumbler;"keyed alike"to match keying system '
of existing locks to remain. Provide 2-3/4 inch backset. Provide two keys for each lock.
3. Provide Schlage standard C123 keyway(except at Pharmacy).
4. Provide Schlage Primus XP cylinders for Pharmacy 300 series locks.
5. Master key,key alike or different as directed. '
6. Quantity: In addition to two keys for each lock,provide the following:
a. Cylinder Change Keys: 6 change keys per change
b. Master Keys: 10. '
7. Latch Sets: Provide push-button releases by turning lever, closing door, or turning emergency release key
through hole in outside lever.
8. Strikes:ANSI Strikes, 1-1/4 inches x 4-7/8 inches,with curved lip. Wrought box strikes,with extended lip
for latch bolts, except open strike plates may be used in wood frames. Provide dustproof strikes for foot '
bolts.
9. Tactile Warning: Provide locks with tactile warning for handicapped codes when required by local
jurisdiction having authority. '
B. Locks by types:
Typ Description Finis MANUFACTURER/MODEL
e h ISchlage
L-1 Mortise Cylinder 626 20-001
L-2 Mortise Cylinder 626 20-001-1-1/4 inches II
Rim Cylinder 626 20-022
L-4 Classroom Lock 626 ND70PD Rhodes
L-5 Storeroom Lock(F86) 626 ND80PD-Rhodes-25 I
L-6 Office Lock (F82) 626 ND50PD-Rhodes-10-025
L-7 Passage Latch(F75) 626 NDIOS-Rhodes- 10-025
L-8 Privacy Lock(F76) 626 ND40S-Rhodes- 10-025
L-9 Dead Bolt Lock 626 B661P '
L-10 Access Control Lock 626 CO-100-CY-70-KP-RHO-626PD
L-11 Entrance Lock(F81/82) 626 ND53PD—Rhodes 10—25
L-12 Storeroom Lock with 626 L9480-06L
deadbolt
L-13 Institutional Lock(F87) 626 ND82PD-Rhodes 10-025
L-15 Entrance Lock with deadbolt 626 L9453-06L '
08710-4
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 ,
I
IL-16 Dead Bolt Lock with 626 B663P
Thumbturn(Classroom
Function)
L-1 7 Storeroom Lock(Grade 2) 626 AL80PD-Saturn
I L-18 Privacy Lock(Grade 2)L-20 Office626 AL40S-Saturn
Lock 626 AL50PD-Saturn
(Grade 2)
I L-21 Passage Lock(Grade 2) 626 ALIOS-Saturn
L-22 Thumbturn Cylinder 626 09-905NHxB502-292
L-23 Dead Bolt Lock 626 B660P
I L-24 Entrance/Office Lock(F82) 626 ND91PD-Rhodes 10-025
L-25 Mortise Privacy Lock with 626 L9496P 06L
Indicator
2.8 EXIT DEVICES
A. Materials:
I
1. Provide exposed metal to match hardware.
2. Size and mount units indicated or, if not indicated, to comply with manufacturer's recommendations for
exposure condition. Reinforce substrate as recommended.
1 B. Exit Devices by types:
Type Description Finish MANUFACTURER/MODEL
I
Von Duprin,unless otherwise noted.
E-1 Exit Device: Rim,exit only,UL listed. 626 99E0-F
E-2 Exit Device: Rim,exit only,with alarm. Provide exterior 600 Positive Lock:
access model or time delay,or weatherproof when THPA Series(Size as required for door
I scheduled. scheduled)
0/A—Outside Access
TDL—Time Delay
I WE-Weatherproof
E-3 Exit Device: Surface vertical rod(top rod only),lever trim, 626 9927L-F-BE-LBR
blank escutcheon,UL listed.
E-4 Exit Device: Concealed vertical rod,lever trim,blank 626 9948L-F-BE
I escutcheon,UL listed
E-5 Exit Device: Rim,lever trim,blank escutcheon,UL listed. 626 99L-F-BE
E-7 Exit Device: Rim,pull trim. 626 99NL x 697NL
I E-8 Exit Device:Mortise delay exit device,pull trim,with alarm. 626 CX9975L x
Power Transfer#EPT-10 SP28 992L
Power Supply#PS 914 (06 Lever)
E-10 Exit Device:Rim,exit only 626 99E0
IE-11 Exit Device:Rim,weatherproof, exit only,with alarm. 626 Detex:
V40 EB W AL RWE
E-14 Exit Device:Vertical Rod,exit only,with alarm. Provide 600 Positive Lock:
I exterior access model or time delay when scheduled. THPA Series
0/A—Outside Access
TDL—Time Delay
IE-16 Exit Device:Rim,lever trim, 626 99L-992L-NL
E-18 Exit Device:Rim,lever trim,UL Listed 626 99L-F-992L-NL
E-19 Exit Device: Surface vertical rod,no outside trim,exit only, 626 9927E0-F
UL listed.
I E-20 Exit Device:Rim,lever trim,blank escutcheon 626 99L-BE
E-21 Exit Device 626 99E0
I08710-5
I #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
E-23 Exit Device: Rim,lever trim,with alarm 626 CX99NL-F x 696-NL '
Power Transfer#EPT-10 SP28
Power Supply#PS-914
E-24 Exit Device:Rim,lever trim,with alarm 626 CX99EO-F
Power Transfer#EPT-10 SP28
Power Supply#PS-914
E-25 Exit Device Paddle 600 Positive Lock 24"Exit Device Paddle
2.9 PULLS AND PUSHES I
A. Materials: ANSI A156.6 for 0.050 inch thickness.
B. Push and Pulls by types:
Type Description Finish MANUFACTURER/MODEL
Ives Trimco Rockwood '
P-1 Push 3-1/2 inches x 15 inches 630 8200 1001-2 70B
P-2 Pull 3-1/2 inches x 15 inches 630 8311-5 1012-2 137x70B
P-3 Pull 8 inches CTC x 3/4 inch dia 626 8103-8 1194-2 107 ,
P-4 Pull 5-1/4 cc 630 8111-5 1102T 132
P-5 Pocket Door Pull Latching black 1069L
2.10 CLOSERS ,
A. Materials&Features:
1. ANSI A156.4,grade 1. II2. ADA/ANSI A117.1
3. UL listed.
4. Non-handed,non-sized;adjustable 1-6.
5. 180 degree door opening. '
6. Standard cover.
7. Multiple backcheck location valve.
8. Extreme temperature fluid. ,
9. Sex nuts and bolts(SNBs).
10. Provide exposed metal to match hardware.
11. Size and mount units indicated or, if not indicated, to comply with manufacturer's recommendations for
exposure condition. Reinforce substrate as recommended. '
B. Closers by types:
Type Description Finish MANUFACTURER/MODEL ,
LCN
C-4 Closer:Regular Arm 689 4011-REG
C-5 Closer:Parallel Arm 689 4111-EDA
C-6 Closer:Regular Arm 689 4031-REG
C-7 Closer: Parallel Arm 689 4031-EDA
C-8 Closer:Parallel Ann,HO 689 4111-HEDA
C-9 Closer:Parallel Arm,HO,positive 689 4111-H-CUSH '
stop
C-10 Closer:Regular Arm,HO 689 4031-H
C-11 Closer:Parallel Arm,positive stop 689 4031-CUSH I
C-12 Closer:Parallel Arm,Positive Stop 689 4111-CUSH
2.11 DOOR PROTECTION PLATES
A. Materials: J100 Protection Plates conforming to ANSI 156.6, stainless steel, 0.050 inch (1.2 mm) minimum
thickness. Mount centered, flush with bottom of door. Screws: Phillips head sheet metal screws plated to match
plate.
08710-6
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
B. Protection Plates by types:
Type Description Size Finish MANUFACTURER/MODEL
Ives Trimco Rockwood
K-2 Kick Plate 10 inch x(DW-2 inch) 630 8400 K1050 J 102
I K-3 Armor Plate K-4 Armor Plate 34 inch x(DW-2 inch) 630 8400 K1050 J101
41 inch x(DW-2 inch) 630 8400 K1050 J101
Notch for lockset
I K-5 Kick Plate 18 inch x(DW-2 inch) 630 8400 K1050 J102
K-6 Armor Plate (UL Rated) 34 inch x(DW-2 inch) 630 8402UL KA050-2 Fire Rated K1050F
K-7 Armor Plate (UL Rated) 36 inch x(DW-2 inch) 630 8402UL KA050-2 Fire Rated K1050F
I2.12 STOPS,HOLDERS AND BUMPERS
A. Materials:
I 1. Door stop mounting: Methods to suit substrates encountered (plastic anchor, drywall anchor, expansion
shield).
2. Provide gray rubber exposed resilient parts.
3. Do not furnish aluminum floor stops.
I
4. For most doors, the preferred door stop is Wall Stop type S-1 and is specified as such in the hardware
schedule. However, if circumstances prevent a wall stop installation(door too far from perpendicular wall,
door swing into adjacent glass,etc.)then substitute a type S-3 or S-4 floor stop as indicated for use intended.
I5. Adjust height of floor stops to suit undercut of adjacent door.
B. Stops,Holders and Bumpers by types:
Type Description Finish MANUFACTURER/MODEL
IIves Trimco Rockwood
S-1 Wall Stop 630 WS407CVX W1276CS 409
S-2 Stop&Holder 626 WS445 1207 477
I S-4 Floor Stop 626 FS438 1212 3/4ES 442
Rixson Glynn-Johnson
S-5 Overhead Stop-3-0 doors 626 9-336 904S
I S-6 Overhead Stop-2-6 doors 626 9-236 902S
Ives Trimco Rockwood
S-7 Stop&Holder.Kickdown type. Alum or FS452-4 1221-4FF 458
satin chrome
I
Rixson Glynn-Johnson
S-8 Overhead Stop. Medium duty 630 10-336 454S
I2.13 ELECTROMAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS
A. Materials&Features:
1. ANSI A156.15,Grade 1.
2. UL listed.
3. Magnet protected against transients and surges up to 600 volts.
4. 24V DC
I 5. Holding force 35 lbs.,nominal.
6. Low residual magnetism for easy release of door.
7. Electrical values+10%-15%.
8. Provide exposed metal to match hardware.
B. Electromagnetic Door Holders by types:
Type Description I Finish MANUFACTURER/MODEL
I LCN Rixon
DH-I Door Holder As Scheduled SEM 7850 689 FM-998 SA
2.14 THRESHOLDS
I 08710-7
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
m.
A. Thresholds by types:
Type Description MANUFACTURER/MODEL
National Pemko Reese
Guard
T-1 Threshold: 5 inches x 1/2 inch, abrasive. 425HD-SIA 1715AK ,
5" 5"
T-4 Threshold: 2 inches x 1/8 inch,stainless steel plate,smooth surface, BAR6SS-2-
beveled 1 side only. Transition threshold between concrete slab and 10 bevel
vinyl tile.
Set threshold in full bed of silicone sealant,butted to adjacent vinyl
tile. Anchor into concrete slab with Hilti Kwik-Con II,#14-134 TFH
fasteners spaced at 6-inch centers using Matched Tolerance drill bit for
dense concrete.
T-9 Threshold: 5 inches, aluminum,stop seal 8965 2005AT S483AS
T-10 Threshold: 5 inches,aluminum,stop seal 898V 2006AT '
T-11 Threshold: 12 inches x 1/4"tall with''A"offset.Interlocking Ramp RO50
Threshold.
2.15 WEATHERSTRIPPING I
A. Weatherstripping by types:
Type Description MANUFACTURER/MODEL
National Pemko Reese
Guard
W-1 Jamb&Head Weatherstripping,aluminum,vinyl insert,screw-on type 155V 303AV 807A '
W-3 Door Bottom Sweep,surface mounted sweep,anodized aluminum, 201NA 315CN 323A
neoprene seal.
W-4 Meeting Stile Gaskets, aluminum,silicone insert seal. 160S 303AS 807A
W-5 Jamb Door Gaskets,adhesive application,silicone seal. 5050B S88D 797B ,
W-6 Door Shoe Weatherstripping,for hollow metal doors with inverted 35EN 222PK 596AF
bottom channel,recessed thermo-plastic insert,slotted/adjustable.
2.16 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE t
A. Silencers: Provide in metal door frames,unless not permitted for fire rating,or unless bumper-type weatherstripping
is provided;three for each single door frame,two for double-door frame.
B. Miscellaneous Hardware by types:
Type Description Size Finis MANUFACTURER/MODEL '
h
Stanley Ives Rockwood
M-1 Hasp&Staple 3-1/2 inches 602 SP915 WS1920
M-3 Surface Bolt 4 inches 626 40 630
M-4 Viewer 626 700 620
Ives Trimco Rockwood
M-5 Extension Flush Bolts(UL) 12 inches 626 458 3917 555 ,
M-6 Automatic Flush Bolt 626 FB42 1948
Ives Trimco Rockwood
M-8 Silencers SR64 1229-A 608
National Guard Pemko Reese
M-9 Drip Cap 16AD 346CxFW R201A
Ives Trimco
M-10 Door Coordinator CORxMBxFL 3092xMBxW ,
Arrow Detex
M-11 Door Alarm with mortise 626 130 Series AL EAX-500
cylinder ,
08710-8
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 ,
I
I Type Description Size Finis MANUFACTURER/MODEL
h
Stanley Ives Rockwood
M-12 Door Alarm with rim cylinder Gray Alarm: EAX-2500F
I Transformer: PP5152-3
Rockwood
M-15 Latch Protector 630 321
I Von Duprin Schlage Securitron
M-16 Electric Strike,grade 1,FSE(fail secure), 24 630 6211
VDC unless noted otherwise in schedule
M-17 Power Supply PS902
I M-18 Push Button 660PB
M-19 Electric Strike 626 UNL-24
M-20 Power Supply BPS-24-1
I M-21 Keypad&Controller DK-26SS
M-21a Keypad DK-26PSS
Von Duprin
I M-24 Mullion 626 9954
M-25 Strike 626 499F
HES Innovations
M-26 Electric Strike,grade 1,FSE(fail secure),24 630 9600 C
IVDC unless noted otherwise in schedule
2.17 FABRICATION
iA. Finish and Base Material Designations: Number indicates Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association(BHMA)
Code or nearest traditional U.S.commercial fmish.
I B. Where base material and quality of fmish are not otherwise indicated, provide at least commercially recognized
quality.
I C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates prepared for machine,wood,
and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with commercially recognized industry standards for
application intended,except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished
heads to match surface of door hardware,unless otherwise indicated.
I 1. Fire-Rated Applications:
a. Wood or Machine Screws: For the following:
1) Hinges mortised to doors or frames.
II 2) Strike plates to frames.
3) Closers to doors and frames.
b. Steel Through Bolts: For the following unless door blocking is provided:
1) Surface hinges to doors.
I 2) Closers to doors and frames.
3) Surface-mounted exit devices.
2. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors.
1 3. Gasketing Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
I3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive Work and dimensions are as instructed by the manufacturer.
tB. Verify that electric power is available to power operated devices and of the correct characteristics.
3.2 INSTALLATION
I08710-9
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
!
A. Hardware Mounting Heights: Door and Hardware Institute Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for
Standard Steel Doors and Frames,except as otherwise indicated.
1. Conform to requirements of applicable local,State or Federal disabled access requirements for the installation
and operation of door hardware.
2. Install electromagnetic door holder at 24 inches above finish floor elevation at manufacturer's recommended
distance from the door's leading edge.
B. Install each hardware item to comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, unless otherwise
specified.
C. Thru-bolt closers on doors.
D. Vestibule Thresholds: Install as shown on Drawings. !
3.3 INSTALLATION BY OWNER'S SUPPLIER
A. Hardware for OGP exterior door will be installed by Owner's Supplier as specified in Appendix A(Section 08710).
3.4 ADJUSTING !
A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust hardware for proper operation and function at construction completion. Instruct Wal-
Mart personnel in proper maintenance and adjustment.
3.5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. Refer to Appendix A(Section 08710)for schedule of hardware furnished by Owner.
END OF SECTION
I
1
I
I
!
I
08710-10 !
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
' UniSpec II—Special Project 100919
SECTION 08800-GLAZING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Glass and glazing for interior and exterior metal frames and doors.
2. Glass and glazing for standard storefront and manual swing entrance doors.
3. Glazing for OGP Auto Swing exterior door,furnished and installed by Owner's Vendor.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 08110-Steel Doors and Frames: Glazed doors and fixed window frames.
2. Section 08411 -Aluminum Framed Storefronts: Aluminum storefront framing system.
3. Section 08462-Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors: Glazed doors.
4. Section 08710-Door Hardware: Hardware coordination.
5. Appendix A—Products and Work By Owner or Separate Contractor
a. General procedures related to Owner furnished products.
b. Manufacturers,suppliers,vendor contacts and product names and numbers related to Owner furnished
' products.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the test by these basic designations only.
B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI):
1. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in
Buildings.
' C. ASTM International(ASTM):
1. ASTM C920-Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
2. ASTM C1036-Flat Glass.
3. ASTM C 1048-Heat-Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS,Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass.
4. ASTM D2000-Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications.
5. ASTM E 1886 - Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and
Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s)and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials.
' 6. ASTM E 1996 -Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems
Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes.
7. ASTM E2074-Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies,Including Positive Pressure Testing
' of Side-Hinged and Pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies.
D. Flat Glass Marketing Association(FGMA):
1. FGMA-Glazing Manual and Glazing Sealing Systems Manual.
E. National Fire Protection Agency(NFPA):
1. NFPA 252: Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
' 2. NFPA 257: Standard on Fire Test for Window and Glass Block Assemblies.
F. Consumer Product Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing.
1. CPSC 16 CFR,Part 1201.
G. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.(UL):
1. UL l OB-Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
08800-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
I
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Material Test Reports: For windbome-debris-impact-resistance, submit reports by a qualified testing agency
indicating compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE '
A. Conform to FGMA Glazing Manual for glazing installation methods.
B. Provide permanent labeling for safety glass indicating conformance with specified standards.
C. Fire-Protection-Rated Glazing Labeling: Permanently mark fire-protection-rated glazing with a UL label of
certification or label of certification of a testing agency acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Label shall
indicate manufacturer's name,test standard,whether glazing is for use in fire doors or other openings, whether or
not glazing passes hose-stream test,whether or not glazing has a temperature rise rating of 450 degrees and the fire-
resistance rating in minutes.
D. Windbome-Debris-Impact Resistance: Provide exterior glazing that passes basic-protection testing requirements in
ASTM E 1996 when tested according to ASTM E 1886.
1. Large-Missile Test: For glazing located within 30 feet of grade.
2. Small-Missile Test: For glazing located more than 30 feet above grade.
PART 2 PRODUCTS i
2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Owner's Supplier will furnish the OGP exterior door glazing as specified in Appendix A (Section 08800) for r
installation by Owner's Supplier.
2.2 GLASS MATERIALS
A. Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048,Kind FT(Fully Tempered),Condition A(Uncoated), Type I(Transparent Glass,
Flat),Quality q3(Glazing Select).
1. Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR Part 1201.
2. Tempered glazing panels as specified in the Glass Schedule below(including doors, sidelights, storefronts,
and transoms)shall comply with the CPSC 16CFR Part 1201 criteria for Category I or II as follows:
a. Glazing Panels 9 sq.ft. or less: Category I.
b. Glazing Panels more than 9 sq. ft.: Category II.
c. Thickness:
1) Doors and Window Frames: 1/4 inch unless otherwise shown or specified.
2) Pharmacy Privacy Walls: 1/2 inch.
3) 3/8 inch at butt glazing where shown on Drawings.
3. Clear: Class 1 (Clear).
4. Tinted: Class 2(Tinted Heat Absorbing and Light Reducing).
a. Color:Gray tint or bronze tint(match existing).
b. Color: Dark Gray tint.
1) Visible light transmittance:23%maximum.
2) Winter U-value: 1.08 to 1.10.
3) Summer U-value: 1.10 to 1.15.
4) Shading Coefficient:0.45 to.050.
5) Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.40 to 0.45.
6) Manufacturer:Optigray by PPG Industries,Inc.or equivalent by other manufacturers meeting
criteria.
c. OGP Auto Swing doors: One way Mirrored Finish(pyrolytic Finish)by Vendor. I
B. Insulated Units: Double pane units,with hermetically sealed air space between.
08800-2 '
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
I
1. Clear: Both inner and outer panes of clear glass
I 2. Tinted:Inner pane of clear glass and outer pane of tinted glass.
C. Fire-Protection-Rated Glazing, General: Listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to Authorities Having
I Jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252 for door assemblies and
NFPA 257 for window assemblies.
1. Vision Light Metal Frame: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch- thick, cold-rolled steel
I sheet and approved for use in doors of fire-protection rating indicated. Factory prime for field painting. Size
as indicated on Drawings.
2. Laminated Ceramic Glazing: Laminated glass made from two plies of clear, ceramic flat glass; 5/16-inch
total nominal thickness; for fire doors and frame assemblies rated up to 1-1/2 hours, tested and certified to
I meet requirements of standard UL 10B and CPSC 16CFR Part 1201 criteria for Category I and Category II
applications. Provide the following product:
a. FireLite Plus by Nippon Electric Glass Company,Ltd.,and distributed by Technical Glass Products,
I
Snoquahnie,WA,(800)426-0279.
3. Glazing Tape: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride (PVC) foam, coiled on release paper over adhesive on two
sides,maximum water absorption by volume of 2 percent. Glass panels that exceed 1,393 sq.inches for 90-
minute ratings shall be glazed with fire-rated glazing tape supplied by manufacturer.
' D. Spandrel Glass: Tempered,ceramic-coated heat treated,(ASTM C 1048)Condition B(spandrel glass,inner surface
ceramic coated),Type I(transparent glass,flat),Class 1 (clear),Quality q3(glazing select),and complying with the
following requirements:
II. Glass Thickness: 1/4 inch, unless indicated or specified otherwise.9/16 inch laminated spandrel glass
conforming to requirements specified above for laminated glass and consisting of 1/4 inch tempered clear
glass, 1/4 inch tempered spandrel glass and interlayer.
IE. Identification:
1. Each unit of tempered glass shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer. The identification shall be
etched or ceramic fired on the glass and be visible when the unit is glazed.
I
2.3 GLAZING COMPOUNDS
IA. Polysulphide Sealant: Two component,chemical curing,non-sagging type;cured Shore A hardness of 15-25.
B. Silicone Sealant: Single component, chemical curing;capable of water immersion without loss of properties;non-
I bleeding,non-staining;cured Shore A hardness of 15-25.
1. Color: Clear.
C. Acrylic terpolymer compounded especially for glazing;non-hardening,non-staining, and non-bleeding.
I2.4 GLAZING ACCESSORIES
A. Setting Blocks: Resilient blocks of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness;compatible with glazing sealant.
B. Spacers: Resilient blocks of 40 to 50 Shore A durometer hardness; self-adhesive on one side; compatible with
glazing sealant.
IC. Filler Rods: Closed cell or jacketed foam rods of polyethylene,butyl,neoprene,polyurethane,or vinyl;compatible
with glazing sealant.
' D. Joint Cleaners,Primers,and Sealers: As recommended by glazing sealant manufacturer.
E. Gaskets: ASTM D2000,SBC 415 to 3BC 620;extruded or molded neoprene or EPDM,black.
IF. Butt Joint"H" Trim: CRL Satin Anodized 1/4" "H" Channel by C.R. Laurence Company Inc., Los Angeles, CA
(800)421-6144.
08800-3
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
PART 3 EXECUTION '
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean,free of obstructions,and ready for work of this Section.
B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate.
3.2 PREPARATION I
A. Clean contact surfaces;prime or seal where recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended application.
B. Inspect glass edges immediately prior to setting; discard those with edge damage that will contribute to glazing I
failure.
3.3 GLAZING I
A. Locate setting blocks at quarter points of sill;set in sealant if heel or toe bead is required. '
B. Install spacers inside and out except where preshimmed tape or glazing gaskets are to be used.
C. Set each piece in a series to other pieces in pattern draw,bow,or other visually perceptible characteristics. '
D. Provide glazing sealants and gaskets as required for particular glazing application. Coordinate with other Sections
for material compatibility.
E. Gaskets:
1. Provide adequate anchorage,particularly for driven-in wedge gaskets.
2. Miter and weld ends of channel gaskets at corners to provide continuous gaskets.
3. Seal face gaskets at corners with sealant to close opening and prevent withdrawal of gaskets from corners.
F. Do not leave voids in glazing channels except as specifically indicated or recommended by glass manufacturer. '
Force sealant into channel to eliminate voids. Tool exposed surfaces to slight wash away from joint.Trim and clean
promptly.
G. Do not allow sealant to close weeps of aluminum framing.
111
H. Provide filler rod where sealants are used in the following locations:
1. Head and jamb channels.
2. Colored glass over 75 united inches in size.
3. Clear glass over 125 united inches in size.
3.4 INSTALLATION-BUTT GLAZED METHOD
A. Apply"H"Trim at butt joints at locations shown on the drawings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.5 SLIDING WINDOW TRACK INSTALLATION I
A. Attach sliding window track assembly to hollow metal frame with double faced tape or adhesive as recommended
by the manufacturer. '
3.6 INSTALLATION BY OWNER'S SUPPLIER
A. OGP exterior door glazing will be installed by Owner's Supplier as specified in Appendix A(Section 08800).
08800-4 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Immediately prior to Wal-Mart acceptance of Project,replace broken or otherwise damaged glass. Wash and polish
glass inside and out.
3.8 GLASS SCHEDULE
A. Provide type of glass specified for the applications scheduled as follows:
APPLICATION/LOCATION TYPE OF GLASS
' Interior Windows Clear tempered glass unless otherwise shown or specified
Exterior storefront except storefront doors Insulated tinted tempered glass.
Exterior storefront except storefront doors Insulated tinted laminated/tempered impact-resistant glass.
111
I
I
II
I
I
08800-5
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
UniSpec II—Special Project 100919
ISECTION 09900-PAINTS AND COATINGS
IPART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Field applied paints and fmishes for interior and exterior surfaces.
2. Repair and surface preparation of existing surfaces,including partial or total removal of existing coatings.
' 3. Application of new coatings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01351 —Regulatory Compliance:
a. Disposal and removal of hazardous construction and demolition waste.
b. Work practice control methods for airborne respirable dust.
2. Section 04200—Unit Masonry Assemblies:Water repellent admixtures for integrally colored CMU or architec-
tural masonry CMU.
3. Section 04910—Masonry Restoration and Repair: Repair of existing, damaged, or defective CMU, brick, or
precast sills and caps.
4. Section 07190-Water Repellents: Water repellent coating applied to exterior integrally colored concrete ma-
sonry surfaces and other unpainted exterior concrete surfaces.Water absorption testing of water repellent coat-
ings.
5. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Filler and sealant for crack repair.
6. Section 09965—Graffiti-Resistant Coatings.
7. Section 09970—Heat Reflective Metal Roof Coatings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
1 B. ASTM International(ASTM):
1. ASTM C 90-Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units.
2. ASTM C 1324—Standard Test Method for Examination and Analysis of Hardened Masonry Mortar.
3. ASTM D 1653 —Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Organic Coating Films (Wet Cup
Method).
4. ASTM D 2244—Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color
' Coordinates.
5. ASTM D 2370—Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Organic Coatings.
6. ASTM D 3273—Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings.
' 7. ASTM D 3359—Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test.
8. ASTM D 4214—Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films per Method A Cloth Tape Method
9. ASTM D 4262—Test Method for pH of Chemically Cleaned or Etched Concrete Surfaces.
10. ASTM D 4263-Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method.
11. ASTM D 6677—Test Method for Evaluating Adhesion by Knife.
12. ASTM D 6904—Resistance to Wind-Driven Rain.
13. ASTM E 514—Water Leakage of Masonry.
C. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA):
1. OSHA 01926.1153 Respirable Crystalline Silica.
D. The Society for Protective Coatings(SSPC):
1. SSPC-SP1 —Solvent Cleaning.
2. SSPC-SP3—Power Tool Cleaning.
3. SSPC-SP15-Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning.
09900-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimize dust emissions and provide equipment that suppresses dust. I
B. Apply paint to masonry surfaces only when moisture content is within manufacturer's acceptable range as described in
Part 3 herein for type of specified coating.
C. Maintain minimum surface temperatures or ambient air temperature as follows for the specified coatings unless other-
wise recommended by the manufacturer or specified in the Paint Schedule herein:
I. Alkyd,epoxy,polyurethane,and interior and exterior acrylic and latex finishes: 50 degrees F.
2. Varnish and transparent finishes:65 degrees F.
3. All coatings: Surface temperature at least 5 degrees F above the dew point.
D. Maintain maximum surface temperatures or ambient air temperatures and relative humidity as recommended by the
manufacturer.
E. If ambient temperatures are unacceptable,provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain temperatures
above the minimum surface and air temperature specified above for 24 hours prior to,during,and 48 hours after appli-
cation of fmishes.
F. If work area is enclosed,use fire retardant enclosure materials and indirect-fired heating equipment ventilated outside
of the enclosure.
G. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is being generated. Do not apply coatings in conditions that could result in
overspray on vehicles or other property.
H. Perform painting under lighting conditions of not less than 80 foot candles measured mid-height of the painter at sub-
strate surface.Where artificial lighting is required,provide explosion-proof artificial lighting.
L Waste Management: 1
1. Store, transport, and dispose of waste in accordance with local, state and federal regulations and the require-
ments of Section 01351 Supplement.
2. Do not dispose of paint,containment materials,or project waste in Owner's dumpsters.
3. Do not allow dry materials to enter storm drain inlets.
4. Clear debris and waste from the site daily.
5. Use HEPA-rated filter vacuum to clean surfaces of dirt,dust and debris.
6. Obtain paint in containers of the largest size practical for each color,sheen, and type.
7. Furnish disposal containers.
8. Return reusable containers and totes to manufacturer.
9. Clean and recycle containers that cannot be returned to manufacturer.
J. Waste Water Management
1. Collect wash wastewater and store,transport,manifest and dispose of according to local,state and federal reg-
ulations.Consult local wastewater treatment operator for direction.
2. Do not allow wash wastewater to flow from the surface cleaning processes to a storm water drain or catch basin,
street,roadway,sidewalk,gutter,landscape area,or any type of storm water structure.
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS i
A. Scheduling and Coordination:
1. Schedule a conference call with the Store Manager a minimum of two weeks in advance of commencement of
work. Communicate daily the sequence of work with Store Management.
2. Scheduling requirements for Owner's independent and Manufacturer's Representative inspections is specified
in Part 3 herein.
B. Schedule operations to avoid interference with store operations and during times agreeable to store management.
09900-2 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
1.5 SUBMITTALS
1
A. Applicator Qualifications Statement: Submit statement of applicator qualifications in accordance with Section 01330.
Submit within 2 weeks of start of construction.
IB. Closeout Documents:
1. Submit closeout documents in accordance with Section 01770.
2. Submit Manufacturer Inspection Report of post-installation site visit specified hereinafter.
I
3. Photographic documentation: Upon Completion, submit a completion report including at least 10 wide-angle
photos taken at work stages including but not limited to the following:
a. Before start of project.
I b. During removal and replacement of sealants as specified in Part 3 herein.
c. Masonry repairs such as random cracks,mortar joints,holes,and divots.
d. During surface preparation of concrete and metal as specified in Part 3 herein.
e. During application of each coat,including spray and back roll application, as specified in Part 3 herein.
f. After completion of project.
g. Provide photos taken of each elevation from the same location in each work stage.
4. Submit Manufacturer's Extended Material Performance Warranty and Contractor's Labor and Workmanship
IWarranty.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. VOC Content: Provide paint and coating materials that conform to Federal, State, and Local restrictions for
Volatile Organic Compounds(VOC)content.
I 2. Toxicity/EQ: Comply with federal,state,and local toxicity and environmental quality regulations and with fed-
eral requirements on content of lead, mercury, and other heavy metals. Do not use solvents in paint products
that contribute to air pollution.
I B. Exterior Wall Coating Pre-Installation Conference:
1. Pre-Installation Conference:
a. Plan and Convene a pre-installation conference to take place at the site one week prior to commencing
I Work of this Section. Confirm scheduling of conference with Owner's Construction Manager and
Owner's Project Manager.
b. At least two weeks in advance of the meeting,confirm scheduled time and place with all attendees.Make
available the meeting agenda at the time of confirmation.
1 c. Meeting Minutes:
1) Record minutes of meeting including discussions,decisions and agreements reached,and attend-
ance roster.
I 2) Obtain signatures of all attendees.
3) Furnish a copy to each party attending and to Owner's representatives.
d. Attendance:
1) Owner's Construction Manager.
I 2) Owner's Project Manager.
3) Contractor.
4) Coating subcontractor.
5) Coating manufacturer's technical representative.
6) Owner's Independent Coatings Consultant(ICC)(if applicable).
e. Agenda:
1) Substrate conditions,pre-installation testing results(including tests to determine existing coatings
I type),and specified preparation requirements.
2) Substrate preparation and repair details shown on drawings.
3) Sequence and method of application of coating systems.
I 4) Review of Coatings Systems Schedule,including Contractor's choice of exterior coatings systems
where multiple manufacturers are listed as comparable.
5) Review of Contractor's required photo documentation as specified herein.
6) Scope of manufacturer's observations and reports.
I09900-3
1 #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
7) Scheduling of ICC site visits(if applicable)and inspection in coordination with ICC's projected
availability.
8) Manufacturer's performance warranty provisions.
9) Workmanship warranty conditions.
C. Exterior Wall Coating Field Sample: I
1. Test sample panel by applying exterior wall coating system 5 ft, 4 inches wide on full height of the wall at
location on the building where shown on the drawings or established in the coating pre-installation meeting.
Apply coating after the specified preparation and cleaning are completed. '
2. Where more than one substrate preparation is recommended in the pre-installation assessment or shown on
drawings (for example, some exterior walls are shown to receive full coating removal and others shown to
receive overcoating),prepare sample panels using the coatings systems specified for each substrate condition.
3. If full coatings removal is shown on any detail in the Drawings,perform full coatings removal on some part of
the sample wall. Select a prime coat suitable for the texture of the bare CMU or masonry,as noted in Table 2 of
the Coatings Selection Schedule in Part 3. Verify that selected prime coat is approved by Manufacturer's Rep-
resentative for the type and texture of the bare wall material.
4. If more than one texture masonry unit is used,center sample panel area on control joint where transition occurs
between dissimilar units.
5. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and specified colors, texture, workman- ,
ship,and application requirements.
6. Obtain approval of sample panel from the Owner's PM or other designated inspection representative.
7. Maintain approved sample panel during construction as a standard for judging completed Work. Do not alter,
move,or destroy panel until Work is completed. ,
8. Apply the scheduled fmal coat to the sample panel simultaneously with the application of the fmal coat to adja-
cent wall surfaces,resulting in the sample panel receiving one additional fmal coat.
D. Exterior Wall Coating Applicator Qualifications:
1. Contractor shall have a minimum of five years proven satisfactory experience and shall show proof before com-
mencement of work that he will maintain a qualified crew of painters throughout the duration of the work. When
requested,Contractor shall provide a list of the last three comparable jobs including name and location,speci-
fying authority/project manager,start/completion dates,and value of the painting work.
2. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the construction means, methods,techniques, sequences and proce-
dures for completing the Work,shall be experienced in the preparation of surfaces and application of protective '
coatings to interior and exterior surfaces of CMU, EIFS, steel, and galvanizing in applications similar to this
project.
3. Preferred Exterior Coatings Contractors: The following list includes coatings contractors demonstrating the
qualifications above and known to have previously performed satisfactory and acceptable work on similar pro-
jects by the Owner. This list is not intended to place a restriction on the use of other coatings contractors not
included on this list.
OFFICE ,
COMPANY NAME CONTACT NAME PHONE CONTACT EMAIL ADDRESS
East Tennessee Construction
Services,Inc. James Cherri (423)887-5399 eby(u#etcsi.netI
Final Coat Painting,Inc. Robert Loukuas (651)789-0790 rloukusa(#Tiinalcoatpainting.com
Forjak Industrial Katie Hedges (614)316-8539 khedges(d.lijriakindustrial.com
Harrison Contracting Co.,Inc. Rachel Walls (770)949-5776 rwalls(iuharrisoncontracting.com
Large Services,LLC Walter Hershey (423)453-7786 walteraDdargeservices.com
ProGroup Carrie Freeman (401)688-3284 carrie n,proQroupcontracting.com '
Renovia Paul Strack (866)271-2148 pstrack'#renovia.com
E. Coating Manufacturer's Technical Representative: Maintain communications with a Manufacturer's Representative I
who is qualified to provide site observations and recommendations. Upon completion of the painting, ensure that the
Manufacturer's Technical Representative provides recommendations for correction of any noted deficiency.
09900-4 I
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20 I
I
1. Contractor's requirements for coordinating Manufacturer's Representative visits are specified in Part 3 herein.
F. Independent Coatings Consultant(ICC):The Independent Coatings Consultant(ICC)is a consultant hired by and con-
tracted by the Owner for the purpose of assurance and verification of work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The ICC's testing and inspection is separate from and does not relieve Contractor's responsibility for conformance with
the Contract Documents.
1. The ICC's inspection scope and agenda are described in Appendix B(Section 09900). Scheduling and coordi-
nation with the ICC as required by Contractor is specified in Part 3 herein.
2. The Owner's ICC shall be one of the following as determined by Owner:
a. KTA-Tator,Inc.,Dobson,NC.Contact:Kevin Brown,(336)386-4000,kbrown@kta.com.
b. Building Engineering-Consultants, Inc. (BE-CI), Destin FL. Contact: Josh Tatum (850) 650-2311 or
(850)461-4004,jtatum(a`be-ci.com.]
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Transport,handle,store,and protect products in compliance with the requirements of Section 01600.
B. Verify manufacturers' national accounts purchase order procedure in order to ensure timeliness of delivery and accu-
racy of products.
C. Paint orders shall identify the store number, location,batch number and address of project.
D. Delivery of paint materials shall be in sealed original labeled containers, bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint,
brand name,lot number,brand code,coverage, surface preparation,drying time,cleanup requirements,color designa-
tion,and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. Notify Supplier when delivered products are nonconforming.
E. Store coating materials in a location conforming to the manufacturers specified ambient conditions for storage and
away from direct sunlight. Unless otherwise required by the manufacturer, maintain storage at temperature between
45 and 95 F.
1.8 EXTERIOR COATINGS WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Extended Material Performance Warranty:The products and systems specified in the Coatings Systems
Schedule in Part 3 herein have been selected by Owner as having met or exceeded Owner's Extended Material Perfor-
mance Warranty criteria.
1. Submit the 8-year Material Performance Warranty as a closeout document as specified in in Part 1 above.
2. Performance requirements for the Manufacturers' selected coatings are as follows:
STANDARD CONDITIONS The standard system is used for maintenance overcoating(over acrylic or un-
known coatings on CMU)and new construction in normal climates and when
substrate is not identified as having special conditions.
8-Year Minimum Coatings Performance for All Exterior Metal Ferrous,Non-Ferrous, SSMR Panels
1 • Remains free from of peeling,blistering,flaking,cracking,rusting,or rust bleed-through.
• Mold and mildew resistant in accordance with the criteria of ASTM D3273.
• Maintains adhesion to the underlying substrate or existing coating with a minimum adhesion rating of 8 in
accordance with ASTM D 6677.
• Demonstrates fading not beyond a 5 delta E value for neutral and bold brand colors from the color at the time
of initial installation as determined by ASTM D 2244 criteria.
• Demonstrates chalking not less than a 9 from the time of initial installation as determined by ASTM D 4214
criteria.
• Meets US VOC regulations
8-Year Minimum Coatings Performance for Masonry,Concrete and EIFS Substrates
• Coating remains free from of peeling,blistering,flaking, and cracking.
• Mold and Mildew resistant in accordance with the criteria of ASTM D 3273.
• Maintains adhesion to the underlying substrate or existing coating with a minimum adhesion rating of 6 in
1 09900-5
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
accordance with ASTM D 6677.
• Demonstrates fading not beyond a 7 delta E value for neutral colors and not beyond a 7 delta E value for the
bold brand colors from the color at the time of initial installation as determined by ASTM D 2244 criteria. 111
• Demonstrates chalking not less than a 7 from the time of initial installation as determined by ASTM D 4214
criteria.
• Passes the Wind-Driven Rain test for exterior coatings in accordance with ASTM D 6904.(Not required for
EIFS unless barrier type EIFS system is installed).
• Demonstrates a flat or low-sheen finish(Flat sheen for EIFS).
8-Year Minimum Coatings Performance for Water Repellents Blended water repellent(Silane/Siloxane)for
porous material.
• Appearance of substrate remains unchanged after application.
• Demonstrates resistant to yellowing and efflorescence.
• Demonstrates suitability to be re-coated with conventional paints.
• Maintains at least 99%improvement in water repellency in accordance with ASTM E 514.
• Maintains water vapor permeance of a minimum 40 perms as determined according to test method B(wet
cup)of ASTM D 1653.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS In addition to the minimum criteria,coatings shall perform to the following when in-
stalled on stores identified as demonstrating special conditions.
Elongation For Building conditions with excessive cracking where crack bridging is necessary.
• Material shall be capable of 300% elongation for crack bridging in accordance with ASTM D 2370.
Water Vapor Permeance For Buildings subjected to extreme moisture vapor transmission where a high per-
meance coating is required to reduce trapped moisture in the wall assembly.
• Coatings shall demonstrate water vapor permeance of a minimum 40 perms as determined according to test
method B(wet cup)of ASTM D 1653.
REGIONAL CONDITIONS In addition to the minimum criteria,coatings shall perform to the following 1
when installed on stores subject to one of the following climate conditions.
High Ultraviolet Region For Buildings in the harsh environments of climate zones 1 and 2 with higher
risk of UV degradation.
• Coatings shall demonstrate the delta E requirements described herein for the 8 years of the Minimum
Performance Warranty.
Cold Temperature Installation In situations when the Building coatings must be installed during cold weather.
• Coatings shall be suitable for application down to 40 degrees F.
B. Obtain a Statement of Intent to Warrant from the manufacturer for each exterior coating system used in the project.
Submit the Intents to Warrant as closeout documents as specified in Part 1 herein.
1.9 WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A. Labor and Workmanship Warranty:Contractor shall provide an additional one year Labor and Workmanship Warranty
beyond the Contractor's one-year warranty period required in the Owner's General Conditions.Contractor's Labor and
Workmanship Warranty shall warrant against loss of adhesion,cracking,peeling,blistering, shadow-through,splotch
or non-continuous appearance,color fade,application of incorrect color,and any other surface preparation or applica-
tion deficiency described herein or identified by either the coatings manufacturer,the Owner's PM,or the ICC during
its site observations.
B. Uncorrected deficiencies identified by Owner's Representative during the work or within two years after completion
of the work may require complete recoating at Contractor's expense with no cost to the Owner. I
C. Submit the two-year Labor and Workmanship Warranty as a closeout document as specified in in Part 1 above.
09900-6 '
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20 1
PART 2-PRODUCTS
I2.1 PRODUCTS
IA. Provide coatings and accessory materials specified and scheduled herein unless noted otherwise.
B. Provide accessory products specified below and other products, materials, and accessories not specified herein but
necessary for the complete project.
I
C. Provide only coatings produced in accordance with the manufacturer's approved color formulations.
1. Exterior Bold Brand Colors: Bold brand orange,green,and Walmart blue colors shall be mixed and tinted only
III in the manufacturer's authorized factory facility.Do not order or permit bold brand colors to be tinted and mixed
either in the field or at a retail store.
2. Exterior Neutral Colors: Retail store tinting for neutral gray and tan exterior colors is permitted. Verify with
manufacturer's authorized representative that coatings mixed and tinted in the retail store will receive the Man-
Iufacturer's Material Performance Warranty as described in Part 1 herein.
3. Exception to Retail Coatings Purchase: Some manufacturers may require products to be purchased and distrib-
uted from national distribution centers as a warranty condition. Comply with manufacturers'national accounts
Ipurchase order procedure in order to ensure integrity of product and observance of warranty.
D. Do not substitute or interchange products or coatings systems presented at the Pre-Installation Conference unless oth-
erwise authorized by Owner's representative.
IE. Verify that all coats in the applied system are produced by the same manufacturer.
I F. Manufacturers:Coating materials shall be the products of the following manufacturers:
1. Interior Coatings:
a. Sherwin Williams Company.Contact:Kevin Behm,(216)566-1558, kevin.c.behm@sherwin.com.
b. Benjamin Moore,Contact:Andrew Theokas,(201)747-1586,andrew.theokas@benjaminmoore.com.
benjaminmoore.com.
I c. PPG Paints,Contact:Rick Garlin,(317)318-5800,garlint ipog.com.
2. Exterior Coatings:
a. Benjamin Moore,Contact:Andrew Theokas,(201)747-1586,andrew.theokas@benjaminmoore.com.
I
b.c. PPG Paints,Contact:Rick Garlin,(317)318-5800,garlin@ppg.com.
Sto Corp.,Contact: Chuck Duffin,(888)786-3437,cduffin@stocorp.com.
G. Products Schedule:Owner's preselected coatings products are listed in the Products Schedule in Part 3 herein.
I
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
I A. Accessory materials not specified herein but recommended by the manufacturer or required to meet the requirements
herein.
1. Paint Thinners: Type recommended by paint or coating manufacturer for paint or coating system, VOC com-
pliant,first line commercial quality.
I 2. Patching Materials:As specified under Part 3-Execution.
3. Masking.
111 2.3 COATINGS SYSTEMS SCHEDULE
A. Refer to Interior and Exterior Systems Schedules in Part 3 herein for Owner's approved coatings systems and
Iapplication requirements.
B. Do not substitute or interchange products in any specified system in the Systems Schedules.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
1 09900-7
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be applied and verify that surfaces conform to product man-
ufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Beginning of application indicates acceptance of substrate conditions.
3.2 GENERAL PREPARATION 1
A. If ICC's scope does not include determination of the exterior CMU and masonry existing coatings type, coordinate
with and require the Manufacturer's Representative to perform a test of the existing coatings type prior to the Pre- '
Installation Conference.
1. Verify during the Pre-Installation Conference that Manufacturer's Representative concurs with the proposed
overcoating systems.
B. Contain fugitive dust and debris from contaminating surrounding property. Protect customers and associates from
airborne dust and abrasive media. Establish dust containment and safety zones with caution tape or barricades prior to
beginning to isolate work in areas of store operations. I
C. Coordinate moving of merchandise and fixtures with Store Manager prior to painting in Sales areas.
D. Protect other surfaces from paint and damage with protective coverings, shields, masking, etc. Maintain protective ,
coverings throughout cleaning and painting operations.
1. Adjacent work to be protected includes but is not limited to merchandise displays,merchandise inventory,shop-
ping carts,customer vehicles,and vegetation.
2. Remove or mask hardware,hardware accessories,machined surfaces,plates,lighting fixtures,and similar items
in place and not to be painted.Reinstall removed items after completion of paint work.
E. Protect the following items from water damage during pressure washing and overspray during application: I
1. Automatic door sensors
2. Exterior light sensors
3. Store mounted electronic devises,switches,receptacles and security components.
4. Fire Protection sprinklers
F. For any work specified herein requiring chemical strippers,use plastic,tape, or other means to protect areas that are ,
not to be stripped. This includes prefmished metal such as gutters and downspouts,aluminum trim and storefront and
glass.
G. Sign Removal: ,
1. Remove adhesive-backed interior and exterior signage attached to doors and walls to be painted.
2. Dispose of removed signs.
3. Do not remove large exterior mechanically attached signage.
4. If location of existing sign is not shown to be covered by a new sign,repair holes and fill with sealant in accord 111
-
ance to the requirements of Section 07900.
H. Signage Replacement:
1. Inform the following when exterior painting is complete and ready for new sign installation and replacement of
removed signs.
a. Walmart Exterior Sign Team: exteriorl2@wal-mart.com,Edith McGee(479)204-0735, James Iglehart
(479)204-1618,or Karen Lombard(479)277-9518.
I. Sealants: Fully remove exteriorbacking CMU wall sealants and materials from vertical control,construction, and ex-
pansion joints as well as sidewalk or paving joints at the CMU wall as specified in Section 07900. Replace removed
wall sealants and backing materials with new materials as specified in Section 07900.
J. Do not schedule paint work when rain,snow,fog,or mist are present or forecasted to be present during the drying time ,
of the coatings.
K. if plants,moss,mildew,or other biological growth is present,thoroughly saturate the area with a mixture consisting of
09900-8
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 '
I
1 quart bleach/3 quarts water, and 1 cup powdered detergent. Allow the mixture to remain on the surface until the
I biological growth is removed. Scrub the surface and repeat as necessary to assure complete removal. Thoroughly rinse
with fresh water.
L. If the manufacturer's written recommendations conflict with or do not address the unique project conditions, comply
with the requirements of this specification unless otherwise directed.
M. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures as specified in this section and in accordance with paint manufacturer's
and PM's instructions as necessary for unique project conditions. Work directed and performed in addition to that
specified herein but deemed necessary by the Manufacturer's or Owner's Representatives to achieve a satisfactory
substrate shall be by change order to the Contract.
1 3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION
' A. Do not begin surface preparation of exterior CMU walls until the sample wall panel specified in Part 1 has been com-
pleted and approved.
B. Where scraping, chiseling, sanding, or grinding of concrete or masonry surfaces is required, use proper dust control
1 tools and methods to maintain dust emissions below the permissible level.
C. Remove visible grease and oil by solvent cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP1.
1 D. Where masonry restoration and repair is shown on drawings,perform repairs as specified in Section 04910.
E. Protect joints to be sealed by inserting caulking backer rods at face of wall.
IF. Pressure Washing:
1. Remove loose paint,chalk,efflorescence,oil,grease and surface contamination by pressure washing when spec-
I ified in the following surface preparations.
2. Use equipment with at a minimum 5,000 psi and a spinner tip.
3. If removing heavy chalk,use a TSP and water solution. Add.5 lbs.of TSP per 1 gallon of water. Apply to the
wall surface using a low pressure sprayer and allow 20-30 minutes before rinsing.
I 4. Thoroughly rinse the surface to ensure that no residue of TSP solution remains and to remove loose paint. To
rinse,power wash the surface using a 5,000 psi pressure washer with a spinner tip. Scrub the surface with a soft
bristled brush to remove any remaining chalk residue if necessary.
I5. Wipe a white cloth across the surface to ensure that no residue is visible on the cloth.
6. As an alternative to TSP,a chalk removal additive recommended by the coating manufacturer can be used.
7. If the surface cleanliness is not achieved using 5,000 psi pressure washing equipment,use heated pressure wash-
ing equipment(200F or higher)or contractor-selected equipment to achieve the specified degree of cleaning.
I 8. Dispose of the waste water as specified in the Environmental Requirements of Part 1 and in accordance with
01351.
G. Steel-Exterior:
1. Remove dust,dirt buildup,grease,oil,mold,mildew,chalk,dirt,and surface debris.Pressure wash as specified
in Part 3 herein to clean the surface.
2. Remove minor rust,loose paint,and surface contamination with power tools in accordance with SSPC-SP3.
I 3. Sand glossy surfaces with 220 grit sandpaper.
4. Feather the existing coating at transitions between the existing coating and the bare steel.
IH. Heavily Corroded Steel and Steel-to-Ground Interface-Exterior:
1. Remove dust,dirt buildup,grease,oil,mold,mildew,chalk,dirt,and surface debris.Pressure wash as specified
in Part 3 herein to clean the surface.
2. Spot-remove extensive rust and rust scale to bright metal by power tool in accordance with SSPC-SP15.
I 3. Repair holes as indicated on Drawings by welding and grinding.
4. Clean heavily corroded steel at the ground interface (steel that is in contact with an at-grade surface such as
concrete or asphalt to 12 inches above grade, or to the top of corroded area,whichever is greater. Within this
area,remove corrosion,mill scale,and coatings by power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP15.
I
09900-9
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
5. Feather the existing coating at transitions between the existing coating and the bare steel.
I. Steel-Interior:
1. Remove dirt, dust,grease,oil,and other surface interference material by washing and scrubbing.
2. Remove rust and loose paint with power tools in accordance with SSPC-SP3. ,
3. Degloss surface with a scouring pad such as Heavy Duty Scour Pad,Non-Scratch Scour Pad,or equivalent by
Scotch-Brite.
4. Feather the existing coating at transitions between the existing coating and the bare steel. '
J. Galvanized Steel-Exterior:
1. Remove dust,dirt buildup,grease,oil,mold,mildew,chalk,dirt,and surface debris.Pressure wash as specified
in Part 3 herein to clean the surface.
2. Remove loose coating,corrosion,deteriorated steel,and zinc salts by power tool in accordance with SSPC-SP3.
Feather the edges of the existing coating around each cleaned spot.
3. Sand glossy surfaces with 220 grit sandpaper. ,
4. On bare galvanizing, apply a solution of phosphoric acid and detergents designed to remove grease and oil
residue to provide a clean,lightly etched surface suitable for adhesion of subsequently applied coats in accord-
ance with the manufacturer's instructions.
5. Feather the existing coating at transitions between the existing coating and the bare galvanizing.
K. Heavily Corroded Galvanized Steel and Steel-to-Ground Interface-Exterior:
1. Remove dust, dirt buildup, grease, oil, mold, mildew, chalk, dirt, and surface debris from areas shown on the Drawings to be Heavy Corrosion.Pressure wash as specified in Part 3 herein to clean the surface.
2. Spot-remove deteriorated steel,rust and rust scale to bright metal by power tool in accordance with SSPC-SP 15. '
3. Repair holes with new metal.
4. Clean heavily corroded galvanized steel from the ground interface(in contact with an at-grade surface such as ,
concrete or asphalt)to 6 inches above grade,or to the top of corroded area,whichever is greater.Clean to bright
metal by power tool in accordance with SSPC-SP15,allowing intact galvanizing to remain.
5. After power tool cleaning,treat bare galvanizing with a solution of phosphoric acid and detergents designed to
remove grease and oil residue to provide a clean, lightly etched surface suitable for adhesion of subsequently
applied coats in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
6. Feather the existing coating at all transitions between the existing coating and the bare galvanizing.
L. Galvanized Steel-Interior: I
I. Remove dirt,dust,grease,oil,and other surface interference material by washing and scrubbing.
2. Remove deteriorated galvanized steel,rust, and loose paint with power tools in accordance with SSPC-SP3.
3. Degloss surface with a scouring pad such as Heavy Duty Scour Pad,Non-Scratch Scour Pad,or equivalent by
Scotch-Brite.
4. On bare galvanizing, apply a solution of phosphoric acid and detergents designed to remove grease and oil
residue to provide a clean,lightly etched surface suitable for adhesion of subsequently applied coats in accord-
ance with the manufacturer's instructions.
5. Feather the existing coating at transitions between the existing coating and the bare galvanizing.
M. Standing Seam Metal-Existing to be Painted:
1. Pressure wash as specified in Part 3 herein to remove dust,dirt buildup,grease,oil,mold,mildew, and chalk.
2. Remove loose coating with a pressure washer or power tools to bare metal.
3. Remove surface-mounted snow guards,if present, and re-install upon completion of work. ,
4. Sand the exiting coating and substrate with 120-220 grit sandpaper to a minimum surface profile(roughness)of
1.0 mil for adhesion of the primer.
5. Solvent wipe the substrate to remove remaining dust and residue. ,
N. Unpainted Masonry-Interior:
1. Remove efflorescence by washing and scrubbing with Sure Klean Light Duty Concrete Cleaner(formerly Sure
Klean Concrete Brick Cleaner)by Prosoco,Inc.or an equivalent removal solution recommended by the coating
manufacturer.
2. If the efflorescence cannot be removed,contact Owner's Construction Manager before proceeding.
3. If the surface is to be painted,measure surface pH in accordance with ASTM 4262 once for each 30 linear feet
of wall surface.Wash and scrub the surface as necessary to bring the pH level within the range of 6 and 13.
09900-10
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 '
I
O. Painted Masonry—Exterior-Total Coating Removal:
11 1. On masonry shown on the Drawings to receive urethane coating, and for masonry indicated for Total Coating
Removal, remove 90—95% of the coating per block or per each 128 square inch area of masonry wall to be
repainted.
I 2. Use one or both of the following methods according to equipment and project manufacturer's instructions:
a. Chemical stripping: Use Smart Strip PRO by Dumond Chemicals or Back to Nature Ultra-Strip by
Sunnyside Corporation.Minimize the introduction of additional water into the masonry by working from
111
top of wall to bottom.Repeat applications if necessary to reach complete removal.
b. Media blasting:Use the least invasive abrasive medium and provide protections as follows:
1) Dry abrasive blast cleaning:Provide exhaust ventilated enclosures and HEPA-rated filter vacuum
dust collection systems as recommended by the manufacturer for maintaining dust emissions be-
low the permissible level.
2) Wet abrasive blast cleaning: Use proper dust control methods to maintain dust emissions below
the permissible level.
3. Dispose of media blast waste in accordance with requirements of Section 01351 and verify that removal method
I is accepted by authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Verify that removal method is suited for climate and weather conditions in project location.
5. Use a removal method that is best suited to retain the texture and roughness of the surface before cleaning.
' 6. Do not use removal methods that result in a surface that is substantially different or rougher than the appearance
of the approved test sample in Part 1 herein.
7. Allow the surface to dry before applying new coatings.Prior to painting,verify dryness by testing in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and the meter and plastic sheet methods as specified in Part 3 herein.
IP. Painted Masonry—Exterior—Cleaning and Removal of Loose Coating Prior to Overcoating:
1. On masonry shown on the Drawings to receive Loose Coating Removal, remove loose paint, chalk, efflo-
I 2. rescence,oil,grease and surface contamination by pressure washing as specified in Part 3 herein.
Remove loose paint edges or"flags." Scrape edges to a point of tight adherence. Sand or apply a deglossing
agent to high-gloss surfaces.
3. On scored block,grind sags,drips and bridges of existing coating covering the face of the scores.
I 4. If the degree of cleaning or surface texture differs from the approved test sample for Removal of Loose Coating
in Part 1 herein,obtain Owner's Construction Manager's acceptance of the cleaned surface before proceeding.
5. Allow the surface to dry before applying new coatings.Prior to painting,verify dryness by testing in accordance
Iwith the manufacturer's instructions and the meter and plastic sheet methods as specified in Part 3 herein.
Q. Painted Masonry—Interior(to Receive Overcoat):
1. Remove dirt,dust,grease,oil,and other surface interference material by washing and scrubbing.
I 2.3. Sand high-gloss surfaces.
Feather the existing coating at transitions between the existing coating and the bare steel.
4. Spot apply primer to areas prepared to bare substrate.
IR. Concrete Floors—Interior(to Receive Striping and Markings):
1. Mask floor surfaces that will not receive coating.
2. Remove visible grease and oil deposits by detergent or solvent cleaning.
I 3. Remove curing compound and sealers with solvents, commercial paint strippers,power tool cleaning,or abra-
sive blast cleaning using dust control methods specified herein for Total Coating Removal.
4. Chemically or mechanically abrade surface to a texture of 50-70 grit sandpaper.
I
5. If applying acid etching compound,thoroughly flush surface with clean water. Verify removal of acid with pH
paper and allow the floor to thoroughly dry prior to painting.
6. Protect painted floor surface from traffic for 12 hours after painting.
I S. Exterior Insulation and Finish System(EIFS):
1. Pressure wash the surface with a 600 psi nozzle pressure with a fan tip to avoid damaging the EIFS.
2. Supplement pressure washing with hand scrubbing and detergent cleaning as necessary to remove chalk,surface
I interference material,and loose coating.
3. Allow the surface to dry before applying new coatings.Prior to painting,verify dryness by testing in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and the meter and plastic sheet methods as specified in Part 3 herein.
I T. Wood:
09900-11
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
Mk
1. Remove surface contamination by washing with a cleaning solution,scraping,sanding,and scrubbing to remove dirt,pollutants,mildew,deteriorated wood, and surface interference material.
2. Allow to dry and apply patching material recommended by the coating manufacturer to fill cracks,nail holes, '
and other imperfections. Sand the patched areas smooth after drying.
3. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of knot sealer recommended by the coating ,
manufacturer before applying prime coat.
4. After priming,fill holes and imperfections in fmish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler.Sand smooth when
5. dry.
e, stain, or seal wood required to be field painted immediately upon delivery to site. Prime edges, ends
faces,undersides,and backsides of such wood,including cabinets and counters.
6. Seal tops,bottoms,and cut-outs with a heavy coat of sealer recommended by the coating manufacturer imme-
diately upon delivery to the site. ,
7. Allow the surface to dry before applying new coatings.Prior to painting,verify dryness by testing in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and the meter and plastic sheet methods as specified in Part 3 herein
U. Gypsum Board: '
1. New Gypsum Board:
a. Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair.
b. Exterior Gypsum Board Sheathing: Exterior gypsum board sheathing to receive a paint fmish shall be ,
prepared for painting with joint treatment and skim coating as specified in Section 09250.
2. Previously Painted Gypsum Board:
a. Remove loose paint and feather the edges to create a smooth transition.
b. Remove surface dust and debris.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Apply paint to surfaces free of dirt,rust,scale,grease,moisture,scuffed surfaces,and conditions otherwise detrimental
to formation of a durable paint film.
B. Do not paint silicone sealants designated by an S1 or S2 assignment as described in Section 07900. 1
C. After cleaning and prior to painting,determine surface and subsurface moisture of non-metal substrates in compliance
with the manufacturer's instructions and the following methods: ,
a. Radio frequency and conductivity moisture meter testing with results in the green range for conductivity
and the yellow range or below for radio frequency.
b. Plastic sheet testing in accordance with ASTM D 4263 to determine the presence of capillary moisture. I
Levels are acceptable when dry on the plastic and the block.
D. Mixing and Thinning:
1. Mix coatings in clean containers in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions.
2. Remove skins on acrylic coatings prior to mixing. If mixed into the coating,remove skin residue by straining
prior to use.
3. Stir paint materials as necessary during use to maintain the consistency.
4. Use only products within shelf life.Apply multi-component materials prior to expiration of the pot life.
E. Apply coating systems specified in the Painting Schedule hereinafter for the corresponding surface.
F. Touch up shop-applied prime coats where damaged or bare. Use the same primer applied in the shop. I
G. Apply paint products and use application procedures designated by the manufacturer's published instructions for the I
particular application and substrate.
H. Apply each coat in the Dry Film Thickness(DFT)specified which represents the minimum Dry Film Thickness in mils
per coat.Apply each coat to uniform coverage. Avoid excessive thickness that results in runs,sags,and solvent voids
in the film.
I. Measure Wet Film Thickness(WFT)of exterior coatings on CMU where specified in the Painting Schedule herein.
09900-12
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 '
I
IJ. Allow drying time between coats as recommended by the manufacturer.
K. When coating irregular surfaces including edges,corners,crevices,welds,and exposed fasteners,apply a minimum dry
film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
IL. CMU Primers: Apply concrete masonry unit primers to concrete masonry at rate to provide complete coverage with
pores filled.
IM. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats,apply a prime coat of material as scheduled.Recoat primed and sealed
surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a fmish coat with no burn
through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
' N. Pigmented(Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, ap-
pearance and coverage. Apply additional coats if shadow through of underlying coats or substrate is visible. Cloudi-
ness,spotting,laps,brush marks,runs,sags or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
I
O. Pigmented Waterproofing Coatings for Masonry Wall Caps:
1. Apply a specialized coating system as specified in the Drawings and Paint Schedule. Match the existing color
I of the cap.
a. Epoxy/Urethane—Prime with one coat of specified primer per manufacturer's instructions.When primer
is cured,apply two coats of finish coat specified per manufacturer's instructions.
I
b. Cement-based— Brush onto the bare surface to achieve the manufacturer's DFT (dry film thickness)
recommendations. Stripe-coat corners and edges.
2. Apply waterproofing coating to the top and vertical sides of painted wall caps. Maintain a continuous seal be-
tween the waterproofing coating and the finish coating on the vertical sides to 1"below the cap. When water-
, proof coating has cured,apply the finish coating over the waterproof coating up to the bottom of the cap.
3.5 APPLICATION OF COATINGS TO CMU
IA. General:
1. Concrete masonry unit walls shall have been installed at least 21 days prior to coating application.
2. Begin system application at top of wall and work down. Begin application of system in the presence of Manu-
I 3. facturer's Technical Representative.
Apply cold weather coatings at surface and ambient temperatures at or above manufacturer's recommended
application temperatures and rising.
4. Do not use a sprayer extension for coatings application on split face concrete masonry unit walls.
I
B. Exterior Wall Concrete Masonry Unit Coatings:
1. General:
I a. Where existing coatings to be overcoated vary in color or condition,verify that substrate preparation and
scheduled coatings systems are sufficient for yielding a uniform finish color and sheen.
b. Apply by spray and roller application,using airless equipment for spray application and backrolling with
roller.
c. Apply at rate adequate to provide complete coverage and to the minimum dry film thickness (DFT)
specified in the Coatings Selection Schedule herein.
d. Allow measurement of wet film thickness (WFT) for fmish coatings on Exterior CMU as specified in
I Coatings Selection Schedule herein.
e. If specified DFT is not achieved on any particular substrate,adjust application according to manufactur-
er's published application recommendations for profile,texture,and porosity of substrate until specified
DFT is achieved.
I2. CMU Surfacer Material:Apply surfacer material as follows:
a. Spray first coat of surfacer material vertically with nozzle tip at a 45 degree angle from surface. Point
nozzle tip down when moving upward,and up when moving downward. Back roll with saturated 1 inch
I b. minimum nap roller to completely fill voids in substrate.
Where two coats of surfacer are specified,allow a minimum of one hour before applying second coat of
surfacer material or longer if more than 1 hour is recommended by the Manufacturer.
I09900-13
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
L.
I
1) Spray the second coat of surfacer material horizontally with nozzle tip at a 45 degree angle from '
surface. Point nozzle tip left when moving right, and right when moving left. Follow with back
rolling.
c. Repeat the application sequence described in the preceding paragraphs until all specified coats are ap-
plied.
d. For each coat, back brush the top edges of block and the scores of scored block to assure complete
coverage.
e. Allow block prime coatings to dry 48 hours before proceeding with finish coating
3. CMU Finish Coats:Apply finish material as follows: 11
a. Spray first coat vertically with nozzle tip at 45 degree angle from surface. Point nozzle tip left when
moving right, and right when moving left. Back roll vertical pass with saturated 1 inch minimum nap
roller before proceeding with second coat. ,
b. For coatings systems specified to receive two coats of fmish material, spray second coat horizontally
with nozzle tip at 45 degree angle from surface. Point nozzle tip down when moving upward, and up
when moving downward. '
c. Back brush the top edges of block and the scores of scored block to assure complete coverage.Cross roll
roller-applied material.Finish material with brush and roller strokes in one direction.
4. Verify that all phases of the finish coating application yield a uniform color and sheen that match the color and
sheen of the approved coating field samples. Recoating any phase or location on the exterior CMU walls to
correct color inconsistencies will be at the expense of the Contractor with no cost to the Owner.
5. Verify that fmish coats are without cloudiness, spotting,laps,brush marks,runs,sags,or shadow through.
6. Pinhole Allowances: Where an elastomeric fmish coat is specified for exterior wall CMU in the Coatings Se-
lection Schedule herein, provide a completed coatings application with no more than 10 pinholes per square
foot.For all other coatings for exterior wall CMU in the Painting Schedule herein,provide a completed coatings
application with no more than 20 pinholes per square foot.
C. Water Repellents for Integrally Colored Masonry and Unpainted Concrete Caps and Sills:Water repellents are specified
in Section 07190.Water repellent for galvanized wall caps is specified in the Coatings Systems Schedule herein.
3.6 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT I
A. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered.
B. Where exposed piping,conduit,and electrical equipment are to be painted,paint color and texture shall match adjacent '
surfaces.
C. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment prior to installation. I
D. Pre-paint gas piping prior to installation.Touch up paint after installation to repair damage.Colors shall be as follows:
1. Exterior Piping on Roof(Yellow): P5,OSHA Standard"Safety Yellow."
3.7 INTERIOR FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Interior Coatings and Exterior Coatings on Surfaces Other than Wall: Inspect painting and coating application for
scheduled material,color,sheen,specified thickness(WFT where indicated and DFT),and coverage.
3.8 EXTERIOR FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ,
A. Exterior Wall Pre-Installation Testing:
1. Prior to the Pre-Installation Conference specified in Part 1,conduct knife or tape adhesion tests of the existing '
exterior wall coatings in accordance with ASTM D6677.
2. Test multiple locations on all elevations of the building. If more than one texture masonry is used,conduct at
least one test per elevation of each type or texture of masonry.
3. Provide the results to the manufacturer of the new coating to confirm that the adhesion is adequate for over-
coating. If the manufacturer indicates that the adhesion is inadequate, advise the Owner's PM and the ICC(if
applicable).
09900-14 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 ,
I
4. Discuss inadequate adhesion results at the Pre-Installation Conference. Do not proceed with painting work until
a decision is made regarding over-coating.
B. Exterior Wall Work in Progress Inspections:
I 1. Contractor's Installation Inspections:
a. Maintain schedule of application of exterior wall systems in field office for Owner's review.
b. Enter any painting defects defined as deviations,as well as recommended repairs by Owner's Construc-
tion Manager or Manufacturer's Technical Representative during progress inspections into the online
I Owner's Observation Log.
c. Maintain photographic documentation of application for Contractor's Completion Report as specified in
Part 1 herein as a closeout document.
I d. Conduct the following inspections and tests each day, as applicable. Document and make available to
the Owner's Construction Manager and the ICC(if applicable).
1) Ambient conditions during the work, including air temp, surface temp, relative humidity, dew
point.
I2) Quality of surface preparation on each item prepared, including cleanliness and roughness, re-
moval of chalk and loose paint, removal of biological growth, de-glossing, pressure washing,
power tool cleaning,etc.
I
3)4) Moisture content of cementitious surfaces prior to painting.
Application, including product names,quantities,and locations of coatings applied.
5) Methods of application,including whether spray,brush,roll,back-rolling,etc.
6) Wet film thickness of coatings applied as measured at a minimum of 5 spots per 100 square feet
I or fraction thereof.Dry film thickness of coatings applied to metal as measured at a minimum of
5 spots per 100 square feet or fraction thereof.
7) Quality of application,including aesthetics,coverage,presence of pinholes and shadow-through.
' 2. ICC Exterior Work Progress Inspections: The ICC will conduct at least one unannounced visit to observe the
progress of the exterior wall painting work and will provide Contractor with a list of deficiencies.
a. Contact the ICC to schedule a Progress Inspection a minimum of two weeks prior to beginning exterior
I wall coatings installation.
b. Verify that deviations identified in the inspector's list are corrected.
1 C. Exterior Wall Post-Installation Inspections:
1. Post-Installation Site Visits: Upon completion of the coating system installation, schedule site visits with the
Manufacturer's Technical Representative and the ICC.
a. Provide a minimum one week notification for the scheduling of final inspections.
I
b.c. Include Owner's Construction Manager if available.
Verify that Manufacturer's Technical Representative and ICC observations include inspection of all
specification requirements and comparison with the sample panel specified herein.
t 2. Manufacturer Post-Installation Site Visit: Schedule a site visit with Manufacturer's Technical Representative to
occur prior to the ICC's Post-Installation Visit.
a. Manufacturer's Representative shall be the same individual present at pre-construction conference.
b. Record noted deficiencies and recommendations observed by the Manufacturer's Technical Representa-
I c. tive.
Remediation of Deficiencies: If the Representative notes deficiencies, provide remediation as recom-
mended by the Representative and necessary to achieve compliance with the specification requirements.
1
1) Record products, methods of application, location, and quantities of coatings for remediation
work.
3. ICC Post-Installation Inspection and Approval:ICC shall provide a site visit to inspect completed coating system
I at no cost to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of Appendix B(Section 09900).
a. Schedule ICC Post-Installation Inspection to occur after completion of remediation work recommended
by Manufacturer's Technical Representative and prior to Grand Opening,on or as near as possible to the
date established in the Pre-Installation Conference and according to ICC's location and availability.
I b. Remediation of Deficiencies: If the ICC's fmal inspection report notes deficiencies,provide remediation
expressly as recommended by the ICC necessary to achieve compliance with the specification require-
ments. Complete remediation work prior to Grand Opening unless otherwise directed by the Owner's
I Construction Manager.
09900-15
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
M.
I
1) Record products, methods of application, location, and quantities of coatings for remediation
work.
4. ICC Follow-Up Inspection: The ICC may conduct a follow-up inspection after the Post-Installation Inspection
if the ICC's final inspection report noted deficiencies. The ICC will contact Contractor if a follow-up visit is
anticipated after Contractor has confirmed remediation work is complete. ,
5. Provide a copy of ICC's Post-Installation Report and Approval to Owner's Construction Manager.Submit ICC's
Post-Installation Report and Contractor's documentation of deficiencies remediation as closeout documents as
specified in Part 1 herein.
D. Fine for Failure to Remediate: If the ICC determines that remediation work is not complete in accordance with the
recommendations of the ICC's post-installation report and in conformance with the requirements herein,the ICC may
assess a fee of$3,000.00 at Contractor's expense with no cost to the Owner.
3.9 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection by Owner is specified in Appendix B(Section 09900). ,
3.10 MAINTENANCE OF WORK AREA
A. As work proceeds and upon completion,remove paint where spilled,splashed,or spattered. I
B. During progress of work keep premises free from unnecessary accumulation of tools,equipment,surplus materials and '
debris.At the end of each workday,remove empty cans,rags,rubbish,and other discarded paint material from the site.
C. Collect waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove
daily from site.
D. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean. Remove protective coverings and paint from doorknobs,
floors,counter tops and other areas not requiring paint.
3.11 PROTECTION
A. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection during preparation or installation.
B. Do not leave plastic or other landscape protection covers in place so long that damage to plants results.
3.12 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULES I
A. Exterior CMU and Masonry Colors: The following are Owner's preselected paint colors currently used in the exterior
building scheme.Provide colors as shown or scheduled on the drawings or to match existing scheme.Do not substitute '
the following exterior colors.
Mark Color PPG Benjamin-Moore Sto
Description
P15(E) Gray #1010-5 Downpour #AC-27 Galveston GrayI
-
P49(E) Dark Gray #1007-6 Cool Charcoal #HC-167 Amhearst Gray NA19-0019
P76(U) Walmart Blue Custom Factory Match Walmart Blue NA19-0014 '
P83(E) Dark Brown # 1077-6 Salted Pretzel #1022 Maple Shadows #32131
P94(E) Tan #1087-5 Cracker Bliz #AC8 Butte Rock #16042
P124(E) Light Brown #1085-5 Sauteed Mush- #1034 Clay #16061 ,
room
P126(U) Pickup Orange Custom Factory Match Walmart Orange NA19-0016
P130(U) Market Green Custom Factory Match Walmart Green NA19-0015
P134(E) Light Gray #1006-3 Early Evening #1465 Nimbus NA19-0020
09900-16 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/2R/20
I
P135(E) Medium Gray #I007-4 Hot Stone #1474 Cape May Cobble- NA 19-0018
I stone
P140(E) White #1007-1 Willow Springs #2141-70 Vanilla Milkshake NA19-0017
P5(E) Safety Yellow 90-330 Safety Yellow Safety Yellow# 10 ---
IP21(E) Safety Red 90-306 Safety Red Safety Red#20 ---
P36(E) Black #1001-7 Black Magic #2118-20 Toucan Black #37100
I P81(E) Black P33(E) Cream #1003 7 Blackhearth #2132-20 Ebony King #37100
#2149-70 White Chocolate#1023-1 Oatmeal #16032
I B. Interior Building Colors:The following are interior colors shown on drawings.Provide matches by any approved man-
ufacturer.
Color Number/Name by Sherwin Color Number/Name by Sherwin
Mark Williams unless otherwise shown. Mark Williams unless otherwise shown.
P2 SW#7664 Steely Gray P41 SW#6100 Practical Beige
P3 SW#6510 Loyal Blue P42 SW#6372 Inviting Ivory
P5 OSHA Standard Safety P43 SW#6667 Afterglow
' Yellow P44
P45 SW#6666 Enjoyable Yellow
P6 SW#6811 Honorable Blue SW#0044 Hubbard Squash
P7 Pittsburgh Paints #2537 Blossom P46 SW# 7006 Extra White
I
White P47
P48 SW#0051 Classic Ivory
P8 SW#7005 Pure White SW#7722 Travertine
P9 SW# 7042 Shoji White. Apply over P49 SW# 7019 Gauntlet Grey
textured coating specified in Section P50 SW#6382 Ceremonial Gold
I 09250 P51 SW#6662 Summer Day
P10 SW#6061 Tan Bark P52 SW#6334 Flower Pot
P11 SW#6115 Totally Tan P53 SW#6810 Lupine
I
P12 SW#6112 Biscuit P54
P55 SW#6432 Garden Spot
P13 SW#6454 Shamrock SW#6285 Grape Harvest
P14 SW#6677 Goldenrod P56 SW#6500 Open Seas
P15 SW#7669 Summit Gray P57 SW#2848 Roycroft Pewter
P16 SW#7074 Software P58 SW#6006 Black Bean
P18 SW#7507 Stone Lion P59 SW#0077 Classic French Gray
P19 SW#6094 Sensational Sand P60 SW#6053 Reddened Earth
I
P20 SW#7036 Accessible Beige P61
P62 SW#6079 Diverse Beige
P21 SW#4081 Safety Red SW#6172 Hardware.
P22 Pantone Color System 286 C. P63 SW#2340 Buff
I
P23 SW#7005 Pure White P64
P65 SW#6332 Coral Island
P24 SW#2819 Downing Slate SW#6378 Crisp Linen
P25 SW#0045 Antiquarian Brown P66 SW#6085 Simplify Beige
P26 SW#6080 Utterly Beige P67 SW#6114 Bagel
I P27 , SW#6103 Tea Chest P68 SW#6113 Interactive Cream
P28 SW#6124 Cardboard P69 SW#6340 Baked Clay.
P29 SW#6420 Queen Anne's Lace P70 SW#2838 Polished Mahogany
I P30 SW#2018 Pink Beige P71 SW#7051 Analytical Gray.
P31 SW#2016 Canberra P72 SW#6658 Welcome White.
P32 SW#6387 Compatible Cream P73 SW#6214 Underseas
P33 SW#6385 Dover White P74 SW#6659 Captivating Cream
IP34 SW#6519 Hinting Blue P75 SW#2804 Renwick Rose Beige
P35 SW#7071 Gray Screen P76 Custom Match#076 Walmart Medium
P36 SW#6989 Domino Blue
I P37 SW#0046 White Hyacinth P76A Pantone Color System 285C
P38 SW#6102 Portobello P77 SW#6087 Trusty Tan
P39 SW#6122 Camelback P78 SW#2445 Creamy White
' P40 SW#6665 Gardenia P79 SW#6359 Sociable
09900-17
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Mark Color Number/Name by Sherwin Mark Color Number/Name by Sherwin
Williams unless otherwise shown. Williams unless otherwise shown.
P80 SW#6060 Moroccan Brown P116A Pantone Color System 368 C
P81 SW#6258 Tricorn Black P117 SW#6429 Baize Green
P82 SW#7679 Golden Gate P118 SW#6720 Paradise
P83 SW#6082 Cobble Brown P119 SW#6895 Laughing Orange
P84 SW#7641 Collonade Gray P120 SW#6887 Navel
P85 SW#2823 Rookwood Clay P121 SW#6905 Goldfinch ,
P86 SW#6356 Copper Mountain P122 SW#6413 Restoration Ivory
P87 SW#2807 Rookwood Medium Brown P123 SW#6380 Humble Gold
P88 SW#7517 China Doll P124 SW#7522 Meadowlark
P89 SW#6062 Rugged Brown P125 SW#6923 Festival Green '
P90 SW#7502 Dry Dock P126 SW#6885 Knockout Orange
P91 SW#7513 Sanderling P127 SW#7719 Fresco Cream
P92 SW#7536 Bittersweet Stem P128 SW#7510 Chateau Brown
P93 SW#7538 Tamarind P129 SW#6683 Bee
P94 SW#7694 Dromedary Camel P130 SW#6922 Outrageous Green
P95 SW#7702 Spiced Cider P131 SW#7102 White Flour
P96 SW#7705 Wheat Penny P133 Pantone Color System 287 C I
P97 SW#7710 Brandy Wine P134 SW#7015 Repose Gray
P98 SW#7718 Oak Creek P135 SW#7017 Dorian Gray
P100 SW#6521 Notable Hue P139 SW#6710 Melange Green
P101 SW#6904 Gusto Gold P140 SW#7004 Snowbound
P102 SW#7518 Beach House P150 SW#7072 Online
P103 SW#6095 Toasty P159 SW#7571 Casa Blanca _ ,
P104 SW#6867 Fireworks P161 SW#7609"Georgian Revival Blue"
P105 SW#6526 Icelandic P162 SW# 7674 Peppercorn
P106 SW#6675 Afternoon P163 SW# 6939 Turquish
P107 SW#7698 Straw Harvest P164 SW# 6002 Essential Gray
P108 SW#6991 Black Magic P165 SW#6105 Divine White
P109 SW#7506 Loggia P166 SW#6766"Mariner"
P110 SW#7043 Worldly Gray P167 SW#6868 Real Red ,
P111 SW#7531 Canvas Tan SW Custom Walmart Color"Dura-
P112 SW#6676 Butterfield P200 nodic Bronze"Order#7248-0044642
P113 SW#6674 Jonquil P201 SW#7668 March Wind I
P114 SW#7720 Deer Valley P202 SW#7670 Gray Shingle
P115 SW#6076 Turkish Coffee P203 SW#7048 Urbane Bronze
PI 16 Custom Match#116 Wahnart Neigh- P204 SW#0019 Festoon Aqua
borhood Market Green P205 Pantone Color System 282 '
3.13 PAINT SHEEN SCHEDULE '
A. Gloss:
1. Exterior metal surfaces.
2. Exterior hollow metal doors and frames(inside and outside surfaces).
1. Exterior Insulation and Finish System to receive urethane paint.
2. Exterior CMU walls to receive urethane paint.
3. Roof hatch(inside and outside surfaces).
4. Interior&exterior pipe bollards shown to be painted.
5. Interior&exterior metal railings.
6. Metal stair stringers and handrails.
7. Metal fixed ladders and cages. ,
8. Exterior composite overhead sectional door surface if shown to be painted.
9. Automotive Center surfaces including Service Area(below 8 ft above finish floor).
09900-18 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 '
I
B. Semi-gloss:
I. Interior hollow metal doors and frames.
2. Interior hollow metal window frames.
3. Wood trim or simulated wood trim scheduled to be painted.
4. Coiling metal counter doors,except aluminum coiling counter shutters at Pharmacy.
5. Toilet gypsum board ceilings.
6. All walls within Pharmacy and exterior face of Pharmacy front wall(sales floor side).
7. Interior columns surfaces to receive epoxy finish.
IC. Eggshell:
1. All surfaces to be painted where sheen is not otherwise specified.
1 D. Flat:
1. Exterior Insulation and Finish System unless noted otherwise.
2. Exterior gypsum board ceilings.
I 3. Exterior concrete.
4. Exterior CMU walls unless noted otherwise.
I3.14 ITEMS TO BE PAINTED SCHEDULE
A. Paint surfaces as shown or scheduled on the drawings including,but not limited to,the following items.
' 1. Exterior:Paint existing exterior surfaces and new exterior surfaces as shown and noted on the Drawings,includ-
ing,but not limited to:
a. Hollow metal doors and frames.
b. Metal opening frames and trim.
' c.d. Exterior Insulation and Finish System.
Metal flashing and downspout(surfaces exposed from ground level).
e. Metal gutters(surfaces exposed to view from ground level).
f. Metal fascias(vertical face).
'
g. All surfaces of metal parapet cap.
h. Parapet walls,roof side(where roofing does not occur).
i. Pipe bollards where shown to be painted.
j. Metal railings.
k. Roof hatch.
1. Satellite dish support(from bottom of deck to top of support).
m. Exposed rooftop refrigeration and HVAC support framing.
n. Shop primed metal canopies and canopy supporting steel structure.
o. Overhead doors if shown.
2. Interior:Paint existing and new interior surfaces as indicated on the Drawings including,but not limited to:
I
a.b. Hollow metal doors and frames.
Hollow metal window frames.
c. Overhead coiling doors.
d. Metal opening frames and trim.
I
e.f. Gypsum wallboard.
Exposed concrete unit masonry.
g. Exposed mechanical ductwork,hangers and supports(if scheduled to be painted).
I
h. Exposed piping and conduit,hangers and supports(where exposed to Customer view if exposed structure
is painted).
i. Exposed fire protection piping,hangers and supports(where exposed to Customer view if exposed struc-
ture is painted).
I j. Exposed overhead structure including joists,girders,bridging,miscellaneous metal fabrications and deck
(if scheduled to be painted).
k. Exposed structure columns.
I 1. Wall signage, and graphics.
m. Floor striping,graphics,and markings as shown or noted.
n. Metal stair stringers and handrails.
I B. Do not paint the following Items:
09900-19
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
1. Aluminum,brass,bronze,stainless steel,and chrome plated steel.
2. Pre-finished items,such as toilet compartments, acoustical ceiling materials,mechanical,and electrical equip-
ment or factory finished metal panels and trim,unless otherwise shown or specified.
3. UL,FM,and other code-required labels.
4. Equipment identification,performance rating,and name plates. '
5. Finish hardware.
6. Fire Suppression sprinklers.
7. Low voltage cabling(i.e. fire alarm,voice,data,EMS,audio,security)not in conduit.
3.15 PRODUCTS SCHEDULES I
A. Alphabetic identification for each manufacturer's coatings appear in the left column of the table and have been com-
bined into systems for each substrate in the following Coatings Systems Schedules.Alphabetic identification for each
manufacturer's proprietary products has been assigned for conciseness only.
3.16 COATINGS SYSTEMS SCHEDULE I
A. Coats in each system are assigned the following abbreviations:
1. P:Prime or first coat. ,
2. I:Intermediate coat,if applicable.
3. F: First and second coats of the finish coating.
B. Unless noted otherwise herein or shown on Drawings to receive special coatings,use the standard system for the exte-
rior substrates described in the Systems Schedules.
C. Prime Coats for Exterior CMU: ,
1. Prime Coat Options for New Substrate or substrate with Total Coatings Removal: Coating systems depend on
the texture of the substrate after full coatings removal.
a. If drawings indicate bare substrate which is rough and requires a high build prime coat for a pinhole-free
finish, select product A from the Coatings Products Schedule with "high build/block filler/block sur-
facer"in the Product Name.Verify that this product has the greater DFT between the two primer options.
Brick masonry substrate typically requires a high-build prime coat.
b. If drawings indicate bare substrate which is relatively smooth and requires only a thin film coat for a '
pinhole-free finish,select the alternate product from the Products Schedule with"acrylic sealer/smooth"
in the Product Name.Verify that this product has the lesser DFT between the two primer options.CMU
substrate typically requires thin-film prime coats.
c. Verify that bare substrate prime coat determinations are approved by Manufacturer's Representative dur-
ingobservations of the sample wall specified in Part 1 herein.
2. Prime Coat Requirements for Overcoating: When drawings indicate that application of prime coats is required
to match a fully removed spot to the thickness and texture of the surrounding existing coatings,select the product '
from the Coatings Products Schedule with"high build/block filler/block surfacer"in the Product Name.
a. After priming the full removal spot with high build surfacer to match existing coatings,continue applying
the finish coats as specified.
TABLE 1 '
EXTERIOR METAL PRODUCTS—BENJAMIN MOORE
Benjamin Moore Products for Exterior Metal ,
Product Name DFT(mils) VOC(g/I) Min Temp°F
Ultra Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer(HPO4) 1.7-2.3 48 50
Regal®Select Exterior Paint High Build Soft Gloss N403 2.0 43 40
Epoxy Mastic Coating Semi-Gloss(V160) 4.6-7.2 184 50
Aliphatic Acrylic Urethane-Gloss(V500) 2.3-3.3 228 50
Ultra Spec HP D.T.M.Acrylic Semi-Gloss(HP29) 2.3 147 50
Insl-X Stix Waterborne Bonding Primer 1.6-2.2 87.6 35 ,
Regal®Select Exterior Paint High Build Low Lustre Finish N401 2.3 40 40
Aura Exterior Semi-Gloss 632 1.4-1.7 49 40
Organic Zinc Rich Primer V170 1.7-2.3 500 35 '
09900-20
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 1
I
I EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—BENJAMIN MOORE
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS-METAL
EXTERIOR FERROUS METAL—GENERAL CONDITIONS = '; -01
I Sys Substrate Description Sheen Conditions Benjamin Moore Products
of Use P F F
MET Misc steel doors, Gloss a-Standard, Ultra Spec HP Regal® Select Regal® Select
1 1 frames,and structural c-High UV Acrylic Metal Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
steel,except steel asso-
ciated Primer(HPO4) High Build Soft High Build Soft
with roofs(use Gloss N403 Gloss N403
systems 2, 3,or 4)or d-Cold Temp Insl-X Stix Regale Select Regal®Select
Icanopies(use system 12) Waterborne Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Bonding Pri- High Build Soft High Build Soft
mer Gloss N403 Gloss N403
I MET New rooftop equipment Gloss a-Standard, Ultra Spec HP Regal® Select Regal® Select
2 framing c-High UV Acrylic Metal Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Primer(HPO4) High Build Soft High Build Soft
I Gloss N403 Gloss N403
d-Cold Temp Organic Zinc Regal® Select Regal® Select
Rich Primer Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
V170 High Build Soft High Build Soft
Gloss N403 Gloss N403
MET Existing rooftop equip- Gloss a-Standard, Epoxy Mastic Regal® Select Regal® Select
I 3 ment framing,except California(use 3CA) c-High UV Coating Semi- Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Gloss(V160) High Build Soft High Build Soft
Gloss N403 Gloss N403
d-Cold Temp Insl-X Stix Regal® Select Regale Select
111 Waterborne Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Bonding Pri- High Build Soft High Build Soft
mer Gloss N403 Gloss N403
'
MET Existing rooftop equip- Gloss a-Standard, Ultra Spec HP Regal® Select Regal® Select
3CA ment framing, Califor- c-High UV Acrylic Metal Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Ma Primer(11PO4) High Build Soft High Build Soft
I Gloss N403 Gloss N403
d-Cold Temp Ins1-X Stix Regal® Select Regal® Select
Waterborne Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
I Bonding Pri- High Build Soft High Build Soft
mer Gloss N403 Gloss N403
EXTERIOR FERROUS METAL . i;e`: LVANIZING—SPECIAL CONDITIONS
I MET Heavy corrosion;4 steeUgaly to ground in- Gloss a-Standard, Epoxy Mastic Aliphatic Aliphatic
c-High UV Coating Semi- Acrylic Ure- Acrylic Ure-
terface;wall cap water- Gloss(V160) thane- Gloss thane-Gloss
proofmg (V500) (V500)
I d-Cold Temp Organic Zinc Aliphatic Aliphatic
Rich Primer Acrylic Ure- Acrylic Ure-
V 170 thane- Gloss thane-Gloss
I (V500) (V500)
MET TLE Semi- a-Standard, Epoxy Mastic Aliphatic Aliphatic
5 Gloss c-High IN Coating Semi- Acrylic Ure- Acrylic Ure-
IGloss(V160) thane- Gloss thane- Gloss
(V500) (V500)
I09900-21
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
d-Cold Temp Epoxy Mastic Aliphatic Aliphatic
Coating Semi- Acrylic Ure- Acrylic Ure-
Gloss(V160) thane-Gloss thane-Gloss
(V500) (V500)
EXTERIOR NON-FERROUS METAL AND GALVANIZING
MET Painting galvanizing Semi- a-Standard, Ultra Spec HP Ultra Spec HP Ultra Spec HP
6 and non-ferrous metal; Gloss c-High UV Acrylic Metal D.T.M. Acrylic D.T.M. Acrylic
ornamental metal fenc- Primer(HPO4) Semi-Gloss Semi-Gloss ,
ing (HP29) (HP29)
d-Cold Temp Insl-X Stix Ultra Spec HP Ultra Spec HP
Waterborne D.T.M. Acrylic D.T.M. Acrylic
Bonding Pri- Semi-Gloss Semi-Gloss
mer (HP29) (HP29)
MET Painting galvanized Semi- a-Standard, Ultra Spec HP Regal® Select Regal® Select ,
7 trim Gloss c-High UV Acrylic Metal Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Primer(HPO4) High Build Soft High Build Soft
Gloss N403 Gloss N403
d-Cold Temp Insl-X Stix Regal® Select Regal® SelectI
Waterborne Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Bonding Pri- High Build Soft High Build Soft
mer Gloss N403 Gloss N403
EXTERIOR PREFINISHE v„ 4 ,,.r., ,,
MET Painting prefinished Gloss a-Standard, Ultra Spec HP Regal® Se- Regal® Select Ex-
8 metal panels and trim c-High UV Acrylic Metal lect Exterior tenor Paint High ,
Primer(HPO4) Paint High Build Low Lustre
Build Low Finish N401
Lustre Finish
N401
d-Cold Temp Insl-X Stix Regal® Se- Regal® Select Ex-
Waterborne lect Exterior tenor Paint High ,
Bonding Pri- Paint High Build Low Lustre
mer Build Low Finish N401
Lustre Finish
N4011
MET Painting over factory Gloss a-Standard, Regal® Select --- Regal® Select Ex-
9 finish(e.g.,signage at c-High UV Exterior Paint tenor Paint High
new receiving dock High Build Build Soft Gloss
doors) Soft Gloss N403
N403
c-High UV Regal®Select --- Regal® Select Ex- ,
Exterior Paint tenor Paint High
High Build Build Soft Gloss
Soft Gloss N403
N403
d-Cold Temp Regal®Select --- Regal® Select Ex-
Exterior Paint tenor Paint High ,
High Build Build Soft Gloss
Soft Gloss N403
N403 ,
MET Painting over prefm- Satin a-Standard, Insl-X Stix Regal® Se- Regal® Select Ex-
10 ished metal siding— c-High UV Waterborne lect Exterior tenor Paint High
Academy stores Paint High
09900-22 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Bonding Pri- Build Low Build Low Lustre
Imer Lustre Finish Finish N401
N401
d-Cold Temp Ins1-X Stix Regal® Se- Regal® Select Ex-
' Waterborne lect Exterior terior Paint High
Bonding Pri- Paint High Build Low Lustre
mer Build Low Finish N401
I Lustre Finish
N401
MET Painting over standing Semi- Use Section 09970 Heat Reflective Metal Roof Coating
1 11 seam metal roof Gloss
MET Framing for standing Gloss a-Standard, Ultra Spec HP Aura Exterior Aura Exterior
12 seam roof and cano- c-High UV Acrylic Metal Semi-Gloss Semi-Gloss 632
pies Primer(HPO4) 632
ITABLE 2
EXTERIOR PRODUCTS-PPG
PPG Products for Exterior Metal
I
Product Name DFT(mils) VOC(gil) Min Temp°F
PPG Amercoat One 4.0-6.0 309 50
PPG Amerlock 2 4.0-8.0 180 32
I
PPG PSX1 3.0 210 40
PPG BRP Urethene 1501 1.5-2.0 130 60
PPG Pitt-Tech 4020PF 2.2-3.5 91 50
PPG Timeless 73-410 2.2-2.8 109 35
I 95-3300 Durethane 3.0-5.0 241 40
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—PPG
I EXTERIOR SYSTEMS-METAL
EXTERIOR FERROUS METAL—GENERAL CONDITIONS
Sys Substrate Description Sheen Conditions PPG
I
of Use P F F
MET Misc steel doors,frames, Gloss a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One PPG PSXI
1 and structural steel,ex- c-High UV
cept steel associated with
Iroofs(use systems 2,3,or d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 PPG PSXI
4)or canopies(use sys-
tem 12)
I
MET New rooftop equipment Gloss a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One --- PPG BRP Ure-
2 framing c-High UV thene 1501
' d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 --- 95-3300 Du-
rethane
MET Existing rooftop equip- Gloss a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One --- PPG BRP Ure-
3 ment framing, except Cal- c-High UV thene 1501
I
ifomia(use 3CA)
d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 95-3300 Du-
rethane
I
MET Existing rooftop equip- Gloss a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One --- PPG BRP Ure-
3CA ment framing,California c-High UV thene 1501
d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 --- 95-3300 Du-
' rcthane
OR FERROUS METAL AND GALVANIZING—SPECIAL CONDITIONS ,
MET Gloss a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One PPG BRP PPG BRP Ure-
' 4 c-High UV Urethene 1501 thene 1501
09900-23
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Heavy corrosion;
steel/galv to ground inter- d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 95-3300 Du- 95-3300 Du-
face;wall cap waterproof- rethane rethane
ing
MET TLE Semi- a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One PPG BRP PPG BRP Ure- '
5 Gloss c-High UV Urethene 1501 thene 1501
d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 95-3300 Du- 95-3300 Du-
rethane rethane
EXTERIOR NON-FERROUS 't AND GALVANIZING
MET Painting galvanizing and Semi- a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One -- PPG PSX1
6 non-ferrous metal;oma- Gloss c-High UV
mental metal fencing d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 --- PPG PSX1 '
MET Painting galvanized trim Semi- a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One --- PPG PSX1
7 Gloss c-High UV
d-Cold Tern. PPG Amerlock 2 --- PPG PSX1 '
E 4°"-- t,I R PREFINISHED IN1
MET Painting prefinished Gloss a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One --- PPG PSX 1
8 metal panels and trim c-High UV
d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 --- PPG PSX1 _ '
MET Painting over factory fin- Gloss a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One --- PPG PSX1
9 ish(e.g.,signage at new c-High UV
receiving dock doors)
c-High UV PPG Amercoat One --- PPG PSX1
d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 --- PPG PSX1
MET Painting over prefinished Satin a-Standard, PPG Pitt-Tech --- PPG Timeless ,
10 metal siding—Academy c-High UV 4020PF 73-410
stores
d-Cold Temp PPG Amerlock 2 --- PPG Timeless
73-410
MET Painting over standing Semi- Use Section 09970 Heat Reflective Metal Roof Coating
11 seam metal roof Gloss ,
MET Framing for standing Gloss a-Standard, PPG Amercoat One --- PPG BRP Ure-
12 seam roof and canopies c-High UV thene 1501
TABLE 3 1
EXTERIOR CMU,MASONRY,MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS—BENJAMIN MOORE
EXTERIOR PRODUCTS—CMU,CONCRETE,BRICK,PRECAST,EIFS '
Benjamin Moore Products for Exterior Masonry
Product Name DFT VOC Perm Min Temp Elongation
(mils) WI) (°F)
Ultra Spec Hi-Build Masonry Block Filler(571) 8.5-11 45 -- 50* --
Regal®Select Exterior Paint High Build Flat Finish 2.3 42 57.68 40 --
N400
Elastite® 100%Acrylic 20 Mil Elastomeric Waterproof 10-11 48 -- 45 300% '
Coating Super Stretch 166
Texcrete WB Acrylic Masonry Waterproofer 3194 6.0 91 -- 35 --
Smooth '
Aura Exterior Semi-Gloss 632 1.4-1.7 49 -- 40 --
Regal t Select Exterior Paint High Build Low Lustre Fin- 2.3 40 38.36 40 --
ish N401
Ultra Spec®Masonry Interior/Exterior 100%Acrylic 1.0 46 46.5 50* -- ,
Sealer 608
Ultra Spec HP D.T.M.Acrylic Gloss HP28 2.3 142 -- 50 --
Regal® Select Exterior Paint High Build Soft Gloss 2.0 43 -- 40 -- '
09900-24
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20 '
I
N403
I -
Insl-X Stix Waterborne Bonding Primer 1.6-2.2 87.6 35
Epoxy Mastic Coating Semi-Gloss(V160) 4.6-7.2 184 45 --
Arborcoat®Waterbome Exterior Stain Semi Solid 639 1.3-1.7 93 -- 40 --
I Arborcoat®Waterbome Exterior Stain Protective Clear 0.7-1.0 79 -- 40 --
Coat 636
Arborcoat®Waterbome Ultra Flat Solid Stain 610 1.1 43 -- 40 --
I Ultra Spec EXT Latex Primer(N558) 1.4 45 35
UNASSIGNED
Acrylic Fast Set Traffic Paint 9.0 24 50* --
--
Aliphatic Acrylic Urethane—Gloss(V500) 2.3-3.3 228 -- 50 --
I
EXTERIOR CMU,MASONRY,MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS—BENJAMIN MOORE _
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS-CMU,CONCRETE,BRICK,PRECAST,EIFS
I CMU-NEW CONSTRUCTION OR FULL COATINGS REMOVAL
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of Bentamin Moore Products
Use p* F F
I CMU General use when Flat a-Standard,
c-High UV, Ultra Spec Hi-Build Regal®Select Ex- Regal®Select Ex-
13 thin film acrylic fin- Masonry Block Filler tenor Paint High tenor Paint High
ish is required d-Cold Temp (571)OR Build Flat Finish Build Flat Finish
Ultra Spec®Masonry N400 N400
I Interior/Exterior 100%
Acrylic Sealer 608
I b-High Penn Ultra Spec®Masonry Regal®Select Ex- Regal®Select Ex-
Interior/Exterior 100% tenor Paint High tenor Paint High
Acrylic Sealer 608 Build Flat Finish Build Flat Finish
N400 N400
I CMU General use when Flat e-Elastomeric Ultra Spec Hi-Build Elastite® 100% Elastite® 100%
14 elastomeric is re- Masonry Block Filler Acrylic 20 Mil Acrylic 20 Mil
quired (571)OR Elastomeric Water- Elastomeric Water-
I Ultra Spec®Masonry proof Coating Su- proof Coating Su-
Interior/Exterior 100% per Stretch 166 per Stretch 166
Acrylic Sealer 608
CMU General use when re- Flat a-Standard Ultra Spec Hi-Build Texcrete WB Texcrete WB
I 15 placement for Ultra- Masonry Block Filler Acrylic Masonry Acrylic Masonry
Crete is necessary for (571)OR Waterproofer 3194 Waterproofer 3194
cold temp installation Ultra Spec®Masonry Smooth Smooth
I Interior/Exterior 100%
Acrylic Sealer 608
CMU Bold brand colors Gloss a-Standard, Ultra Spec Hi-Build Aura Exterior Aura Exterior
16 and general use when and c-High UV, Masonry Block Filler Semi-Gloss 632 Semi-Gloss 632
I
urethane or urethane- Semi- d-Cold Temp (571)OR
like appearance de- Gloss Ultra Spec®Masonry
sired Interior/Exterior 100%
I Acrylic Sealer 608
*Prime Coats and Substrate Condition After Full Removal:The first prime coat listed in this column(with the title"Filler")
is required when bare substrate is rough(brick masonry).The second prime coat listed in this column(with the title"Sealer")
is required when bare substrate is relatively smooth(CMU). See Prime Coats for Exterior CMU,Concrete, EIFS,and Brick in
I Part 3 of Specifications Section 09900.
CMU-OVERCOATINt,EXISTING COATINGS
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of Ben'amin Moore Products
' CMU Use P** F F
Flat e-Elastomeric Ultra Spec®Masonry Elastite® 100% Elastite® 100%
17 Interior/Exterior 100% Acrylic 20 Mil Acrylic 20 Mil
Acrylic Sealer 608
I09900-25
' #5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
General use when Elastomeric Water- Elastomeric Water-
coating existing elas- proof Coating Su- proof Coating Su-
tomeric(e.g.,Conflex per Stretch 166 per Stretch 166
XL)with elastomeric d-Cold Temp -- -- --
CMU Bold brand colors and Gloss a-Standard, Ultra Spec'I Masonry Regal®Select Ex- Regal®Select Ex-
18 general use when and c-High UV, Interior/Exterior 100% tenor Paint High tenor Paint High
overcoating existing Semi- d-Cold Temp Acrylic Sealer 608 Build Low Lustre Build Low Lustre
coatings with products Gloss Finish N401 Finish N401
having a urethane-like '
appearance
CMU General use when Flat a-Standard, G Ultra Spec®Ma- Regal®Select Ex- Regal®Select Ex-
19 overcoating existing b-High Penn, sonry Interior/Exterior tenor Paint High tenor Paint High
elastomeric(e.g.,Con- c-High UV, 100%Acrylic Sealer Build Low Lustre Build Low Lustre
flex XL)or acrylic d-Cold Temp 608 Finish N401 Finish N401
(e.g. SuperPaint or Bold Brand Ultra Spec®Masonry
A100)with thin film Colors Interior/Exterior 100% '
acrylic finish Acrylic Sealer 608
b-High Penn Ultra Spec®Masonry ,
Interior/Exterior 100%
Acrylic Sealer 608
CMU General use when pre- Flat a-Standard Ultra Speco Masonry Regal®Select Ex- Regal®Select Ex-
20 vious solvent coating Interior/Exterior 100% tenor Paint High tenor Paint High
(e.g.,UltraCrete)was Acrylic Sealer 608 Build Low Lustre Build Low Lustre
applied Bold Brand Ultra Spec®Masonry Finish N401 Finish N401
Colors Interior/Exterior 100%
Acrylic Sealer 608
CMU Base of monument Satin a-Standard, Ultra Spec®Masonry Regal®Select Ex- Regal®Select Ex-
21 signs previous coated b-High Penn, Interior/Exterior 100% tenor Paint High tenor Paint High
with acrylic c-High UV Acrylic Sealer 608 Build Low Lustre Build Low Lustre
Finish N401 Finish N401
Bold Brand Ultra Spec®Masonry
Colors Interior/Exterior 100%
Acrylic Sealer 608
d-Cold Temp Ultra Spec.'i Masonry I
Interior/Exterior 100%
Acrylic Sealer 608
e-Elastomeric Ultra Spec®Masonry Elastite® 100% Elastite® 100% ,
Interior/Exterior 100% Acrylic 20 Mil Acrylic 20 Mil
Acrylic Sealer 608 Elastomeric Water- Elastomeric Water-
proof Coating Su- proof Coating Su-
per
Stretch 166 per Stretch 166
**The prime coat specified in this column is necessary only to cover bare spots on substrate to match surrounding
thickness and texture. See Prime Coats for Exterior CMU,Concrete,EIFS,and Brick in Part 3 above this schedule for I
spot priming requirements.
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—EXTERIOR PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of Benjamin Moore Products
Use P F F
09900-26 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 0 i'2 /U
I
PRECAST General use when thin Flat a-Standard, Ultra Spec®Ma- Regal®Select Regal®Select
I
22 film acrylic or elasto- b-High Perm, sonry Interior/ Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
meric finish is required c-High UV, Exterior 100% High Build Low High Build Low
d-Cold Temp Acrylic Sealer Lustre Finish Lustre Finish
I 608 N401 N401
e-Elastomeric Ultra Spec®Ma- Elastite® 100% Elastite® 100%
sonry Interior/ Acrylic 20 Mil Acrylic 20 Mil
I
Exterior 100% Elastomeric Wa- Elastomeric Wa-
Acrylic Sealer terproof Coating terproof Coating
608 Super Stretch Super Stretch 166
166
IEXTERIOR SYSTEMS—EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS(EIFS)
EIFS-NEW CONSTRUCTION
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of Benjamin Moore Products
I Use P F F
EIFS General use when thin film Flat a-Standard, Ultra Spec®Ma- Regal®Select Regal®Select
23 acrylic finish or elastomeric b-High Penn, sonry Interior/ Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
I is required c-High UV, Exterior 100% High Build Low High Build Low
d-Cold Temp Acrylic Sealer Lustre Finish Lustre Finish
608 N401 N401
e-Elastomeric Ultra Spec®Ma- Elastite' 100% Elastite® 100%
I sonry Interior/ Acrylic 20 Mil Acrylic 20 Mil
Exterior 100% Elastomeric Wa- Elastomeric Wa-
Acrylic Sealer terproof Coating terproof Coating
I 608 Super Stretch Super Stretch 166
166
EIFS Accent colors when urethane Gloss a-Standard, Ultra Spec®Ma- Regal®Select Regal®Select
24 or urethane-like appearance c-High UV, sonry Interior/ Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
I desired d-Cold Temp Exterior 100% High Build Soft High Build Soft
Acrylic Sealer Gloss N403 Gloss N403
608
I -" ';,f r I G CONSTRUCTION
EIFS General use when overcoat- Flat a-Standard, Ultra Spec®Ma- Regal®Select Regal® Select
25 ing existing elastomeric(e.g., b-High Penn, sonry Interior/ Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
I Conflex XL)with elasto- c-High UV, Exterior 100% High Build Low High Build Low
merit,or an existing elasto- d-Cold Temp Acrylic Sealer Lustre Finish Lustre Finish
meric or acrylic(e.g.,A100) 608 N401 N401
with a thin film acrylic finish e-Elastomeric Ultra Spec®Ma- Elastite'b 100% Elastite® 100%
I sonry Interior/ Acrylic 20 Mil Acrylic 20 Mil
Exterior 100% Elastomeric Wa- Elastomeric Wa-
Acrylic Sealer terproof Coating terproof Coating
I
608 Super Stretch Super Stretch 166
166
EIFS General use when overcoat- Flat a-Standard, Ins1-X Stix Wa- Regal®Select Regal®Select
26 ing existing urethane with c-High UV, terborne Bond- Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Ithin film acrylic d-Cold Temp ing Primer High Build Low High Build Low
Lustre Finish Lustre Finish
N401 N401
I b-High Penn Ultra Spec®Ma- Regal® Select Regal®Select
sonry Interior/ Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Exterior 100% High Build Low High Build Low
Acrylic Sealer Lustre Finish Lustre Finish
I 608 N401 N401
EIFS General use when coating ex- Gloss a-Standard, Ultra Spec®Ma- Aura Exterior Aura Exterior
27 isting elastomeric(e.g.,Con- c-High UV, sonry Interior/ Semi-Gloss 632 Semi-Gloss 632
I flex XL)or urethane with d-Cold Temp Exterior 100%
09900-27
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
urethane or products with Acrylic Sealer
urethane-like appearance 608 I
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—WALL CAPS
PIGMENTED REPELLENT FOR MASONRY WALL CAPS
Sys Description of Sheen Conditions of Material Thickness VOC
Use Use (gil) '
WALL CAP Masonry wall Flat a-Standard 2 coats: MasterSeal base coat 1/16"; 0
29 caps 581 topcoat 1/32"
GALVANIZED WALL CAPS t
Sys Description of Sheen Conditions of Benjamin Moore Products
Use Use F
P F
WALL CAP Galvanized wall Gloss a-Standard Epoxy Mastic Coat- Aliphatic Aliphatic
30 caps ing Semi-Gloss Acrylic Acrylic Ure-
(V160) Urethane thane-Gloss '
-Gloss (V500)
(V500)
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—MISCELLANEOUS SUBSTRATE
FIBER SIDING,TIMBER,GYP,AND PAVEMENT ,
Sys Substrate Description Sheen Conditions of Ben amin Moore Products
Use P F F '
MISC Fiber cement siding Flat a-Standard Ultra Spec® Regal P Select Regal®Select
31 when thin film acrylic Masonry Iate- Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
or elastomeric is re- rior/Exterior High Build High Build
quired 100%Acrylic Low Lustre Low Lustre
Sealer 608 Finish N401 Finish N401
b-High Perm Ultra Spec® Regal®Select Regal®Select
Masonry Inte- Exterior Paint Exterior Paint ,
rior/Exterior High Build High Build
100%Acrylic Low Lustre Low Lustre
Sealer 608 Finish N401 Finish N401
c-High UV Ultra Spec® Regal®Select Regal®Select
Masonry Inte- Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
rior/Exterior High Build High Build
100%Acrylic Low Lustre Low Lustre '
Sealer 608 Finish N401 Finish N401
d-Cold Temp Ultra Spew Regal®Select Regal®Select
Masonry Inte- Exterior Paint Exterior Paint ,
rior/Exterior High Build High Build
100%Acrylic Low Lustre Low Lustre
Sealer 608 Finish N401 Finish N401
e-Elastomeric Ultra Spec® Elastite® Elastite® '
Masonry lute- 100%Acrylic 100%Acrylic
rior/Exterior 20 Mil Elasto- 20 Mil Elasto-
100%Acrylic meric Water- merit Water- ,
Sealer 608 proof Coating proof Coating
Super Stretch Super Stretch
166 166
MISC Exposed timber to be Semi a-Standard Arborcoat® -- Arborcoat® ,
32 coated with semi-trans- Trans Waterborne Waterborne
parent stain
Exterior Stain Exterior Stain
Semi Solid Protective
09900-28
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 ,
I
639 Clear Coat 636
d-Cold Temp Arborcoat'P -- Arborcoat®
Waterborne Waterborne
Exterior Stain Exterior Stain
I Semi Solid Protective
639 Clear Coat 636
MISC Exposed timber to be Opaque a-Standard Arborcoat® -- Arborcoat®
33 coated with opaque Waterborne Waterborne
I stain Ultra Flat Ultra Flat
Solid Stain Solid Stain
610 610
I d-Cold Temp Arborcoat® -- Arborcoat®
Waterborne Waterborne
Ultra Flat Ultra Flat
Solid Stain Solid Stain
I
610 610
MISC Gypsum Board ceiling Flat a-Standard Ultra Spec Regal®Select Regal®Select
34 EXT Latex Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
I Primer(N558) High Build High Build
Flat Finish Flat Finish
N400 N400
d-Cold Temp Ultra Spec Regal®Select Regal®Select
'
EXT Latex Exterior Paint Exterior Paint
Primer(N558) High Build High Build
Flat Finish Flat Finish
N400 N400
I
MISC Concrete pavement Eggshell a-Standard Acrylic Fast
35 Set Traffic
Paint
ITABLE 4
EXTERIOR CMU,MASONRY,AND MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS-PPG
I PPG Products for Exterior Masonry
Product Name DFT(mils) VOC(g/1) Perm Min Temp(°F) Elongation
PPG 4-100XI Filler 8.0-11.0 <100 46.13 35 --
I PPG Perma-Crete High Build 4-22XI 3.2-5.8 <100 35 =_
PPG Perma-Crete 4-9110 Solvent Acrylic 8.5 397 20
PPG Durethane-DTM-95-3300 3.0-5.0 241 -- 40
PPG Perma-Crete 4-809/4-808 Sealer 0.7-1.3 228 52.11 35 --
' PPG Timeless 73-410 2.2-2.6 <50 28.31 35 --
PPG PSX One 3.0 210 40
PPG Perma-Crete 4-110XI 5.4-7.2 <50 33 35 340%
I PPG Amercoat One 4.0-6.0 309 50 --
PPG Flood Pro FLD812 Stain 0.7-0.9 <250 35
PPG Flood Pro FLD820 Stain 1.0-1.5 <100 -- 35
PPG 17-921 Seal Grip Primer 1.5 84 -- 35
' --
EXTERIOR CMU,MASONRY,AND MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS-PPG
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS-CMU,CONCRETE.EIFS, BRICK
I CMU-NEW CONSTRUCTION OR FULL COATINGS REMOVAL
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of PPG
Use P* F F
I CMU General use when Flat a-Standard, PPG 4-100XI Filler PPG Perma-
13 thin film acrylic fin- c-High UV, or Crete High Build
ish is required d-Cold Temp PPG Perma-Crete 4- 4-22XI
I 809/4-808 Sealer
09900-29
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
b-High Penn PPG 4-100XI Filler Z PPG Perma-
__
Crete 4-110XI ,
CMU General use when Flat e-Elastomeric PPG 4-100XI Filler PPG Perma- PPG Perma-
14 elastomeric is re- or Crete 4-110XI Crete 4-110XI
quired PPG Perma-Crete 4-
809/4-808 Sealer
CMU General use when re- Flat a-Standard PPG 4-100XI Filler PPG Perma- PPG Perma-
15 placement for Ultra- or Crete 4-9110 Crete 4-9110
Crete is necessary for PPG Perma-Crete 4- Solvent Acrylic Solvent Acrylic ,
cold temp installation 809/4-808 Sealer
CMU Bold brand colors Gloss a-Standard, PPG 4-100XI Filler PPG Du- PPG Durethane-
16 and general use when and c-High UV, or rethane-DTM- DTM-95-3300 '
urethane or urethane- Semi- d-Cold Temp PPG Perma-Crete 4- 95-3300
like appearance de- Gloss 809/4-808 Sealer
sired
*Prime Coats and Substrate Condition After Full Removal:The first prime coat listed in this column(with the title '
"Filler")is required when bare substrate is rough(brick masonry).The second prime coat listed in this column(with the
title"Sealer")is required when bare substrate is relatively smooth(CMU). See Prime Coats for Exterior CMU,Con-
crete,CMLI-OVERCOATING EXISTING COATINGS
EIFS and Brick in Part 3 of Specifications Section 09900.
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of PPG
Use P** F F
CMU General use when Flat e-Elastomeric PPG Perma-Crete 4- PPG Perma- PPG Perma-Crete '
17 coating existing elas- 809/4-808 Sealer Crete 4-110XI 4-110XI
tomeric(e.g.,Conflex d-Cold Temp
XL)with elastomeric ,
CMU Bold brand colors and Gloss a-Standard, PPG Penna-Crete 4- -- PPG Durethane-
18 general use when and c-High UV, 809/4-808 Sealer DTM-95-3300
overcoating existing Semi- d-Cold Temp '
coatings with products Gloss
having a urethane-like
appearance
CMU General use when Flat a-Standard, PPG Perma-Crete 4- -- PPG Perma-Crete
19 overcoating existing b-High Perm, 809/4-808 Sealer High Build 4-
elastomeric(e.g.,Con- c-High UV, 22X1
flex XL)or acrylic d-Cold Temp
(e.g. SuperPaint or
A100)with thin film Bold Brand PPG Perma-Crete 4-
acrylic finish Colors 809/4-808 Sealer
I
b-High Perm PPG Perma-Crete 4- PPG Perma-Crete
809/4-808 Sealer 4-110XI
CMU General use when pre- Flat a-Standard PPG Penn a-Crete 4- -- PPG Perma-Crete
20 vious solvent coating 809/4-808 Sealer 4-9110 Solvent
(e.g.,UltraCrete)was Bold Brand PPG Perma-Crete 4- Acrylic '
applied Colors 809/4-808 Sealer
CMU Base of monument Satin a-Standard, PPG Penna-Crete 4- PPG Timeless PPG Timeless 73- ,
21 signs previous coated b-High Perm, 809/4-808 Sealer 73-410 410
with acrylic c-High UV
Bold Brand PPG Perma-Crete 4- 1
Colors 809/4-808 Sealer
09900-30 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR U I.,t ,O
1
I
Id-Cold Temp PPG Perma-Crete 4-
809/4-808 Sealer
I e-Elastomeric PPG Perma-Crete 4- PPG Perma- PPG Perma-Crete
809/4-808 Sealer Crete 4-110XI 4-110XI
**The prime coat specified in this column is necessary only to cover bare spots on substrate to match surrounding
I thickness and texture. See Prime Coats for Exterior CMU,Concrete,EIFS,and Brick in Part 3 in Specification Section
09900 for spot priming requirements.
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—EXTERIOR PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
I
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of PPG
Use P F
I PRECAST General use when thin Flat a-Standard, PPG Perma-Crete PPG Timeless 73-410
22 film acrylic or elasto- b-High Perm, 4-809/4-808 Sealer
meric finish is required c-High UV,
I d-Cold Temp
e-Elastomeric PPG Perma-Crete PPG Perma-Crete 4-
4-809/4-808 Sealer 110XI
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS(EIFS)
I _EIFS-,,NEW CONSTRUCTION
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of PPG
I Use P F
EIFS General use when thin film Flat a-Standard, PPG Perma-Crete 4- PPG Timeless 73-410
23 acrylic fmish or elastomeric b-High Penn, 809/4-808 Sealer
is required c-High UV,
d-Cold Temp
e-Elastomeric PPG Perma-Crete 4- PPG Perna-Crete 4-
809/4-808 Sealer 110XI
I EIFS Accent colors when urethane Gloss a-Standard, PPG Perma-Crete 4- PPG Durethane-DTM-
24 or urethane-like appearance c-High UV, 809/4-808 Sealer 95-3300
desired d-Cold Temp
IEIFS General use when overcoat- Flat a-Standard, PPG Pcrma-Crete 4- PPG Timeless 73-410
25 ing existing elastomeric(e.g., b-High Perm, 809/4-808 Sealer
Conflex XL)with elasto- c-High UV,
I meric,or an existing elasto- d-Cold Temp
meric or acrylic(e.g.,A100) e-Elastomeric PPG Perna-Crete 4- PPG Perma-Crete 4-
with a thin film acrylic fmish 809/4-808 Sealer 110X1
EIFS General use when overcoat- Flat a-Standard, PPG Perma-Crete 4- PPG Timeless 73-410
I
26 ing existing urethane with c-High UV, 809/4-808 Sealer
thin film acrylic d-Cold Temp
b-High Perm PPG Perma-Crete 4- PPG Perma-Crete 4-
' 809/4-808 Sealer 110XI
EIFS General use when coating ex- Gloss a-Standard, PPG PSX One
27 isting elastomeric(e.g.,Con- c-High UV,
flex XL)or urethane with d-Cold Temp 2 coats
I
urethane or products with
urethane-like appearance
' EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—WALL CAPS
PIGMENTED REPELLENT FOR MASONRY WALL CAPS
I09900-31
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Sys Description of Sheen Conditions of Material Thickness VOC
Use Use (g/I)
WALL CAP Masonry wall Flat a-Standard 2 coats:MasterSeal base coat 1/16"; 0
29 caps 581 topcoat 1/32"
GALVANIZED WALL CAPS
Sys Description of Sheen Conditions of PPG
Use Use
P F F I
WALL CAP Galvanized wall Gloss a-Standard PPG Amercoat One -- PPG PSX One
30 caps
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—MISCELLANEOUS SUBSTRATE '
FIBER SIDING,TIMBER,GYP,AND PAVEMENT
Sys Substrate Description Sheen Conditions of PPG
Use P F F
MISC Fiber cement siding Flat a-Standard PPG Perma- -- PPG Timeless
31 when thin film acrylic Crete 4-809/4- 73-410
or elastomeric is re- 808 Sealer
quired b-High Penn PPG Perma- -- PPG Timeless
Crete 4-809/4- 73-410
808 Sealer
c-High UV PPG Perma- -- PPG Timeless
Crete 4-809/4- 73-410
808 Sealer '
d-Cold Temp PPG Perma- -- PPG Timeless
Crete 4-809/4- 73-410
808 Sealer
e-Elastomeric PPG Perma- -- PPG Timeless
Crete 4-809/4- 73-410
808 Sealer
MISC Exposed timber to be Semi a-Standard -- PPG Flood Pro PPG Flood Pro 1
32 coated with semi-trans- Trans FLD812 Stain FLD812 Stain
parent stain d-Cold Temp -- PPG Flood Pro PPG Flood Pro
FLD812 Stain FLD812 Stain ,
MISC Exposed timber to be Opaque a-Standard -- PPG Flood Pro PPG Flood Pro
33 coated with opaque FLD820 Stain FLD820 Stain
stain d-Cold Temp -- PPG Flood Pro PPG Flood Pro
FLD820 Stain FLD820 Stain
MISC Gypsum Board ceiling Flat a-Standard PPG 17-921 -- PPG Timeless
34 Seal Grip Pri- 73-410
mer '
d-Cold Temp PPG 17-921 -- PPG Timeless
Seal Grip Pri- 73-410
mer
MISC Concrete pavement Eggshell a-Standard -- -- -- ,
35
TABLE 5 ,
EXTERIOR CMU,MASONRY,AND MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS-STO
STO Products for Exterior Masonry
Product Name _ DFT(mils) VOC(g/l) Perm Min Temp°F Elongation
StoPrime®Block Surfacer HP 7.3-8.3 <100 28 40 -- '
Sto Primer Smooth 2.7 <100 40 40 --
StoColor®Lotusan® 2.6-3.6 <50 40 40 --
StoColor®Lastic 2.7 <50 -- 40 450 '
09900-32
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
StoColor®Acryl Plus 4.2-5.3 <50 25 40 306
I Sto Clear Coat Sealer 1 <100 50*
Sto Prime Conditioner 1.0 <100 >40 40 --
I EXTERIOR CMU,MASONRY,AND MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS-STO
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS-CMU,CONCRETE,BRICK,PRECAST,EIFS
CMU-NEW CONSTRUCTION OR FULL COATINGS REMOVAL
1 Sys Description of Sheen Conditions of STO
Use Use p* I F F
CMU General use when Flat a-Standard, StoPrime® StoColor® StoColor®
13 thin film acrylic c-High UV, Block Surfacer Lotusan® Lotusan®
I finish is required d-Cold Temp HP
or
Sto Primer
I Smooth
b-High Perm StoPrime® StoColor® StoColor®
Block Surfacer Lotusan® Lotusan®
HP or
I --
Sto Primer
Smooth
I CMU General use when Flat e-Elastomeric StoPrime® StoColor® StoColor®
14 elastomeric is re- Block Surfacer Lastic Lastic
quired HP
or
I Sto Primer
Smooth
CMU General use when Flat a-Standard StoPrime® StoColor® StoColor®
' 15 replacement for Block Surfacer Lotusan® Lotusan®
UltraCrete is nec- HP
essary for cold or
temp installation Sto Primer
'
Smooth
CMU Bold brand colors Gloss a-Standard,
16 and general use and c-High UV, StoPrime® Sto Clear
I when urethane or Semi- d-Cold Temp Block Surfacer Sto- Coat Sealer
urethane-like ap- Gloss HP Color® StoColor®
pearance desired Bold Brand Col- or Acryl Acryl Plus Sto Clear
ors Sto Primer Plus Coat Sealer
I Smooth
2 coats
*Prime Coats and Substrate Condition After Full Removal:The first prime coat listed in this column(with the title
I "Surfacer")is required when bare substrate is rough(brick masonry).The second prime coat listed in this column
(with the title"Smooth")is required when bare substrate is relatively smooth(CMU). See Prime Coats for Exterior
CMU,Concrete,EIFS,and Brick in Part 3 of Specifications Section 09900.
I
CMU-OVERCOATING EXISTING COATINGS
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of STO
Use P I F F
CMU General use when Flat e-Elastomeric Sto Prime Con- -- StoColor® StoColor®
1 17 coating existing elas- ditioner** Lastic Lastic
tomeric(e.g.,Conflex d-Cold Temp
XL)with elastomeric
I CMU Bold brand colors and Gloss a-Standard, Sto Prime Con- Sto- StoColor® Sto Clear
18 general use when and c-High UV, ditioner** Color® Acryl Plus Coat Sealer
overcoating existing Semi- d-Cold Temp Acryl
coatings with products Gloss Plus
' 09900-33
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
having a urethane-like Bold Brand Sto Clear
appearance Colors Coat Sealer
2 coats
CMU General use when Flat a-Standard, Sto Prime Con- -- StoColor® StoColorl)
19 overcoating existing b-High Penn, ditioner*** Lotusan® Lotusan® 111
elastomeric(e.g.,Con- c-High UV,
flex XL)or acrylic d-Cold Temp
(e.g. SuperPaint or b-High Penn Sto Prime Con- t
A100)with thin film ditioner***
acrylic finish
CMU General use when pre- Flat a-Standard StoPrime® -- StoColor® StoColor®
20 vious solvent coating Block Surfacer Lotusan® Lotusan®
(e.g.,UltraCrete)was HP**
applied
CMU Base of monument Satin a-Standard, Sto Prime Con- -- StoColor® StoColor®
21 signs previous coated b-High Perm, ditioner*** Acryl Plus Acryl Plus
with acrylic c-High UV
d-Cold Temp Sto Prime Con- I 1
ditioner***
e-Elastomeric Sto Prime Con- -- StoColor® StoColor®
ditioner*** Acryl Plus Acryl Plus '
**This prime coat is necessary only to cover bare spots on substrate to match surrounding thickness and texture. See
Prime Coats for Exterior CMU,Concrete,EIFS,and Brick in Part 3 above this schedule for spot priming require-
ments. ,
***This prime coat is necessary only if surface is chalked after washing.
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—EXTERIOR PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of STO Products ,
Use P F F
PRECAST General use when thin Flat a-Standard, StoPrime®Block StoColor®Lo- StoColor® '
22 film acrylic or elasto- b-High Penn, Surfacer HP tusan® Lotusan®
meric fmish is required c-High UV,
d-Cold Temp ,
e-Elastomeric StoPrime®Block StoColor® StoColor®
Surfacer HP Lastic Lastic
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS(EIFS)
EIFS-NEW CONSTRUCTION
Sys Description of Use Sheen Conditions of STO Products
Use P 1 F F
EIFS General use when thin film Flat a-Standard, -- -- Sto- StoColor®
23 acrylic finish or elastomeric b-High Penn, Color® Lotusan®
is required c-High UV, Lotusan® '
d-Cold Temp
e-Elastomeric -- -- Sto- StoColor®
Color® Lastic
Lastic
EIFS Accent colors when urethane Gloss a-Standard, StoColor® Sto- Sto Clear
24 or urethane-like appearance c-High UV, Acryl Plus Color® Coat Sealer
desired d-Cold Tern. Ac 1 Plus
EIFS General use when overcoat- Flat a-Standard, -- -- Sto- StoColor®
25 ing existing elastomeric(e.g., b-High Penn, Color® Lotusan®
c-High UV, Lotusan® ,
09900-34
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
Conflex XL)with elasto- d-Cold Temp
I merit,or an existing elasto- e-Elastomeric Sto- StoColor®
meric or acrylic(e.g.,A100) Color® Lastic
with a thin film acrylic finish Lastic
EIFS General use when overcoat- Flat a-Standard, Sto Pri- -- Sto- StoColor®
26 ing existing urethane with c-High UV, mer Color® Lotusan®
thin film acrylic d-Cold Temp Smooth Lotusan®
I b-High Penn Sto Pri- -- Sto- StoColor®
mer Color® Lotusan®
Smooth Lotusan®
EIFS General use when coating ex- Gloss a-Standard, -- StoColor® Sto- Sto Clear
I 27 isting elastomeric(e.g.,Con- c-High UV, Acryl Plus Color® Coat Sealer
flex XL)or urethane with d-Cold Temp Acryl Plus
urethane or products with
urethane-like appearance
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—WALL CAPS
I PIGMENTED REPELLENT FOR MASONRY WALL CAPS
Sys Description of Sheen Conditions of Material Thickness VOC
Use Use (e/l)
I WALL CAP Masonry wall Flat a-Standard 2 coats: MasterSeal base coat 1/16"; 0
29 caps 581 topcoat 1/32"
EXTERIOR SYSTEMS—MISCELLANEOUS SUBSTRATE
I FIBER SIDING
Sys Substrate Description Sheen Conditions of STO Products
Use P F F
I MISC Fiber cement siding Flat a-Standard N/A or StoColor®Lo- StoColor®Lo-
31 when thin film acrylic Sto Primer tusan® tusan®
or elastomeric is re- Smooth
quired b-High Penn N/A or StoColor®Lo- StoColor®Lo-
I Sto Primer tusan® tusan®
Smooth
c-High UV N/A or StoColor®Lo- StoColor®Lo-
Sto Primer tusan® tusan®
I Smooth
d-Cold Temp N/A or StoColor®Lo- StoColor®Lo-
I Sto Primer tusan® tusan
Smooth
e-Elastomeric N/A or StoColor®Lo- StoColor®Lo-
Sto Primer tusan® tusan®
Smooth
I
I
I
1 09900-35
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
BUILDING INTERIOR
Interior Products by Sherwin Williams
Product Name DFT(mils) VOC(g/1)
Interior Metal
ProCryl Universal Primer B66-310 2.0 100
Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel,B21W200 1.5 143
ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31- 2600 Series 1.6 0 a
ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel,B20-2600 Series 1.7 0
Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall,B42 Series 2.0 39
Epolon II Rust Inhibitive Epoxy Primer B67W400,B67A400,B67A400 4.0 300
Macropoxy 646- 100,B58W620,B58V620 5.0-10.0 100
WB Acrolon 100 Water Based Urethane B65-720, B65V720 2.0-4.0 <100
DTM Acrylic Coating B66-100 Series 2.5-4.0 <250
Interior CMU
Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel,B21W200 1.5 143
ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Eggshell,B202-2600 Series _ 1.7 0
Loxon Concrete and Masonry Primer,A24W08300 3.0 45
ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W02600 1.5 0
Interior Gypsum Board
ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer,B28W02600 1.5 0
Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel,B21W200 1.5 143 '
ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel, B31-2600 Series 1.6 0
ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Eggshell,B202-2600 Series 1.7 0
Interior Wood
ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer,B28W02600 1.5 0
PrepRite ProBlock Interior/Exterior Latex Primer Sealer B51 Series 1.4 97
ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel, B31-2600 Series 1.6 0 2
Wood Classics Varnish Sanding Sealer,B26V43 1.2 522
Interior Concrete Floors
Macropoxy 646-100,B58W620, B58V620 5.0-10.0 <100
Annorseal Tread-Plex,B90 Series 1.5-2.0 <100
Interior Systems by Sherwin Williams
Prime Coat Finish Coat(s) I
Interior Ferrous Metal
INT General Use—Gloss ProCryl Universal Primer B66- 2 coats:
1 310 Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Gloss
(unless specified otherwise) Enamel,B21W200*
INT General Use—Semi-Gloss ProCryl Universal Primer B66- 2 coats:
2 (unless specified otherwise) 310 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex '
Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31- 2600 Series
INT General Use—Eggshell ProCryl Universal Primer B66- 2 coats:ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior
3 (unless specified otherwise) 310 Latex Eggshell Enamel,B20-2600
Series
Exception: Interior columns shall re-
ceive only one finish coat.
INT Dryfall system over shop To touch up prime welds,bare 1 coat:
4 primed steel—overhead structure spots,blemishes,and scratches: SW-eWaterborne Acrylic Dryfall,B42
-Flat ProCryl Universal Primer B66- Series
310
INT Dryfall system over unprimed ProCryl Universal Primer B66- 1 coat:
5 steel- overhead structure— 310 Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall,B42 Series
Flat
09900-36
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
I
INT Columns and Hollow Metal Epolon II Rust Inhibitive Epoxy 1 coat:
' 6 Door Frames as shown on Drawings to receive epoxy Primer B67W400,B67A400, WB Acrolon 100 Water Based Urethane
B67A400 B65-720, B65V720
Semi-Gloss
I INT Columns and Hollow Metal Macropoxy 646- 100, 1 coat:
6 Door Frames as shown on B58W620,B58V620 WB Acrolon 100 Water Based Urethane
(CA) Drawings to receive epoxy- B65-720, B65V720
Semi-Gloss
' Interior Galvanized Metal
INT Latex for exposed ductwork, ProCryl Universal Primer B66- 2 coats:
7 hangers,and supports— 310** ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex
I Semi-Gloss Siemi-Gloss Enamel,B31- 2600 Series
INT Dryfall System for exposed ProCryl Universal Primer B66- coat:
8 ductwork,hangers and supports 310** Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall,B42 Series
I. -Flat
INT Cooler/Freezer Panels(Existing) DTM Acrylic Coating B66-100 1 coat:
9 -shown to be re-painted-Gloss Series DTM Acrylic Coating B66-100 Series
Interior CMU—New Construction
' INT Latex System-Gloss 10 Loxon Concrete and Masonry 2 coats:
Primer,A24W08300 Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Gloss
Enamel,B21W200*
I INT Latex System-Eggshell Loxon Concrete and Masonry 2 coats:
I 1 Primer,A24W08300 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex
Eggshell Enamel,B20-2600 Series
Interior CMU—Previously Painted
INT Latex System -Gloss ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex 2 coats:
12 Primer,B28W02600 Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Gloss
Enamel,B21W200*
I INT Latex System-Eggshell ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex 2 coats:
13 Primer, B28W02600 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex
Eggshell Enamel, B20-2600 Series
Interior Gypsum Board
I INT Latex System-Gloss ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex 2 coats:
14 Primer,B28W02600 Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Gloss
Enamel,B21W200*
I INT Latex System Semi-Gloss ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex 2 coats:
15 Primer,B28W02600 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex
Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31- 2600 Series
I INT Latex System-Eggshell ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex 2 coats:
16 Primer,B28W02600 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex
Eggshell Enamel,B20-2600 Series
Interior Wood
' INT General Use—Latex— ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex 2 coats:
17 Semi-Gloss Primer, B28W02600 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex
Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31- 2600 Series
I INT Exposed laminated wood roof PrepRite ProBlock Interior/Ex- 2 coats:
18 structure—Latex— tenor Latex Primer Sealer B51 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex
Semi-Gloss Series Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31- 2600 Series
INT Transparent sealer Wood Classics Varnish Sanding ---
19 Sealer,B26V43
Interior Concrete Floors
INT Floor,and floor striping, Macropoxy 646- 100, 2 coats:
I 20 graphics and markings-Semi-Gloss B58W620,B58V620 Macropoxy 646- 100,
B58W620,B58V620
INT Existing Painted Floor Slabs— Armorseal Tread-Plex,B90 Se- 2 coats:
I 21 Semi-Gloss ries Armorseal Tread-Plex,B90 Series
09900-37
i #5935-2I6 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
*Use for all states except CA. For CA projects,consult Manufacturer's Representative for compliant coating.
**Apply primer after light etching is accomplished in accordance with Galvanized Steel—Interior Surface Prep
requirements in Part 3 above.
Interior Products by PPG Paints
Product Name DFT(mils) VOC(g/l)
Interior Metal
PPG Pitt-Tech Plus 4020 PF Acrylic DTM Primer 2.2 91
PPG Advantage 919-10 Gloss Acrylic Enamel 1.5 50
PPG Speed Hide 0 VOC Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel 6-4510XI Series 1.3 0
PPG Speed Hide 0 VOC Eggshell Acrylic Enamel 6-4310XI Series 1.5 0
PPG Super Tech Acrylic Flat Dryfall 6-725XI Series 2.2 30
PPG Rapid Coat DTR Epoxy Mastic 95-245 Series 4.0-7.0 263
PPG Amerlock 400 VOC Semi-Gloss Epoxy 4.8-8.0 99
PPG Aquapon WB-E Ultra Low VOC Epoxy 98-E1 Series 2.0-3.0 26
PPG Pitt-Tech Gloss DTM Acrylic Enamel 90-0374 Series 2.0—3.0 192
Interior CMU
PPG Pitt-Tech Plus 4020 PF Acrylic DTM Primer 1.5 0
PPG Speed Hide 0 VOC Eggshell Acrylic Enamel 6-4310XI Series 1.7 0
PPG Speed Hide Block Filler 6-15XI Series 8.0 50
PPG Speed Hide 0 VOC Primer 6-4900XL 1.4 0
PPG Seal Grip Acrylic Primer 17-921XI Series 1.6 50 '
Interior Gypsum Board
PPG Speed Hide 0 VOC Primer 6-4900XL 1.4 0
PPG Advantage 919-10 Gloss Acrylic Enamel 1.5 50
PPG Speed Hide 0 VOC Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel 6-4510X1 Series 1.3 0
PPG Speed Hide 0 VOC Eggshell Acrylic Enamel 6-4310X1 Series 1.5 0
Interior Wood
PPG Speed Hide 0 VOC Primer 6-4900XL 1.4 0 '
PPG Seal Grip Acrylic Primer 17-921XI Series 1.6 50
PPG Speed Hide 0 VOC Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel 6-4510XI Series 1.6 0
PPG Deft Sanding Sealer DFT015 Clear 1.0 590
Interior Concrete Floors
PPG Amerlock 400 VOC Semi-Gloss Epoxy 4.8-8.0 99
PPG Breakthrough V70 Series Gloss Acrylic 1.5-2.0 211
—
Interior Systems by PPG Paints
Prime Coat Finish Coat(s)
Interior Ferrous Metal
INT General Use—Gloss Pitt-Tech Plus 4020PF Acrylic 2 coats: 111
1 (unless specified otherwise) DTM Primer Advantage 919-10 Series Gloss Acrylic
Enamel
INT General Use—Semi-Gloss Pitt-Tech Plus 4020PF Acrylic 2 coats:
2 (unless specified otherwise) DTM Primer Speed Hide 0 VOC Semi-Gloss Enamel
6-4510X1 Series
INT General Use—Eggshell Pitt-Tech Plus 4020PF Acrylic 2 coats: I
3 (unless specified otherwise)- DTM Primer Speed Hide 0 VOC Eggshell Enamel
6-4310XI Series
Exception: Interior columns shall re-
ceive only one fmish coat.
INT Dryfall system over shop To touch up prime welds,bare 1 coat: '
4 primed steel—overhead structure spots,blemishes,and scratches: Speed Hide Super Tech Flat Acrylic Dry
-Flat fall 6-725XI
INT Dryfall system over unprimed Pitt-Tech Plus 4020PF Acrylic 1 coat:
5 steel- overhead structure— DTM Primer '
09900-38
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20 ,
I
Flat Speed Hide Super Tech Flat Acrylic Dry
fall 6-725XI
INT Columns and Hollow Metal PPG Amerlock 400 1 coat:
6 Door Frames as shown on VOC Semi-Gloss Epoxy PPG Aquapon WB-E Ultra Low VOC
I Drawings to receive epoxy Epoxy 98-E1 Series
Semi-Gloss
INT Columns and Hollow Metal PPG Amerlock 400 1 coat:
I 6 Door Frames as shown on VOC Semi-Gloss Epoxy PPG Aquapon WB-E Ultra Low VOC
(CA) Drawings to receive epoxy- Epoxy 98-E I Series
Semi-Gloss
Interior Galvanized Metal
I INT Latex for exposed ductwork,7 hangers,and supports Pitt-Tech Plus 4020PF Acrylic 2 coats:
DTM Primer Speed Hide 0 VOC Semi-Gloss Enamel
Semi-Gloss 6-4510XI Series
I INT Dryfall System for exposed Pitt-Tech Plus 4020PF Acrylic 1 coat:
8 ductwork,hangers and supports DTM Primer Speed Hide Super Tech Flat Acrylic
-Flat Dryfall 6-725XI
INT Cooler/Freezer Panels(Existing) Pitt-Tech DTM Gloss Acrylic 1 coat:
I 9 -shown to be re-painted-Gloss 90-374 Series Pitt-Tech DTM Gloss Acrylic 90-374
Series
Interior CMU—New Construction
I INT Latex System-Gloss Speed Hide Acrylic Block Filler 2 coats:
10 6-15X1 Advantage 919-10 Series Gloss Acrylic
Enamel
INT Latex System-Eggshell Speed Hide Acrylic Block Filler 2 coats:
1 11 6-15XI Speed Hide 0 VOC Eggshell Enamel
6-4310XI Series
I Interior CMU—Previously Painted
INT Latex System-Gloss Seal Grip Acrylic Primer 17- 2 coats:
12 921X1 Series(spot prime) Advantage 919-10 Series Gloss Acrylic
Enamel
I INT Latex System-Eggshell Seal Grip Acrylic Primer 17- 2 coats:
13 921XI Series(Spot Prime) Speed Hide 0 VOC Eggshell Enamel
6-4310XI Series
' Interior Gypsum Board
INT Latex System-Gloss Speed I lido 0 VOC Primer 2 coats:
I 14 Sealer 6-4900XI Advantage 919-10 Series Gloss Acrylic
Enamel
INT Latex System—Semi-Gloss Speed Hide 0 VOC Primer 2 coats:
15 Sealer Speed Hide 0 VOC Semi-Gloss Enamel
i 6-4900XI 6-4510XI Series
INT Latex System-Eggshell Speed Hide 0 VOC Primer 2 coats:
16 Sealer Speed Hide 0 VOC Eggshell Enamel
I6-4900X1 6-4310XISeries
Interior Wood
INT General Use—Latex— Speed Hide 0 VOC Primer 2 coats:
I 17 Semi-Gloss Sealer Speed Hide 0 VOC Semi-Gloss Enamel
6-4900XI 6-4510XI Series
INT Exposed laminated wood roof Seal Grip Acrylic Primer 17- 2 coats:
I 18 structure—Latex— 921XI Series Speed Hide 0 VOC Semi-Gloss Enamel
Semi-Gloss 6-4510XI Series
INT Transparent sealer PPG—Deft Sanding Sealer ---
19 DFT015
' 09900-39
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Interior Concrete Floors
INT Floor,and floor striping, PPG Amerlock 400 2 coats:
20 graphics and markings- VOC Semi-Gloss Epoxy PPG Amerlock 400
Semi-Gloss VOC Semi-Gloss Epoxy
INT Existing Painted Floor Slabs— PPG Breakthrough V70 Series 2 coats: '
21 Semi-Gloss PPG Breakthrough V70 Series
Interior Products by Benjamin Moore
Product DFT(mils) VOC(g/l)
Interior Metal
Ultra Spec®HP Acrylic Metal Primer HPO4 2.0 48
Ultra Spec®HP D.T.M.Acrylic Gloss Enamel HP28 2.3 142
Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex Semi-Gloss 358 1.2 0
Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex Eggshell 357 1.3 0
Latex Dry Fall Flat 395 1.9 46
Corotech Polyamide Epoxy Primer V150 4.0 332 it
Corotech Epoxy Mastic Coating V160 4.6-7.2 184
Corotech Waterborne Amine Epoxy V440 1.5-1.9 206
Corotech Acrylic Epoxy V450 Semi-gloss 1.0-1.3 190
Ultra Spec®HP D.T.M.Acrylic Gloss Enamel HP28 2.3 142
Interior CMU
Ultra Spec®HP D.T.M.Acrylic Gloss Enamel HP28 2.3 142
Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex Eggshell 357 1.3 0
Coronado Super Kote 5000®Latex Block Filler 958 7.9-10.5 37
Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer 354 1.4 0
Interior Gypsum Board
Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer 354 1.3 0
Ultra Spec®HP D.T.M.Acrylic Gloss Enamel HP28 2.3 142
Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex Semi-Gloss 358 1.2 0
Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex Eggshell 357 1.3 0
Interior Wood
Ultra Spec®500 Interior Latex Primer N534 1.4 0
Insl-x®Prime AllTM Multi-Surface Latex Primer Sealer AP-1000 1.3 29
Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex Semi-Gloss 358 1.2 0
Lenmar®Rapid Seal Dual Purpose Sealer 1Y.519 1.1 548
Interior Concrete Floors
Corotech Epoxy Mastic Coating V160 4.6-7.2 184
Tough Shield®Acrylic Floor and Patio Coating Satin Finish TS-3xxx 1.3-1.7 169
Interior Systems by Benjamin Moore I
Prime Coat Finish Coat(s)
Interior Ferrous Metal
INT General Use—Gloss Ultra Spec®HP Acrylic Metal 2 coats:
1 (unless specified otherwise) Primer HPO4 Ultra Spec®HP D.T.M.Acrylic Gloss
Enamel HP28
INT General Use—Semi-Gloss Ultra Spec®HP Acrylic Metal 2 coats:
2 (unless specified otherwise) Primer HPO4 Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex
Semi-Gloss 358
INT General Use—Eggshell Ultra Spec®HP Acrylic Metal 2 coats: '
3 (unless specified otherwise) Primer HPO4 Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex
Eggshell 357
INT Dryfall system over shop 1 coat:
4 primed steel—overhead structure Latex Dry Fall Flat 395
Flat
09900-40 I
45935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
I
INT Dryfall system over unprimed Ultra Spec®HP Acrylic Metal 1 coat:
5 steel- overhead structure Primer HPO4 Latex Dry Fall Flat 395
Flat
INT Columns and Hollow Metal Corotech Polyamide Epoxy Pri- 1 coat:
I 6 Door Frames as shown on Drawings to receive epoxy mer V 150 Corotech Waterborne Amine Epoxy
V440
Semi-Gloss
INT Columns and Hollow Metal Corotech Polyamide Epoxy Pri- 1 coat:
I 6 Door Frames as shown on mer V150 Corotech Acrylic Epoxy V450 Semi-
(CA) Drawings to receive epoxy- gloss
Semi-Gloss
I Interior Galvanized Metal
INT Latex for exposed ductwork, Ultra Spec®HP Acrylic Metal 2 coats:
7 hangers,and supports— Primer HPO4 Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex
Semi-Gloss Semi-Gloss 358
I INT Dryfall System for exposed Spec®HP Acrylic Metal 1 coat:
8 ductwork,hangers and supports Ultra Primer HPO4 Latex Dry Fall Flat 395
-Flat
I INT Cooler/Freezer Panels(Exist- I coat:
9 ing)-shown to be re-painted- Ultra Spec®HP D.T.M.Acrylic Gloss
Gloss Enamel HP28
I Interior CMU—New Construction
INT Latex System-Gloss Coronado Super Kote 5000® 2 coats:
10 Latex Block Filler 958 Ultra Spec®HP D.T.M.Acrylic Gloss
Enamel HP28
INT Latex System-Eggshell Coronado Super Kote 5000® 2 coats:
11 Latex Block Filler 958 Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex
Eggshell 357
I Interior CMU—Previously Painted
INT Latex System-Gloss Insl-x®Prime AIITM Multi-Sur- 2 coats:
12 face Latex Primer Sealer AP- Ultra Spec®HP D.T.M. Acrylic Gloss
1000 Enamel HP28
INT Latex System-Eggshell 2 coats:
13 Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex
Eggshell 357
I Interior Gypsum Board
INT Latex System-Gloss Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior 2 coats:
14 Latex Primer 354 Ultra Spec®HP D.T.M.Acrylic Gloss
I Enamel HP28
INT Latex System Semi-Gloss Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior 2 coats:
15 Latex Primer 354 Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex
Semi-Gloss 358
I
INT Latex System-Eggshell 16 Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior 2 coats:
Latex Primer 354 Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex
Eggshell 357
I Interior Wood
INT General Use—Latex— Ultra Spec®500 Interior Latex 2 coats:
17 Semi-Gloss Primer N534 Super Hide'®Zero VOC Interior Latex
Semi-Gloss 358
I INT Exposed laminated wood roof Insl-x®Prime Al1TM Multi-Sur- 2 coats:
18 structure—Latex— face Latex Primer Sealer AP- Super Hide®Zero VOC Interior Latex
Semi-Gloss 1000 Semi-Gloss 358
IINT Transparent sealer Lenmar®Rapid Seal Dual Pur- ---
19 pose Sealer 1Y.519
Interior Concrete Floors
1 09900-41
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
INT Floor,and floor striping, 2 coats:
10 graphics and markings- Corotech Epoxy Mastic Coating V160
Semi-Gloss
INT Existing Painted Floor Slabs— 2 coats:
21 Semi-Gloss Tough Shield®Acrylic Floor and Patio
Coating Satin Finish TS-3xxx
END OF SECTION
I
r
I
I
I.
r
I
I
I
1
I
r
I
09900-42 1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
' UniSpec II-Store Planning 072619
SECTION 16050-BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Electrical Identification
2. Hangers and Supports
3. Conduit Sleeves
4. Grounding and Bonding
B. Related Sections
1. Section 09900- Paints and Coatings: Field painting of hangers and supports.
2. Section 16100—Wiring Methods
3. Section 16700—Communication
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION(Non EDC Items)
A. Nameplates: Provide laminated plastic nameplates with 3/4 inch minimum contrasting-color engraved letters.
2.2 FIANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Manufacturers:
I. Unistrut Metal Framing,Unistrut Corporation,Wayn6,MI,(800)521-7730.
2. Erico/Caddy/Erillex(divisions of Pentair Electrical and Fastening Solutions) (800)753-9221.
3. Minerallac Fastening Systems, Hampshire, IL,(800)927-3293.
B. Conduit and Equipment Supports: Hangers shall be Series P3000 or P3300 channels by Unistrut depending on load
and span involved. Use Pipe Hangers by Minerallac , or Caddy Clips by Erico only where impractical to install
Unistrut Hangers.
C. Attach hangers and supports to structure overhead by methods approved at job site. Do not use fasteners which
penetrate the roof deck.
2.3 CONDUIT SLEEVES
A. Sleeves: Galvanized,black steel or schedule 40 PVC pipe.
2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING
A. Insulated Grounding Bushing: Steel with feed-thru lugs.
B. Insulated Equipment Ground Wire: Copper.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install specified materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated on Drawings.
B. Cutting and Patching: Where cutting is required through walls, floors, or ceilings, make openings no larger than
required and repair affected surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.
16050-1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
1
C. Nameplates: Bolt or pop-rivet nameplates to equipment. Clearly identify equipment or equipment served, such as '
"BALER", "COMPACTOR,"etc. Install nameplates for each safety switch,contactor,time switch,pushbutton and
other similar equipment.
D. Electrical Equipment Supports: Support electrical equipment with hangers and supports specified above or in
another approved manner where details are not indicated.
E. Sleeves: Install where conduits pass through concrete floors. Caulk sleeves through outside walls above grade with
sealant as specified in Section 07900.
F. Fastening and Anchoring: Fasten conduit straps,disconnect switches,panelboards,and other equipment secured to
walls and slabs with cadmium plated screws or bolts and lead cinch anchors or expansion bolts and install in holes
drilled with proper size masonry drill. Properly size anchors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations
for load to be supported.
G. Torque all conductor connection terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. Inspect panelboards for
physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of
connections for circuit breakers,fusible switches,and fuses.
3.2 GROUNDING I
A. General: Ground all metallic conduits, supports, cabinets, equipment, system neutrals, metal building structures,
and other items required to be grounded in accordance with the NEC and other applicable codes and as indicated on
drawings.
B. Equipment Grounding:
111
1. Make conduits electrically continuous using proper fittings,connections,grounding bushings, etc.
2. Install insulating grounding bushings on all conduit connections 1 1/4 inch and larger and where indicated
on Drawings.
3. Install an insulated equipment ground wire as shown on drawings.
C. Metal Underground Cold Water Pipe: Connect to electrical system if available and permitted by local codes. Install
jumpers around water meters,valves,or other devices which might cause an interruption of continuity during service.
D. Concrete Encased Electrodes: Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install electrodes, jumpers, and
approved fittings in accordance with Grounding Electrode Detail.
E. Ground Rods: If ground rods are required,install two 5/8 inch minimum diameter Copperweld rods driven vertically
not less than 12 feet apart and each with 8 feet of length in contact with the soil.
3.3 TESTING r
A. Upon completion of installation,perform continuity tests on power and equipment branch circuit conductors. Inspect
wire and cable for physical damage. Verify proper phasing connections.
B. Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to convenient ground point on
building water pipe using suitable ground testing equipment. I
C. Test receptacles with circuit tester to ensure proper polarity,grounding,and continuity of circuits.
D. Load test GFCI receptacles. I
END OF SECTION
1
16050-2 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
UniSpec II-Store Planning 032919
SECTION 16100-WIRING METHODS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
' A. Section Includes:
1. Wire and Cable.
2. Conduit
P 3. Outlet boxes and Conduit Fittings.
4. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes
5. Wiring Devices.
6. Wire Connectors.
7. Fire Alarm/Security Alarm System Rough-In
8. Cable Trays.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 16050-Basic Electrical Materials and Methods: Hangers and Supports
2. Section 16700—Communication
3. Appendix A—Products and Work by Owner or Separate Contractor.
a. General procedures related to Owner furnished products and transport, handle, store and protect
products.
b. Manufacturers, suppliers, and vendor contacts and product names and numbers related to Owner
furnished products.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. National Fire Protection Association(NEPA):
1. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC).
B. American Society for Testing Material(ASTM)
1. ASTM D698-Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-Ibf/ft
2. ASTM D1557-Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-bf/ft3)
C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA):
1. NEMA VE 1 —Metal Cable Tray Systems
D. Underwriters Laboratories(UL)
1. UL 1569-Metal Clad Cables
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Final Power Plan Review Meeting:
1. A Final Power Plan Review Meeting shall be held on-site to review the Final Power Plan and scheduling
requirements. The mandatory attendees shall be the Construction Manager, General Contractor, Electrical
Contractor,Security Services Representative,CCTV Representative,and Store Planning Field Manager. The
meeting shall be scheduled by the General Contractor approximately 14 days after receipt of Final Power
Plan Drawings. At least ten days advance notification shall be given to all attendees.
2. The purpose of the meeting will be to review the Final Power Plan requirements and to schedule completion
dates for various critical components of the Final Power Plan.
3. The Construction Manager will review the PCOB and EWA process at this meeting,as it applies to the Final
' Power Plan requirements.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
16100-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
A. Receive, store and handle products in accordance with the requirements of Appendix A—Products and Work by
Owner or Separate Contractor.
B. Arrange with Owner for delivery of Owner furnished materials at such stage of construction as will expedite the
work. Deliveries may be staged and scheduled to correspond to construction schedule and to minimize on-site
storage.
C. Allow minimum of four weeks for delivery.
D. Products will be supplied to the job site complete and ready for installation.
E. Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of Owner furnished materials to prevent damage. Keep materials
dry and fully protected from weather.
F. Upon receipt of shipment, check contents of shipment against bill of material furnished by vendor. Report any
shortages or damage to the vendor immediately so that replacements can be ordered and/or freight claims can be
filed. Note damage on Bill of Lading in order to substantiate freight claims.
PART 2 PRODUCTS I
2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Owner will furnish and install fire and security alarm system as specified in Appendix A Section 16100. '
1. Contractor shall provide rough-in as specified herein.
2.2 WIRE AND CABLE I
A. Electrical Components and Devices: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a nationally
recognized testing agency and marked for use.
B. Wire and cable shall bear UL label and shall conform to standards established for such materials by nationally
recognized agencies.
C. Provide code gauge,soft annealed copper wire,not less than 98 percent conductivity and of 600 volt class.
D. Aluminum Alloy Conductors: Compact, stranded Stabiloy AA-8000 series. Aluminum alloy conductors may be
used only as indicated in project documents and permitted by Authority Having Jurisdiction and where permitted by
local utility company. Use of aluminum alloy conductors will be limited to new service entrance feeders only.
Aluminum alloy conductors shall not be used where terminations to existing equipment is required.
E. Conductors:
1. Insulation type shall be one of the following:
a. THHN
b. THWN
c. XHHW
d. XHHW-2
2. Type:
a. #10 and smaller—stranded or solid.
b. #8 and larger-stranded
F. Interlocked Armor Metal Clad(MC)Cable: Contractor's option as allowed by authorities having jurisdiction. MC
cable shall have the following characteristics:
1. Aluminum MC-Lite or Standard MC.
2. Minimum size conductor, #12 AWG copper, including green insulated equipment ground, sized in
accordance with the NEC.
3. Overall moisture resistant tape.
4. Galvanized steel or aluminum interlocked cladding.
16100-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
5. Manufactured in accordance with UL 1569.
I
G. Wire smaller than#12 AWG not permitted unless otherwise noted. #14 AWG, type MTW or TFF permitted for
signal and pilot control circuits unless otherwise noted.
1 H. Color code:
I SYSTEM NEUTRAL PHASE GROUND ISOLATED
VOLTAGE COLOR GROUND
208/120V white A-black green green W/yellow tracer
I B-red
C-blue
I 240/120V white A-black green green W/yellow tracer
B-red
480/277V It.gray or white with A-brown green green W/yellow tracer
Icolored stripe other B-orange
than yellow C-yellow
I1. Color code#6 AWG and smaller phase and neutral conductors by continuous outer covering. Conductors#4 AWG
and larger may be color coded by tape. Tape shall have minimum of two complete wraps around conductor at 6
inches from terminations, splices,and junction points.
IJ. Identify circuit numbers with synthetic cloth or plastic labels at splice and junction points.
I2.3 CONDUIT
A. Conduit types shall be as follows and shall bear UL or ETL label:
1. Galvanized Rigid Metal Conduit(GRC): Hot-dip galvanized.
I 2. Intermediate Metal Conduit(IMC): Hot-dip galvanized.
3. Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT): Hot-dip galvanized.
4. Schedule 40 heavy-wall PVC for all underground conduit runs.
I 5. Flexible Metal Conduit: Zinc-coated steel or Aluminum.
6. Liquid Tight Flexible Steel Conduit with PVC jacket.
7. MC Cable: Steel or Aluminum Cladding.
I B. Conduit Sizes: Size conduit in accordance with NEC unless noted otherwise on Drawings, but not less than the
following:
1. Alarm and Data Systems: 3/4 inch.
I 2. Flexible Metal Conduit: For connection of recessed light fixtures in suspended ceilings, 3/8 inch. For
connection of other equipment subject to vibration: 1/2 inch.
3. Underground Conduit in Parking Lot: 1 inch.
4. Other Uses: 1/2 inch.
1 C. Contact Information:
1. Prime Conduit MWE Inc. 816-842-9283 or 800-678-3075
I 2. Vikimatic 800-345-8454
3. Innerduct 800-332-8114
2.4 OUTLET BOXES AND CONDUIT FITTINGS
IA. Outlet boxes and conduit fittings shall bear the label of a nationally recognized testing laboratory and be rated for
environmental conditions where installed.
I16100-3
I #5935-216 Tigard.OR 01/28/20
B. Boxes: Comply with NEC in regard to maximum allowable number of conductors.
1. Interior Boxes: Hot-dip galvanized,4 inches minimum octagon or square,unless otherwise noted.
Provide single or multiple gang outlet boxes as required for flush installation in drywall
construction.Provide masonry boxes for outlets installed flush in concrete unit masonry.Provide
single surface-mounted outlet boxes for utility type boxes.
2. Exterior Boxes: Provide masonry boxes for outlets installed flush in concrete unit masonry.
3. Outlet Boxes: Suitable for supporting lighting fixtures if intended for that purpose.
4. Ceiling Fan Boxes: Rated and listed for mounting ceiling fans.
C. Conduit Fittings:
5. EMT Fittings for Dry Locations: Diecast or steel set screw type.
6. EMT Fittings For Wet or Damp Locations: Steel Compression type.
7. GRC,IMC,or EMT Box Connectors For Wet or Damp Locations: Weather-tight hubs.
8. Threadless GRC or IMC Fittings: Not permitted.
9. GRC or IMC connectors for dry locations.
10. PVC Fittings: Solvent weld type for PVC conduit.
2.5 WIRING DEVICES
See subsection L for device and cover plate finishes.
A. Branch Circuit Switches: Specification grade rated 20A 120/277V AC as follows:
1. Single Pole:
a. Hubbell HBL1221.
b. Pass and Seymour PS2OAC1.
c. Cooper 2221.
d. Leviton 1221-2.
2. Three Way:
a. Hubbell HBL1223.
b. Pass and Seymour PS2OAC3-
c. Cooper 2223.
d. Leviton 1223-2.
3. Four Way:
a. Hubbell HBL1224.
b. Pass and Seymour PS2OAC4.
c. Cooper 2224.
d. Leviton 1224-2.
4. Dimmers:
a. Lutron NT-600-.
5. Dimmer/Occupancy Sensor.
a. Lutron Maestro MS-Z101-V-.
b. Lutron MA-AS-277-Companion Switch
6. Single Pole Occupancy Sensor(Dual Technology):
a. Hubbell AD1277.
b. Sensor Switch WSD-PDT-.
c. Leviton OSSMT-MD-.
7. Double Pole Occupancy Sensor:
a. Hubbell AD1277.
b. Sensor Switch WSD-PDT-2P.
8. Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensor:
c. Sensor Switch CMR-9
d. Hubbell ATP 1500C/with CU277A Control Unit
9. Low Temp Occupancy Sensor
e. Ceiling Mount-Sensor Switch CMR-10-LT
f. Wall Mount-Sensor Switch WSX--LT
B. Receptacles-Straight Blade Nylon Grounding-Type Outlet Devices: Specification grade as follows:
16100-4
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1. Duplex Receptacle 15A 125V(5-15R):
a. Hubbell HBL5262.
b. Pass and Seymour 5262.
c. Cooper 5262.
d. Leviton 5262.
e. Bryant BRY5262.
2. Single Receptacle 20A 125V(5-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL5361.
b. Pass and Seymour 5361.
c. Cooper 5361.
d. Leviton 5361.
3. Duplex Receptacle 20A 125V(5-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL5362.
b. Pass and Seymour 5362.
c. Cooper 5362.
d. Leviton 5362.
4. Duplex Receptacle 20A 125V Isolated Ground(5-20R):
a. Hubbell IG5362.
b. Pass and Seymour IG5362.
c. Cooper IG5362RN.
d. Leviton 5362-1G.
5. GFCI Duplex Receptacle 20A 125V(5-20R):
a. Hubbell GF20ILA.
b. Pass and Seymour 2095.
c. Cooper VGF20.
d. Leviton 7899
6. GFCI Weather Resistant Duplex:
a. Hubbell GFTR20
' b. Pass and Seymour-2095TRWR
c. Cooper-TWRVGF20-I
d. Leviton-W7899
7. GFCI Tamper Resistant Duplex 20A 125V:
' a. Hubbell GFTR20
b. Pass and Seymour-2097TR
c. Cooper-TRVGF20
' d. Leviton-GFTR2
8. GFCI With Blank Face 20A 125V:
a. Hubbell GFBF20-ILA
b. Pass and Seymour-2085-I
c. Cooper-VGFD2O-V
d. Leviton-W7899
9. Single Receptacle 15A 250V 2 pole 3 Wire Grounded(6-15R):
a. Hubbell HBL5661.
b. Pass and Seymour 5671.
c. Cooper 5661.
d. Leviton 5661.
10. Single Receptacle 20A 250V 2 pole 3 Wire Grounded(6-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL5461.
b. Pass and Seymour 5871.
c. Cooper 5461.
' d. Leviton 5461.
11. Single Receptacle 30A 250V 2 pole 3 Wire Grounded(6-30R):
a. Hubbell HBL9330.
b. Pass and Seymour 3801.
c. Cooper 5700N.
d. Leviton 5372.
12. Single Receptacle 20A 125/250V 3 pole 4 Wire Grounded(14-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL8410.
16100-5
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
b. Pass and Seymour 3820.
c. Cooper 5759.
d. Leviton NOT AVAILABLE.
13. Single Receptacle 30A 125/250V 3 pole 4 Wire Grounded(14-30R):
a. Hubbell HBL9430A.
b. Pass and Seymour 3864.
c. Cooper 5744N.
d. Leviton 278.
14. Single Receptacle 20A 3 Phase 250V 3 pole 4 Wire Grounded(15-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL8420.
b. Pass and Seymour NOT AVAILABLE.
c. Cooper NOT AVAILABLE.
d. Leviton NOT AVAILABLE.
15. Single Receptacle 30A 3 Phase 250V 3 pole 4 Wire Grounded(15-30R):
a. Hubbell HBL8430A.
b. Pass and Seymour 5740.
c. Cooper 8430N.
d. Leviton 8430.
16. Single Receptacle 50A 3 Phase 600V 3 pole 4 Wire Grounded(15-50R):
a. Hubbell HBL8450A.
b. Pass and Seymour 5750.
c. Cooper 8450N.
d. Leviton 8450.
C. Receptacles-Locking Nylon Grounding-Type Outlet Devices: Specification grade as follows:
1. Single Locking Receptacle 15A 125V(L5-15R):
a. Hubbell HBL4710.
b. Pass and Seymour 4710.
c. Cooper CWL515R.
d. Leviton 4710.
2. Single Locking Receptacle 15A 125V Isolated Ground(L5-15R):
a. Hubbell IG4710.
b. Pass and Seymour IG4710.
c. Cooper IGL515R.
d. Leviton 4710-1G.
3. Duplex Locking Receptacle 15A 125V(L5-15R):
a. Hubbell HBL4700I.
b. Pass and Seymour 4700.
c. Cooper 4700.
d. Leviton 4700.
4. Duplex Locking Receptacle 15A 125V Isolated Ground(L5-15R):
a. Hubbell IG4700A.
b. Pass and Seymour IG4700.
c. Cooper IG4700.
d. Leviton 4700-1G.
5. Single Locking Receptacle 20A 125V(L5-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL2310.
b. Pass and Seymour L520-R.
c. Cooper CWL520R.
d. Leviton 2310.
6. Single Locking Receptacle 20A 125V Isolated Ground(L5-20R): '
a. Hubbell IG2310.
b. Pass and Seymour IGL520-R.
c. Cooper IGL520R.
d. Leviton 2310-IG.
7. Single Locking Receptacle 30A 125V(L5-30R):
a. Hubbell HBL2610.
b. Pass and Seymour L530-R.
16100-6
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
c. Cooper CWL530R.
d. Leviton 2610.
8. Single Locking Receptacle 30A 125V Isolated Ground(L5-30R):
a. Hubbell IG2610.
b. Pass and Seymour IGL530-R.
c. Cooper IGL530R.
d. Leviton 2610-IG.
9. Single Locking Receptacle 20A 250V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(L6-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL2320.
b. Pass and Seymour L620-R.
c. Cooper CWL620R.
d. Leviton 2320.
10. Single Locking Receptacle 30A 250V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(L6-30R):
a. Hubbell HBL2620.
b. Pass and Seymour L630-R.
c. Cooper CWL630R.
d. Leviton 2620.
11. Single Locking Receptacle 30A 250V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded Isolated Ground(L6-30R):
a. Hubbell IG2620.
b. Pass and Seymour IGL630-R.
c. Cooper IGL630R.
d. Leviton 2620-IG.
12. Single Locking Receptacle 20A 125/250V 3 pole 4 Wire Grounded(L14-20R).
a. Hubbell HBL2410.
b. Pass& Seymour L1420-R.
' c. Cooper CWL1420R.
d. Leviton 2410.
13. Single Locking Receptacle 30A 125/250V 3 pole 4 Wire Grounded(L14-30R).
a. Hubbell HBL2710.
b. Pass&Seymour L 1430-R.
c. Cooper CWL1430R.
d. Leviton 2710.
1 14. Single Locking Receptacle 50A 600V 2 pole 3 Wire Grounded(Non-Nema):
a. Hubbell HBL3771.
b. Pass and Seymour 3771.
' c. Cooper 3771.
d. Leviton 3771.
15. Single Locking Receptacle 50A 125/250V 3 pole 4 Wire Grounded(Non-Nema):
a. Hubbell CS6369.
b. Pass and Seymour CS6369.
c. Cooper CS6369.
d. Leviton CS63-69.
D. Connectors-Cord mounted Locking Nylon Grounding-Type to match Plugs as follows:
1. Locking Connector 15A 125V(L5-15R):
a. Hubbell HBL4729C.
b. Pass and Seymour PSL515-C.
c. Cooper 4731N.
d. Leviton 4729-C.
' 2. Locking Connector 20A 125V(L5-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL2313.
b. Pass and Seymour L520-C.
c. Cooper CWL520C.
d. Leviton 2313.
3. Locking Connector 20A 3 Phase 250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(L15-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL2423.
' b. Pass and Seymour L1520-C.
c. Cooper CWL1520C.
16100-7
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
d. Leviton 2423.
E. Connectors-Cord mounted Corrosion Resistant Locking Nylon Grounding-Type to match Plugs as follows:
1. Corrosion Resistant Locking Connector 20A 125V(L5-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL23CM13.
b. Pass and Seymour CRL520-C.
c. Cooper CRL520C.
d. Leviton 23CM-13.
2. Corrosion Resistant Locking Connector 20A 125/250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(L14-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL24CM13.
b. Pass and Seymour CRL1420-C.
c. Cooper CRL1420C.
d. Leviton NOT AVAILABLE.
3. Corrosion Resistant Locking Connector 20A 3 Phase 250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(L15-20R):
a. Hubbell HBL24CM23.
b. Pass and Seymour NOT AVAILABLE.
c. Cooper CRL1520C.
d. Leviton NOT AVAILABLE.
4. Corrosion Resistant Locking Connector 30A 3 Phase 120/208V 4 Pole 5 Wire Grounded(L21-30R):
a. Hubbell HBL28CM13.
b. Pass and Seymour NOT AVAILABLE.
c. Cooper NOT AVAILABLE.
d. Leviton NOT AVAILABLE.
F. Plugs-Cord mounted Nylon Grounding-Type to match Outlet Devices as follows:
1. Plug 20A 125V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(5-20P):
a. Hubbell HBL5366CA.
b. Pass and Seymour PS5366SSAN.
c. Cooper 5366AN.
d. Leviton 5366-CA.
2. Plug 20A 250V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(6-20P):
a. Hubbell HBL5466CA.
b. Pass and Seymour PS5466SSAN.
c. Cooper 5466AN.
d. Leviton 5466-CA.
3. Plug 20A 3 Phase 250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(15-20P):
a. Hubbell HBL8421C.
b. Pass and Seymour NOT AVAILABLE.
c. Cooper NOT AVAILABLE.
d. Leviton NOT AVAILABLE.
4. Plug 30A 3 Phase 250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(15-30P):
a. Hubbell HBL8432C.
b. Pass and Seymour 5741-AN.
c. Cooper 8432AN.
d. Leviton 8432-P.
5. Plug 50A 3 Phase 250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(15-50P):
a. Hubbell HBL8452C.
b. Pass and Seymour 5751-AN.
c. Cooper 8452AN.
d. Leviton 8452-P.
G. Plugs-Cord mounted Locking Nylon Grounding-Type to match Outlet Devices as follows:
1. Locking Plug 15A 125V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(L5-15P):
a. Hubbell HBL4720C.
b. Pass and Seymour L515-P.
c. Cooper 4721N.
d. Leviton 4720-C.
16100-8 -
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
' 2. Locking Plug 20A 250V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(L6-20P):
a. Hubbell HBL2321.
b. Pass and Seymour L620-P.
c. Cooper CWL620P.
d. Leviton 2321.
3. Locking Plug 30A 250V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(L6-30P):
a. Hubbell HBL2621.
b. Pass and Seymour L630-P.
c. Cooper CWL630P.
d. Leviton 2621.
4. Locking Plug 20A 3 Phase 250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(L15-20P):
a. Hubbell HBL2421.
b. Pass and Seymour L1520-P.
c. Cooper CWL1520P.
d. Leviton 2421.
H. Plugs-Cord mounted Corrosion Resistant Locking Nylon Grounding-Type to match Outlet Devices as follows:
1. Corrosion Resistant Locking Plug 20A 125V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(L5-20P):
' a. Hubbell HBL23CM11.
b. Pass and Seymour CRL520-P.
c. Cooper CRL520P.
d. Leviton 23CM-11.
2. Corrosion Resistant Locking Plug 20A 125/250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(L14-20P):
a. Hubbell HBL24CM11.
b. Pass and Seymour CRL1420-P.
c. Cooper CRL1420P.
d. Leviton NOT AVAILABLE.
3. Corrosion Resistant Locking Plug 20A 3 Phase 250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(L15-20P):
a. Hubbell HBL24CM21.
b. Pass and Seymour NOT AVAILABLE.
c. Cooper CRL1520P.
d. Leviton NOT AVAILABLE.
' 4. Corrosion Resistant Locking Plug 30A 3 Phase 120/208V 4 Pole 5 Wire Grounded(L2I-30P):
a. Hubbell HBL28CM11.
b. Pass and Seymour NOT AVAILABLE.
' c. Cooper NOT AVAILABLE.
d. Leviton NOT AVAILABLE.
I. Pin& Sleeve-Insulated Water Tight-Type Outlet Devices: Specification grade as follows:
' 1. Water Tight Receptacle 30A 250V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(Non-Nema):
a. Hubbell HBL330R6W.
b. Pass and Seymour PS330R6W.
c. Cooper CD330R6W.
d. Leviton 330R6W.
2. Water Tight Receptacle 60A 250V 2 Pole 3 Wire Grounded(Non-Nema):
a. Hubbell HBL360R6W.
b. Pass and Seymour PS360R6W.
c. Cooper CD360R6W.
d. Leviton 360R6W.
J. Boots: Weatherproof Boots for Locking Plug and Connector Bodies-Type to match Devices as follows:
1. Corrosion Resistant Locking Plug and Connector 20/30A 125V(L5-20):
a. Hubbell HBL60CM31 &HBL60CM32.
' b. Pass and Seymour CRL2030-RBC&CRL2030-RBP.
c. Cooper BM1 &BM2.
d. Leviton 6031-Y&6032-Y.
' 2. Corrosion Resistant Locking Plug and Connector 20/30A 125/250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(L14-20):
16100-9
1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
a. Hubbell HBL60CM35 &HBL60CM36.
b. Pass and Seymour CRL2030-RBC&CRL2030-RBP. 111
c. Cooper BL1 &BL2.
d. Leviton 6033-Y&6034-Y.
3. Corrosion Resistant Locking Plug and Connector 20/30A 3 Phase 250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounded(L15-20):
a. Hubbell HBL60CM35 &HBL60CM36.
b. Pass and Seymour CRL2030-RBC&CRL2030-RBP.
c. Cooper BL1 &BL2.
d. Leviton 6033-Y&6034-Y..
4. Corrosion Resistant Locking Plug and Connector 30A 3 Phase 120/208V 4 Pole 5 Wire Grounded(L21-30):
a. Hubbell HBL60CM35 &HBL60CM36.
b. Pass and Seymour CRL2030-RBC&CRL2030-RBP.
c. Cooper BL1 &BL2.
d. Leviton 6033-Y&6034-Y.
K. Cover Plates:
1. Nylon cover plates for flush mounted devices.
2. Galvanized steel plates where devices are installed on exposed fittings or boxes.
3. Single Gang GFCI Receptable Weatherproof,While-In-Use,Lockable Vertical Metallic Cover Plate:
a. Red Dot CKMUV
b. Hubbell WP26M
c. Intermatic WP1010MXD
d. Pass and Seymour WIUCASTI
4. Single Gang GFCI Receptacle Weatherproof,While-In-Use,Lockable Horizontal Metallic Cover Plate:
a. Red Dot CKMU
b. Hubbell WP26MH
c. Intermatic WP 1010HXD
d. Pass and Seymour WIUCASTI
5. Single Gang Deep Box Twistlock Receptacle Weatherproof, While-In-Use, Lockable Vertical Metallic
Cover Plate:
a. Red Dot CKLSVLU
b. Hubbell WP7D
c. Intermatic WP1250MVXD
6. Double Gang Two GFCI Receptacles Weatherproof,While-In-Use,Lockable Vertical Metallic Cover Plate:
a. Red Dot 2CKU
b. Intermatic WP1030MXD
7. 302 stainless steel cover plates for recessed outlet boxes in masonry walls.
8. Blank cover plate on all boxes without device.
L. Colors:
1. Unless otherwise noted,wiring devices and cover plates shall be white nylon.
2. Blank Cover Plates: On boxes without devices or fixtures,provide same type and color as those installed on
devices in the same room or area.
3. Isolated ground receptacles: Orange nylon cover plates with circuit number printed in 3/16 inch black
lettering on clear adhesive label(Brady label or equal)adhered to plate.
2.6 WIRE CONNECTORS
A. Splices:
1. #8 AWG and Smaller: Ideal Wingnut, 3M Scotchlok,or equal connectors of proper size. 3M No. 567 in-
line self-stripping connectors will be permitted only at ballast lead connections in fluorescent light rows.
2. #6 AWG and Larger: Solderless lugs and connectors.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION-GENERAL
16100-10
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
A. Install specified materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Where switches are ganged, provide permanently installed steel barriers between switches. Where or provide
separate boxes and separate coverplates for each circuit.
' C. Access to Equipment: Coordinate access doors to allow for easy access of equipment for repair and maintenance.
I D. Aluminum Alloy Conductors: Compact, stranded Stabiloy AA-8000 series. Aluminum alloy conductors may be
used only as indicated in project documents and permitted by Authority Having Jurisdiction and where permitted by
local utility company.Use of aluminum alloy conductors will be limited to new service entrance feeders only.Splices
in service entrance and feeders will not be permitted. Utilize oxidation inhibiting compound(Penetrox, De-ox) at
I conductor terminations.Aluminum alloy conductors shall not be used where terminations to existing equipment is
required.
I 3.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hangers and Supports are specified in Section 16050.
I3.3 WIRE
A. Tie wrap groups of conductors in switchboards and panel boards.
' 3.4 CONDUIT
A. Installation:
1. Install conduit concealed,except in unfinished areas and where indicated on Drawings.
2. Support conduit by means of specified hangers.
3. Clean PVC conduit per manufacturer's recommendations before application of solvent cement.
I 4. Coordinate flashings where conduit penetrates roof membrane.
5. Paint metallic conduit under concrete slab or where installed in contact with earth. Apply two 6 mil coats of
PVC or Asphalt paint continuously along entire length of conduit prior to installation below grade. Do not
run conduit in concrete slab.
I 6. Install flexible metal conduit or liquid tight flexible metal conduit for final connections to dry-type
transformers,baler,air compressors,HVAC equipment,motors and other vibrating equipment.
7. Coordinate installation of conduit in masonry work.
I 8. Do not install conduit under slab unless indicated on Drawings. Conduit installed below slab shall be
galvanized rigid metal (GRC), intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or Schedule 40 PVC. Provide exterior
coated GRC bends and elbows for all under ground conduit.
9. Route above grade conduit parallel or perpendicular to building lines.
I 10. Maintain minimum of 6 inches clearance at flues and heat sources.
11. Install GRC conduit when penetrating from below grade outdoors or penetrating concrete slabs, Including
elbow.
I 12. Install GRC elbow on all conduit runs below grade that have 45°bends or greater.
13. Install double locknut and bushings when terminating GRC or IMC conduit,except where conduit terminates
in threaded hub.
14. Install insulated throat bushings on all PVC conduit runs.
IB. Location:
1. Galvanized Rigid Metal Conduit(GRC): Permitted for general exposed or concealed work above or below
I 2. grade.
Intermediate Metal Conduit(IMC):Permitted for general exposed or concealed work above or below grade.
3. Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT): Permitted for general exposed or concealed work above grade.
4. Polyvinyl Chloride rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC) unless noted otherwise on drawings: Permitted for
I 5. below-grade use when permitted by local governing codes..
Flexible Metal Conduit: Permitted in attic spaces and exposed in lengths of 6 feet or less for connections to
equipment in dry areas. Not permitted for general exposed or concealed work. For connection of recessed
I light fixtures in suspended ceilings and connection of other equipment subject to vibration.
16100-11
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
6. Liquid tight Flexible Metal Conduit: Permitted exposed in lengths of 6 feet or less for connections to food
service equipment, refrigeration equipment and other vibrating equipment in damp locations where rigid
connections are not suitable.
7. MC Cable: Permitted only where concealed inside partitions and above finished ceilings.Cable exposed on
walls or in open bar joist areas will not be permitted. Cut cable with manufacturer's recommended armor
stripping tool. Provide manufacturers approved connectors.
3.5 WIRING DEVICES
A. Replace outlets or devices improperly located or installed. Set outlets and devices plumb or horizontal and extend
to,but not project above,finished surface.
B. Unless otherwise noted,receptacles,switches,and other wiring devices shall not be mounted back-to-back. I
C. Install receptacles so that the ground prong is in the down position.
3.6 WIRE CONNECTIONS
A. Make final connection of motors,starters,disconnects,and other items furnished under other Sections. '
3.7 FIRE AND SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM ROUGH-IN
•
A. Install fire alarm/security alarm conduit system, raceways, 120 volt supply connections, and fire alarm grounding
conductor.
3.8 PROTECTION I
A. Protect installed products from damage until completion of construction operations.
B. INSPECTION
1. Examine conditions under which raceways, boxes, distribution systems, accessories, and fittings are to be
installed and substrate that will support raceways. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of conditions
detrimental to proper completion of the work.Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected.
C. INSTALLATION
1. Strictly comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Coordinate installation
with adjacent work to ensure proper clearances and to prevent electrical hazards.
END OF SECTION 1
I
I
16100-12 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
I UniSpec II-Store Planning 022417
SECTION 16121 -MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEMS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
I A. Section Includes:
1. Owner furnished Manufactured Wiring Systems for installation by the Contractor.
I B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 16100—Wiring Methods: Wire color coordination.
2. Section 16500—Lighting: National accounts vendor.
I 3. Appendix A-Products and Work by Owner or Separate Contractor.
a. General procedures related to Owner furnished products and transport, handle, store and protect
products.
b. Manufacturers, suppliers, and vendor contacts and product names and numbers related to Owner
Ifurnished products.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced
within the text by the basic designation only.
I B. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA).
1. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC)
I1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Provide for delivery of installation drawings and product at such stage of construction as will expedite the Work.
B. Contact selected vendor for product delivery. Allow minimum of four weeks for delivery.
C. Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage. Keep materials dry and fully
Iprotected from weather.
D. Upon receipt of shipment, check contents of shipment against bill of material furnished by the selected vendor.
Report any shortages or damage to the selected vendor immediately so that replacements can be ordered and/or
Ifreight claims can be filed. Note damage on Bill of Lading in order to substantiate freight claims.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Prefabricated Flexible Cable Assemblies: Owner will furnish factory pre-assembled units consisting of pre-wired
1 cable assemblies and appropriate connectors and required accessories as indicated on the drawings and as specified
in Appendix A(Section 16121)for installation by the Contractor.
B. Contractor shall provide related products required to complete installation.
PART 3-EXECUTION
I3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install Products in accordance with product documentation and the Drawings. Provide junction boxes of sufficient
I size as necessary where transitions are made from rigid raceways to the manufactured wiring system. Product doc-
16121-1
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
umentation will include detailed drawing depicting entire installation with appropriate cable identification and in-
stallation details.
B. Support cable by means of straps and clamps at intervals not exceeding 4'-6" and as required by NEC.
C. Arrange cable to avoid interference with access to other work. i
D. Maintain wire phase color code per Section 16100 throughout system wiring.
END OF SECTION
1
I
I
1
1
1
16121-2
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20 111
' UniSpec II-Store Planning 022417
SECTION 16500-LIGHTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Contractor furnished and installed Lighting fixtures.
2. Acrylic lighting panel at pharmacy.
' 3. Owner furnished lighting for installation by Contractor.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Appendix A—Products and Work by Owner or Separate Contractor
a. General procedures related to Owner furnished products and transport, handle, store and protect
products.
b. Manufacturers, suppliers, and vendor contacts and product names and numbers related to Owner
' furnished products.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fixtures and their electrical components will bear the label of a nationally recognized testing laboratory.
1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Protection: Provide facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage to edges, ends,
and surfaces. Keep materials dry and protected from weather. Fixtures stored outside without a permanent over-
I head roof and shelter shall be replaced at Contractor expense. Examples of approved storage include drop trailers,
storage inside warehouse, or other Owner Construction Manager approved storage area meeting these criteria. _
Fixtures showing signs of rust or weathering shall be replaced at Contractor's expense.
B. Contact selected distributor 4 weeks prior to desired delivery date to arrange for delivery of lighting fixtures.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED LIGHTING FIXTURES
' A. Contractor shall provide light fixtures,lamps and Protect-A-Lamp covers,as indicated on drawings.
B. Acrylic Lighting Panel - Prismatic White Acrylic Lighting Sheet, Item # 1A20084A, 23-3/4" X 47-3/4", BY
Plaskolite Ind.,Columbus OH,(800)848-9124
C. Contractor Furnished Lighting Approved Vendors:
1. Hunzicker Brothers,(800)324-1026
' 2. Haines,Jones&Cadbury,Inc.,(800)459-7099
3. Harris Lighting,(800)331-2216, fax(800)527-1221.
2.2 OWNER FURNISHED LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR INSTALLATION BY CONTRATOR
A. Appendix A—Products and Work by Owner or Separate Contractor Section 16500 and Lighting Fixture Schedule.
' PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
16500-1
#5935-2I6 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
A. Install lighting fixtures, lamps, lighting panels, and connections in accordance with manufacturer's recommenda-
tions
and as indicated on Drawings.
1. LED Fixtures will arrive with protective film. Film shall not be removed until all painting and deep clean-
ing is completed. Removal of film prior to the cleaning procedure may result in damage and replacement at
Contractor's expense.
B. Coordinate exact mounting location of light fixtures with building structure and other trades prior to installation.
Continuous rows shall be installed straight and true.
C. Attach fixtures to ceiling grid. Install four to six feet of flexible conduit from recessed fixtures installed in lay-in
ceiling grid systems to outlet boxes supported from building structural system.
D. Maintain all light fixtures and lamps during construction, and coordinate replacement of any defective lamps with
Owner's lighting vendor prior to Certification of Substantial Completion.Notify Owner's lighting vendor immedi-
ately of any damaged fixtures or lamps delivered to the jobsite and make arrangements to have them replaced.
E. Verify ceiling and wall details. Install fixtures complete with proper mounting arrangements for ceiling or wall
construction encountered.
F. Where indicated on Drawings,install Protect-A-Lamp covers and caps. I
G. Lighting fixtures and lamps shall be clean and free of building paint over-spray one week prior to possession.
H. Provide all additional hardware required to complete installation such as nuts, bolts, threaded rods and Unistrut
channels.
3.2 MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION I
A. Provide material and labor to deep clean new lighting fixtures with anti-static cleaning fluid. Replace lamps with
building paint overspray one week prior to possession at Contractor's expense.
B. Maintain lighting fixtures, ballasts, LED drivers, and lamps during construction,possession, and until store Grand
Opening.Coordinate replacement of defective,lost,or damaged equipment with vendor. I
C. Owner Responsibility(Including Vendor):
1. Costs for replacement for normal failure covered by warranty of any fixture, lamp,or ballast prior to Grand
Opening. Evaluation of abnonnally high failure percentage and replacement covered under warranty will
be provided by vendor on site.
2. Costs for replacement of parts damaged during shipment. Charges will be made to shipping carrier or re-
sponsible party. '
D. Contractor Responsibility:
1. Coordinate vendor on-site evaluation of abnormal component failures of ballast and lamps at least two
weeks prior to Grand Opening. Provide labor for routine and normal maintenance of equipment including
troubleshooting and determination of lighting failure.
2. Material and labor costs for replacement of loss, breakage, or other damage due to fault of Contractor in-
cluding lamps.
3. Contact vendor to order replacement parts in time to have all fixtures fully operational prior to Grand
Opening.
E. Replacement Procedure-General: I
1. Immediately notify vendor and request replacement of damaged fixtures, ballasts or lamps delivered to the
jobsite.
2. If shipping damage is concealed,notify carrier and vendor within 15 days of acceptance of the freight. Pro-
vide vendor a copy of the written notification sent to the carrier.
F. Additional Ballast Replacement Procedure:
16500-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
1. Order replacement ballast(s) or LED driver(s) from vendor. Request Return Authorization number from
vendor to return defective ballast no later than Grand Opening.
2. Return all defective ballast(s) or LED driver(s)to vendor.Vendor will arrange pickup and return, including
shipping costs, of defective ballast(s) or LED driver(s). Cost for ballast(s) or LED driver(s) not returned
' within the specified time frame or returned but not defective will be automatically charged to Contractor.
END OF SECTION
1
I
I
I
I
1
' 16500-3
45935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
' UniSpec II-Store Planning 072619
SECTION 16700—COMMUNICATIONS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
I. Owner Furnished and Installed Voice/Data System.
' B. Related Requirements:
1. 16100-Wiring Methods: Outlet boxes and conduit fittings.
2. Appendix A—Products and Work by Owner or Separate Contractor.
' a. General procedures related to Owner furnished products and transport,handle,store and protect prod-
ucts.
b. Manufacturers,suppliers,and vendor contacts and product names and numbers related to Owner fur-
nished products.
' PART 2-PRODUCTS
' 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. The following products will be Owner furnished and installed as specified in Appendix A(Section 16700).
1. Voice/Data cable equipment.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install Voice/Data conduit system,Voice/Data grounding conductor, and signal systems as indicated on Drawings.
' B. Voice/Data Conduit System: Install conduit system as indicated on Drawings,including:
1. Voice/Data service conduit.
2. Other conduits as indicated on Drawings. Install#14 AWG soft iron pull wire or heavy nylon cord in each
conduit for pulling the Voice/Data cable to each termination point.
3. Install outlet boxes conforming to requirements of Section 16100. Include cover plates.
END OF SECTION
1
16700-1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
1
Page intentionally left blank I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
i
1
1
16700-2 1
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
I UniSpec II— Special Project 100919
APPENDIX A-PRODUCTS AND WORK BY OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTOR
' PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Appendix Includes:
1. Work provided by Owner including Owner furnished products and installation as associated with and as
specified in the individual specification sections and the Drawings.
I
2. Appendix replaces deleted Specifications Section 01640: General procedures related to Owner furnished
products.
3. Owner furnished equipment schedules and tables formerly included in individual specifications sections.
I 4. Information contained herein under the separate headings corresponds to the individual section numbers
included in Division 2 thru 16 or Drawing numbers.Information under each heading identifies product
information associated with the referenced specification or drawing.
I B. Index of Sections(Quick Links):All sections listed may not be applicable to all projects.
1. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications
2. Section 07721 -Manufactured Curbs
I 3. Section 07900-Joint Sealers
4. Section 08110-Steel Doors And Frames
5. Section 08332-Overhead Rolling Closure
6. Section 08337 -Coiling Counter Shutters
I 7. Section 08411 -Aluminum.Framed Storefronts
8. Section 08462-Automatic Sliding Entrance.Doors
9. Section 08631. -Metal Framed Skylights
I 10. Section 08710-Door Hardware
11. Section 08800-Glazing
12. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings
13. Section 16100-Wiring Methods
I 14. Section 16500- Lighting
15. Section 16700-Communications
16. Drawing Equipment Schedules
I
17. Owner Furnished Equipment Shown On Drawings
18. References
C. Related Requirements:
' 1. Contract Drawings:Owner furnished product information not included in this Appendix A.
2. Appendix B: Owner furnished Testing,Inspection,and Observation Services.
I 1.2 GENERAL
A. Owner's supplier and associated products will be as specified hereinafter as applicable. Application of
information herein shall be only to the extent as stated and referenced in corresponding specifications sections or
' as shown on the drawings.
B. Unless otherwise specified, provisions specified herein are included as requirements for Owner's Suppliers,
vendor,or separate contractors and shall be considered information only to Contractor.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
' A. Owner:Defined in Construction Agreement. Owner may also be referred to as"Wal-Mart".
1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
IAPP A-l
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
A. Product Installation: Equipment and products will be furnished by the Owner for installation by the Contractor
unless otherwise specified herein.
B. Product Delivery: Unless otherwise specified hereinafter, Owner's supplier will deliver products to jobsite for
Contractor to receive on delivery date established by Contractor. If significant order lead times are required for a
specific product,lead time shall be as specified by the product supplier.
C. Coordination:
1. Walmart Realty Execution Team Products and Equipment: Contractor shall contact
wmpotracksupport(jlumatrak.com immediately after Award of Contract to initiate registration in the GC
Communicator(GCC)online program for Owner supplier scheduling and coordination.
2. Coordination of order and delivery for Owner furnished products and equipment not facilitated by Walmart
realty execution team are specified in Section 01600. 111
D. Owner Responsibilities:
1. Arrange for delivery of supplier furnished shop drawings,product data,samples,and installation
instructions to Contractor.
2. Arrange for delivery of replacement products upon notification from Owner's Construction Department of
shortages,damage,or defects in products.
3. Arrange for repair of product manufacturing defects upon notification from Owner's Construction
Department.
4. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site,in accordance with agreed upon construction management
plan in Specifications Section 01320.
5. Deliver supplier's shipment list of materials to Contractor.
6. Submit claims for transportation damage.
7. Arrange for replacement of damaged,defective,or missing items.
8. Arrange for manufacturers'warranties,bonds,services,and inspections,as required.
E. Contractor Responsibilities as specified in Specifications Section 01600:
1. Submit notice of any discrepancies or problems anticipated in the use the products to supplier and to
Architect,Owner,and Owner's Construction Department.
2. Receive and unload products at the Site when specified.
3. Inspect products upon receipt for shortages,damaged,or defective items and report to Owner and Owner's
Construction Department.
4. Handle products at site, including uncrating,storage,and protection unless otherwise specified.
5. Install products when specified.
6. Provide for installation and hook-up at time of delivery of Owner installed equipment.
7. Protect installed products from damage.
8. Replace items damaged by Contractor.
9. Remove trash,debris,and rubbish.
10. Report suspected product manufacturing defects to Owner's Construction Manager and Product Supplier.
1.5 CONTACTS
A. Contact information for vendors of Owner Furnished Equipment is identified in the applicable specifications I
sections or on the drawings or will be made available to the Contractor at the Pre-Construction Conference or upon
request by the Contractor to the Construction Manager.
B. Contacts for owner furnished and coordinated services not otherwise specified in this Appendix A are as follows:
1. ATM: Walmart Financial Services,Mark Stephens,(479)277-8869.
2. Reverse Osmosis (except Pharmacy): Primo Water - Bryan Laird, (519) 748-7515,
blaird(cJorim owater.com.
3. Insect Control Units:EcoLab Pest Elimination Devices-(800)325-1671.
4. Bulk CO2 Tank:NuCo2-Jeff Desmond(800)472-2855 x3363.
5. Bulk CO2 Storage Cabinet: Chart,Inc.-Cathy Bartusek,(800)247-4446,
cathy.bartusek@chartindustries.com
6. Floral Cases:
APP A-2
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
' a. Borgen, 1901 Bell Avenue,Suite 2,Des Moines,IA 50315;Attn:Kim Tisdale(479)721-3013.
b. Structural Concepts,888 Porter Rd.Muskegon,MI 49441.
7. Vision Center Casework/Counters:
a. QualSery(Air Systems),7400 South 28th,Fort Smith,AR 72908;Attn: Bill Steelman(800)643-
' 2980.
8. 18"x 12"Cart Corral Signs: "Return Flatbeds&Carts Here"(Part No.9022):
a. Wal-Mart Sign Shop,Fax:(479)204-0005,Attn: Vinyl Room,E-mail Steve.Herndon@wal-
mart.com,(479)204-7065,(479)204-7063.
PART 2-PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION
' SECTION 02845-CART CORRAL
2.1 SUPPLIERS:
A. Owner's Cart Corral Supplier: One of the following as determined by Owner:
1. National Cart Co.,St. Charles,MO,(800)455-3802.
2. Win-Holt Equipment Group,Syosset,NY(800)444-3595.]
2.2 PRODUCTS:
A. Sign: As shown on Drawings.
B. Cart Stop:
1. Description: Galvanized steel bar and anchors as shown on Drawings.]
2.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Procedures: Unless otherwise specified herein, submit in accordance with procedures specified in
Specifications Section 01330. Submit all submittals electronically in PDF format via email, unless otherwise
specified,to Architect of Record.
B. Shop Drawings: Owner's Metal Deck Supplier will prepare shop drawings and provide an electronic copy to
Structural Engineer of Record as specified in Specifications Section 01330. Structural Engineer of Record will
review the shop drawings and forward stamped electronic documents to Owner's Metal Deck Supplier via email.
' The Owner's Supplier will forward one approved hard copy to Contractor for submittal to Architect of Record.
1. Shop Drawings will indicate:
a. Decking plan,deck profile dimensions,supports,projections,openings and reinforcements,
fastening method and installation accessories.
' b. Locations,types,and sequence of connections.
c. Welds by standard welding symbols adopted by AWS.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Metal Deck,General: Conforming to SDI standards,type,metal gage,and depth as shown on Drawings.Fabricate
panels to comply with ANSI/SDI standards.
' B. Metal Roof Deck: Prime painted steel sheet, shop primed with manufacturer's standard baked-on, rust-inhibitive
primer in accordance with SDI standards; ASTM A 1008, Classification SS (Structural Steel) or other structural
' sheet steel or high strength low alloy steel in accordance with SDI standards.
1. Type B,wide rib. Grade:
a. 22,20 and 18 gage: Grade 80(80 ksi).
b. 16 gage: Grade 33 (33 ksi)minimum.
SECTION 05500-METAL FABRICATIONS
' 2.1 SUPPLIERS
APP A-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
A. Jib Crane Hoist Arm and Railing Assembly,Internal Jib Crane Joist Arm and Frame Assembly, Steel Ladder and
Cage at Jib Crane:Ellis Steel Company,Inc.,West Point,MS,Account Projects Manager(888)494-5955.]
B. Interior Stainless Steel Pipe Bollards:
1. Marco,Ft.Worth TX,(817)244-8300.
2. McCue Corporation,Salem,MA,(800) 800-8503
3. Star-Guard,Dallas,TX,(972)284-1250,John Krawietz.]
C. Interior Galvanized Steel Pipe Bollards-Mounted Inside Freezer.
1. McCue Corp.,Contact Kaitlyn Thibault,(800)800-8503,khibault@mccue.com.]
D. Furnish fabricated items specified in the SCHEDULE below for installation by Contractor. I
2.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings (Owner Furnished Items): Owner's Supplier will submit shop drawings for Owner furnished jib
crane and railings for FOR review.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Steel Plates,Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36.
B. Bolts,Nuts,and Washers:ASTM A 325 and ASTM A 307. I
C. Cold Rolled Steel Sheet:ASTM A 1008.
D. Hot Rolled Steel Sheet:ASTM A 1011.
E. Galvanized Steel Sheets:
1. Structural: ASTM A 653 Structural Quality,G90.
F. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A 591,Class C.
G. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip,and Plate: ASTM A 240 or ASTM A 666,Type 304.
H. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500,Grade B.
1. Steel Piping: ASTM A 53.
J. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3 type required for materials being welded. '
K. Primers:
1. Shop application and field touch-up: SSPC Paint 25.
2. Touch up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC Paint 20.
3. Color: To match primer used on steel roof deck and joists.
L. Concrete Inserts: Cast steel or malleable bolts,washers,and shims;galvanized. 1
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. '
B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
C. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to Site.
APP A-4 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform
radius.
E. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Use
exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate
joints where least conspicuous.
F. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of
same material and finish as metal fabrication,except where specifically noted otherwise.
2.5 SCHEDULE
A. Interior Stainless Steel Pipe Bollards-Floor Mounted/Bolted.302 stainless steel with dome top,brushed finish.
1. Size: Height and nominal diameter as shown on the drawings.
2. Fasteners: 5/8 inch x 5 inch Titan-HD anchor bolts and socket head set screw.]
B. Interior Galvanized Steel Pipe Bollards-Mounted Inside Freezer. 10 gage CRS tubing with rounded cap.
1. Size: Height and nominal diameter as shown on the drawings.
2. Finish:Hot dip galvanized.]
C. Shop Painting: Shop finish interior surfaces of curbs including safety screens and hardware kit of items that will
' be exposed to the public after installation. Use PPG dry fog coating as specified;color to match Sherwin-Williams
[#SW#2537 "Blossom White"][#SW6385"Dover White"][#SW7005 "Pure White"].
2.1 WIND/SEISMIC RESTRAINT BRACKETS
A. When noted on the Mechanical Rooftop Unit or Air Handling Unit Schedules, or Refrigeration Drawings, wind
and seismic restraint brackets will be furnished by Owner with curbs for anchorage of rooftop equipment to curbs.
2.2 STRUCTURAL ROOF CURB SCHEDULE
2.3 OWNER FURNISHED EXTERIOR WALL SEALANTS QUANTITY SCHEDULE
' Sherwin Williams Sealant Product Number Total Quantity Furnished
by Owner
EXTERIOR VERTICAL Loxon SU21S4143 (S1 20 oz)
WALL(Type L1) Or
Loxon SU21S4110(S1 10.1 oz)
SIDEWALK/PAVING AT Loxon SU2KS4130(2K NS 1.5 gall)
' BUILDING(Type L2)
A. Interior Masonry Frames: (16 gage),cold-rolled steel,mitered and welded units.
' 1. Jamb depth: 5-3/4",unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
B. Exterior Frames: (16 gage steel),A60 galvannealed coating(ASTM A 653),mitered and welded units.
1. Jamb depth: 5-3/4",unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
2.4 EXAMINATION
' A. Contractor and Wal-Mart Supplier shall examine existing conditions prior to start of installation.
B. Examine surfaces and adjacent construction. Report conditions that may adversely affect satisfactory execution of
Work to Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
APP A-5
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
C. Openings shall be to the dimensions indicated.
2.5 INSTALLATION
A. Install assembly in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and as shown on Drawings.
B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to supporting construction and building framing without
distortion or stress.
C. Securely and rigidly brace components as shown on Drawings. Fit and align assembly including hardware. Level
and plumb to provide smooth operation.
2.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1
A. Inspect closure installation and operation.
B. Adjust installations to operate smoothly and easily. Clean surfaces with manufacturer's recommended cleaners.
2.7 EXAMINATION
A. Contractor and Wal-Mart Supplier shall examine existing conditions prior to start of installation.
B. Examine surfaces and adjacent construction. Report conditions that may adversely affect satisfactory execution of
Work to Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
C. Openings shall be to the dimensions indicated.
D. Door support framing shall be installed at locations indicated.
2.8 INSTALLATION
A. Install coiling counter shutters in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions.
B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or
stress.
C. Fit and align assembly including hardware;level and plumb,to provide smooth operation.
D. Seal visible joints around frames and tracks as specified in Section 07900. '
2.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect coiling counter shutter and operating system installation.
B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents.
C. Air infiltration: Maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing of automatic sliding doors shall be in
accordance with ASHRAE 90.1.]
D. Eliminate system performance interference by ambient light and radio frequencies. I
E. Provide sliding doors and side panels with break-away capability where scheduled or shown.
2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRANCE DOORS
APP A-6
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
A. Conform to applicable code for automatic release of control drive unit to permit manual opening of doors.
B. Comply with ANSI A156.10 and ANSI A117.1.
I C. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.,as suitable for
the purpose specified and indicated.
I 2.2 AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRANCE DOORS
2.3 OPERATING SYSTEM COMPONENTS
I A. Visual Sensing System (Motion Detector): Stan-Vision Series as manufactured by Stanley or BEA Series as
manufactured by D.H.Pace.
1. The system consists of the following major components:
I a. Two CCD(Closed Circuit Digital)visual sensors with mounting templates,one visual sensor
controller,a four-channel encoder,two RG-59 cables for connecting the visual sensors to the visual
sensor controller.
2. The system shall connect with the interface board,motor encoder assembly,and the microprocessor control
I 3. box.
Provide one unit center mounted above doorway on each side of header.
I B. Power Requirements: Dedicated 120V AC, 5 Amp,60 Hz,single phase power with solid earth ground connection.
2.4 DOOR COMPONENTS,HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES
1 A. Doors: Narrow stile aluminum doors.
B. Top Rail: Manufacturer's standard.
IC. Bottom Rail: 10 inches high.
D. Horizontal Muntins: Provide two muntins, locate at 24 inches and 42 inches above finish floor. Align with
Ibumper guards and push bars on aluminum storefront system entrance door as indicated on Drawings.
E. Stiles: 2-1/4 inches.
iF. Finish:
1. Exposed Aluminum Surfaces:Architectural Class II anodic coating,AA-M12 C22 A31,conforming to
AAMA 611,0.010 mm minimum thickness.#17 Clear,unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.]
I
G. Door Hardware and Accessories:
1. Pivots: Allows break-away sliding panel and sidelights to break away to full open position to provide
I immediate egress at any point in door movement.
a. Panic break-away shall be code approved,acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
2. Top Door Arm: Door holders for all break-away door panels.
3. Quick disconnect wiring harness.
I
4.5. Power Switch: 5 position"On/Off/Hold Open" switch;full automatic,reduced automatic,and exit only.
Adjustable door sweeps(exterior doors only).
6. Finger Protection: Provide finger protection between sidelight and sliding door when door is in open
I 7. position.
Deadlock:Manufacturer's standard deadbolt operated by keyed cylinders on interior and exterior with lock
position indicator on the interior.
8. Slide doors shall include two point lock securing lead edges of door stiles together and to hanger assembly.
I 9. Keyed Cylinder(Exterior): Specified in Section 08710.
10. Electric Solenoid Locking System(Exterior Doors): Provide automatic locking mechanism to secure doors
in closed position when the door is closed to outside entry(ENTER/NO).Provide fail-safe control.Provide
IAPP A-7
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
door unit with exterior access by key control switch mounted at outside jamb to disengage electric solenoid
locking system and open door.
11. "Watchdog"monitoring of microprocessor.
12. Perimeter pile weatherstripping.
13. Thresholds:
a. Provide aluminum threshold of profile shown for doors when scheduled in Section 08710.
b. Provide edge profile suitable for installation adjacent to entrance tile where applicable.
14. Length: Opening width plus 2 inches minimum.
15. Glass Guards(Crash Bars): Nominal 1/2 inch by 2 inch aluminum bar with 1 inch projection from
mounting surface.Mount on doors where and as shown on Drawings
H. Doors shall be rendered non-breakaway when scheduled on Drawings.
2.5 GLASS
A. Glass shall be type as specified below and conforming to the requirements specified in Section 08800. I
B. Interior Doors,Sidelites,and Transoms: Clear tempered glass.
1. Tinted tempered glass,Reference 08800 for tint color] I
2.6 EXAMINATION
A. Examine existing conditions with Contractor prior to start of door installation. '
B. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas in which Work is performed. Report conditions that may adversely affect
satisfactory execution. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2.7 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 1
B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to adjacent construction without distortion or stress.
C. Install hardware in accordance with ANSI A117.1 requirements and local adopted disabled access requirements
for hardware.
D. Seal joints between door frames and walls in accordance with requirements specified in Section 07900. 1
2.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Site Tests: Upon completion of installation, test operation of automatic entrance doors and operating system.
Make all necessary adjustments as required and retest.
B. Inspection: I
1. Inspect automatic entrance doors and operating system installation in accordance with AAADM
requirements.
C. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents.
SECTION 08631 -METAL FRAMED SKYLIGHTS
2.1 SUMMARY
A. Unless otherwise specified,all requirements specified herein shall apply to both fixed and venting skylights.
2.2 MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER
APP A-8
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
I A. Sunoptics Prismatic Skylights, Sacramento, CA (800) 289-4700. Contact: Esmeralda Barron,
esmeralda.barron@acuitybrands.com
2.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
IA. Skylights shall be certified by the NFRC.
IIB. Skylights shall be certified by the NAFS.]
2.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
' A. Plastic unit skylights shall conform to recommendations of the AA Specifications for Aluminum Structures.
B. Skylights shall be designed to carry a minimum 20 psf tributary roof load or greater per site as specified in the
Icurrent International Building Code or prevailing model code.
C. Skylights shall be tested and labeled in accordance to AAMA\WDMA\CSA\101\I.S.21A440 as required by Section
2405.5 of the 2006 International Building Code.
ID. The test laboratory shall also perform a 200 lb drop test from a height of 24 inches above the center(highest point)
of dome shape and at mid points of both the 5 foot and 6 foot side. (approximately 15 inches and 18 inches from
I center) The 200 pound load shall be contained within a flexible bladder or sack having approximate dimensions
no larger than 30 inches long,20 inches wide, and 8 inches high,filled with course sand or pea gravel. The dome
shall withstand the sack drop without inverting or breaking. The drop test shall be witnessed and certified by the
test laboratory.]
I2.5 FIXED SKYLIGHT UNITS
I A. Description:Factory fabricated aluminum framed plastic thermalized sealed double glazed dome skylights.
1. Model: Sunoptics Model 800MD Signature Double Dome Skylight.]
2. "U"Value:0.74 or lower(glazing and framing)in accordance with NFRC 100 or"unlabeled skylight"
I default requirements of ASHRAE 90.1.]
B. Frame:
1. ASTM B 221 alloy 6063-T5 or-T6 extruded aluminum frame with extruded aluminum dome retaining
Iangle,thermal break,and integral condensate gutter.
C. Finish:Manufacturer's standard mill fmish.
I D. Provide pre-installed 1-1/2 inches x 1/4 inch foam rubber gasket between frame and curb[or sealant as required in
Florida Product Approval].
IE. Provide weather sweep attached to frame.
F. Curb Dimensions:Nominal 60 inches by 72 inches.Verify with selected skylight manufacturer.
G. Frame assembly shall be designed for installation on Owner furnished prefabricated curb as specified in
Specifications Section 07721.
ISECTION 08710-DOOR HARDWARE
2.1 SUMMARY
I A. Work Included:
1. OGP Exterior Door with Automatic Operator.
2. Pharmacy doors as scheduled on Drawings.
IAPP A-9
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
2.2 SUPPLIER/INSTALLER
A. Owner's Supplier (OGP/Pickup Doors): DH Pace, Inc., Olathe, KS, Mike Maloney, (888) 643-3667,
pickupdoor@dhpace.com.
B. Owner's Supplier (Pharmacy doors): Haines, Jones & Cadbury. Contact: Customer Service (800) 459-7099,
WMT@hjcinc.com.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Refer to Specifications Section 08710 for manufacturers, model numbers, material descriptions and finishes of
hardware items where such information is not specifically called out in the hardware schedule below. I
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Finish and Base Material Designations: Number indicates Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association
(BHMA)Code or nearest traditional U.S.commercial finish.
B. Where base material and quality of finish are not otherwise indicated, provide at least commercially recognized
quality.
C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates prepared for machine,wood,
and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with commercially recognized industry standards for
application intended,except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished
heads to match surface of door hardware,unless otherwise indicated.
2.5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. Hardware Set numbers below correspond to the Door Schedule as shown on the drawings.
B. Any hardware item specified in the Tables in Part 2 above which corresponds to the mark associated with the item
(E.g.H-1,E-2,etc.)as shown in the Hardware Schedule below maybe provided.
Door 946B—Pickup Storage: (BM,Single)
1 ea. (H-7) Continuous Hinge
1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock
1 ea, (C-9) Closer
1 ea. (T-4) Threshold
1 ea. (K-3) Armor Plate
3 ea. (M-8) Silencers
Door 946C—Pickup Storage: (HM,Single)
1 ea. (H-7) Continuous Hinge
1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock
1 ea, (C-9) Closer
1 ea. (T-4) Threshold
1 ea. (K-3) Armor Plate
3 ea. (M-8) Silencers
Door 946E—Pickup Storage: (HIM,Single)
1 ea. (H-7) Continuous Hinge
1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock
1 ea, (C-9) Closer
1 ea. (T-4) Threshold
1 ea. (K-3) Armor Plate
3 ea. (M-8) Silencers
APP A-10 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28'20
I
Door 946F—Pickup Storage: (IIM,Single)
1 ea. (H-7) Continuous Hinge
1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock
1 ea, (C-9) Closer
I 1 ea.3 ea. (K-3) Armor Plate
(M-8) Silencers
Doors 948A-Pickup Storage: (Aluminum/Glass,Automatic w/Breakaway)
1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder
1 ea. Locking Device See Section 08462.
All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Section 08462.
SECTION 08800-GLAZING
2.1 SUMMARY
A. Work Included:
1. Glass and glazing for OGP exterior door.
2. Glass and glazing for OGP/Pickup interior doors.
2.2 OWNER'S SUPPLIER/INSTALLER
A. OGP Exterior Door: DH Pace,Inc.,Olathe,KS,Mike Maloney,(888)643-3667,pickupdoor@dhpace.com.
2.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
�( A. Conform to FGMA Glazing Manual for glazing installation methods.
B. Provide permanent labeling for safety glass indicating conformance with specified standards.
2.4 GLASS MATERIALS
A. Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048,Kind FT(Fully Tempered), Condition A(Uncoated),Type I(Transparent Glass,
Flat),Quality q3 (Glazing Select).
1. Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR Part 1201.
2. Tempered glazing panels as specified in the Glass Schedule below(including doors, sidelights,storefronts,
and transoms)shall comply with the CPSC 16CFR Part 1201 criteria for Category I or 11 as follows:
a. Glazing Panels 9 sq.ft.or less:. Category I.
b. Glazing Panels more than 9 sq.ft.: Category II.
c. Thickness:
I) Doors and Window Frames: 1/4 inch unless otherwise shown or specified.
2) Pharmacy Privacy Walls: 1/2 inch.
3. Clear Interior: Class 1 (Clear)
4. Tinted Exterior: Class 2(Tinted Heat Absorbing and Light Reducing).
5.
L6. Unit Thickness: 1 inch thick units; 1/4 inch thick inner and outer panes,with 1/2 inch air space.]
B. identification:
1. Each unit of tempered glass shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer. The identification shall
be etched or ceramic fired on the glass and be visible when the unit is glazed.
2.5 GLAZING COMPOUNDS
A. Polysulphide Sealant: Two component,chemical curing,non-sagging type;cured Shore A hardness of 15-25.
APP A-11
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
B. Silicone Sealant: Single component,chemical curing; capable of water immersion without loss of properties;non-
bleeding,non-staining;cured Shore A hardness of 15-25.
1. Color: Clear.
C. Acrylic terpolymer compounded especially for glazing;non-hardening,non-staining,and non-bleeding. I
2.6 GLAZING ACCESSORIES
A. Setting Blocks: Resilient blocks of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness;compatible with glazing sealant.
B. Spacers: Resilient blocks of 40 to 50 Shore A durometer hardness; self-adhesive on one side; compatible with
glazing sealant. I
C. Filler Rods: Closed cell or jacketed foam rods of polyethylene, butyl, neoprene, polyurethane, or vinyl;
compatible with glazing sealant.
D. Joint Cleaners,Primers,and Sealers: As recommended by glazing sealant manufacturer.
E. Gaskets: ASTM D2000,SBC 415 to 3BC 620;extruded or molded neoprene or EPDM,black. I
2.7 EXAMINATION
A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean,free of obstructions,and ready for work of this Section.
B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate.
2.8 PREPARATION
A. Clean contact surfaces;prime or seal where recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended application.
B. Inspect glass edges immediately prior to setting; discard those with edge damage that will contribute to glazing
failure.
2.9 GLAZING I
A. Locate setting blocks at quarter points of sill;set in sealant if heel or toe bead is required.
B. Install spacers inside and out except where glazing gaskets are to be used.
C. Set each piece in a series to other pieces in pattern draw,bow,or other visually perceptible characteristics. I
D. Provide glazing sealants and gaskets as required for particular glazing application. Coordinate with other Sections
for material compatibility.
E. Gaskets:
1. Provide adequate anchorage,particularly for driven-in wedge gaskets.
2. Miter and weld ends of channel gaskets at corners to provide continuous gaskets.
3. Seal face gaskets at corners with sealant to close opening and prevent withdrawal of gaskets from corners.
F. Do not leave voids in glazing channels except as specifically indicated or recommended by glass manufacturer.
Force sealant into channel to eliminate voids. Tool exposed surfaces to slight wash away from joint. Trim and
clean promptly.
G. Do not allow sealant to close weeps of aluminum framing. I
H. Provide filler rod where sealants are used in the following locations:
1. Head and jamb channels.
APP A-12
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
2. Colored glass over 75 united inches in size.
3. Clear glass over 125 united inches in size.
2.10 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A. Immediately prior to Wal-Mart acceptance of Project, replace broken or otherwise damaged glass. Wash and
polish glass inside and out.
2.11 GLASS SCHEDULE
A. Provide type of glass specified for the applications scheduled as follows:
APPLICATION/LOCATION TYPE OF GLASS
OGP exterior door(pre-glazed by supplier) Clear tempered glass with 3M reflective film.
SECTION 16100 - WIRING METHODS (OWNER FURNISHED ONLY AS NOTED BELOW, CONTRACTOR
INSTALLED)
2.1 Furnish and install fire and security alarm system. Contractor shall provide rough-in as specified in Specifications
Section 16100 and as indicated on drawings. SECTION 16500-LIGHTING
2.1 PRODUCTS
A. Furnish lighting fixtures and lamps as shown on the Lighting Fixture Schedule at the end of this Appendix and as
indicated on Drawings,for installation by Contractor.
B. Furnish Protect-A-Lamp covers as indicated on Drawings for installation by Contractor.
2.2 SUPPLIERS
A. Acuity Brands Lighting (Lithonia), Conyers, GA, (800) 207-0363, Wal-Mart Team. Steve Schroeder.
Stephen.Schroeder(c)acuitvbrands.com,walmartteam@acuitybrands.com.
` B. CREE Lighting, Raleigh-Durham,NC(501)448-2035,Gloria Lercher.
C. GE Lighting Solutions, Cleveland, OH, Walmart GE Project Team. (866) 671-3992, Ext. 2,
walmart indoor(c/ge.com.
D. LSI Industries,Cincinnati,OH,(800)436-7800,Ext 3213.Contact Cheri Kieffer,cheri.kieffer@lsi-industries.com
1 E. REXEL,Springdale,AR(479)751-7123,William Man,William.Marr@rexelusa.com.
2.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fixtures and their electrical components will bear the label of a nationally recognized testing laboratory.
2.4 MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Owner Responsibility:
1. Evaluation of abnormally high failure percentage and replacement covered under warranty will be provided
by vendor on site.
2. Costs for replacement of parts damaged during shipment.
APP A-13
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
SECTION 16700-COMMUNICATIONS(OWNER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ONLY AS NOTED BELOW)
2.1 VO1CF/DATA SYSTEM
A. Furnish and install voice/data cable equipment. 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
APP A-14 r
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
GROCERY EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
I
WDS
Number Description Model Number Vendor
IB004 SCALE-LABELER QUANTUM HOBART
B005D PAN WASHER LD20 DOUGLAS(DSI)
B005D-PT PASS THRU PAN WASHER LD-12-PT DOUGLAS(DSI)
IB005D-PTS PASS THRU PAN WASHER WITH SINK LD12-PT-ELEL-A DOUGLAS(DSI)
BO05L PAN WASHER FL14 LVO
I B005L-PT PASS THRU PAN WASHER PT-14 LVO
B007 BREAD SLICER;GRAVITY 797 OLIVER
B007B TABLETOP FRONT-LOAD BREAD SLICER 732-N OLIVER
IIB009 WIRE STORAGE RACKS(18X481N) VARIES BY WAL-MART
B009A WIRE STORAGE RACKS (18X361N) VARIES BY WAL-MART
I B009C MOBILE STORAGE RACK(24X511N) AL-AMC2451-3 BY OWNER
B016 BAKERY DISPLAY ON CASTERS BAK-570PI-FHP MARCO
B016B BAKERY DISPLAY ON CASTERS(48IN) BAK-618 MARCO
I B016C BAKERY DISPLAY WITH LIGHTS MET-503 MARCO
PASS THRU BAKERY DISPLAY WITH
B016D LIGHTS MET-502 MARCO
B0I6E LIGHTED PASTRY CASE BAK-PAS-4 TBD
BO 16F LIGHTED PASTRY CASE ENDCAP BAK-PAS-4-ENDCAP TBD
B017 BAKERY SERVICE CASE 14079 MARCO
IB018 LIGHTED BAKERY DISPLAY 5442 MARCO
B018B LIGHTED BAKERY DISPLAY BAK-619 MARCO
i BO18C B019 LIGHTED BAKERY DISPLAY BAK-1137 MET MARCO
BAKERY MOBILE RACKS BY WAL-MART
COPY
I B020 BAKERY SCANNER BCC-1100/2100 CONFECTION
COPY
B021 BAKERY PRINTER BCC-560 CONFECTION
I B022 SHRINK TUNNEL 1734T HOBART
B023 L-BAR WRAPPER 1730 LB HOBART
B024 BAKERY SCALE FX220 AVERY BERKEL
I B025 BAKERY DEAD SCALE PRINTER 8461 METLER-TOLEDO
TABLE 72X24 WITH BACKSPLASH WITH
B026 UNDERSHELF 6SLSB24 SS VENDOR
I B027 ICING WARMER SMPT-27 WELLS
B028 AIR COMPRESSOR WITH AIRBRUSH AB-C3 BAKERY CRAFTS
B030 PAN CADDY - BY WAL-MART
B032 BREAD DESTINATION CENTER 14082 MARCO
B033 ICING WARMER ON CASTERS H AND I-4 BELSHAW
I
B034E RACK WASHER(ELECTRIC) RW1548-E LVO
B034G RACK WASHER(GAS) RW1548-G LVO
B036 PROOF BOX,4 RACK HP2-63 HOBART
IAPP A-15
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
B037 PROOF BOX,6 RACK HP2-83 HOBART
B039E RACK WASHER(ELECTRIC) 1536-B-E DOUGLAS(DSI) 111
B039G RACK WASHER(GAS) 1536-B-G DOUGLAS(DSI)
B040E RACK OVEN,DOUBLE(ELECTRIC) 724-E REVENT
B040G RACK OVEN,DOUBLE(GAS) 724-G REVENT
B041 PROOF BOX,4 RACK 7022 REVENT
B042 PROOF BOX,6 RACK 7023 REVENTI
B045 TABLE TOP BREAD SLICER 732-N OLIVER
DISPLAY
B046 ICING WARMER NEMCO 6055A SPECIALTIES
B048 PHOTO CAKE MACHINE W/STAND PHOTOCAKE III DECOPAC
B049 PRE-FRIED DONUT PROCESSING SYSTEM TG-50 BELSHAW
B050 HYBRID OVEN HC0100E BAXTER 11
B051 CLEAN LINEN STORAGE WL-1AL/36AD WIN-HOLT
B052 DOUBLE STACKED BOLILLO OVEN DIBAS 64M-64M-UG64S WIESHU 1
B053E CHIP FRYER(ELECTRIC) 634 BELSHAW
B053G CHIP FRYER(GAS) 734CG/TCF BELSHAW
B054 CHIP CUTTER RCC-100 SUPERIOR
B055E RACK OVEN,SINGLE(ELECTRIC) HBAIE HOBART
B055G RACK OVEN, SINGLE(GAS) HBA1G HOBART
B056 MIXER PM20 BERKEL
B057 TWO WIDE PROOF BOX HPW2E-60.5 HOBART
B058 MOBILE CABINET EC1840-C WIN-HOLT I
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
B059 (18X481N) 100510638 METRO
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
B059A (18X54IN) 100510639 METRO 11
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
B059B (18X361N) 100510637 METRO
B060E RACK OVEN,SINGLE(ELECTRIC) 726-E REVENT
B060G RACK OVEN,SINGLE(GAS) 726-G REVENT
B062E MINI ROTATING RACK OVEN(ELECTRIC) 739E REVENT
B062G MINI ROTATING RACK OVEN(GAS) 739G REVENT
B063E MINI ROTATING RACK OVEN(ELECTRIC) OV310E BAXTER
B063G MINI ROTATING RACK OVEN(GAS) OV310G BAXTERI
B064E RACK OVEN SINGLE(ELECTRIC) OV500E1 BAXTER
B064G RACK OVEN SINGLE(GAS) OV500G1 BAXTER
B065E RACK OVEN DOUBLE(ELECTRIC) OV500E2 BAXTER
B065G RACK OVEN,DOUBLE(GAS) OV500G2EE BAXTER
B070 (18X24)3-COMP SINK W/18IN DB 3N18-2D18 SS VENDOR I
B071 PROOF BOX,SINGLE WIDE PWIE-34 BAXTER
B072 PROOF BOX, SINGLE WIDE P7111 REVENT
B073 PROOF BOX, SINGLE WIDE(DEEP) PW 1 E-60.5 BAXTERI
B074 PROOF BOX,SINGLE WIDE(DEEP) P7112 REVENT
B097 WATER METER ABSWMS-E SUPERIOR
111
APP A-16
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
B099 CORN AND FLOUR TORTILLA OVEN 2CFO54 42 4P SUPERIOR
B099A TORTILLA TRANSFER CONVEYOR TC180-50 SUPERIOR
B099B TORTILLA COOLING CONVEYOR 3/5/2007 SUPERIOR
I B099C TORTILLA MASA FEEDER HDMF-62 SUPERIOR
B099D SPIRAL BOWL MIXER ABSFFBM-80 SUPERIOR
ii B099E CORN TORTILLA OVEN 2CO54-42-4P SUPERIOR
B099F CONVEYOR 4156-HEQ SUPERIOR
C001 FROZEN BEVERAGE DISPENSER FB0553 1C LANCER
C004 COFFEE DISPENSER LCA-2 BUNN
C005 BEVERAGE DISPENSER 621020522+02388 CORNELIUS
C006 ICE MACHINE CME456AS-32C SCOTSMAN
JERRY WATER
C007 ICE MAKER WATER FILTER IM 1 N SP SYSTEMS
JERRY WATER
C00S BEVERAGE DISPENSER WATER FILTER BM 2 SYSTEMS
C009 CAPPUCCINO MACHINE 2K-GB-LD CECILWARE
C010 MICROWAVE CABINET MICROCAB QUALSERV
C011 MICROWAVE OVEN RCS1OMP AMANA
D004 SCALE-LABELER QUANTUM HOBART
D00S WRAPPER WHSS-1 WIN-HOLT
D007 SLICER OR AUTO SLICER 2812/2912 HOBART
M AND E
I ')007A MOBILE STAND SZ5-HM MANUFACTURING
D007B SLICER GSP H/GSP HD BIZERBA
D009 WIRE STORAGE RACKS(18X481N) VARIES BY WAL-MART
I D009A WIRE STORAGE RACKS(18X361N) VARIES BY WAL-MART
D009C MOBILE STORAGE RACK(24X51IN) AL-AMC2451-3 BY OWNER
D013 WORKTOP REFRIGERATOR TWT-72 TRUE
ID015 BAKERY DISPLAY ON CASTERS 5198 MARCO
D017 COMMERCIAL MICROWAVE OVEN RCSI OMPSA AMANA
D018 CLEAN LINEN STORAGE WL-1AL/36AD WIN-HOLT
D02IE MINI ROTATING RACK OVEN(ELECTRIC) H0300E HOBART
D021 G MINI ROTATING RACK OVEN(GAS) H0300G HOBART
D022 WORKTOP REFRIGERATOR TWT-93 TRUE
D023 UNDERCOUNTER BLAST CHILLER RBC50 TRAULSEN
D025 TABLE TOP BREAD SLICER 732-N OLIVER
ID026 2 VAT FRYER WITH SPREADER CABINET EOF-20/FFLT/24 GILES
D026B 3 VAT FRYER WITH SPREADER CABINET EOF-20/FFLT/24/24 GILES
2 VAT FRYER WITH 1 VAT BIB WITH'
D026C SPREADER CABINET EOF-BIB/FFLT/24/24 GILES
D027 3 VAT(SPLIT POT)FRYER EOF-10-10/20 GILES
D027A 2 VAT(SPLIT POT)FRYER EOF-10-10 GILES
D027L PORTABLE LANDING TABLE LT GILES
4 VAT(SPLIT POT)FRYER WITH SPREADER
D028 CABINET EOF-10-10/FFLT/24/24 GILES
111 APP A-17
L #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
3 VAT(SPLIT POT)FRYER WITH SPREADER
D028B CABINET EOF-10-10/FFLT/20 GILES I
D029 DUNNAGE RACK , ALSQ-4-1224 WIN-HOLT
D029A DUNNAGE RACK WITH DRIP PAN ALSQ-4-1224-DP WIN-HOLT
D030 MOBILE ROTISSERIE CART ST2042 WIN-HOLT
D031 DELI MOBILE RACKS - BY WAL-MART
D032 FILM WRAPPING STAND 221/4SLS221/4 WIN-HOLT
D034 HAND WRAP STATION HWS-4 HOBART
D035 SCALE/LABELER ACCESS-HWS HOBART
D036 AUTOMATIC SLICER 2912 HOBART I
D037 WARMING CABINET NHPL-1836 WIN-HOLT
D039 CLEANING SOLUTION H4A HARDT s
D041 UPRIGHT 3-DOOR REFRIGERATOR TS-72 TRUE 111
D042 UPRIGHT 2-DOOR FREEZER TS-49F TRUE
D043 WORKTOP REFRIGERATOR TWT-60 TRUE
D044 WORKTOP FREEZER TWT-60F TRUE
D045 FLASHBAKE OVEN HFB12-4 HOBART
STAR
D046 HOT DOG STEAMER 70SSA MANUFACTURING
ROUND WARMER(7QT)WITH HINGED LID STAR
D047 AND BOWL 7RW-7H MANUFACTURING
SANDWICH TOP REFRIGERATOR(SELF
D048 CONTAINED) UC4472N DELFIELD
D049 ELECTRIC PIZZA OVEN 1132-000-U LINCOLN
D050 UPRIGHT 3-DOOR FREEZER T-72F TRUE
D052 VENTLESS RAPID COOK OVEN I3 TURBOCHEF
D056 2 VAT FRYER WITH SPREADER CABINET FP128/136 FRYMASTER
D057 3 VAT FRYER WITH SPREADER CABINET FP128/236 FRYMASTER
D058 4 VAT FRYER WITH SPREADER CABINET FP128/236 FRYMASTER
D059DF DOUBLE STACK ROTISSERIE TDR-7 7 FRI-JADO
D059DP DOUBLE STACK ROTISSERIE SCR-16 HENNY PENNY
D059F ROTISSERIE W/STAND TDR-7 FRI-JADO
D059P ROTISSERIE W/STAND SCR-8 HENNY PENNY
D060DF SOLID BACK DOUBLE STACK ROTISSERIE TDR-7 7 FRI-JADO
D060DP SOLID BACK DOUBLE STACK ROTISSERIE SCR-16 HENNY PENNY I
D060F SOLID BACKED ROTISSERIE WITH STAND TDR-7 FRI-JADO
D060P SOLID BACKED ROTISSERIE WITH STAND SCR-8 HENNY PENNY
D061 STACKED COMBI OVEN 62E/102E RATIONAL
STACKED COMBI OVEN WITH
D062 INTEGRATED FAT DRAIN ASSEMBLY KIT 62E/102E RATIONAL '
DISPLAY
D063 ICING WARMER NEMCO 6055A SPECIALTIES
STACKED COMBI SMOKER OVEN WITH
D065 INTEGRATED FAT DRAIN ASSEMBLY KIT 62E/102E RATIONAL
D069 CONVECTION OVEN MCO-ES-10-S GARLAND
D070 FILM DISPENSER 6350-BW WISCO
APP A-18 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
I D071 WRAPPER 630 WISCO
D072 MOBILE RACKS VARIOUS BY OWNER
D075 ESPRESSO MACHINE IBS6 CONCORDIA
111 D076 CUBE ICE MACHINE CU0515 SCOTSMAN
D077 COFFEE BREWER AXIOM TWIN APS BUNN
D078 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR TUC-27 TRUE
I TORTILLA MACHINE WITH DOUGH
D079 LOADER BETA 900 7F-S BESCO
TORTILLA MACHINE WITH DOUGH
I D079E LOADER(ELECTRIC) BETA 900E-10E-S BESCO
D084 COUNTERTOP THERMALIZER QUALSERV CRTE
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
I D089 (18X481N) 100510638 METRO
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
D089A (18X541N) 100510639 METRO
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
ID089B (18X36IN) 100510637 METRO
D095 IMPINGEMENT OVEN 1718 OVENTION,INC
I D097 RICE COOKER AND WARMER SEJ50000 THUNDER GROUP
D201 3 VAT FRYER WITH SPREADER CABINET EOF-10-10/FFLT/20 GILES
D513 WORKTOP REFRIGERATOR TWT-48 TRUE
I M004 SCALE-LABELER QUANTUM HOBART
M005 MIXER GRINDER MG2032 HOBART
M007 SLICER 2812 HOBART
IM009 WIRE STORAGE RACKS(18X481N) VARIES BY WAL-MART
M009A WIRE STORAGE RACKS(18X36IN) VARIES BY WAL-MART
I MOO9C MOBILE STORAGE RACK(24X511N) AL-AMC2451-3 BY OWNER
MOO9D WIRE STORAGE RACK(18X48X54IN) VARIES BY WALMART
M013 MEAT HUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM VARIES CORRIGAN
I M014 HAND WRAP STATION HWS-4 HOBART
M015 SCALE/LABELER ACCESS-HWS HOBART
M016 MEAT SAW 6801 HOBART
M017 MEAT SAW 6614 HOBART
M019 AUTOMATIC MEAT WRAPPER AWS-1LR HOBART
I M020 MEAT MOBILE RACKS - BY WAL-MART
M024 CLEAN LINEN STORAGE WL-1AL/36AD WIN-HOLY
M025 SOILED LINEN STORAGE WL-2AL/36AD WIN-HOLT
IM026 PREP TABLE 5050 HARDT
M027 SKEWER RACK 1410 HARDT
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
I M029 (18X481N) 100510638 METRO
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
M029A (18X541N) 100510639 METRO
I M029B WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
(18X36IN) 100510637 METRO
M031 TENDERIZER 403 HOBART
IAPP A-19
i #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
M032 MEAT CHOPPER 4822 HOBART
M033 AUTOMATIC MEAT SLICER LION-CE-EB TREIF
M035 WRAPPING TABLE WMDBWRPTBL QUALSERV
M037 WORKTOP REFRIGERATOR TWT-60 QUALSERV
MG004 BALER VARIES VARIES
MG005 SELF CONTAINED COMPACTOR VARIES VARIES
MG006 ICE DISPENSER/BAGGER PI-0100 LANCERI
MG007 ICE CUBER KM-1800SAH HOSHIZAKI
MG008 MERCHANDISER IF-100-1 LEER
MG009 WAREHOUSE RACKS HUIHIH RIDG-U-RACK
MG010 R/O WATER FILTRATION SYS. MISC.EQUIP AQUA-CLEER BXL PLUS CULLIGAN
MG011 R/O WATER DISPENSER CSS2500 CULLIGAN
MG012 GLASS MERCHANDISE DOORS 101 ANTHONY
MG013 GRAVITY FLOW SHELVING GFS ANTHONY
MG014 GLASS MERCHANDISE DOORS IWL3067R HUSSMANN
MG015 COMPACTOR, SELF DRAINING VARIES VARIES
MG016 GLASS MERCHANDISE DOORS Gl COMMERCIAL
MG017 GRAVITY FLOW SHELVING UNDEFINED COMMERCIAL
MG018 GREASE HOLDING TANK CT-0075-UL FAITHTANK
DESTIN GLOBAL,
MG019 DEEP GRAVITY FLOW SHELVING R-15-L INC
MG020 ICE BAGGING MACHINE SYSTEM ICE FACTORY REDDY ICE
MG021 WASTE COOKING OIL TANK WITH CADDY 2500-CW DARLING I
MG022 GLASS PASS THROUGH DOOR UNDEFINED ANTHONY
MG023 GLASS PASS THROUGH DOOR UNDEFINED COMMERCIAL
MG025 SCALE/LABELER QUANTUM HOBART i
COMMERCIAL SOLID DOOR
MG026 REFRIGERATOR T-23 TRUE
MG027 WIRE STORAGE RACKS(18X481N) VARIES BY OWNER
MG027A WIRE STORAGE RACKS(18X36IN) VARIES BY OWNER
MG028 GLASS SLIDING DOOR 1500 ANTHONY
MG029 GLASS MERCHANDISE FRENCH DOORS VISTAC ANTHONY
STEM PRO 130/SIL-AIR
MG030 FLORAL CUTTER 50-9-D QUAL-SERVE
MG031 WASTE COOKING OIL TANK WITH CADDY 1500-C DARLING
SEAFOOD ROADSHOW CABINET(SELF-
MG033 CONTAINED) TP078FT TRAULSEN
MG034 ICE MERCHANDISER(51IN) L40 LEER
MG035 ICE MERCHANDISER(731N) L060SASX LEER
MG036 ICE BEVERAGE DISPENSER FS44 LANCER
MG037 ICEE MACHINE FBD 563HC ICEE
BROOKS
MG038 ICE MAKER WATER FILTER DCII-20 INDUSTRIES
BROOKS
MG039 BEVERAGE MACHINE WATER FILTER DCIII-20 INDUSTRIES
APP A-20 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
SELF-SERVICE COUNTERTOP PASTRY STRUCTURAL
IMG040 CASE CSC3223 CONCEPTS
MG041 MICROWAVE OVEN NN-SD967S PANASONIC
I MG042 DUAL COFFEE BREWER DUAL SH DBC/33500.0000 BUNN
MG043 SMALL COFFEE WARMER WITH STAND 27825.0000/27850.0001 BUNN
SURESHOT
I DISPENSING
MG044 TWO HEAD REFRIGERATED DISPENSER AC220-SS SYSTEMS
MG045 HOT BEVERAGE DISPENSER 38100.005 BUNN
I MG046 SMALL COFFEE WARMER WITH STAND 27875.0000/27825.0000 BUNK
MG047 SYRUP RACK 85-1803-020401A LANCER
MG047A SYRUP RACK 85-1803-3412V LANCER
I MG048 CONDIMENT BIN TBD TBD
MG049 HOT HOLDING PIZZA CABINET PFST-2X HATCO
REACH-IN COOLER(SELF-CONTAINED)-2
I MG050 DOOR GDM-41SL-60 TRUE
REACH-IN COOLER(SELF-CONTAINED)-3
MG051 DOOR GDM-72-LD TRUE
REACH-IN MERCHANDISER(SELF-
MG052 CONTAINED)-2 DOOR GDM-49-LD TRUE
REACH-IN MERCHANDISER(SELF-
MG053 CONTAINED)-2(FB)DOOR GDM-52TM-RL-LD TRUE
I REACH-IN MERCHANDISER(SELF-
MG054 CONTAINED)-2 DOOR ESM42 HABCO
WHITE WAVE
I MG055 BULK CREAMER DISPENSER 215 FOOD SERVICE
MGO56 FROZEN DRINK BLENDER 11-CSGF-Xl-FRRL F'REAL
MG057 HOT HOLDING CABINET FSDT-1 HATCO
I MG058 REACH-IN COOLER(SELF-CONTAINED)-2
DOOR GDM-41-LD TRUE
MG059 ICE TEA DISPENSER 41400.0002 BUNN
MG060 HEAVY DUTY GLASS DOOR 103B ANTHONY
MG062 GLASS MERCHANDISE DOORS INFINITY 90 HILL PHOENIX
MG063 HOT HOLDING CABINET HSS2-4T BKI
I MG064 DUAL COFFEE WARMER WITH STAND 27875.0000/27850.0001 BUNN
WHITE WAVE
MG065 TWO HEAD REFRIGERATED DISPENSER 225 FOOD SERVICE
IMG066 ICE BEVERAGE DISPENSER FS30 LANCER
MG067 ICE CURER F-1500MAH-C HOSHIZAKI
I MG068 GLASS SLIDING DOOR CLASSIC PLUS COMMERCIAL
MG069 GLASS MERCHANDISE FRENCH DOORS SE/PLUS COMMERCIAL
MG087A ROLLER GRILL QUALSERV D50STE
I MG087B BUN DRAWER QUALSERV SS3OBBC
MG096 WASTE COOKING OIL TANK 3072DC-NA FRONTLINE
MG096C WASTE COOKING OIL CADDY 10SS-NA-DS FRONTLINE
I FRESH'N SQUEEZE
MG097 CITRUS JUICER MULTI FRUIT JUICER JOHN BEAN
FRONTLINE
I MG114 WASTE COOKING OIL TANK 2478SQ-NA INTERNATIONAL
APP A-21
i #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
FRONTLINE
MG114C WASTE COOKING OIL CADDY 10SS-NA-LP-H-DS INTERNATIONALI
MG200 INSULATED PANEL LINER METL-SPAN
MG509 FOOD DISPOSER SS-150 INSINKERATOR
P004 SCALE-LABELER QUANTUM HOBART1
P005 WRAPPER WHSS-1 WIN-HOLT
P007 PRODUCE MISTING SYSTEM VARIES BY WAL-MART
P009 WIRE STORAGE RACKS(18X48IN) VARIES BY WAL-MART
P009A WIRE STORAGE RACKS(18X36IN) VARIES BY WAL-MART
PO10 48X30 SS TABLE W/UNDERSHELF 4SLSB-30 SS VENDOR 1
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
P019 (18X48IN) 100510638 METRO
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
P019A (18X541N) 100510639 METRO
WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING
P019B (18X361N) 100510637 METRO
R5000.000 WALK-IN PANELS UNDEFINED HILL-PHOENIX
R5001.000 WALK-IN PANELS WOOD FRAME KYSOR PANEL
R5002.000 WALK-IN PANELS UNDEFINED CROWN-TONKA
R5003.000 WALK-IN PANELS UNDEFINED KPS GLOBAL
RD02I GREASE SEPARATOR SC LO-BOY HIGHLAND TANK
RD022 GREASE HOLDING TANK CT-0075-UL FAITHTANK 111
GREASE SEPARATOR WITH STAND AND
RD023 HOLDING TANK GOS-40 GOSLYN
RD024 GREASE SEPARATOR PUMP LDPS-10 GOSLYN
RD026 SEASONING TABLE 5050 HARDT
RD027 SKEWER RACK 1436 HARDT
RD029 DUNNAGE RACK ALSQ-4-1224 WIN-HOLT
RD030 PACKAGING TABLE WITH TOP SHELF 99-3249 HARDT
RD03I PACKAGING TABLE 99-15693 HARDT
RD06O ROTISSERIE ON STAND INF3500S HARDT
RD060D DOUBLE STACK ROTISSERIE INF3500D HARDT
RD060T ROTISSERIE ON STAND(TOP VENT) 1026.TOPIT HARDT
RD061 SKEWER WASHER 20331 HARDT
RD062 ROTISSERIE OVEN INF-4500(99-16397) HARDT I
INF-4500,DD,REAR
RD062D DOUBLE STACK ROTISSERIE VENT(99-16400) HARDT
S004 SCALE/LABELER QUANTUM HOBART I
S008 WRAPPER WHSS-1 WINHOLT
SB001 ICEE MACHINE FBD 563HC ICEE
NCR,IBM
SBO03 CASH REGISTER 7454,2113 (Alternate)
SB012 SOFT DRINK AND ICE DISPENSER DF250-569200667 Cornelius
SB013 ICE MAKER C1030MA-32 SCOTSMANI
SBO15 PIZZA STATION TPP-67 TRUE
SB021 3 COMPARTMENT SINK 3-N2028-2D20-SA SS VENDOR
APP A-22 III
45935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
I SB025 WIRE SHELVING 1848NK3 METRO
SB026 PRETZEL OVEN 214HX HOLMAN
SB028 ICE MAKER WATER FILTER EV910535 EVERPURE
ISB029 BEVERAGE MACHINE WATER FILTER EV91100-70 EVERPURE
SB036 SINGLE TRASH ASI
SB038 PREP SINK 4SLS-B30-TAC1824 SS VENDOR
ISB042 CUP DISPENSER DAC-10 ROUND UP
OTIS
SB043 COOKIE DISPLAY E002 SPUNKMEYER
ISB046 HAND SINK FMHS-1412 SS VENDOR
SB050 SERVICE COUNTER WMSAM99L QUAL-SERVE
I SB052 Hot Dog Steamer Table WMHDSTBL QUAL-SERVE
J and J
SB055 PRETZEL WARMER 850 SNACKFOODS
JandJ
SB056 Pretzel Warmer 995 SNACKFOODS
SB062 SYRUP RACK 44239 PROFITMASTER
SB062A SYRUP RACK BIP3PS PROFITMASTER
SB065 60 INCH STAINLESS STEEL TABLE WMSSTB60 AIR SYSTEMS
SB069 SCALE DS-10 EDLUND
I SB070 CONVEYOR PIZZA OVEN 1162-080-A LINCOLN
SB071 WRAPPER 630 WISCO
SB073 PIZZA DISPLAY GR2-SOH-48T HATCO
SB075 DOUGH PRESS DP-1100 DOUGHPRO
SB076 CONDIMENT COUNTER WM-CC-96-KW SS VENDOR
I SB077 BEVERAGE COUNTER WM-BC-115 SS VENDOR
SB079 PIZZA CUTTING TABLE 2GLC-24 SS VENDOR
SB082 HOT DOG CART CV-3WHS CROWN-VERITY
SB083 FROZEN YOGURT F 131 STOELTING
SB084 UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR TUC-27 TRUE
I SB 101 IN-COUNTER CUP DISPENSER ADJ-2 QUALSERV
SB 102 FRONT COUNTER(51 IN) (TBA) QUALSERV
SS001 HAND SINK 12X15(10X11)PEDESTAL FMHS-1215-MOD SS VENDOR
I SSOOIL HAND SINK 12X15 (10X11)PEDESTAL WITH
LH SPLASH FMHS-1215L-MOD SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 12X15(10X11)PEDESTAL WITH
SS001LR LHRH SPLASH FMHS-1215LR-MOD SS VENDOR
I HAND SINK 12X15(10X11)PEDESTAL WITH
SSOOIR RH SPLASH FMHS-1215R-MOD SS VENDOR
SS002 HAND SINK 12X15(10X11)WALL MOUNTED WHWSI 1 OKVWM SS VENDOR
I SS002L HAND SINK 12X15(10X11)WALL MOUNTED
WITH LH SPLASH WHWS1110KV/LS-WM SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 12X15(10X11)WALL MOUNTED
I SS002LR WITH LHRH SPLASH WHWS1110KV-2SS-WM SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 12X15(10X11)WALL MOUNTED
SS002R WITH RH SPLASH WHWS1110KV/RS-WM SS VENDOR
I SS004 HAND SINK 16X14(14X10)WALL MOUNTED 100519903
SS VENDOR
APP A-23
il
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10X6.5)WALL
SS004H1 MOUNTED 100523822 SS VENDOR '
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10X6.5)WALL
SS004H1L MOUNTED WITH LH SPLASH 100523820 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10X6.5)WALL
SS004H1LR MOUNTED WITH LHRH SPLASH 100523821 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10X6.5)WALL
SS004HIR MOUNTED WITH RH SPLASH 100523842 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10)WITH WRISTI
SS004H2 LEVERS WALL MOUNTED 100546513 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X17(14X12)WITH WRIST
SS004H3 LEVERS WALL MOUNTED 100547194 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10)WALL MOUNTED
SS004L WITH LH SPLASH 100519904 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10)WALL MOUNTED
SS004LR WITH LHRH SPLASH 100519905 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10)WALL MOUNTED
SSOO4R WITH RH SPLASH 100519906 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X15 (14X11)WITH WRIST I
SS005 LEVERS WALL MOUNTED WHWS14X11KV-WM SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X15 (14X11)WITH WRIST
LEVERS WALL MOUNTED WITH LH
SS005L SPLASH WHWS14X11KVLH-WM SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X15 (14X11)WITH WRIST
LEVERS WALL MOUNTED WITH LHRH WHWS14X11KVLHRH-
SS005LR SPLASH WM SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X15 (14X11)WITH WRIST
LEVERS WALL MOUNTED WITH RH
SSOO5R SPLASH WHWS14X1IKVRH-WM SS VENDOR
SS006 HAND SINK 16X14(14X10)PEDESTAL 100528537 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10)PEDESTAL WITH
SS006L LH SPLASH 100528550 SS VENDOR 111
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10)PEDESTAL WITH
SS006LR LHRH SPLASH 100528519 SS VENDOR
HAND SINK 16X14(14X10)PEDESTAL WITH
SSOO6R RH SPLASH 100528547 SS VENDOR
SS011 PREP SINK 18X26(12X12)WITH 12IN DB 1N12-LD12 SS VENDOR
SS012 PREP SINK 24X38(18X18)WITH 181N DB 1N18-LD18 SS VENDORI
SS013 PREP SINK 24X44(18X18)WITH 241N DB 1N18-LD24 SS VENDOR
2-COMPARTMENT 34X82(20X28)WITH 201N
SS014 DB 2N-2028-2D20 SS VENDOR
SS015 PREP SINK 26X55 (28)(20)WITH 241N DB 100590705 SS VENDOR
2-COMPARTMENT 30X77(24)(24)WITH 24IN
SS016 LHDB 100016455 SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 30X94(18X24)WITH 181N
SS021 DB 3N18-2D18 SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 30X106(18X24)WITH
SS022 24IN DB 3N1824-2D24 SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 34X104(20X28)WITH
SS023 20IN DB 3-N-2028-2D-20 SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 34X112(20X28)WITH
SS024 241N DB 3-N-2028-2D-24 SS VENDOR
SS025 3-COMPARTMENT 34X124(20X28)WITH 3N2028-2D30 SS VENDOR ,
APP A-24
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
30IN DB
3-COMPARTMENT 24X80(12X18)WITH 20IN
SS026 DB 100016733 SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 34X125(20X28)WITH t
SS027 36IN DB 100523005 SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 24X60(12X18)WITH 12IN
SS028 DB 100078501 SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 24X51 (12X18)WITH RH
SS029 121N DB (TBA) SS VENDOR
TABLE 36X30 FLAT TOP WITH
SS031 UNDERSHELF 3SLS-30 SS VENDOR
TABLE 36X30 FLAT TOP WITH
SS032 UNDERSHELF WITH CASTERS 3SLS30C SS VENDOR
TABLE 48X24 FLAT TOP WITH
I SSO41 UNDERSHELF 4SLS24 SS VENDOR
TABLE 48X30 FLAT TOP WITH
SS042 UNDERSHELF 4SLS30 SS VENDOR
TABLE 48X30 WITH BACKSPLASH WITH
SS043 UNDERSHELF 4SLSB-30 SS VENDOR
TABLE 48X30 POLY TOP WITH
SS044 BACKSPLASH WITH UNDERSHELF 4MCTAB-30 SS VENDOR
1 SS045 TABLE 48X30 PREP WITH WIRE RACKS
WITH UNDERSHELF DT-304834-WM-ALT SS VENDOR
CABINET 48X30 WITH BACKSPLASH WITH
I SS046 CASTERS STCT-BD3048MLC-WM SS VENDOR
TABLE 48X30 FLAT TOP WITH SINK WITH
SS047 UNDERSHELF 4SLSS-30 SS VENDOR
TABLE 60X30 COUNTERTOP WITH
SS048 UNDERSHELF DTSB-3060 SS VENDOR
SS049 CABINET 60X30 FLAT TOP WITH CASTERS 100623672 SS VENDOR
TABLE 72X24 WITH BACKSPLASH WITH
I SS061 UNDERSHELF 6SLSB24 SS VENDOR
TABLE 72X30 WITH BACKSPLASH WITH
SS062 UNDERSHELF 6SLSB30 SS VENDOR
TABLE 72X30 FLAT TOP WITH
SS063 UNDERSHELF 6SLS-30 SS VENDOR
SS064 TABLE 72X30 FLAT TOP(OPEN)NO SHELF 6SLS30NOSHF SS VENDOR
TABLE 72X30 POLY TOP WITH BACK
SS065 SPLASH WITH UNDERSHELF 6MCTB-30 SS VENDOR
TABLE 72X30 POLY TOP WITH BACK
SPLASH WITH UNDERSHELF WITH BOAT
I SS066 RACK 6MCT-30D-TMBR SS VENDOR
TABLE 72X36 FLAT TOP WITH
SS067 UNDERSHELF DTS-3672 SS VENDOR
a CABINET 72X30 WITH BS WITH 2 DRAWERS
SS068 ON CASTERS 6CBT30BD-DWRWC SS VENDOR
CABINET 72X30 WITH BACKSPLASH ON
SS069 CASTERS STCT-BD3072MLC-WM SS VENDOR
111 SS070 TABLE 72X24 COUNTERTOP WITH CABINET AT-CK-SS-246 SS VENDOR
TABLE 72X30 POLY FLAT TOP WITH
SS071 UNDERSHELF 100623673 SS VENDOR
TABLE 96X30 WITH BACKSPLASH WITH
SS08I UNDERSHELF 8SLSB30 SS VENDOR
TABLE 96X30 FLAT TOP WITH
' SS082 UNDERSHELF 8SLS30 SS VENDOR
APP A-25
i #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
TABLE 96X30 POLY TOP WITH BACK
SPLASH WITH UNDERSHELF WITH BOAT
SS083 RACK 8MCT-30D-TMBR SS VENDOR
TABLE 96X48 FLAT TOP WITH
SS084 UNDERSHELF 8SLS48 SS VENDOR
CABINET 96X30 WITH BS WITH 2 DRAWERS
SS085 ON CASTERS 8CBT3OBDTAC1520SWC SS VENDOR
CABINET 96X30 WITH BACKSPLASH ON
SS086 CASTERS STCT-BD3096MLC-WM SS VENDOR
CABINET 96X24 WITH BACKSPLASH ON
SS087 CASTERS 100623674 SS VENDOR
TABLE 132X30 WITH LH SINK WITH
SS101 SNEEZE GUARD 11CBT3OTAC1214LW/SNG SS VENDOR
TABLE 132X30 WITH RH SINK WITH
SS102 SNEEZE GUARD 11CBT3OTAC1214RW/SNG SS VENDOR
TABLE 24X18 COUNTERTOP PREP TRAY
SS103 WITH WIRE RACK SSDP-1824WGRT SS VENDOR
SS104 CABINET 126X44 BEVERAGE COUNTER BCWM44126 SS VENDOR
TABLE 24X24X36H FLAT TOP WITH
SS105 UNDERSHELF 100016457 SS VENDOR
SS 106 CABINET 96X24 CONDIMENT COUNTER 100041850 SS VENDOR
SS107 TABLE 132X30 WITH SNEEZE GUARD 100540567 SS VENDOR
SS511 PREP SINK 30X44(18X24X14)WITH 24IN DB 1N18-LD24 SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 30X106(18X24X14)WITH
SS521 241N DB 3N1824-2D24-MOD SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 30X106(18X24)WITH
SS522 DISPOSAL WITH 24IN DB 3N1824-2D24-GD SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 30X104(20X28)WITH
SS523 DISPOSAL WITH 20IN DB 3N2028-2D20-GD SS VENDOR
3-COMPARTMENT 34X124(20X28)WITH
SS524 DISPOSAL WITH 30IN DB 3N2028-2D30-GD SS VENDOR
4-COMPARTMENT 30X114(18X24)WITH
SS525 181N DB 100525295 SS VENDOR
4-COMPARTMENT 30X126(18X24)WITH
SS526 24IN DB 100525296 SS VENDOR
W001 SERVICE CUSTOMER WEDGE(STRAIGHT) WMFSHWDG QUALSERV
W 100 SERVICE ASSOCIATE WEDGE(STRAIGHT) WMINWDG 1 QUALSERV
W200 SALES CUSTOMER WEDGE(MD) WMSFRMDL QUALSERV 111
W201 SALES CUSTOMER WEDGE(MD) WMKRFTWD QUALSERV
W300 SALES-SERVICE CLOSE OFF WMSFRMDL QUALSERV I
W400 PIZZA WEDGE WMOSPZWG QUALSERV
I
I
I
APP A-26 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
ILIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
TYPE VENDOR CATALOG NUMBER
1 ACUITY CLX L96 10000LM SEF RDL MVOLT EOHN 40K 80CR1 AE1CD WH
', 2 ACUITY CLX L48 5000LM SEF RDL MVOLT EOHN 40K 80CRI AE1CD WH
3 LSI EG34SHONWUE6
III 3D ACUITY VAP 4000LM PCL MD MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI CS89 HS STSL NAWT
6 CREE ZR14M-40L-35K-10V-FD
7 CREE ZR14M-40L-40K-10V-FD
I9 CREE ZR22M-40L-40K-10V-FD
10 CREE ZR24M-40L-40K-10V-FD
I 12 LSI DLL320-23W-40K-V1-YE-42-WIRE
 GUARD
13 ACUITY RED:LQM S W 2 R 120/277 EL N SD90 M6
GREEN:LQM S W 2 G 120/277 EL N SD90 M6
I
15 ACUITY RED: LQM S W I R 120/277 EL N SD90 M6
GREEN:LQM S W 1 G 120/277 EL N SD90 M6
16 ACUITY RED: LQM S W 1 R 120/277 EL N SD90 M6
GREEN:LQM S W 1 G 120/277 EL N SD90 M6
I 17 REXEL EV4I
18 REXEL EVHC6I
19 REXEL EVHC6I W/T BAR HANGER
22 GE LISC8BOAOD9P40VQCSWHTEA
24 ACUITY IC22LED G4 I4LM 35K 90CRI MVOLT ZT 2330 WWH
27 REXEL EVHC6I w/EVODW
27A REXEL EVHC61 w/2 sets of EVODW
28 ACUITY LV SW 1 R 120/277 EL N 4X SD
I31 ACUITY CLX L96 8000LM SEF RDL MVOLT EOHN 40K 80CRI AE1CD WH PLRILVG
32 GE LUS C8 A O AO VI T 35 VQ CS WHTE
I33 ACUITY CLX L48 4000LM SEF RDL MVOLT EOHN 40K 80CRI AEI CD WH
34 ACUITY CLX L96 8000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI PLRILVG WH
35 ACUITY CLX L48 4000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI PLR1LVG
36 REXEL C4LP-N-V-D-30-98-35-25-LI-TRACK MOUNT
38 ACUITY WLAB802L LSL 4 MSL4 SBC1A INT AL1A2 35K MVOLT CA ALP
I40 GE EL060A2TQWHTEG2
41 REXEL PDR62841-8SKBLED-LD1-10-N-277-L835-CD2-HTEKI00/277
42D ACUITY VAP 4000LM PCL MD MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI HS STSL NAWT
43 LS1 XSL2 S LED 50 SS NW 277 WHT CMT
49 ACUITY LIGHT FIXTURE:MDPC SNP SHADE:DRBL 1001
I 50 LSI EG3 4 S HO NW UE
ZR
52 CREE 22T-35L-35K-10V-FD
62 GE ISI80X5MVWHTE
I63 GE ISI80B1MVWHTE
65 REXEL LLM2-2-L17/835-S-SQ-DRV-UNV
I 66 ACUITY LDN6 35/15 LW6AR LD MVOLT EZl
APP A-27
i #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
67 ACUITY ICO SQADJ 2AR LD 35/15 35D MVOLT UGZ CR190
68 CREE S-DL6-11L-35K SDL6T-M-P-W-WF
68R CREE LR6-10L-35K-277V w/RR6-277V
69 ACUITY RHY4 NRPS WHT 41K MVOLT WWD KN EA SRM36 ETE BLA 1
70 ACUITY
DSXF1 LED P1 50K MSP MVOLT IS DBLXD/FRWB DBLXD
78 GE LISC8B0A0D1P40VQCSWHTEA
100 ACUITY M9720 B 18LED WHT53K MVOLT NSP FLCAS 34S BTR I
OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS 1
Specification Description Furnished Received Installed By I
Section By By
Architectural Wall Panel System Owner Contractor Contractor
Drawings111
Architectural Pickup Locking Cabinets Owner Owner Owner
Drawings
Architectural TV Monitor(Order Ready Board OwnerI
(ORB),Oversized Items Monitor Owner Owner (GC shall run power to TV Monitor
Drawings
(OIM),or Digital Menu Boards) per Electrical Drawings.)
Suspended Monitor Support Kit
Architectural (used for the Order Ready BoardI
Contractor Contractor Contractor
Drawings (ORB),Oversized Items Monitor
(O1M),or Digital Menu Boards)
Wall Mounted Monitor BracketI
Architectural (used for the Order Ready Board Contractor Contractor Contractor
Drawings (ORB),Oversized Items Monitor
(OIM),or Digital Menu Boards)
Architectural I
Check-In Kiosk Owner Owner Owner
Drawings
Architectural Floor Mounted Railing at Check-In Owner Contractor Contractor
Drawings KioskI
Owner
Pickup Automated Equipment O GC shall run power and fire
Architectural ((Tower or FLEX)and Automated Owner Owner
Drawings protection to equipment per MEP
g Lockers Drawings.) I
Architectural Printer and Manager Station at Owner Owner Owner
Drawings Pickup Storage
Architectural Cart Rails Owner Contractor Contractor I
Drawings
Architectural Signage(Interior Placard and Refer to Refer to Refer to
Drawings Exterior Signs) Drawings Drawings Drawings
Drawings LPTV Monitor Support Assemblies Owner Owner Owner
Architectural Wall Standards Owner Contractor Contractor I
Drawings
Architectural Wood Furring Strips for Wall Owner Contractor Contractor
Drawings Standards at Masonry Walls
Architectural Courtesy Desk(Stand-alone type) Owner Contractor Contractor I
Drawings
Architectural Prefabricated Cash Wraps Owner Owner Contractor
Drawings
APP A-28
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/2_8;20 I
I
Specification Description Furnished Received Installed By
Section By By
Architectural Fittin Rooms
Drawings g Owner Owner Contractor(Includes assembly)
Architectural Drawings Device/Equipment Lockers Owner Owner Owner
Architectural Jewelry Cases Owner Owner Contractor
I Drawings
Architectural Sporting Goods Cases Owner Owner Contractor
Drawings
Architectural Paint Booth Counter Owner Owner Contractor
I Drawings
Architectural Ceiling Fan Cloud Owner Owner Contractor
Drawings
Architectural Drawings Locking Schedule Board Owner Contractor Contractor
Architectural Recall Schedule Board Owner Contractor Contractor
' Drawings
Architectural DryErase Board
Drawings Owner Contractor Contractor
Architectural Gift Registry Kiosk Owner Owner Contractor
I Drawings
Architectural Site to Store Millwork Owner Contractor Contractor
Drawings
IDrawings Site Signage Owner Contractor Contractor
Grocery Walk-in Components and Doors Owner Owner Owner(Equipment Supplier)Drawings �9 p PP )
Grocery Refrigerated Cases Owner Contractor
Drawings g (RC) Contractor(RC)
Grocery Refrigerated Cases—Self Contained Owner Owner(RC) Owner RC
1 Drawings ( )
Grocery Hot Cases
Drawings Owner Contractor Contractor
Grocery111 Lift Gate
Drawings Owner Contractor Contractor
Grocery Retrofit Refrigerated Case Doors
Drawings and Bunker Lids Owner Owner Owner
I Grocery Stainless Steel Vent Hood
Drawings Backsplash Owner Contractor Contractor
Grocery R.O.Water Filtration System Owner Contractor Contractor
Drawings
Grocery Drawings LED Case Light Retrofit Kit Owner Contractor Contractor
Grocery Deli Service Counter Owner Contractor Contractor
I Drawings
DrawinArchitegs
Architectural Drawings Modular Photo Lab(Casework) Owner Contractor Contractor
Architectural
Drawings Pharmacy Racks Owner Owner Owner
(Anchors for Pharmacy Racks by
Contractor.Reference Rack
Anchorage Drawings.)
111
APP A-29
i #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
Specification Description Furnished Received Installed By
Section By By
I
Sales Area Merchandise Fixtures
and Anchor Straps
Gondola Shelving 1
Half Gondola Shelving
Architectural Heavy Duty Gondola Shelving
End Caps Owner Owner Contractor
Drawings I
Bike Racks
(Anchorages and Anchor Straps for
Sales Area Merchandise Fixtures by
Contractor.Reference Rack
Anchorage Drawings.)
High Stock Fixed Racks/Lockable
Storage Rack Systems
Architectural (Anchorages for StorageI
Owner Owner Owner
Drawings Racks/Lockable Rack Systems by
Contractor.Reference Rack
Anchorage Drawings.) I
Electrical Fire Alarm System Owner Owner Owner
Drawings
Architectural Fire Extinguishers Owner Owner Owner I
Drawings
Architectural Balers/Compactors Owner Owner Owner
Drawings
Electricalill
Power Poles for Cash Registers Owner Contractor Contractor
Drawings
Electrical Pre-wired Power Poles Owner Contractor Contractor
Drawings
Drawings Cash Registers Owner Owner Owner
Drawings Alarm System Owner Owner Owner
Vision Center
Counters
Casework
Millwork II
Architectural Shelves Owner Contractor Contractor
Drawings Sign Track Molding and Frame
Holders1
Sinks and Faucets
Soap Dispensers
Paper Towel Dispensers
Electronic Article Surveillance
Electrical (EAS)including pedestals,
enunciators/alarms, Owner Owner Owner
Drawings deactivators/scanners,rapid pads, I
power supply for system
END OF SCHEDULE I
REFERENCES
•
A. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC): I
1. AISC 303 -Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
2. AISC 360-Structural Steel Buildings.
3. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
APP A-30
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20 1
I
B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI):
1. ANSI A 14.3 -Ladders,Fixed,Safety Requirements.
2. ANSI A 108,A 118,A 136-American National Standards for the Installation of Ceramic Tile(Includes
ANSI A108.01,A108.02,A108.1A-C, 108.4-.13,A118.1-.12, and ANSI A136.1)
3. ANSI A 108.02-Materials,Environmental,and Workmanship,General Requirements.
4. ANSI A 108.5-Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex Portland
Cement Mortar.
5. ANSI A117.1 -Guidelines For Accessible And Usable Buildings And Facilities.
6. ANSI A 118.4-Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.
7. ANSI A 137.1 -Specifications for Ceramic Tile.
8. ANSI A 156.2-Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches.
9. ANSI A 156.6-Architectural Door Trim.
10. ANSIBHMA A 156.9-Cabinet Hardware.
11. ANSI(BHMA)A156.10-Power Operated Pedestrian Doors.
12. ANSIBHMA A 156.11 -Cabinet Locks.
13. ANSI A 156.13 -Mortise Locks and Latches.
14. ANSI A 156.15-Release Devices-Closer Holder,Electromagnetic and Electromechanical.
15. ANSIBHMA A 156.18-Materials&Finishes.
16. ANSI A208.1 -Particleboard.
17. ANSI A208.2-Medium Density Fiberboard For Interior Use.
18. ANSI A250.6-Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
19. ANSI A250.8(Formerly SDI-100)-Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
20. ANSI A250.10-Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors
and Frames.
21. ANSI A250.11 (Formerly SDI-105)-Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames.
22. ANSI B 16.3-Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings.
23. ANSI B16.18-Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.
24. ANSI B16.22-Wrought Copper&Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure.
a. ANSI/ASME B 1.20.1 -Pipe Threads,General Purpose(Inch).
25. ANSI B93.4-Hydraulic Line Welded Tubing.
26. ANSI C 12.1 -Electric Meters Code for Electricity Metering.
a. ANSI/ASME B31.9-Building Services Piping
27. ANSI C 12.20-Standard for Electricity Meter-0.2 and 0.5 Accuracy Classes.
28. ANSI Z97.1 -For Safety Glazing Materials Used In Buildings- Safety Performance Specifications and
Methods Of Test.
29. ANSI Z97.1 -Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings.
30. ANSI MH 16.1 -Specifications for the Design,Testing and Utilization of Industrial Steel Storage Racks.
C. ASTM International(ASTM):
1. ASTM A 36-Carbon Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A 47-Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings.
3. ASTM A 53 -Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless.
4. ASTM A74-Hub and Spigot Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
5. ASTM A 108-Steel Bar,Carbon and Alloy,Cold-Finished.
6. ASTM A 123 -Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
7. ASTM A 153 -Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware.
8. ASTM A 234-Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High
Temperature Service.
9. ASTM A 240-Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate,Sheet,and Strip for Pressure
Vessels and for General Applications
111 10. ASTM A 249/A-Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler,Superheater,Heat-Exchanger,and Condenser Tubes.
11. ASTM A 269-Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service.
12. ASTM A 307-Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
13. ASTM A 325-Structural Bolts,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.
14. ASTM A 463-Steel Sheet,Aluminum Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.
15. ASTM A 490-Structural Bolts,Alloy Steel,Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.
16. ASTM A 500-Cold-formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
17. ASTM A 501 -Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing
APP A-31
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
18. ASTM A 536-Ductile Iron Castings.
19. ASTM A 653 -Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the
Hot-Dip Process.
20. ASTM A 666-Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet,Strip,Plate,and Flat Bar.
21. ASTM A 591 -Steel Sheet,Electrolytic Zinc-Coated,for Light Coating Mass Applications.
22. ASTM A 792-Steel Sheet, 55%Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.
23. ASTM A 795-Black And Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Welded And Seamless Steel Pipe For
Fire Protection Use.
24. ASTM A861 -High-Silicon Iron Pipe and Fittings.
25. ASTM A 865-Threaded Couplings,Steel,Black Or Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Welded Or Seamless,For
Use In Steel Pipe joints.
26. ASTM A888-Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
27. ASTM A 992-Structural Steel Shapes.
28. ASTM A 1008-Steel,Sheet,Cold-Rolled,Carbon,Structural,High-Strength Low-Alloy,High-Strength
Low-Alloy with Improved Formability,Solution Hardened,Baked Hardenable.
29. ASTM A 1011 -Steel,Sheet and Strip,Hot-Rolled,Carbon,Structural,High-Strength Low-Alloy and
High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.
30. ASTM B75 -Seamless Copper Tube. '
31. ASTM B88-Seamless Copper Water Tube.
32. ASTM B135-Seamless Brass Tube.
33. ASTM B 221 -Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire,Profiles,and Tubes.
34. ASTM B 280-Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service.
35. ASTM B306-Copper Drainage Tube(DWV).
36. ASTM B584-Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications.
37. ASTM B306-Copper Drainage Tube(DWV).
38. ASTM B584-Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications.
39. ASTM B 221 -Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire,Profiles,and Tubes.
40. ASTM B 813 -Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube.
41. ASTM C 553 -Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications
42. ASTM C564-Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
43. ASTM C 578-Rigid,Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.
44. ASTM C 921 -Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation.
45. ASTM C 1107-Packaged Dry,Hydraulic-Cement Grout(Nonshrink).
46. ASTM C 1048-Heat-Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS,Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass.]
47. ASTM C 1071 -Thermal and Acoustical Insulation(Mineral Fiber,Dust Lining Material.
48. ASTM C 1136-Flexible,Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation
49. ASTM C1277-Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Castiron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
50. ASTM C1540-Heavy Duty Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
51. ASTM C 1290-Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts
52. ASTM C 1710-Installation of Flexible Closed Cell Preformed Insulation in Tube and Sheet Form.
53. ASTM D570- Standard Test Method For Water Absorption Of Plastics
54. ASTM D648- Standard Test Method For Deflection Temperature Of Plastics Under Flexural Load In The
Edgewise Position
55. ASTM D695-Standard Test Method For Compressive Properties Of Rigid Plastics
56. ASTM D732-Standard Test Method For Shear Strength Of Plastics By Punch Tool
57. ASTM D 1187-Asphalt-Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal.
58. ASTM D 1785-Poly vinyl Chloride(PVC)Plastic Pipe,Schedules 40,80,and 120. '
59. ASTM D2000-Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications.
60. ASTM D2240-Standard Test Method For Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness
61. ASTM D 2466-Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings,Schedule 40. t
62. ASTM D2467-Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings,Schedule 80.
63. ASTM D 2564-Solvent Cements for Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Plastic Pipe and Fittings.
64. ASTM D 2665-Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Plastic Drain,Waste,and Vent Pipe and Fittings.
65. ASTM D2609-Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene(PE)Plastic Pipe.
66. ASTM D 2855-Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe and Fittings.
67. ASTM D3311 -Drain,Waste,and Vent(DWV)Plastic Fittings Patterns
68. ASTM D 4985-Low Silicate Ethylene Glycol Base Engine Coolant for Heavy Duty Engines Requiring a
Pre-Charge of Supplemental Coolant Additive(SCA).]
APP A-32
01/28/20
#5935-216 Tigard,OR
I 69. ASTM D5420-Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Flat,Rigid Plastic Specimen by Means of a
Striker Impacted by a Falling Weight(Gardner Impact)
70. ASTM E 84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
71. ASTM E96-Water Vapor Transmission Materials.
72. ASTM E 119-Fire Tests Of Building Construction And Materials.
73. ASTM E152-Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
74. by the Hot-Dip Process.
75. ASTM E 330- Structural Performance of Exterior Windows,Doors,Skylights and Curtain Walls by
Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
76. ASTM E 648-Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.
77. ASTM E 662-Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials.
U 78. ASTM E 709- Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing
79. ASTM E 1886- Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls,Doors, and
Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s)and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials.
80. ASTM E 1996-Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,Doors,and Impact Protective Systems
Impacted by Windbome Debris in Hurricanes.
81. ASTM E 2129-Standard Practice for Data Collection for Sustainability Assessment of Building Products.
82. ASTM F439-Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings,Schedule 80.
83. ASTM F441 -Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC)Plastic Pipe,Schedules 40 And 80.
84. ASTM F493 -Solvent Cements for CPVC Pipe and Fittings.
85. ASTM F656-Primers For Use in Solvents Cement Joints of Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Plastic Pipe and
Fittings.
86. ASTM F 710-Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring.
87. ASTM F876-Crosslinked Polyethylene(PEX)Tubing.
88. ASTM F877-Crosslinked Polyethylene(PEX)Plastic Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems.
89. ASTM F 1066- Vinyl Composition Floor Tile.
90. ASTM F 1700-Solid Vinyl Floor Tile.
91. ASTM F1807-Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene
(PEX)tubing.
92. ASTM F1861 -Resilient Wall Base
93. ASTM F 1869-Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous
Calcium Chloride.
94. ASTM F 2389-Pressure-rated Polypropylene(PP)Piping Systems.
95. ASTM F1807-Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene
(PEX)tubing.
96. ASTM F1960-Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Reinforcing Rings for Use with Cross-linked
Polyethylene(PEX)Tubing.
97. ASTM F2014-Non-Reinforced Extruded Tee Connections for Piping Applications.
98. ASTM F2023-Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Oxidative Resistance of Plastic Piping to Hot
Chlorinated Water.
99. ASTM F2098- Stainless Steel Clamps for Securing SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene(PEX)Tubing to
Metal Insert Fittings.
100. ASTM-F2389-Pressure-rated Polypropylene(PP)Piping Systems.
D. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA):
1. AMCA 500-D-Laboratory Methods for Testing Dampers for Rating.
2. AMCA 500-L-Laboratory Methods for Testing Louvers for Rating.
E. Aluminum Association(AA):
1. Specifications for Aluminum Structures.
F. American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers(AAADM):
1. AAADM Inspector Certification Program.
G. American Petroleum Institute(API):
1. API 1615-Installation of Underground Petroleum Storage Systems.
APP A-33
#5935-216 Tigard,OR
01/28/20
I
H. American Plywood Association(APA): APA-Grades&Specifications.
I. American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute(ASCE/SEI)
1. ASCE/SEI 7-Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.
J. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME):
1. ASME A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.
2. ASME B 1.1 -Unified Inch Screw Threads(UN and UNR Thread Form).
3. ASME B 16.1 -Cast Iron Pipe Flanges And Flanged Fittings.
4. ASME B 16.3-Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings.
5. ASME B 16.4-Gray Iron Threaded Fittings.
6. ASME B 16.5 -Pipe Flanges And Flanged Fittings NPS 1/2 Through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard.
7. ASME B 16.9-Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings.
8. ASME B 16.11 -Forged Fittings,Socket-Welding And Threaded.
9. ASME B 31.5 -Refrigeration Piping Standard
10. ASME/ANSI A112.18.1 -Plumbing Fixture Fittings.
K. American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers(ASHRAE):
1. ASHRAE Standard 90.1-Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings.
2. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15-Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems.
L. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA):
1. 28 CFR Part 36-ADA Standards for Accessible Design.
M. American Water Works Association(AWWA):
1. AWWA C104-Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water.
2. AWWA C115-Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges.
3. AWWA C151 -Ductile-lron Pipe,Centrifugally Cast.
4. AWWA C651 -Disinfecting Water Mains.
N. American Welding Society(AWS):
1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code.
2. AWS D1.3 -Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel.
O. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) / Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada
(AWMAC)/Woodwork Institute(WI)- Joint Publication:
1. AWI/AWMAC/WI-Architectural Woodwork Standards.
P. British Standards Institution(BSI):
1. BS 302-Stranded Steel Wire Ropes.
Q. Carpet and Rug Institute(CRI):
1. CRI 104-Standard for Installation of Commercial Carpet.
R. Consumer Product Safety Commission(CPSC):
1. CPSC 16 CPR Part 1201.
S. Door and Access Systems Manufacturer's Association International(DASMA)
1. DASMA 102-Sectional Overhead-Type Doors
2. DASMA 108-Standard Method for Testing Sectional Garage Doors and Rolling Doors:Determination of
Structural Performance Under Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
T. Factory Mutual System(FM):
1. FM-Approval Guide,Chapter 18-Building Materials.
2. FM Standard 4430-Test Criteria for Heat and Smoke Vents.
3. Approval Guide,Latest edition.
4. FM Data Sheet 8-3,Current Edition-Rubber Tire Storage.
APP A-34
O1/28/20
#5935-216 Tigard,OR
U. Hydraulic Institute(HI):
1. HI M103(ANSI/HI 1.4)-Centrifugal Operations.
V. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials(IAPMO):
1. IAPMO/ANSI Z1001-Prefabricated Gravity Grease Interceptors.
W. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers(NAAMM):
1. Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products.
X. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association(NEMA):
1. NEMA AB1 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches.
2. NEMA LD3 -High-Pressure Decorative Laminates.
Y. National Fenestration Rating Council(NFRC):
1. NFRC 100-Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-Factors.
2. NFRC 200-Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible
Transmittance of Normal Incidence.
Z. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA):
1. NFPA 13, [2002][2007][2010][2013][2016]Edition-Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
2. NFPA 20,[2003][2007][2010][2013][2016]Edition-Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection.
3. NFPA 24, [2007][2010][2013][2016]Edition-Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains
and their Appurtenances.
4. NFPA 30-Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
5. NFPA 30A-Automotive and Marine Service Station Code.
6. NFPA 54-National Fuel Gas Code.]
7. NFPA 70,[2002][2005][2008][2011][2016]-National Electric Code.
8. NFPA 80-Fire Doors and Windows.
9. NFPA 90A-Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.
10. NFPA 90B-Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems
11. NFPA 96-Ventilation Control And Fire Protection Of Commercial Cooking Operations
a. NFPA 101 -Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures.
12. NFPA 252-Fire Tests for Door Assemblies.
13. NFPA 101 -Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures.
14. NFPA 701 -Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films.
AA. North American Fenestration Standard(NAFS):
I. AAMAIWDMA\CSA1101\I.S.21A440-The Voluntary Performance Specification for Windows,Doors,
and Skylights.
BB. North American Insulation Manufacturer's Association(NAIMA)
1. AH 124-Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard
CC. NSF International(NSF):
1. NSF 14-Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials.
2. NSF 51 -Food Equipment Materials
3. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects.
4. NSF 61 Annex G-Weighted Average Lead Content Evaluation Procedure to a 0.24 Percent Lead
Requirement.
DD. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA):
1. OSHA 1910.23 Walking Working Surfaces.
2. OSHA 1926.502 Fall Protection.
3. OSHA 1926.1153 Respirable Crystalline Silica.
EE. Plumbing and Drainage Institute(PDI):
1. PDI WH 2O1-Water Hammer Arrestors.
APP A-35
#5935-216 Tigard,OR
01/28/20
L.
FF. Research Council on Structural Connections(RCSC):
1. RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.]
GG. Sheet MetalConditioning Contractors
National Association
)1. CNA-HVACDucConstruct Construction Standards and Flexible ,
HH. Society of Automotive Engineers(SAE):
1. SAE J525-Welded and Cold Drawn Low Carbon Steel Tubing Annealed for Bending and Flaring.Steel
Deck Institute(SDI):
1. ANSI/SDI-RD Standard for Steel Roof Deck(SDI Standard).
2. ANSI/SDI-NC Standard for Non-Composite Steel Floor Deck(SDI Standard).
3. ANSI/SDI-C Standard for Composite Steel Floor Deck(SDI Standard).
JJ. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC):
1. SSPC-SP 2-Hand Tool Cleaning.
2. SSPC SP-3 -Power Tool Cleaning. II-Or anic.
3. SSPC-Paint 20-Zinc-Rich Coating Type I-Inorganic And Type g Primer.
4. SSPC-Paint 25-Red Iron Oxide,Zinc Oxide,Raw Linseed Oil,and Alkyd
5. SSPC-Paint 20-Zinc-Rich Coating Type I-Inorganic and Type 1I-Organic.
6. SSPC-Paint 25-Zinc Oxide,Alkyd,Linseed Oil Primer for Use Over Hand Cleaned Steel Type 1 And
Type II.
7. SSPC-PA 1 -Shop,Field,and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
KK. Tile Council of North America,Inc.(TCNA):
111
1. TCNA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. '
LL. Underwriters Laboratories(UL):
1. UL 10B-Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
2. UL 305 -Panic Hardware.
3. UL 508-Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment.
4. UL Fire Protection Directory-Latest Edition.
5. UL 778-Motor-Operated Water Pumps.
6. UL 857-Busways.
7. UL Fire Protection Directory-Latest Edition
END OF REFERENCES
I
I
l
APP A-36
O1/28/20
#5935-216 Tigard,OR
UniSpec II—Special Project
100919
APPENDIX B—TESTING,INSPECTION,AND OBSERVATION BY OWNER
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:Administrative and procedural requirements for Owner's quality control.
B. Owner's testing,inspection,and observation services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified
or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document
requirements.
C. Unless otherwise specified, provisions specified herein are included as requirements for Owner's Construction
Testing Laboratory (CTL), Owner's consultants, or other testing or inspections agencies hired by the Owner and
shall be considered information only to Contractor.
1. Refer to Article 2.1 for list of Sections containing responsibilities of Owner's Construction Testing
I Laboratory(CTL).
2. Refer to Article 2.2 for list of Sections containing responsibilities of Owner's consultants or other testing or
inspections agencies.
D. Index of Sections(Quick Links):All sections listed may not be applicable to all projects.
1. Section 01455 -Mechanical Equipment Testing,Adjusting,And Balancing.
' E. Related Requirements:
1. Construction Contract between Walmart and Contractor: Inspections, testing, and approvals required by
public authorities.Contractor obligations to perform work in accordance with Contract Documents.
2. Section 01452 - Contractor Quality Control: Administrative and procedural requirements for Contractor
quality assurance and quality control.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Refer to end of Section for list. Publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.
' 1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Testing: Evaluation of systems,primarily requiring physical manipulation and analysis of materials, in accordance
with approved standards.
B. Inspection:Evaluation of systems primarily requiring observation and engineering judgment.
C. Observation:Evaluation of systems primarily requiring observation and professional judgment.
D. Quality Assurance: Activities,actions,and procedures performed by the Contractor before and during execution of
I the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will substantially
comply with construction documents.
E. Quality Control: Tests, inspections,procedures, and related actions performed by the Contractor during and after
execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction
substantially comply with construction documents.
F. Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL):The independent testing and inspection agency employed by the Owner.
G. Contractor: The General(prime)Contractor for the Project. Also referred to as GC.
H. Architect of Record(AOR):The prime consultant in charge of overall design and coordination of the building.
APP B-1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR
01/28/20
a
I. Engineer of Record(EOR):The Registered Engineer in responsible charge of engineering design for the project.
J. Refrigeration Engineer of Record (REOR): The registered engineer in responsible charge of refrigeration
engineering design for the project.
K. Structural Engineer of Record(SER):The Registered Engineer in responsible charge of the structural design for the
project.
L. Civil Engineering Consultant (CEC): The Registered Engineer in responsible charge of the civil design for the
project.
M. Fire Protection Consultant: Consultant that provides professional design services and construction documents
related to fire protection for the project. 111
N. Architect-Engineer(A/E): A collective term to include the AOR,CEC,SER,and the Mechanical,Electrical,and
Fire Protection EOR.
O. Independent Test and Balance Agency(ITBA):The Independent HVAC test and balance company employed by the
Owner.
P. Building Official:The Officer or his duly authorized representative charged with the administration and enforcement
of the local building code.
Q. Special Inspector(SI): The Special Inspector under the direct supervision of a registered civil/structural engineer
(unless otherwise specified)regularly engaged in inspection,and experienced with the type of work requiring related ,
testing and inspection.The categories of special inspector are:
1. Technical I(TI):A Technician who is an employee of a qualified and approved testing laboratory.Lab work
shall be performed in a qualified testing laboratory.
2. Technical II (TII): A Technician with a minimum of 2 years' experience,or a graduate engineer,and is an
employee of a qualified and approved testing laboratory.
3. Technical III(TIII):An engineer regularly engaged in related work with a minimum of 4 years of experience,
licensed in the State in which the project is located, and is an employee of a qualified and approved testing ,
laboratory.This licensed engineer shall review and approve all final field reports.
4. Structural I(StI):A graduate civil/structural engineer,or other trained and experienced personnel acceptable
to the SER,with experience in the testing and inspection of related structural systems.
5. Structural II(StII):A civil/structural engineer regularly engaged in related work with a minimum of 4 years
of experience, licensed in the State in which the project is located. The licensed engineer shall review and
approve all inspection reports.
6. Independent Roofing Inspector(IRI): A technician employed or subcontracted by the CTL for the purpose
of field observation of roofing installation.The IRI shall be certified as a Registered Roofing Observer(RRO)
by the Institute of Roofing, Waterproofing, and Building Envelope Professionals (RCI) (Formerly Roof
Consultants Institute).
7. Roofing Technician: A technician employed by the CTL with training and experience in roofing construction or inspection. The Roofing Technician shall be under the direct supervision of the IRI and shall provide
'
continuous inspection during roofing work.
8. Unique special inspector requirements, for specific materials and system, are noted in related technical
specification sections.
R. Continuous Inspection: The full-time observation of work requiring inspection by an approved Special Inspector
who is present in the area where the work is being performed.
S. Periodic Inspection:The part-time or intermittent observation of work requiring inspection by an approved Special
Inspector who is present in the area where the work has been or is being performed and at the completion of the
work.
APP B-2 l
O1/28/20
#5935-216 Tigard,OR
T. Deviation: Any item or component of work that does not substantially conform to the requirements of the
construction plans and/or specifications and which has not been corrected by the end of business on the day it is
identified.A life-safety deviation is any construction deviation that poses a serious hazard to any person.
1.4 CONSTRUCTION TESTING LABORATORY(CTL)QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
A. CTL shall comply with requirements of ASTM C 1077,ASTM C 1093,ASTM D 3740,ASTM D 3666,ASTM E
329,ASTM E 543,ASTM E 699,and AASHTO R18.
B. CTL shall be authorized to operate in state in which Project is located.
C. CTL Testing Equipment shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either
National Institute of Standards and Technology(NIST)standards or accepted values of natural physical constants.
D. CTL shall have and maintain a written Quality Manual (QM) for its laboratory conforming to the Appendix
requirements ASTM E 329 or AASHTO R18. The QM shall be available for review by the Owner's Construction
Manager upon request. The QM shall be organized similar to Quality Manual Requirements of AASHTO R18 and
include the following:
1. Organization and Organizational Policies.
2. Staff.
3. Equipment.
' 4.5. Test Data Control and Reports.
Diagnostic and Corrective Action.
6. Internal Quality System Review.
7. Subcontracting.
8. Statement certifying compliance with ASTM standards specified above.
1.5 OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Employment and payment for services of the Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL), Special Inspector(SI), and
other third party testing,inspection,and observation firms to perform specified testing and inspecting will be by the
Owner under separate contract.
B. The Owner will perform testing and inspection (T & I) but only as a means to satisfy the Owner of contract
compliance and as assurance to the Owner of Contractor quality control performance.
C. Owner T&I specified herein below will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL)unless
otherwise specified.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION TESTING LABORATORY AND SPECIAL INSPECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Responsibilities include inspections,tests,and related actions including reports performed by testing or inspection
I service. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by the Owner's Construction Manager or
authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Provide the Architect of Record a copy of the contractual provisions defining the CTL's and SI's scope of
services.
' B. The CTL/SI representative shall attend a pre-construction meeting prior to actual start of the Project. Except for the
roofing inspection,the CTL/SI representative shall be the Registered Professional Engineer assigned to the project.
C. Maintain a copy of Contract Drawings and Specifications with all Addenda and Change Orders. Use the Contract
Documents supplemented by the approved shop drawings and applicable material and workmanship provisions of
the Code for testing and inspection of the work.
D. Provide qualified personnel at site to comply with schedule and submit reports for each test and inspection as defined
hereinafter. Testing and inspection, except roofing inspection, shall be under supervision of the Registered
Professional Engineer(P.E.)in the state where Project is located.
APP B-3
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
E. Perform specified inspection,sampling,and testing of work,materials,and equipment in accordance with specified
standards.
1
F. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.
G. Perform testing and inspections in a timely manner to avoid delay of work. Schedule and coordinate testing and
inspections with Contractor and appropriate sub-contractors and installers.
H. Coordinate and consolidate specified testing and inspection to be concurrent, to the maximum extent practicable, I
during each required site visit in order to minimize number of visits.
L If observed deviations from the Contract Drawings, Specifications, or building code will be probable cause of
subsequent rejection of work or material, notify Contractor, the Owner's Construction Manager, Sitework
Engineering Consultant,and Architect of Record, sufficiently in advance for determination to continue operations
or take corrective measures before continuing. If uncorrected after a reasonable period of time, bring the situation
to the attention of the Structural Engineer of Record,the Building Official,and to the Architect of Record.
J. Track resolutions and remedial repairs to deviations and subsequent conformance to the Contract Documents on the
Observation Log.
K. Report any observed life safety issue immediately to Contractor and Owner's Construction Manager. After
notification is given to the Contractor and the Owner's Construction Manager, the CTL/SI shall also log the life
safety issue on Owner's Observation Log.
L. Perform retesting due to non-conformance with the Contract Documents based on CTL testing.
M. Provide a final conformance letter to Owner, SER,AOR and,if determined to be required,the AHJ. An example is I
attached at the end of this Appendix. CTL shall upload an electronic copy(pdf)to the Walmart Workspace in the
Walmart Building Portal (www.bldgportal.com), CTL Reports/Letter of Conformance. CTL shall upload an
electronic copy (pdf) to the Walmart Workspace in the Walmart Building Portal (www.bldgportal.com), CTL
Reports/Letter of Conformance
N. Testing and inspection by the Building Official do not preclude the normal field involvement and site observations
by Architect or Structural Engineer of Record,nor shall it relieve the Contractor of any responsibility to complete
the work in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications.
O. Construction Testing Laboratory And Special Inspector Limits On Authority: The CTL or SI may not: 111
1. Release,revoke,alter,or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Assume any duties of Contractor.
4. Stop the Work.
P. Testing and inspecting services performed by the CTL (Construction Testing Laboratory) are required to verify
compliance with requirements specified or indicated.
1. CTL services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document
requirements nor limit Contractor's quality assurance and quality control procedures that facilitate
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
2. Specific testing and inspection requirements for individual construction activities shall be as specified in the
individual Appendix Sections.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality assurance and quality control services required by Architect,
Owner,Construction Manager,or authorities having jurisdiction do not limit responsibilities of the CTL.
1.7 ROOF OBSERVATION PROGRAM
A. The CTL shall develop a comprehensive Roof Observation Program to be administered by the IRI outlining the I
specific activities and details of roofing site observations and to be implemented in accordance with Section 07530.
APP B-4 1
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
The program shall conform and implement the requirements of ASTM D 7186 including the applicable forms
Itherein.
1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
1 A. Cooperate with CTL/SI and other third party personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's
facilities.
I B. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested,to obtain and handle samples at the
site or at source of products to be tested,to facilitate tests and inspections,and to provide storage and curing of test
samples.Provide lift equipment as required for inspection personnel of the Owner or the Owner's representatives.
rC. Provide CTL 24 hour notice prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services.
I D. Notify in writing the Owner's Construction Manager three working days prior to expected time for operations
requiring inspecting and testing services.
E. Provide the CTL/SI with access to the interne for the purpose of logging deviations onto the Wal-Mart Observation
ILog on the Wal-Mart Building Portal website.
1.9 REPORTS
IA. The CTL or other Owner's testing or inspection firm shall submit reports for T&I and other items as required herein.
B. CTL Information: Testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names of full time Registered
IEngineer and responsible officer.
C. Roof Observation Program.
ID. Test and Inspection Reports:
1. Submit test and inspection reports showing the following information:
a. Date issued.
I
b.c. Project title and number.
Store number.
d. Firm name,address and telephone number
I
e.f. Name of responsible officer(s).
Name and signature of tester or inspector.
g. Name and seal of registered engineer in responsible charge(as applicable).
h. Date and time of sampling.
I i. Date of test or inspection.
j. Identification of product and specification section.
k. Location in project,including elevations,grid location and detail.
I 1. Type of test or inspections.
m. Results of tests or inspections and interpretation of same.
n. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents or deviations therefrom.
I E. Submit required reports and other items to the following:
1. CEC: 1 copy.(Site work T&I only)
2. SER: 1 copy(Construction Administration Leader)(Bldg T&I only)
I 3. AOR:2 copies(Construction Administration Leader).
4. Contractor:3 copies.
5. Building Official: Quantities as required.
6. Owner.
IF. Submit a separate final signed report stating the work requiring inspection is,to the best of the inspector's knowledge,
in conformance with the Contract Documents.
IAPP B-5
111 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
G. Reports shall be made on 8-1/2 by 11 white paper, suitable for photocopying and binding in booklet form. Sheets
shall have the testing/inspection firm's letterhead (including phone number and address). Larger sheets shall be
folded and bound into the booklet. 111
H. Submit Test and Inspection Reports within 3 working days of T&I occurrence. CTL shall also upload an electronic
copy(pdf)to the Walmart Workspace in the Walmart Building Portal(www.bldgportal.com),CTL Reports. 111
Tests and inspections indicating non-conformance(deviations)to the Contract Documents shall be brought to the
attention of the Contractor, Sitework Engineering Consultant, and Architect of Record upon discovery in the form
of hard copy reports and entered into the Wal-Mart Observation Log within 24 hours.
J. Deviations from the Contract Documents,as defined above,shall be logged onto the Wal-Mart Observation Log by
the CTL/SI representative on site. (www.bldgportal.com), enter usemame and password, select Observation Log.
Follow instructions on the Observation Log website for entry of information.
K. Owner's Construction Manager in conjunction with the CTL and/or SI will determine when to involve the AOR or
FOR for remedial action.
PART 2-and PART 3 -PRODUCTS and EXECUTION ,
2.1 TESTING AND INSPECTION BY OWNERS CONSTRUCTION TESTING LABORATORY(CTL)
A. General Requirements:Testing and inspection by CTL shall be conducted as specified hereinafter listed by sections
corresponding to section numbers of the Specifications.Where Section is included in CTL scope(noted by checked
`Y'box),refer to individual Section requirements specified hereinafter.
1. Section 02300-Earthwork Y ❑ N ❑
2. Section 02320-Excavating,Backfilling and Compacting Y ❑ N ❑
3. Section 02340- Soil Stabilization Y ❑ N ❑
4. Section 02467-Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts Y ❑ N ❑
5. Section 02621 -Foundation Drainage Piping Y ❑ N ❑
6. Section 02715-Base Course Y ❑ N ❑
7. Section 02740-Asphalt Concrete Paving Y ❑ N ❑
8. Section 02751 -Concrete Paving Y ❑ N ❑
9. Section 02900—Planting Y ❑ N ❑
10. Section 03310-Structural Concrete and Exterior Concrete Slabs Y ❑ N ❑
11. Section 03314-Cast-in-Place Concrete Slabs(Interior) Y ❑ N ❑
12. Section 04200-Unit Masonry Assemblies Y ❑ N ❑
13. Section 05090-Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors Y ❑ N ❑
14. Section 05120-Structural Steel Y ❑ N ❑
15. Section 05210-Steel Joists Y El N El
16. Section 05300-Metal Deck Y El N ❑
17. Section 05400-Cold Formed Metal Framing Y ❑ N ❑ I
18. Section 07243 -Water-Drainage Exterior Insulation and Finish System(EIFS) Y ❑ N ❑
19. Section 09511 -Acoustical Panel Ceilings Y ❑ N ❑
20. Tests and inspections shall, as a minimum, be performed by Technical I (TI) inspector if not otherwise
specified in the individual section.
21. If inspection of fabricators'work is required,the Owner's representative may require testing and inspection
of the work at the plant before shipment.
22. Testing and inspection shall be performed in accordance with the industry standard used as the reference for
the specific material or procedure unless other criteria are specified.In the absence of a referenced standard,
tests shall be accomplished in accordance with generally accepted industry standards.
23. Work shall be checked as it progresses,but failure to detect any defective work or materials shall in no way
prevent later rejection if defective work or materials are discovered, nor shall it obligate Owner to accept
such work.
APP B-6 111
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
B. Testing or inspection in addition to that specified herein,may be performed by the CTL as directed by the Owner
for in-place work as further verification of Work or as verification of Contractor performed Quality Control testing
and inspection.
2.2 OBSERVATION BY PROFESSIONALS OF RECORD
A. Observation by Owner's Professionals of Record(POR). Professionals of Record include the following as defined
in Part 1:
1. Architect(AOR)
2. Structural Engineer(SER)
3. Mechanical or Electrical Engineer(EOR)
4. Refrigeration Engineer(REOR)
5. Fire Protection Engineer(EOR)
6. Civil Engineer(CEC)
B. Sections herein related to POR observation include the following(refer to individual Section requirements specified
hereinafter):
1. Section 01454-Architect Engineer Site Observation
2. Section 01456-Civil Engineering Consultant Site Observation.
3. Section 13900-Fire Suppression
4. Section 14580-Pneumatic Tube System.
5. Section 15600-Refrigeration Systems
6. Section 15700-Heating,Ventilating,and Air Conditioning Equipment
2.3 TESTING,INSPECTION,AND OBSERVATION BY OWNER'S INDEPENDENT INSPECTORS
A. Sections herein which include testing, inspection or observation by Owner hired independent entities include the
following(refer to individual Section requirements specified hereinafter):
1. Section 07511 -Built-up Asphalt Roofmg
2. Section 07530-Elastomeric Membrane Roofing
3. Section 07550-Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing
4. Section 11400-Food Service Equipment:Food Service Equipment Supplier or Owner Furnished Equipment
Manufacturer's Representative.
5. Section 14420—Wheelchair Lifts: Owner's Vertical Transportation Consultant(VTC).
6. Section 16050 — Basic Electrical Materials and Methods: Owner's Independent Power Systems Study
Consultant(PSSC).
SECTION 01454-ARCHITECT-ENGINEER SITE OBSERVATION
2.1 CONTRACTOR AND OWNER COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING
A. Contractor Responsibilities are specified in Specification Section 01454.
B. Owner's Architect-Engineers(A/E)will perform site observation at no cost to the Contractor.
2.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE OBSERVATION
A. The A/E will perform construction site observations and the FPT as agreed to with the Owner as listed below or as
otherwise requested by the Authority Having Jurisdiction or Owner's Construction Manager to check a sample of
' the constructed Work for general conformance with the Contract Documents.
B. Owner's A/E Consultant Quality Assurance Observation/FPT Schedule:
1. AOR:
I a. Observations as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction or as directed by Owner.
2. EOR:
a. Observations as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction or as directed by Owner.
3. SER:
APP B-7
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
a. 1st Visit: At first lift of CMU above footing or concrete stem wall.
b. 2"d Visit: At beginning of installation of roof decking.
4. REOR:
a. Two to four weeks prior to Re-Grand Opening as scheduled by the Owner's Mechanical Services
Construction Manager.
5. Fire Protection Consultant:
a. One week prior to date of construction completion. Refer to Section 13900.
C. Specific items to be witnessed during the construction site observation(including but not limited to)are listed below
in more detail by discipline to assist in scheduling the site observation at the proper time.
D. Architectural: Architectural consultant site observation shall be by a competent representative of the AOR having
complete knowledge of the project.
1. Observe construction in progress and work completed,to determine if project is being constructed to meet
the requirements of the Construction Documents.
2. Review architecturally related construction documents currently used by the Contractor to assure that
revisions and Construction Change Directives are incorporated and executed.
3. Complete Construction Observation Report and upload completed report and accompanying photographs to
SharePoint. Upload location is Store folder/Project folder/Store Planning & Construction/Construction
Observation.
E. Structural:
1. Verify vertical reinforcing, control joint placement, foundation sizes, anchor bolt placement, CMU
placement,grouting procedures,vertical and horizontal reinforcing,structural steel connections,roof decking
attachment,and grouting of voids.
2. Additional visits shall be as required to review repair of previous deviations.
F. Fire Protection:
1. Verify the fire sprinkler systems are in conformance with the Contract Documents and shop drawings,review
sprinkler head locations,main and branchline installation,and system testing.
G. Refrigeration(REOR):
1. Test operation and control of refrigeration racks, condensers and secondary coolant pump stations (where
applicable). Test alarm interfaces to Energy Management System. Review and denote deficiencies in
controller history logs of case performance and rack performance.
H. The A/E shall monitor the construction schedule and coordinate with the Contractor at least 21 days prior to
scheduled date of construction completion to schedule site visits to occur at the most appropriate time.The A/E shall
notify the Contractor and Owner's Construction Manager 14 days in advance of the date and time of each scheduled
site visit.
I. Testing and inspections by the Building Official shall not preclude the normal field involvement and site
observations by the A/E,nor will it relieve the Contractor of any responsibility to complete the work in accordance
with the approved drawings and specifications.
J. The A/E shall not have control over or responsibility for construction means,techniques,sequences of operations or
for safety programs and procedures in connection with the construction work.
K. Work will be checked as it progresses,but failure to detect defective work or materials shall in no way prevent later
rejection if defective work or materials are discovered,nor shall it obligate Owner to accept such work.
2.3 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING(FPT)
A. The REOR will perform the FPT as agreed to with the Owner as specified above to check the refrigeration system
work for functional operation and general conformance with the Contract Documents.
2.4 DEFICIENCY PROVISIONS
APP B-8 1111
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
A. The observation and FPT site visits listed above are to be performed at Owner's expense.Should there be outstanding
items of non-conformance with the Contract Documents that warrant additional site visits to be performed by the
A/Es, the A/Es shall receive approval from Owner prior to performing additional construction site observations or
FPTs until all deviations have been corrected by the Contractor and closed by the A/E. Reimbursement by the
' Contractor for costs for additional A/E site visits will be as specified in Section 01452.
B. Deviations from the Contract Documents shall be entered into the on-line Wal-Mart Observation Log by the
consultants as required and will be tracked and noted by the consultants when resolved by subsequent conformance
I
by the Contractor.
1. Observation Log: www.bldgportal.com, enter username and password, select Observation Log. Follow
instructions on the Observation Log website.
IC. Deviations/observations noted by the AOR will be noted in the Construction Observation Report. Construction
Observation Report and photos will be uploaded location in SharePoint in Store folder/Project folder/Store Planning
&Construction/Construction Observation.
I
[Delete entire section if not AHU,RTU,ductwork or air balance modifications are being done in project
' SECTION 01455-MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING
1.2 CONTRACTOR AND OWNER COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING
' A. Contractor Responsibilities are specified in Specification Section 01455.
B. Employment and payment for services of an Independent Test and Balance Agency (ITBA)to perform specified
Itesting and balancing of environmental systems will be by Owner,except as otherwise specified.
1.3 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING BY ITBA
' A. Testing and balancing shall be supervised by a Registered Professional Engineer. Personnel involved in execution
of the work for ITBA shall be technicians experienced and trained specifically in testing and balancing of mechanical
systems. Instruments used by ITBA shall be recently and accurately calibrated and maintained in good working
I order.Verification of equipment calibration shall be submitted in final test report if requested by Owner.Test,adjust,
and balance specified equipment in accordance with governing NEBB or AABC Procedural Standards.
I B. Procedures:
1. Make preliminary system check on mechanical, control, and Building Automation Systems and equipment
to be tested to determine that equipment,duct work,etc. is installed and will operate.Deficiencies shall be
immediately reported to Contractor's job site superintendent and the Owner Mechanical Construction
I 2. Manager.
Air Side Testing And Balancing: Perform the following air side testing and balancing for RTUs, AHUs,
WSHPs,exhaust fans and exhaust hoods.Record readings for inclusion into final report:
a. Record unit manufacturer,model number,and unit number.
b. Test and adjust fan speeds to deliver design CFM and record for each unit.
c. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air.
d. Measure and record unit voltage,amperage and fan speeds and fmal operating conditions.
I e. Test and record supply and return external static pressures at respective plenums. Seal access holes
with rubber or metal snap-in plugs. The use of duct tape to seal access holes will not be permitted.
f. Test and adjust the volume dampers in the main duct runs to each diffuser, grille, and register to
I
provide±10%of design CFM requirements.
g. Identify each diffuser,grille,and register location and area.
h. Provide AHU unit static pressure profile including unit suction static pressure, fan suction static
pressure,and fan discharge static pressure.
I 3. Refrigeration Racks:
a. Record unit manufacturer,model number,and unit number.
b. Measure and record water supply pressure at inlet to control valve.
I c. Measure and record pressure drop across heat exchanger.
APP B-9
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
d. Measure and record differential temperature across heat exchanger.
e. Set to design flow and record water flow.
4. HVACR Condenser Water Side Testing And Balancing: Perform the following water side testing and
balancing when applicable for HVACR condenser water pumps,WSHPs,Al-IUs, fluid coolers,chillers,and
refrigeration racks. Record readings for inclusion into fmal report: ,
a. HVACR Condenser Water Pumps:
1) Record unit manufacturer,model number,and unit number.
2) Measure profile and record water flows and differential pressures.
3) Set flows to+/- 10%of design flow and record.
4) Indicate,with permanent marker,valve balance positions for future reference.
5) Measure and record pump suction and discharge pressure at design flow.
6) Measure and record pump suction and discharge pressure at zero flow.
7) Verify correct impellor size.
b. WSHPs and AHUs:
1) Record unit manufacturer,model number,and unit number.
2) Measure and record water supply pressure at inlet to control valve. I
3) Measure and record pressure drop across heat exchanger.
4) Measure and record differential temperature across heat exchanger.
5) Setting of balance valves is not required for units equipped with temperature differential ,
control.
c. Fluid Coolers and Chiller:
1) Record unit manufacturer,model number and unit number.
2) Measure,profile,and record differential pressure,temperature drop,and flow.
3) Set to design flow and record water flow. 111
5. Test and record supply and return external static pressures at respective plenums. Seal access holes with
rubber or metal snap in plugs.The use of duct tape to seal access holes will not be permitted. ,
a. Points of measure include:
1) Reclaim coil entering and leaving duct sections.
2) DX coil entering and leaving sections,provided via existing static pressure ports on the AHU.
b. Measure and compare the air pressure drop (APD)across the new heat reclaim coil and the existing
DX coil and compare to the target APD in the table below. Adjust AHU VFD to achieve the target 111
APDs. If one coil APD achieves or exceeds the target APD while the other coil does not,adjust the
VFD to achieve the average of the two coil APDs to match the average of the target APDs.
1) The design process and reclaim static pressures are typically recorded on the HCU and AHU
nameplate.Permanently installed magnehelic gauges are installed in some units for reference.
Use the nameplate data and gauges if additional reference is necessary.
c. Tar•et APD Table—Reclaim Coil:
Reclaim Coil Model Coil APD
B-Box @ 5000 CFM 0.13 in.
C-Box @ 5000 CFM 0.07 in.
C-Box @ 6000 CFM 0.06 in.
d. Tar.et APD Table—AHU Dx Coil:
AHU Model DX Coil APD
HCUc-6030,5000 CFM 0.28 in.
HCUc-8040,6000 CFM 0.22 in.
HCUb-6030,5000 CFM 0.47 in.
HCUb-6030,6000 CFM 0.60 in.
S20-5000 CFM(converted from 10,000 CFM) 0.48 in.@ 10k;0.14 in @ 5k
D30-5000 CFM(converted from 10,000 CFM) 0.53 in.@ 10k;0.20 in.@ 5k
D30-HCUwb,5000 CFM 0.45 in.
D30-HCUc6030, 5000 CFM 0.28 in.
6. Heat Reclaim Water Side Testing And Balancing: Perform water side testing and balancing for the reclaim
water system. Record readings for inclusion into fmal CxAlloy report:
a. Reclaim Water Pumps: ,
1) Record pump rated and operating FLA.
2) Measure and record pump suction and discharge pressure.
b. AHUs:
APP B-10
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
I 3) Measure,record and confirm water differential pressure across auto balance valves is within
listed specification(5-80 psid).
6. Glycol Loop Testing and Balancing: Perform the following glycol side testing and balancing when applicable
for secondary glycol loop. Record readings for inclusion into final report. Testing equipment shall be rated
I for glycol service at temperatures at which the working fluid will normally operate.
a. Record unit manufacturer,model number,and unit number.
b. Set flows at each refrigerated case and unit cooler circuit balance valve from 100%to maximum+/-
10%of design flow and record.
c. Set flows for each glycol pump at the refrigeration racks by:
1) Adjusting VFD on the glycol pump,if applicable.
2) Adjusting the pump discharge balance valve,if applicable.
I 3) Opening the pump discharge balance valve to full open and adjusting the VFD on the glycol
pump,if applicable.
4) Measuring profile and record water flows and differential pressures.
5) Measuring and recording pump suction and discharge pressure at design flow.
I 6) Measuring and recording pump suction and discharge pressure at zero flow.
7) Verifying correct impeller size.
8) Setting to design flow and record flow.
I 7. If any system or outlet is not within+/- 10 percent of design capacity at design rpm, determine the reason.
Check duct work and plenums for leaks; coils, filter, for excessive pressure drop, etc.; and list on HVAC
Deficiency Report.
I C. Reports:
1. Testing and balancing data,measurements,reading,verification,settings,and deficiencies shall be recorded
and compiled in a complete report. Record data on applicable NEBB or AABC certified reporting forms.
I Report shall include summary sheet of deficiencies with status(corrected or not corrected at time of report)
and recommendations.
2. Upload report to Walmart Building Portal website within seven days after final test and balance.
3. Before leaving job site,ITBA shall provide to the Contractor,a list of remaining HVAC system deficiencies
I for correction.
4. Enter HVAC Heat Reclaim data into the CxAlloy Online Application.
I D. Guarantee test and balance for period of 90 days from date of fmal acceptance of the Test and Balance Report.
During this period,ITBA shall correct deficiencies at no cost to Owner.]
SECTION 01456—CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSULTANT SITE OBSERVATION
ISECTION 02300-EARTHWORK
ISECTION 02320-EXCAVATING,BACKFILLING,AND COMPACTING
2.1 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
I A. Following tests shall be performed on each type of on-site or imported soil material used as compacted fill:
1. Moisture and Density Relationship: ASTM D 698 or ASTM D 1557.
2. Mechanical Analysis: AASHTO T 88 or ASTM D422.
I3. Plasticity Index: ASTM D 4318
2.2 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I)AND OBSERVATION
1 A. Field testing,frequency, and methods may vary as determined by and between the Owner and the CTL.
B. Work shall be performed by a Special Inspector - Technical I unless specified otherwise. Report of testing and
1 inspection results shall be made upon the completion of testing.
E. Classification of Materials: Perform test for classification of materials used and encountered during construction in
1 accordance with ASTM D2488 and ASTM D2487.
APP B-11
111 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
F. Laboratory Testing Of Materials: Perform laboratory testing of materials(Proctor.Sieve Analysis,Atterberg Limits,
1 Consolidation Test,etc.)as specified.
G. Field Density Tests
1. Utility Trench Backfill: Intervals not exceeding 30-feet of trench for first and every other 8-inch lift of
compacted trench backfill.
2. Test Method: In-place nuclear density,ASTM D6938.
H. Observation and Inspection:
1. Observe all subgrades/excavation bases below footings and slabs and verify design bearing capacity is
achieved as required.Work shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical II.
2. Observe and document presence of groundwater within excavations. I
2.3 RETESTING AND RE-INSPECTION BY OWNER CTL
A. CTL will conduct retesting and re-inspection as necessary until corrections are fully completed by the Contractor. I
SECTION 02340-SOIL STABILIZATION
SECTION 02621-FOUNDATION DRAINAGE PIPING t
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I)
A. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL).
B. Test drainage system backfill in accordance with utility trench backfill specified in Specifications Section 02300.
SECTION 02715-BASE COURSE
SECTION 02740-ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING I
SECTION 02751 -CONCRETE PAVING
SECTION 03310- STRUCTURAL CONCRETE AND EXTERIOR CONCRETE SLABS
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I):
A. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL).
B. CTL will perform tests and inspections as specified herein and in Tables A and B hereinafter. I
C. CTL will keep records of the testing and inspections.
D. CTL is neither authorized to change any specified requirement nor to approve any portion of the work. I
E. Failure to detect defective material or Work will neither prevent rejection when defects are discovered later nor will
it obligate Owner to make final acceptance.
F. Qualifications: Unless otherwise specified,work shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical II or Special
Inspector-Structural I. In addition to the Inspector and CTL qualifications specified in this Section,the following
qualifications shall apply for all Cast-in-Place Concrete inspections.
1. Technical I: ACI Certified Grade I inspector.
2. Technical II: ACI Certified Grade II inspector.
3. CTL: C.C.R.L. certification at the National Bureau of Standards.(For multi-story projects only).
4. Lead technician shall have at least five years'experience in projects of this size and complexity.
5. Other technicians shall have at least two years' experience.
APP B-12
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
G. Review the Contractor's proposed materials and mix design for conformance with specifications.
IH. Perform testing and inspections in accordance with ACI 301 and testing standards listed in this Section.
I. Field Testing:
1. Compressive Strength: Make cylinder sets for compressive strength testing per ASTM C31 at the following
frequency:
a. Building Foundations: Once each day a given mix design is placed, and not less than once for each
I
150 cubic yards of each mix placed each day,nor less than once for each 5,000 square feet of each
mix for wall or slab surface area placed each day.
b. Retaining Walls. Once each day a given mix design is placed, and not less than once for each 150
I cubic yards of each mix placed each day,nor less than once for each 5,000 square feet of each mix
for wall surface area placed each day. Only one side of the wall shall be considered when calculating
surface area.
2. Slump,Air Content,Temperature and Unit Weight: Conduct slump,air content,temperature,and unit weight
I tests as follows:
a. Test Methods:
1) Slump-ASTM C143.
I
2)3) Air content-ASTM C 173,C 231 or C 138.Indicate test method on report.
Concrete materials temperature-ASTM C1064.
4) Unit weight-ASTM C138.
b. Test Frequencies:
1) Building Foundations: Conduct tests when concrete is sampled for compressive strength
testing.Notify the Owner's Construction Manager upon failure of any second failing test.
2) All Other Concrete Placed:
I a) Perform slump and temperature tests for first truck load of concrete and every other
truck thereafter. If the initial slump and temperature fails, make additional slump and
temperature tests for every other load from a stationary mixer or truck to test
consistency. Test temperature hourly when air temperature is 40 F and below or 80 F
I and above. Provide test reports to Owner's Construction Manager.
b) Perform air test for first truck and every 27cubic yards minimum thereafter. Make test
at same time as slump test. If initial test fails,perform air test in every other load to
I insure consistency. Provide test reports to Owner's Construction Manager and other
involved parties.
3) When Type F fly ash is used and concrete is exposed to weather,perform air content test for
first and second truck for each mix of concrete placed each day. If either test fails,perform air
I content test on every truckload until two consecutive air content tests comply with specified
requirements.
4) Conduct temperature test hourly when air temperature is 40 degrees F and below or 80 degrees
I 5) F and above.
Determine temperature of concrete sample and ambient air for each strength test.
6) When pumping concrete,take samples for slump tests at point of delivery from pumping line
in addition to first slump test noted above for concrete with mid-range or high-range water-
I reducer.
3. Note trends of decreasing quality in concrete due to changing seasons,conditions of curing, or other causes
and bring to attention of the Owner's Construction Manager.Report and log comments on Non-Conformance
I Correction Log.
4. Report any significant deviations from approved mix design including temperature,moisture and condition
of aggregate.
I J. Laboratory Testing Requirements:
1. Test items such as reinforcing steel, aggregates, and other products suspected of not meeting specified
requirement as directed by Owner's Construction Manager to verify compliance. Provide test report to
1 Owner's Construction Manager. In-place tests in accordance with ASTM C 42 shall be conducted as directed
by the Owner's Construction Manager when specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not
been attained in the structures.
IAPP B-13
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
2. In-place tests in accordance with ASTM C 42 shall be conducted as directed by the Owner's Construction
Manager when specified concrete strength and other characteristics have not been attained in the structures.
3. Strength Tests:
a. Secure composite samples in accordance with ASTM C 172. Sample at regularly spaced intervals
from middle portion of the batch. Sampling time shall not exceed 15 minutes.
b. Mold and cure specimens in accordance with ASTM C 31.
1) During the initial 24 hours(plus or minus 8 hours)after molding,the temperature immediately
adjacent to the specimens shall be maintained in the range of 60 to 80 degrees F. Control loss
of moisture from the specimens by shielding from the direct rays of the sun and from radiant
heating devices.
2) Specimens transported prior to 48 hours after molding shall not be demolded, but shall
continue initial curing at 60 to 80 degrees F until time for transporting.
3) Specimens transported after 48 hours age shall be demolded in 24 hours (plus or minus 8
hours).Curing shall then be continued but in saturated limewater at 73.4 degrees(plus or minus
3 degrees F)until the time of transporting.
4) During transportation, protect the specimens with suitable cushioning material to prevent
damage from jarring. During cold weather, protect specimens from freezing with suitable
insulation material.Transportation time shall not exceed four hours.
5) Date test cylinders and number consecutively. Give each cylinder of each set an identifying
letter(i.e.A,B,C,D).Prepare a sketch of the building plan for each test set identifying location
of placed concrete.
c. Test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C 39.
I) Test one cylinder(A) at 7 days for information. If the compressive strength of the concrete
sample is equal to or above the 28 day specified strength,test another cylinder(B)at 7 days.
The average of the breaks shall constitute the compressive strength of the concrete sample.
2) Test two cylinders (B and C) at 28 days and the average of the breaks shall constitute the
compressive strength of the concrete sample.
3) Retain fourth cylinder(D)for further testing if needed,but do not retain cylinder more than 60
days.
K. Reporting:
1. Record the following information as applicable on reports and submit to Owner's Construction Manager and
others as specified in this Section:
a. Test cylinder number and letter.
b. Specific foundations or structures covered by this test.
c. Proportions of concrete mix or mix identification.
d. Maximum size coarse aggregate.
e. Specified compressive strength.
f. Tested compressive strength.
g. Slump.
h. Air content.
i. Concrete temperature.
j. Concrete plastic unit weight.
k. Elapsed time from batching at plant to discharge from delivery truck at project.
1. Date and time concrete was placed.
m. Ambient temperature,wind speed,and relative humidity during concrete placement.
n. Name of technician securing samples.
o. Curing conditions for concrete strength test specimens(field and laboratory).
p. Date strength specimens transported to laboratory.
q. Age of strength specimens when tested.
r. Type of fracture during test.
2. Field Test Reports: Submit reports of field tests and inspections to Owner's Construction Manager and others
as specified in this Section.
L. Inspections: Conduct inspection below for pedestals,walls,and foundations supporting CMU,precast and concrete ,
walls and retaining walls only.
1. Concrete Form Work:
APP B-14 ,
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
' a. Verify formwork dimensions will result in member size and configuration shown.
b. Structural adequacy of formwork is the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2. Concrete Reinforcement:
a. Verify reinforcing bar grade.
I b. Verify reinforcing bars are free of dirt,excessive rust,and damage.
c. Verify reinforcing bars are adequately tied, chaired, and supported to prevent displacement during
concrete placement.
d. Verify proper clear distances between bars and to surfaces of concrete.
e. Verify reinforcing bar size and placement.
f. Verify bar laps for proper length and stagger.
3. Embedded Items:
I a. Verify specified size, type, spacing, configuration, embedment length, and quantity of anchor bolts
and embedded items.
b. Verify proper concrete placement and means have been taken to achieve consolidation around bolts
and embedded items.
I 4. Concrete Foundations Structural Inspections:Inspect foundations and report on the following:
a. Concrete footing size and depth.
b. Footing bar size,spacing,and placement(cover).
c. Placement and vibration of concrete.
d. Dowel bar size,orientation,embedment,and spacing.
5. Concrete Mix:
a. Verify mixer truck trip ticket conforms to approved mix design.I
b. Verify that total water added to mix on site does not exceed that allowed by concrete mix design.
c. Verify that concrete quality is indicative of adequate mixing time, consistency, and relevant time
limits.
I d. Work shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical I.Report of results shall be made daily.
6. Preparation and Placement: Inspect preparation and placement of concrete.
a. Verify acceptable general condition of concrete base prior to placement.
b. Verify that concrete conveyance and depositing avoids segregation and contamination.
c. Verify that concrete is properly consolidated.
d. Verify reinforcement remains at proper location.
7. Protection and Curing: Observe protection and curing methods.
I a. Verify specified curing procedures are followed.
b. Verify that specified hot and cold weather procedures are followed.
8. Inspection Frequencies: Inspection frequencies shall be as shown in Table B at the end of this Section.
I M. Testing and inspection visits for the various required testing and inspection shall be combined and coordinated to
the greatest extent practicable to minimize number of visits.
I2.2 RETESTING AND RE-INSPECTION BY OWNER CTL:
A. CTL will conduct retesting and re-inspection as necessary until corrections are fully completed by the Contractor.
iTABLE A-SECTION 03310
TESTING BY OWNER(CTL)SCHEDULE
I Description of Testing-Work Frequency Section Reference
Appendix B-03310
Compressive strength for building foundations
I supporting CMU, concrete,and precast walls;and 2.1.1.1
retaining walls including sampling,molding,and 2.1.1.3
curing concrete specimens. Appendix B—03310 Section 1.1.I
I Air content,temperature,slump,and unit weight
for building foundations supporting CMU, 2.1.I.2
concrete,or precast walls;retaining walls
IAPP B-15
1 #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
TABLE B-SECTION 03310
INSPECTION BY OWNER(CTL)SCHEDULE ,
Description of Inspection Work Frequency Section Reference
Appendix B-03310
All inspections below shall apply only to building foundations supporting CMU,precast,and concrete foundations; '
and to retaining walls
One inspection at each formed
Concrete Form Work concrete structural member prior 2.1.L.1
to concrete placement.
One inspection at each concrete 2.1.L.2
Concrete Reinforcement. structural member prior to
concrete placement.
Embedded Items Periodic 2.1.L.3
One inspection at each concrete
Foundation Structural Inspection structural member prior to 2.1.L.4
concrete placement.
Concrete Mix. One inspection at each 2.1.L.5
compressive cylinder test.
Preparation and Placement Continuous throughout each 2.1.L.6
concrete placement
Protection and Curing One inspection per project 2.1.L.7
SECTION 03314-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SLABS(INTERIOR)
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I)
A. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL).
B. Keep records of the testing and inspections.
C. CTL is neither authorized to change any specified requirement nor to approve any portion of the work. ,
D. Owner's Concrete Consultant(SSI)is not authorized to change any specified requirement or to approve execution
of any portion of the work.
E. Failure to detect defective material or Work will neither prevent rejection when defects are discovered later nor will
it obligate Owner to make final acceptance.
F. Qualifications:Unless otherwise specified,work shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical II or Special
Inspector-Structural I.In addition to the Inspector and CTL qualifications specified in this Appendix,the following
qualifications shall apply for all Cast-in-Place Concrete inspection.
1. Technical I:ACI Certified Grade I inspector.
2. Technical II: ACI Certified Grade II inspector.
3. CTL: C.C.R.L.certification at the National Bureau of Standards.(For multi-story projects only)
4. Lead technician shall have at least five years'experience in projects of this size and complexity.
5. Other technicians shall have at least two years' experience.
G. Review the Contractor's proposed materials and mix design for conformance with specifications. '
H. Perform testing in accordance with testing standards listed herein.
APP B-16 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
1 I. Field Testing:
1. Slump,Air Content,and Concrete Materials Temperature Tests:
a. Test Methods:
1) Slump-ASTM C 143.
I 2) Concrete materials temperature-ASTM C 1064.
3) Air content-ASTM C 173 or C 231.
4) Unit weight-ASTM C138.
5) Compressive Strength-ASTM C31,39]
b. Periodic Test Frequencies:
1) Conduct slump,air content,and temperature tests for the first placement of concrete and every
150 CY placed thereafter for each mix of concrete placed each day.If any test fails on the first
I placement,test at 50 CY for the corresponding failing test. If any test fails during normal 150
CY test intervals, test at next 50 CY for the corresponding failing test. Notify the Owner's
Construction Manager upon failure of any second failing test.
2) Make cylinder sets for compressive strength testing once each day a given mix design is placed,
I and not less than once for each 150 cubic yards of each mix placed each day, nor less than
once for each 5,000 square feet of each mix for slab surface area placed each day.]
3) If pumping concrete is approved,take the same number of additional samples as noted herein
I for slump tests at point of delivery from pumping line.
2. Flatness and Levelness Testing:
a. Test floor slab fmished surface areas shown on drawings for flatness and levelness in accordance with
ASTM E 1155,except as specified herein.
b. Perform testing at random on the first placement of the exposed sales floor slab and randomly on other
placements as directed by the Owner's Construction Manager or as directed by Owner.
c. F-Number requirements shall be as follows for all interior sales floor slabs.
I 1) FF/FL minimum overall for composite of measured values (SOV)for entire day's concrete
placement;FF/FL minimum for any individual floor section(MLV)as specified in Tolerances
paragraph.
d. Bound individual floor sections for testing purposes by the following that provide the smallest
' e. sections: construction joints,contraction joints or column and half-column lines.
Conform to F-numbers specified for floor areas within 2 feet of construction and isolation joints, in
lieu of ASTM E 1155 requirements that exclude these areas.
f. Ensure top of entire floor falls within tolerances specified in Tolerances paragraph for finished floor
elevation.
3. Complete testing, identify defective areas, and give verbal report to Owner's Construction Manager within
24 hours after placement.
I 4. Submit written report by electronic means or hand deliver to parties concerned within 36 hours or next
regularly scheduled working day(Mon-Sat),after placement.Include costs for retesting replaced or repaired
defective areas.
I 5. Note trends of decreasing quality in concrete due to changing seasons, conditions of curing,or other causes
and bring to attention of the Owner's Construction Manager.Report and log comments on Non-Conformance
Correction Log.
6. Verify each delivery ticket of concrete. Report type of concrete delivered,amount of water added and time
I at which cement and aggregate were loaded into truck,and time at which concrete was discharged from truck.
7. Verify that the proper amount of densifier has been applied to the concrete floor slab surface.
I J. Laboratory Testing Requirements:
1. Test items such as reinforcing steel, aggregates, and other products suspected of not meeting specified
requirement as directed by Owner's Construction Manager to verify compliance. Provide test report to
Owner's Construction Manager.
' 2. In-place tests in accordance with ASTM C 42 shall be conducted as directed by the Owner's Construction
Manager when specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structures.
3. Tests:
I
a. Secure composite samples in accordance with ASTM C 172. Sample at regularly spaced intervals
from middle portion of the batch. Sampling time shall not exceed 15 minutes.
b. Mold and cure specimens in accordance with ASTM C 31.
1) During the initial 24 hours(plus or minus 8 hours)after molding,the temperature immediately
I adjacent to the specimens shall be maintained in the range of 60 to 80 degrees F.Control loss
APP B-17
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
of moisture from the specimens by shielding from the direct rays of the sun and from radiant
heating devices.
2) Specimens transported prior to 48 hours after molding shall not be demolded, but shall
continue initial curing at 60 to 80 degrees F until time for transporting.
3) Specimens transported after 48 hours age shall be demolded in 24 hours (plus or minus 8
hours).Curing shall then be continued but in saturated limewater at 73.4 degrees(plus or minus
3 degrees F)until the time of transporting.
4) During transportation, protect the specimens with suitable cushioning material to prevent
damage from jarring. During cold weather, protect specimens from freezing with suitable
insulation material. Transportation time shall not exceed four hours.
5) Date test cylinders and number consecutively. Give each cylinder of each set an identifying
letter(i.e.A,B,C,D).Prepare a sketch of the building plan for each test set identifying location
of placed concrete.
c. Test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C 39.
1) Test one cylinder(A) at 7 days for information. If the compressive strength of the concrete
sample is equal to or above the 28 day specified strength,test another cylinder(B)at 7 days.
The average of the breaks shall constitute the compressive strength of the concrete sample.
2) Test two cylinders (B and C) at 28 days and the average of the breaks shall constitute the
compressive strength of the concrete sample. ,
3) Retain fourth cylinder(D)for further testing if needed,but do not retain cylinder more than 60
days.
K. Reporting:
1. Record the following information on concrete material reports and submit to Owner's Construction Manager
and others as specified hereinbefore.
a. Slump.
b. Air content.
c. Concrete temperature.
d. Concrete plastic unit weight.
e. Elapsed time from hatching at plant to discharge from delivery truck at project.
f. Date and time concrete was placed.
g. Ambient temperature,wind speed,and relative humidity during concrete placement.
h. Name of technician performing tests.
i. Test cylinder number and letter.
j. Specific foundations or structures covered by this test.
k. Proportions of concrete mix or mix identification.
I. Maximum size coarse aggregate.
m. Specified compressive strength.
n. Tested compressive strength.
o. Curing conditions for concrete strength test specimens(field and laboratory).
P. Date strength specimens transported to laboratory.
q. Age of strength specimens when tested.
r. Type of fracture during test.]
2. Field Test Reports: Submit reports of field tests to Owner's Construction Manager and others as specified
hereinbefore. In addition to other required information noted in this Section,record the following concrete
materials information on"Wal-Mart Interior Slabs on Ground Observation Report":
a. Date and time concrete was placed.
b. Time of batching at plant(As shown on delivery ticket)
c. Relative humidity, ambient temperature, and base temperature during concrete placement in
accordance with ACI 305.1.
d. Time of placing and finishing tasks at location where sampled concrete is placed.
1) Discharge from delivery.
2) Start of initial floating.
3) Start of initial troweling.
APP B-18 ,
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
Batch Plant Quality Control: Quality control of materials and batching operations during batching operations shall
IL.
be the full responsibility of the batch plant operators. CTL or Owner's Concrete Consultant will not be required to
perform observation,testing,or inspection at the batch plant during batching operations.
' SECTION 03362-BURNISHED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I):
IA. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL).
B. Densifier Application: Verify that the proper amount of densifier has been applied to the concrete floor slab surface.
C. Gloss Measurements:
1. Gloss measurements will be taken two weeks prior to Owner Possession and at time of Possession.Contractor
I shall notify CTL when floors are ready for testing.
2. Measurement and Recording:
a. Measure gloss value at three evenly but randomly distributed locations within each column bay within
the floor areas shown on the drawing Finish Plan or Slab Plan to receive burnished finish.
' b.c. Record measurement locations on copy of sheet A1.1.
If samples fail to meet the specified value,Contractor shall continue burnishing operations until the
specified gloss requirements are achieved.
d. Record and certify gloss measurements.
3. CTL will prepare test report including plan and table of the measurements. CTL will submit test report to
Owner.
ISECTION 04200-UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I)
IA. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL).
B. Perform Tests and Inspections as specified herein and as indicated in Table A-Testing and Inspection Schedule at
' the end of this Section.
C. Work shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical II or Special Inspector- Structural I
ID. Field Testing: Field testing,frequency,and methods may vary as determined by and between Owner and Owner's
Construction Testing Laboratory.
1. Masonry Units:
I a. Compressive Strength of Masonry(f m):Verify compressive strength of masonry by the unit strength
method. Results of net-area unit strength tests shall meet the requirement of MSJC based on the
specified mortar type and the design fm listed on the structural drawings
' b. Three units for each type will be obtained and tested for every 5,000 square feet of wall constructed
or fraction thereof.
c. The net area compressive strength of the masonry units shall be determined in accordance with ASTM
C 140.The average of 3 units is considered one test.
d. Strength of concrete masonry units will be considered satisfactory if each compressive strength test
passes.
3. Grout:
a. Verify that the delivered grout mix complies with the submitted mix design.
b. Sample,cure,and test grout samples in accordance with ASTM C 1019.
1) Cast 4 grout specimen for each square feet of wall placed each day or fraction thereof.
2) Test 2 of the specimen at 7 days in accordance with ASTM C 39.
II3) Test 2 of the specimens at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C 39.
E. Inspections:
IAPP B-19
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
1. General: Inspect masonry work for compliance with Construction Documents.Inspection of masonry shall
be performed during placing of masonry units,placement of structural reinforcement,cleanout of grout space
immediately prior to closing of elements,and during all grouting operations.
2. Frequency of Inspection:
a. "Continuous"Inspection of Masonry:
1) Grouting: 100%of structural grouting operations.
b. "Periodic"Inspection of masonry:
1) Placing of Units: Not less than once/week nor less than once for every 2,000SF of surface or
fraction thereof.
2) Reinforcement: Verification of compliance of grout spaces and of grades,sizes,and locations
of reinforcement.
3. Preparation and Placement
a. Base Conditions: Verify that masonry bearing surfaces are clean.
b. Condition of Units: Verify that masonry units are clean and sound and dry.
c. Mortar: Verify mortar is prepared in accordance with specification requirements.
d. Placement: Inspect laying of masonry units for nominal unit widths, stack or running bond, proper
thickness and tooling of mortar joints,and depth of furrowing of bed joints.Note temperature at time
of inspection.
e. Joints: Inspect construction,expansion,and contraction joints for location and continuity of steel.
f Verify hot and cold weather procedures are followed.
g. Verify wall cavities are protected against entry of precipitation.
4. Bond Beams: Inspect and report on the following:
a. Location.
b. Size,placement,and lap of reinforcing bars.
c. Placement and vibration of grout.
5. Openings:Inspect and report on the following:
a. Types of concrete masonry units used to form lintels.
b. Reinforcing bar size and placement at lintel.
c. Stirrup size and spacing at lintel.
d. Vertical reinforcing size and placement at door jambs.
e. Placement and vibration of grout in lintels and jambs.
6. Pilasters: Inspect and report on the following:
a. Vertical reinforcing size and placement.
b. Tie size and placement.
c. Placement and vibration of grout.
7. Masonry Reinforcement:
a. Vertical Reinforcement: Inspect placement and alignment of vertical bars and dowels for size,grade
and spacing. Inspect length of lap splices, clearances between bars,clearances to masonry units and
outside face of walls,and positioning of steel.
b. Horizontal Reinforcement: Inspect horizontal joint reinforcement steel and masonry reinforcement
bars for size, length of lap splices, dowels, clearances between bars,clearance to masonry units and
outside face of walls,and alignment.
c. Ties: Inspect ties in masonry for type,straightness,embedment,spacing and size.
d. Dowels and Anchors: Inspect the installation of masonry anchor bolts,joist anchors,inserts,straps,
and dowels. Inspect spacing and grouting of embedded plates for joist bearing. Inspect spacing and
grouting of embedded plates for continuous angle attachment at roof perimeter.
8. Prior to Masonry Grouting and Capping:
a. Grout Spaces: Verify that grout spaces are correctly sized and clean, cleanouts are closed after
inspection and grout barriers are in place before grouting.
b. Dry Packing: Verify proper application of dry packing.
c. Grouting: Verify proper grouting technique including consolidation to approved height of grout
space,reconsolidation and vibration.
F. Mortar and Grout Mix Verification: Verify mixes conform to the submittal requirements specified.
G. Reports:
APP B-20 '
#5935-216 Tigard, OR 01/28/20
I
1. Masonry: In addition to required information noted previously in this Section, record the following
information on concrete masonry unit test reports:
a. Test sample number.
b. Specific wall areas represented by test sample.
c. Description of units used to form sample.
d. Tested net area compressive strength to the nearest 10 psi separately for each specimen and as the
average of three specimens.
2. Masonry Grout: In addition to required information in Specifications Section 01457, submit reports in
I
accordance with ASTM C 1019 for grout mixes showing compliance with specified compressive strength
and material requirements.
3. Mix Design: Record verification of conformance of mortar and grout mixes to mix design.
' 2.2 RETESTING AND RE-INSPECTION BY OWNER CTL
' A. CTL will conduct retesting and re-inspection as necessary until corrections are fully completed by the Contractor.
TABLE A-SECTION 04200
OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION SCHEDULE
I
Description of Verification and Inspection Inspection Frequency Referenced Standards
Work
Level 1 Special Inspection
I As masonry construction begins,the following Periodic TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art.2.6A
shall be verified to ensure compliance: TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art.3.3B
1. Construction of mortar joints. TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art. 3.4&
2. Location of reinforcement,connectors, 3.6A
1 and embedded anchorages.
The inspection program shall verify: Periodic TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art. 3.3G
1. Size and location of structural TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5 Sec.
elements. 1.2.2(e),2.1.4,3.1.6
2. Type,size,and location of anchors, TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5 Sec. 1.13
I including other details of anchorage to TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art.2.4
masonry to structural members,frame &3.4
or other construction. TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Alt 1.8C
3. Specified size,grade,and type of & 1.8D
I reinforcement.
4. Protection of masonry during cold
weather(temperature below 40°F)or
I hot weather(temperature above 90°F).
Prior to grouting,the following shall be verified Periodic TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art.
to ensure compliance: 3.2D
1. Grout space is clean. TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5 Sec. 1.13
I 2. Placement of reinforcement, TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art. 3.4
connectors,and embedded anchorages. TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art.2.6B
3. Proportions of site-prepared grout. TMS 602/AC1 530.1/ASCE 6 Art.3.3B
I 4. Construction of mortar joints.
Grout placement shall be verified to ensure Continuous TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art.3.5
compliance with code and construction
Idocument provisions.
Preparation of any required grout specimens Continuous TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art. 1.4
and/or prisms shall be observed.
Compliance with required inspection provisions Periodic TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Art. 1.5
of the construction documents and the approved
submittals shall be verified.
IAPP B-21
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
SECTION 05090-POST-INSTALLED CONCRETE AND MASONRY ANCHORS
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I):
A. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL).
B. Owner T&I shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical II or Special Inspector-Structural I.
C. Section Includes:
1. Post-installed mechanical and adhesive anchors for structural members,equipment supports.
2. Post-installed mechanical and adhesive anchors for signage.
3. Post-installed mechanical type anchors for sales floor shelving fixtures and storage racks.
4. Post-installed mechanical type anchors for garden center storage racks.
D. Periodically verify and inspect the following for each anchor specified in Section 05090:
1. General compliance with manufacturer's published instructions.
2. Product name and description.
3. Adhesive expiration date for adhesive anchors.
4. Compliance of drill bit with manufacturer's specifications.
5. Adhesive application technique for adhesive anchors.
6. Concrete type,compressive strength,and member thickness.
7. Hole diameter,depth, location,and edge distance.
8. Cleanliness of hole and anchor.
9. Anchor diameter, length,and steel grade.
10. Anchor embedment and spacing.
11. Required tightening torque for mechanical anchors.
E. Testing: Perform pullout or shear tests to determine adequacy of suspected malfunctioning anchors when directed
to do so by the Owner's Construction Manager upon recommendation by the CTL.
SECTION 05120-STRUCTURAL STEEL
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I): '
A. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL).
B. Owner T&1 shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical II or Special Inspector- Structural I. '
C. In addition to the Special Inspector qualification stated in this Section, the Technical II Inspector shall be an
American Society for Non-destructive Testing(ASNT)Non-destructive Testing Technician, TC-1A Level I,or an
American Welding Society(AWS)Certified Associate Weld Inspector(C.A.W.I.)
D. CTL shall report results after each observation visit.
E. High Strength Bolting(Field Installed):
1. General:
a. Visually inspect mating surfaces and bolt type for all slip-critical bolted connections prior to bolting.
b. Verify that bolts,nuts,washers,paint and installation/tightening standards are met.
c. Observe calibration procedures and verify that selected procedure is used to tighten bolts.
d. Test high strength bolted connections in accordance with bolting standard specified above.
2. Slip Critical and Tension Bolts: Test bolt tightening in 100% of bolts. Verify that surfaces of connected
elements have been brought into contact at 100%of connections. Verify all tips are removed from twist-off
bolts.
3. Bearing Bolts:Visually inspect to confirm surfaces of connected elements have been brought into contact,at
100%of connections. This shall apply only to bolts designed for values not requiring exclusion of threads
from failure plane.All other bolts shall be tested as for tension bolts.
APP B-22 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
F. High Strength Bolting(Shop Installed): Self performed by the Fabricator as part of their compliance with AISC
I Quality Certification Program-Category 1 requirements. For shop fabricated work,perform tests if more stringent
requirements are required by either the AHJ or the SER. Shop bolting inspection requirements are same as field
bolting requirements.
' G. Welding(General):
1. Prior to start of fabrication,determine if fabrication shop meets the criteria for exempting shop welds from
inspection and confirm in writing to Building Official and SER.
I
2. Verify qualifications of welders as AWS certified.
3. Verify proposed welding procedures and materials.
4. Verify adequate preparation of faying surfaces.
I 5. Verify preheat and interpass temperatures of steel,proper technique and sequence of welding, and cleaning
and number of passes are provided as required.
H. Welding(Field):
I
1. Visible and uncovered at the time of each inspection for proper inspection procedures.
2. Single Pass Fillet Welds: Visually inspect 100%of single pass fillet welds for size,length, and quality,per
AWS D1.1.
I 3. Multi-pass Fillet Welds: Visually inspect 100% of multi-pass fillet welds for size, length, and quality, per
AWS D1.1.
4. Partial Penetration Welds: Test 100% of partial penetration welds exceeding 5/16 inch, using Ultrasonic
I Testing per AWS.DI.1.Test 100%of partial penetration welds less than 5/16 inch,using Magnetic Particle
Testing per ASTM E 709,performed on root pass and on finished weld.
5. Complete Penetration Welds: Test 100% of complete penetration welds exceeding 5/16 inch, using
Ultrasonic Testing per A.W.S. D1.1 Test 100% of complete penetration welds less than 5/16 inch, using
I Magnetic Particle Testing per ASTM E 709,performed on root pass and on finished weld.
6. Miscellaneous Metals,Inserts and Prefabricated Components:Where integrity of the connections impact life
safety or performance of the building structure,provide testing and inspection as for typical welds previously
specified.
II. Coordinate and schedule inspections such that completed bolts and welds are visible and uncovered at the time of
each inspection for proper inspection procedures.
IJ. Welding (Shop): Perform inspections as for field welding except weld testing may be reduced or deleted if
fabrication shop satisfies AISC Quality Certification Program - Category I, or more stringent criteria, and is
approved by Building Official and SER.
I
K. Submittal Verification: Verify mill test reports and other submitted documentation for compliance with Contract
Documents.
' L. Materials Verification: Verify materials delivered to Site comply with Contract Documents and approved shop
drawings.Materials and verifications include:
1. Structural Steel:'
a. Identification markings to conform to ASTM standards.
b. Manufacturer's certified mill test reports.
2. High Strength Bolts,Nuts,and Washers:
I a. Identification markings to conform to ASTM standards.
b. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance.
3. Welding Electrodes:
a. Identification markings to conform to AWS specification.
I
b. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance.
M. Verification of Detail Compatibility.
1. Inspection shall coincide with welding inspections.
2. Review project documents affecting integrity of the structure, including Contract Documents and pertinent
submittals including approved shop drawings.
3. Perform review of the structure and visually confirm general compliance with Contract Documents.
IAPP B-23
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
4. Inspect the following to verify member orientation, configuration, type, and size comply with details
indicated in Contract Documents and approved shop drawings:
a. Bracing and stiffening members.
b. Structural member locations.
c. Proper applications of joint details at connections for structural members.
2.2 RETESTING AND RE-INSPECTION BY OWNER CTL:
A. CTL will conduct retesting and re-inspection as necessary until corrections are fully completed by the Contractor.
Retesting shall follow the procedures for correction of deficiencies described above.
SECTION 05210-STEEL JOISTS I
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I):
A. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL). '
B. Owner T&I shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical II or Special Inspector- Structural I.
C. High Strength Bolting(Field Installed):
1. General:
a. Visually inspect mating surfaces and bolt type for all slip-critical bolted connections prior to bolting.
b. Verify that bolts,nuts,washers,paint and installation/tightening standards are met.
c. Observe calibration procedures used to tighten bolts.
d. Test high strength bolted connections in accordance with RCSC Specification for Structural Joints
Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.
2. Slip Critical Bolts and Tension Bolts:
a. Test bolt tightening in 100%of bolts. Verify that surfaces of connected elements have been brought
into contact at 100%of connections.Verify tips are removed from"twist-off'bolts.
3. Bearing Bolts:
a. Visually inspect to confirm surfaces of connected elements have been brought into contact at 100%
of connections. This shall apply only to bolts designed for values not requiring exclusion of threads
from failure plane.All other bolts shall be tested as for tension bolts.
D. Welding(General):
1. Verify qualifications of all welders as AWS certified.
2. Verify proposed welding procedures and materials.
3. Verify adequate preparation of faying surfaces.
4. Verify preheat and interpass temperatures of steel,proper technique and sequence of welding, and cleaning
and number of passes are provided as required.
E. Welding(Field):
1. Single Pass Fillet Welds: Visually inspect 100%of single pass fillet welds,for size, length,and quality,per
AWS D1.1.
2. Multi-pass Fillet Welds: Continuously inspect 100%of multi-pass fillet welds,for size,length,and quality,
per AWS D1.1
3. Partial Penetration Welds: Test 100% of partial penetration welds exceeding 5/16 inch, using Ultrasonic
Testing per AWS.D1.1.Test 100%of partial penetration welds less than 5/16 inch,using Magnetic Particle
Testing per ASTM E 709,performed on root pass and on finished weld.
4. Complete Penetration Welds: Test 100% of complete penetration welds exceeding 5/16 inch, using
Ultrasonic Testing per A.W.S. D1.1 Test 100% of complete penetration welds less than 5/16 inch, using
Magnetic Particle Testing per ASTM E 709,performed on root pass and on finished weld.
5. Steel Joist/Joist Girder Welds: Provide testing and inspection as specified for field welds.
6. Miscellaneous Metals,Inserts and Prefabricated Components: Where integrity of the connections impact life '
safety or performance of the building structure,provide testing and inspection as for typical welds previously
specified.
APP B-24 '
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
F. Coordinate and schedule inspections such that completed welds and bolts are visible and uncovered at the time of
Ieach inspection for proper inspection procedures.
G. Submittal Verification: Verify mill test reports and other submitted documentation, for compliance with contract
Idocument.
H. Material Verification: Verify materials delivered to site comply with contract documents and approved shop
drawings. Verify the following:
I
1. Structural Steel Bar Joists and Joist Girders.
2. High Strength Bolts,Nuts,and Washers:
a. Identification markings conform to ASTM standards.
I b. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance.
3. Welding Electrodes
a. Identification markings conform to AWS specification.
b. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance.
I
I. Verification of Detail Compatibility.
1. Inspection shall coincide with welding inspections.
I
2. Review project documents affecting integrity of the structure, including Contract Documents and pertinent
submittals including approved shop drawings.
3. Perform review of the structure and visually confirm general compliance with Contract Documents.
4. Inspect the following to verify member orientation, configuration, type, and size comply with details
I indicated in Contract Documents and approved shop drawings:
a. Bracing and stiffening members.
b. Structural member locations.
Ic. Proper applications of joint details at connections for structural members.
2.2 RETESTING AND RE-INSPECTION BY OWNER CTL
IA. CTL will conduct retesting and re-inspection as necessary until corrections are fully completed by the Contractor.
SECTION 05300-METAL DECK
I2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I):
I A. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL).
B. If inspection of fabricator's work is required, testing agent may test and inspect structural steel at plant before
shipment.Owner and SER reserve right to reject material not complying with Contract Documents at any time before
Ifinal acceptance.
C. Owner T&I shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical II or Special Inspector- Structural I.
ID. CTL will prepare report of results after each observation visit and submit report to Owner.
E. Roof Deck Fasteners:
I 1. Visually inspect welded and screw fasteners for specified size,spacing,embedment,and location.
2. Inspect 100%of side lap connectors over entire roof area for type,size,and spacing of side lap connectors.
Verify that the side lap connection connects all layers of the deck tightly.
I 3. Inspect 100%of primary deck attachments to continuous steel members(joists,joist girders, and perimeter
angles).
4. For TEK screw connections,inspect for complete depth of penetration.
5. For welded connections inspect for fusion and size.
IF. Coordinate and schedule inspections such that completed welds and fasteners are visible and uncovered at the time
of each inspection for proper inspection procedures.
IAPP B-25
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
G. Submittal Verification: Verify mill test reports and other submitted documentation, for compliance with Contract I
Documents.
H. Materials Verification:
1. Verify materials delivered to Site comply with Contract Documents and approved shop drawings.Materials '
include:
a. Welding Electrodes:
b. Identification markings to conform to AWS specification. '
c. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance.
d. Mechanical fasteners.
e. Deck: Select 6 random sheets for each type of deck used. Inspect for deck thickness, type, and
material. t
2.2 RETESTING AND RE-INSPECTION BY OWNER CTL:
A. CTL will conduct retesting and re-inspection as necessary until corrections are fully completed by the Contractor. I
SECTION 05400-COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I): ,
A. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL). ,
B. Owner T&I shall be performed by a Special Inspector-Technical II or Special Inspector-Structural I.
C. Welding(General): '
1. Verify qualifications of all welders as AWS certified.
2. Verify proposed welding procedures and materials.
3. Verify adequate preparation of faying surfaces. '
4. Verify preheat and interpass temperatures of steel,proper technique and sequence of welding, and cleaning
and number of passes are provided as required.
D. Welding(Field): '
1. Cold Formed Metal Framing Welds: Visually inspect 100%of welds for specified length,size,and continuity
in accordance with AWS D1.3 for metal less than 1/8"in thickness,for work designed as a structural element.
2. Miscellaneous Metals,Inserts and Prefabricated Components: Where integrity of the connections impact life ,
safety or performance of the building structure,provide testing and inspection as for typical welds previously
specified.
E. Welding (Shop): Perform inspections as for field welding except weld testing may be reduced or deleted if '
fabrication shop satisfies AISC Quality Certification Program - Category I, or more stringent criteria, and is
approved by building official and SER.
F. Miscellaneous Mechanical Fasteners: Visually inspect fasteners that are part of the building structural system for '
specified size,spacing,and location. 1
G. Submittal Verification: Verify mill test reports and other submitted documentation for compliance with contract '
documents.
H. Material Verification: Verify materials delivered to site comply with contract documents and approved shop
drawings. Materials include:
1. Welding Electrodes
a. Identification markings to conform to AWS specifications.
b. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance. '
2. Mechanical fasteners
APP B-26
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28;20
I
I. Coordinate and schedule inspections such that completed welds and fasteners are visible and uncovered at the time
Iof each inspection for proper inspection procedures.
2.2 RETESTING AND RE-INSPECTION BY OWNER CTL:
' A. CTL will conduct retesting and re-inspection as necessary until corrections are fully completed by the Contractor.
SECTION 07243-WATER-DRAINAGE EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM(EIFS)
I2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I):
' A. Owner T&I will be performed by the Owner's Construction Testing Laboratory(CTL).
B. Special Inspections: CTL shall perform special inspections of water-resistive barrier for EIFS and prepare reports
I according to ICC-ES AC 212 and AC235.
1. Perform one time inspection of water-resistive barrier installation to verify compliance with the Acceptance
Criteria(AC)as specified above.
ISECTION 07511 -BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION:
A. Roof Inspection:
1. The Owner's Independent Roofing Inspector(IRI)will conduct roof inspections as specified herein. The IRI
responsibilities will,in general,be as follows:
a. Provide full time inspection during roof installation.
b. Complete Roof Inspection Checklist.
c. Oversee remedial repairs in the field.
I d. Enter roofing defects and required repairs defined as deviations by the IRC into the online Owner's
Observation Log.
e. Issue Certification of Quality of Roof Construction upon completion of roof installation.
I B. The activities and responsibilities of the IRI shall not preclude any quality control responsibilities by the Contractor,
the Roofing Contractor,or the Manufacturer's Technical Representative as specified herein.
I C. The IRI is neither authorized to change any specified requirement nor to approve any portion of the work.
D. Failure to detect defective material or Work will neither prevent rejection when defects are discovered later nor will
it obligate Owner to make final acceptance.
ISECTION 07530-ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING
I2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION:
A. Roof Inspection:
1. The Owner's Independent Roofing Inspector(IRI)will conduct roof inspections as specified herein. The IRI
' responsibilities will,in general,be as follows:
a. Provide full time inspection during roof installation.
b. Complete Roof Inspection Checklist.
' c.d. Oversee remedial repairs in the field.
Enter roofmg defects and required repairs defined as deviations by the IRC into the online Owner's
Observation Log.
e. Issue Certification of Quality of Roof Construction upon completion of roof installation.
IB. The activities and responsibilities of the IRI shall not preclude any quality control responsibilities by the Contractor,
the Roofing Contractor,or the Manufacturer's Technical Representative as specified herein.
IAPP B-27
' #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
C. The IRI is neither authorized to change any specified requirement nor to approve any portion of the work.
D. Failure to detect defective material or Work will neither prevent rejection when defects are discovered later nor will
it obligate Owner to make final acceptance.
SECTION 07550-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING '
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION:
A. Roof Inspection:
1. The Owner's Independent Roofing Inspector(IRI)will conduct roof inspections as specified herein. The IRI
responsibilities will,in general,be as follows:
a. Provide full time inspection during roof installation.
b. Complete Roof Inspection Checklist.
c. Oversee remedial repairs in the field.
d. Enter roofing defects and required repairs defined as deviations by the IRC into the online Owner's
Observation Log.
e. Issue Certification of Quality of Roof Construction upon completion of roof installation.
B. The activities and responsibilities of the IRI shall not preclude any quality control responsibilities by the Contractor,
the Roofing Contractor,or the Manufacturer's Technical Representative as specified herein.
C. The IRI is neither authorized to change any specified requirement nor to approve any portion of the work. '
D. Failure to detect defective material or Work will neither prevent rejection when defects are discovered later nor will
it obligate Owner to make final acceptance. '
SECTION 09511-ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I): '
A. CTL shall perform periodic special inspection during installation of acoustical panel ceilings, including acoustical
panel placement,ceiling grid suspension system installation and connection to structure. i
SECTION 11400-FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I): ,
A. Owner T&I specified herein below will be performed by the Owner's Food Service Equipment Supplier or Owner
Furnished Equipment Manufacturer's Representative who will also conduct operational tests on Owner Furnished
Equipment at no cost to Contractor,except for items specifically indicated to be tested by Contractor.
B. Owner will perform operational tests of equipment through full operational cycle and operate for a sufficient time
to verify that equipment is operating within manufacturer's specifications.
C. Operational tests will be completed no later than one week after Date of Possession.
D. Contractor's Responsibility: Provide adjustments or changes as required from operation test results.
SECTION 13900—FIRE SUPPRESSION ,
2.1 OWNER SITE OBSERVATION:
A. Fire Sprinkler System Construction Follow Up: Owner's Fire Protection Consultant(as specified in Section 01330)
will conduct a Pre Construction Conference Call[and Fire Sprinkler Site Observation and Acceptance Test(FPAT)].
The purpose of the Pre Construction Conference call is to review status of project, notify contractor of status of
approvals, and review project expectations.[ The purpose of the Fire Sprinkler System Site Observation is to
APP B-28
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
determine if the new or remodeled fire sprinkler systems are in general conformance with Contract Documents and
I shop drawings. The Contractor shall coordinate with Wal-Mart's Fire Protection Consultant for the time and date
of the test. Scheduling for the FPAT shall begin 21 days prior to Construction End Date with FPAT being conducted
one to one week prior to Construction End Date. FPAT shall occur prior to Construction End Date.A representative
I sample checklist is available upon request.
1. FPAT: Owner's Fire Protection Consultant will meet the Contractor,and Sprinkler Contractor. Contractor
shall invite Alarm Central representatives to the test,but their presence is not required. At scheduled time,
Contractor/Sprinkler Contractor shall be ready to initiate Acceptance tests as outlined herein. Prior to
I initiating tests, the following information shall be reviewed and copies provided to Wal-Mart's Fire
Protection Consultant.
ISECTION 14420—WHEELCHAIR LIFTS
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I):
A. Owner's Vertical Transportation Consultant(VTC)Services: The VTC will perform testing and commissioning at
no cost to the Contractor.
I B. Owner's VTC:
1. Lerch Bates Elevator Consulting, Carrollton, TX. Contact: Jacob Erwin, (214) 908-9368,
jacob.erwin@lerchbates.com.
IC. VTC will attend and facilitate a Pre-Installation Conference as defined in Part 1 of Specifications Section 14420.
D. The activities and responsibilities of the VTC shall not preclude any quality control responsibilities by the
I Contractor, the Lift Installation Contractor, or the Manufacturer's Technical Representative as specified in
Specifications Section 14420.
I E. The VTC is neither authorized to change any specified requirement nor to approve any portion of the work.
F. Failure to detect defective material or Work will neither prevent rejection when defects are discovered later nor will
it obligate Owner to make fmal acceptance.
ISECTION 14580-PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM
I 2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I):
A. In addition to field testing by Contractor, underground piping systems will also be inspected by the Engineer of
Record and the Owner's Construction Manager. Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Construction Manager at
I least ten business days prior to the following milestones being started on the site:
1. Backfilling of underground piping and associated structural support systems.
2. Placement of the floor slab.
I B. Performance of the above backfilling and slab placement without proper coordination and inspection shall result in
removal of in-place work at the Contractor's expense to allow appropriate inspections.
ISECTION 15600—DIRECT EXPANSION REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
2.1 OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION(T&I):
IA. The Owner will perform testing and inspection (T&I) but only as a means to satisfy the Owner of contract
compliance and as assurance to the Owner of Contractor quality control performance.
I B. Functional Performance Testing(FPT): FPT will be conducted by Engineer of Record at no cost to the Contractor
in accordance with Section 01454;however,Contractor shall furnish a technician dedicated to assisting the Engineer
of Record the day of the FPT. FPT will be performed after Owner's possession date.Deficiencies noted and related
to the Contractor's installation responsibilities shall be corrected prior to Grand Opening.
APP B-29
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
END OF APPENDIX
I
I
1
1
I
I
APP B-30 1
#5935-216 Tigard.OR 01/28/20
REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO)
1. AASHTO R18 - Establishing and Implementing a Quality System for Construction Materials Testing
Laboratories.
2. AASHTO T164-Quantitative Extraction of Asphalt Binder from Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA).
3. AASHTO T166 - Bulk Specific Gravity (Gmb) of Compacted Hot-Mix Asphalt (HMA) Using Saturated
' Surface-Dry Specimens.
4. AASHTO T245-Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus.
5. AASHTO T275 - Bulk Specific Gravity (Gmb) of Compacted Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Using Paraffm-
Coated Specimens.
6. AASHTO T308 - Determining the Asphalt Binder Content of Hot-Mix Asphalt (HMA) by the Ignition
Method.
7. AASHTO T312 - Preparing and Determining the Density of AsphaltMixture Specimens by Means of the
Superpave Gyratory Compactor.
8. AASHTO T318 - Water Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete Using Microwave Oven Drying (Formerly
AASHTO TP 23)
9. AASHTO T331 -Bulk Specific Gravity (Gmb)and Density of Compacted Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA)Using
Automatic Vacuum Sealing Method.
B. American Concrete Institute(ACI):
1. ACI 301 -Structural Concrete.
' 2. ACI 305.1 -Hot Weather Concreting.
3. ACI 318.14-Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
' C. ASTM International(ASTM):
1. ASTM C 31 -Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field.
2. ASTM C 39-Concrete Specimens,Compressive Strength of.
3. ASTM C 42-Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete.
4. ASTM C 129-Non-Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
5. ASTM C 138 - Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content(Gravimetric)of
Concrete.
6. ASTM C 140-Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units.
7. ASTM C 143-Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
8. ASTM C 172-Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.
9. ASTM C 173-Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method.
10. ASTM C 174-Standard Test Method for Measuring Thickness of Concrete Elements Using Drilled Concrete
Cores
11. ASTM C 231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method.
12. ASTM C 318-Gypsum Formboard
1. ASTM C 1019-Method of Sampling and Testing Grout.
13. ASTM C 1064-Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
14. ASTM C 1077-Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria
for Laboratory Evaluation.
15. ASTM C 1093-Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry.
16. ASTM D 422-Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
17. ASTM D 698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard
Effort.
18. ASTM D 1188 - Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous
Mixtures Using Coated Samples.
19. ASTM D 1633 -Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-Cement Cylinders.
20. ASTM D 2487-Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
21. ASTM D 2488-Description and Identification of Soils(Visual-Manual Procedure).
22. ASTM D 2726-Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Non-Absorptive Compacted
Bituminous Mixtures.
23. ASTM D 2922-Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods
(Shallow Depth).
APP B-31
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
1
24. ASTM D 3740 - Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and
Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction.
25. ASTM D 3666-Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials.
2. ASTM D 5444-Standard Test Method for Mechanical Size Analysis of Extracted Aggregate
3. ASTM D 6938 - In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods
(Shallow Depth).
26. ASTM E 165 -Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry.
27. ASTM E 329-Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection Of Materials Used in Construction.
28. ASTM E 543 -Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing.
29. ASTM E 699-Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance,and Evaluating
Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee E-6.
30. ASTM E 709-Magnetic Particle Testing.
31. ASTM E 1155-Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness Using the F-Number System(Inch-Pound Units).
4. ASTM F 1869- Standard Test Method For Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate Of Concrete Subfloor
Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride
D. American Welding Society(AWS):
1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code.
2. AWS D1.3 -Structural Welding Code- Sheet Steel.
E. Research Council on Structural Connections(RCSC):
1. RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.
F. Masonry Standards Joint Committee(MSJC):
1. TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE5 and TMS 602/ACI 530/ASCE 6 - Building Code Requirements and
Specifications for Masonry Structures.
I
1
1
i
I
APP B-32 I
#5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20
I
I [Example Conformance Letter from Testing and Inspection Agency(CTL)-all items in parentheses are items to be edited for
the project]
I
I [Mr. Construction Manager]
Wal-Mart Construction
Sam M.Walton Development Complex
2001 S.E. 10'Street
IBentonville,Arkansas 72716
[Re: Supercenter(Store#xxx)-City,State]
I [Dear Construction Manager:]
I The purpose of this letter is to state to Wal-Mart,the Architect of Record and the Engineer of Record that,to the best of our
knowledge,the construction on the above referenced project has been completed in substantial conformance with the
approved Contract Documents and with the provisions of the applicable building code.In the capacity of owner's testing and
inspecting agency,periodic reports as well as a fmal report have been issued. Those reports state that all of the on-site
I inspection and testing has been performed.Work requiring inspection was,to the best of the inspector's knowledge,in
conformance with the approved plans,specifications,and applicable workmanship provisions of the code.
1 To our knowledge no outstanding items exist except as otherwise may be entered and shown on the Wal-Mart Observation
Log.
I Sincerely,
[Testing and Inspection Agency]
[Include a seal,signature and date of signature]
I
I cc: [ARCHI FEET OF RECORD]
[ENGINEER OF RECORD]
I
I
I
I
IAPP B-33
I #5935-216 Tigard,OR 01/28/20